prepare a correct income statement for august 2014 607889

Ortiz Company is a manufacturer of toys. Its controller resigned in August 2014. An inexperienced assistant accountant has prepared the following income statement for the month of August 2014.

ORTIZ COMPANY Income Statement For the Month Ended August 31, 2014

Sales revenue

Less: Operating expenses

$675,000

Raw materials purchases

$220,000

Direct labor cost

160,000

Advertising expense

75,000

Selling and administrative salaries

70,000

Rent on factory facilities

60,000

Depreciation on sales equipment

50,000

Depreciation on factory equipment

35,000

Indirect labor cost

20,000

Utilities expense

10,000

Insurance expense

5,000

705,000

Net loss

$(30,000)

Prior to August 2014, the company had been profitable every month. The company”s president is concerned about the accuracy of the income statement. As her friend, you have been asked to review the income statement and make necessary corrections. After examining other manufacturing cost data, you have acquired additional information as follows.

  1. Inventory balances at the beginning and end of August were:

August 1

August 31

Raw materials

$19,500

$35,000

Work in process

25,000

21,000

Finished goods

40,000

52,000

  1. Only 60% of the utilities expense and 70% of the insurance expense apply to factory operations; the remaining amounts should be charged to selling and administrative activities.

Instructions

(a)Prepare a cost of goods manufactured schedule for August 2014.

(b)Prepare a correct income statement for August 2014.

based on the information given construct an organizational chart of waterways corpor 607890

Waterways Corporation is a private corporation formed for the purpose of providing the products and the services needed to irrigate farms, parks, commercial projects,and private lawns. It has a centrally located factory in a U.S. city that manufactures the products it markets to retail outlets across the nation. It also maintains a division that provides installation and warranty servicing in six metropolitan areas.

The mission of Waterways is to manufacture quality parts that can be used for effective irrigation projects that also conserve water. By that effort, the company hopes to satisfy its customers, provide rapid and responsible service, and serve the community and the employees who represent them in each community.

The company has been growing rapidly, so management is considering new ideas to help the company continue its growth and maintain the high quality of its products.

Waterways was founded by Will Winkman, who is the company president and chief executive officer (CEO). Working with him from the company”s inception is Will”s brother, Ben, whose sprinkler designs and ideas about the installation of proper systems have been a major basis of the company”s success. Ben is the vice president who oversees all aspects of design and production in the company.

The factory itself is managed by Todd Senter who hires his line managers to supervise the factory employees. The factory makes all of the parts for the irrigation systems. The purchasing department is managed by Hector Hines.

The installation and training division is overseen by vice president Henry Writer, who supervises the managers of the six local installation operations. Each of these local managers hires his or her own local service people. These service employees are trained by the home office under Henry Writer”s direction because of the uniqueness of the company”s products.

There is a small human resources department under the direction of Sally Fenton, a vice president who handles the employee paperwork, though hiring is actually performed by the separate departments. Sam Totter is the vice president who heads the sales and marketing area; he oversees 10 well-trained salespeople.

The accounting and finance division of the company is run by Abe Headman, who is the chief financial officer (CFO) and a company vice president. He is a member of the Institute of Management Accountants and holds a certificate in management accounting. He has a small staff of certified public accountants, including a controller and a treasurer, and a staff of accounting input operators who maintain the financial records.

A partial list of Waterways’ accounts and their balances for the month of November follows.

Accounts Receivable

$290,000

Advertising Expenses

54,000

Cash

260,000

Depreciation—Factory Equipment

16,800

Depreciation—Office Equipment

2,400

Direct Labor

22,000

Factory Supplies Used

16,000

Factory Utilities

10,200

Finished Goods Inventory, November 30

68,800

Finished Goods Inventory, October 31

72,550

Indirect Labor

48,000

Office Supplies Expense

1,600

Other Administrative Expenses

72,000

Prepaid Expenses

42,150

Raw Materials Inventory, November 30

52,700

Raw Materials Inventory, October 31

38,000

Raw Materials Purchases

184,500

Rent—Factory Equipment

47,000

Repairs—Factory Equipment

4,500

Salaries

325,000

Sales Revenue

1,350,000

Sales Commissions

40,500

Work in Process Inventory, October 31

52,900

Work in Process Inventory, November 30

42,000

Instructions

(a) Based on the information given, construct an organizational chart of Waterways Corporation.

(b) A list of accounts and their values are given above. From this information, prepare a cost of goods manufactured schedule, an income statement, and a partial balance sheet for Waterways Corporation for the month of November.

when diane buswell controller for current designs reviewed the accounting records fo 607891

Mike Cichanowski foundedWenonah Canoeand later purchasedCurrent Designs, a company that designs and manufactures kayaks. The kayak-manufacturing facility is located just a few minutes from the canoe company”s headquarters in Winona, Minnesota.

Current Designs makes kayaks using two different processes. The rotational molding process uses high temperature to melt polyethylene powder in a closed rotating metal mold to produce a complete kayak hull and deck in a single piece. These kayaks are less labor-intensive and less expensive for the company to produce and sell.

Its other kayaks use the vacuum-bagged composite lamination process (which we will refer to as the composite process). Layers of fiberglass or Kevlar®are carefully placed by hand in a mold and are bonded with resin. Then, a high-pressure vacuum is used to eliminate any excess resin that would otherwise add weight and reduce strength of the finished kayak. These kayaks require a great deal of skilled labor as each boat is individually finished. The exquisite finish of the vacuum-bagged composite kayaks gave rise to Current Designs’ tag line, “A work of art, made for life.”

Current Designs has the following managers:

Mike Cichanowski, CEO

Diane Buswell, Controller

Deb Welch, Purchasing Manager

Bill Johnson, Sales Manager

Dave Thill, Kayak Plant Manager

Rick Thrune, Production Manager for Composite Kayaks

Instructions

(a)What are the primary information needs of each manager?

(b)Name one special-purpose management accounting report that could be designed for each manager. Include the name of the report, the information it would contain, and how frequently it should be issued.

(c)When Diane Buswell, controller for Current Designs, reviewed the accounting records for a recent period, she noted the following items. Classify each item as a product cost or a period cost. If an item is a product cost, note if it is a direct materials, direct labor, or manufacturing overhead item.

with the class divided into groups determine the amount of cost in the raw materials 607892

Wendall Company specializes in producing fashion outfits. On July 31, 2014, a tornado touched down at its factory and general office. The inventories in the warehouse and the factory were completely destroyed as was the general office nearby. Next morning, through a careful search of the disaster site, however, Bill Francis, the company”s controller, and Elizabeth Walton, the cost accountant, were able to recover a small part of manufacturing cost data for the current month.

“What a horrible experience,” sighed Bill “And the worst part is that we may not have enough records to use in filing an insurance claim.”

“It was terrible,” replied Elizabeth. “However, I managed to recover some of the manufacturing cost data that I was working on yesterday afternoon. The data indicate that our direct labor cost in July totaled $250,000 and that we had purchased $365,000 of raw materials. Also, I recall that the amount of raw materials used for July was $350,000. But I”m not sure this information will help. The rest of our records are blown away.”

“Well, not exactly,” said Bill. “I was working on the year-to-date income statement when the tornado warning was announced. My recollection is that our sales in July were $1,240,000 and our gross profit ratio has been 40% of sales. Also, I can remember that our cost of goods available for sale was $770,000 for July.”

“Maybe we can work something out from this information!” exclaimed Elizabeth. “My experience tells me that our manufacturing overhead is usually 60% of direct labor.”

“Hey, look what I just found,” cried Elizabeth. “It”s a copy of this June”s balance sheet, and it shows that our inventories as of June 30 are Finished goods $38,000, Work in process $25,000, and Raw materials $19,000.”

“Super,” yelled Bill. “Let”s go work something out.”

In order to file an insurance claim, Wendall Company must determine the amount of its inventories as of July 31, 2014, the date of the tornado touchdown.

Instructions

With the class divided into groups, determine the amount of cost in the Raw Materials, Work in Process, and Finished Goods inventory accounts as of the date of the tornado touchdown.

which if any financial accounting report s is each likely to use 607893

Tenrack is a fairly large manufacturing company located in the southern United States. The company manufactures tennis rackets, tennis balls, tennis clothing, and tennis shoes, all bearing the company”s distinctive logo, a large green question mark on a white flocked tennis ball. The company”s sales have been increasing over the past 10 years.

The tennis racket division has recently implemented several advanced manufacturing techniques. Robot arms hold the tennis rackets in place while glue dries, and machine vision systems check for defects. The engineering and design team uses computerized drafting and testing of new products. The following managers work in the tennis racket division:

Jason Dennis, Sales Manager (supervises all sales representatives)

Peggy Groneman, Technical Specialist (supervises computer programmers)

Dave Marley, Cost Accounting Manager (supervises cost accountants)

Kevin Carson, Production Supervisor (supervises all manufacturing employees)

Sally Renner, Engineer (supervises all new-product design teams)

Instructions

(a)What are the primary information needs of each manager?

(b)Which, if any, financial accounting report(s) is each likely to use?

(c)Name one special-purpose management accounting report that could be designed for each manager. Include the name of the report, the information it would contain, and how frequently it should be issued.

prepare a letter to the president of the company shelly phillips describing the chan 607896

Prepare a letter to the president of the company, Shelly Phillips, describing the changes you made. Explain clearly why net income is different after the changes. Keep the following points in mind as you compose your letter.

  1. This is a letter to the president of a company, who is your friend. The style should be generally formal, but you may relax some requirements. For example, you may call the president by her first name.
  2. Executives are very busy. Your letter should tell the president your main results first (for example, the amount of net income).
  3. You should include brief explanations so that the president can understand the changes you made in the calculations.

what are the ethical issues involved in this situation 607897

Steve Morgan, controller for Newton Industries, was reviewing production cost reports for the year. One amount in these reports continued to bother him—advertising. During the year, the company had instituted an expensive advertising campaign to sell some of its slower-moving products. It was still too early to tell whether the advertising campaign was successful.

There had been much internal debate as how to report advertising cost. The vice president of finance argued that advertising costs should be reported as a cost of production, just like direct materials and direct labor. He therefore recommended that this cost be identified as manufacturing overhead and reported as part of inventory costs until sold. Others disagreed. Morgan believed that this cost should be reported as an expense of the current period, so as not to overstate net income. Others argued that it should be reported as prepaid advertising and reported as a current asset.

The president finally had to decide the issue. He argued that these costs should be reported as inventory. His arguments were practical ones. He noted that the company was experiencing financial difficulty and expensing this amount in the current period might jeopardize a planned bond offering. Also, by reporting the advertising costs as inventory rather than as prepaid advertising, less attention would be directed to it by the financial community.

Instructions

(a)Who are the stakeholders in this situation?

(b)What are the ethical issues involved in this situation?

(c)What would you do if you were Steve Morgan?

write a response indicating your position regarding this situation provide support f 607899

As noted in this chapter, because of global competition, companies have become increasingly focused on reducing costs. To reduce costs and remain competitive, many companies are turning to outsourcing. Outsourcing means hiring an outside supplier to provide elements of a product or service rather than producing them internally.

Suppose you are the managing partner in a CPA firm with 30 full-time staff. Larger firms in your community have begun to outsource basic tax-return preparation work to India. Should you outsource your basic tax-return work to India as well? You estimate that you would have to lay off six staff members if you outsource the work. The basic arguments for and against are as follows.

YES:The wages paid to Indian accountants are very low relative to U.S. wages. You will not be able to compete unless you outsource.

NO:Tax-return data is highly sensitive. Many customers will be upset to learn that their data is being emailed around the world.

Instructions

Write a response indicating your position regarding this situation. Provide support for your view.

in accumulating manufacturing costs debit at least one of three accounts raw materia 607901

During the current month, Ringling Company incurs the following manufacturing costs:

(a)Raw material purchases of $4,200 on account.

(b)Incurs factory labor of $18,000. Of that amount, $15,000 relates to wages payable and $3,000 relates to payroll taxes payable.

(c)Factory utilities of $2,200 are payable, prepaid factory insurance of $1,800 has expired, and depreciation on the factory building is $3,500.

Prepare journal entries for each type of manufacturing cost.

In accumulating manufacturing costs, debit at least one of three accounts: Raw Materials Inventory, Factory Labor, and Manufacturing Overhead.

Manufacturing overhead costs may be recognized daily. Or manufacturing overhead may be recorded periodically through a summary entry.

calculate the amount of overhead applied by multiplying the predetermined overhead r 607904

For Karr Company, the predetermined overhead rate is 140% of direct labor cost. During the month, Karr incurred $90,000 of factory labor costs, of which $80,000 is direct labor and $10,000 is indirect labor. Actual overhead incurred was $119,000.

Compute the amount of manufacturing overhead applied during the month. Determine the amount of under- or over applied manufacturing overhead.

Calculate the amount of overhead applied by multiplying the predetermined overhead rate by actual activity.

If actual manufacturing overhead is greater than applied, manufacturing overhead is under applied.

If actual manufacturing overhead is less than applied, manufacturing overhead is over applied.

what was the amount of under or overapplied manufacturing overhead 607905

Cardella Company applies overhead on the basis of direct labor costs. The company estimates annual overhead costs will be $760,000, and annual direct labor costs will be $950,000. During February, Cardella works on two jobs: A16 and B17. Summary data concerning these jobs are as follows.

Manufacturing Costs Incurred

Purchased $54,000 of raw materials on account.

Factory labor $76,000, plus $4,000 employer payroll taxes.

Manufacturing overhead exclusive of indirect materials and indirect labor $59,800.

Assignment of Costs

Direct materials:

Job A16 $27,000, Job B17 $21,000

Indirect materials:

$3,000

Direct labor:

Job A16 $52,000, Job B17 $26,000

Indirect labor:

$2,000

The company completed Job A16 and sold it on account for $150,000. Job B17 was only partially completed.

Instructions

(a)Compute the predetermined overhead rate.

(b)Journalize the February transactions in the sequence followed in the chapter.

(c)What was the amount of under- or overapplied manufacturing overhead?

ikerd company is a manufacturer of personal computers various costs and expenses ass 607866

Ikerd Company is a manufacturer of personal computers. Various costs and expenses associated with its operations are as follows.

  1. Property taxes on the factory building.
  2. Production superintendents’ salaries.
  3. Memory boards and chips used in assembling computers.
  4. Depreciation on the factory equipment.
  5. Salaries for assembly-line quality control inspectors.
  6. Sales commissions paid to sell personal computers.
  7. Electrical components used in assembling computers.
  8. Wages of workers assembling personal computers.
  9. Soldering materials used on factory assembly lines.
  10. Salaries for the night security guards for the factory building.

The company intends to classify these costs and expenses into the following categories:

(a) direct materials, (b) direct labor, (c) manufacturing overhead, and (d) period costs.

Instructions

List the items (1) through (10). For each item, indicate the cost category to which it belongs.

determine the total amount of a delivery service product costs and b period costs 607868

Kwik Delivery Service reports the following costs and expenses in June 2014.

Indirect materials

$ 5,400

Depreciation on delivery equipment

11,200

Dispatcher”s salary

5,000

Property taxes on office building

870

CEO”s salary

12,000

Gas and oil for delivery trucks

2,200

Drivers’ salaries

$16,000

Advertising

3,600

Delivery equipment repairs

300

Office supplies

650

Office utilities

990

Repairs on office equipment

180

Instructions

Determine the total amount of (a) delivery service (product) costs and (b) period costs.

compute cost of goods manufactured compute cost of goods sold 607869

Lopez Corporation incurred the following costs while manufacturing its product.

Materials used in product

$120,000

Depreciation on plant

60,000

Property taxes on store

7,500

Labor costs of assembly-line workers

110,000

Factory supplies used

23,000

Advertising expense

$45,000

Property taxes on plant

14,000

Delivery expense

21,000

Sales commissions

35,000

Salaries paid to sales clerks

50,000

Work in process inventory was $12,000 at January 1 and $15,500 at December 31. Finished goods inventory was $60,000 at January 1 and $45,600 at December 31.

Instructions

(a)Compute cost of goods manufactured.

(b)Compute cost of goods sold.

complete the cost of goods manufactured schedule for molina company 607870

An incomplete cost of goods manufactured schedule is presented below.

MOLINA COMPANY Cost of Goods Manufactured Schedule For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

Work in process (1/1)

Direct materials

Raw materials inventory (1/1)

?

$210,000

Add: Raw materials purchases

$158,000

Total raw materials available for use

Less: Raw materials inventory (12/31)

22,500

Direct materials used

$190,000

Direct labor

Manufacturing overhead

Indirect labor

18,000

Factory depreciation

36,000

Factory utilities

68,000

Total overhead

122,000

Total manufacturing costs

Total cost of work in process

Less: Work in process (12/31)

81,000

Cost of goods manufactured

$530,000

Instructions

Complete the cost of goods manufactured schedule for Molina Company.

indicate the missing amount for each letter a through i 607871

Manufacturing cost data for Copa Company are presented below.

Case A

Case B

Case C

Direct materials used

$(a)

$68,400

$130,000

Direct labor

57,000

86,000

(g)

Manufacturing overhead

46,500

81,600

102,000

Total manufacturing costs

195,650

(d)

253,700

Work in process 1/1/14

(b)

16,500

(h)

Total cost of work in process

221,500

(e)

337,000

Work in process 12/31/14

(c)

11,000

70,000

Cost of goods manufactured

185,275

(0)

(i)

Instructions

Indicate the missing amount for each letter (a) through (i).

prepare a condensed cost of goods manufactured schedule for situation 1 for the year 607872

Incomplete manufacturing cost data for Colaw Company for 2014 are presented as follows for four different situations.

Direct

Materials

Used

Direct

Labor

Used

Manufacturing

Overhead

Total

Manufacturing

Costs

Work in

Process

1/1

Work in

Process

12/31

Cost of

Goods

Manufactured

$127,000

$140,000

$ 87,000

$ (a)

$33,000

$ (b)

$360,000

200,000

132,000

450,000

(d)

40,000

470,000

100,000

(e)

255,000

60,000

80,000

(f)

(g)

75,000

288,000

45,000

(h)

270,000

Instructions

(a)Indicate the missing amount for each letter.

(b)Prepare a condensed cost of goods manufactured schedule for situation (1) for the year ended December 31, 2014.

prepare an income statement through gross profit for june 2014 assuming sales revenu 607873

Cepeda Corporation has the following cost records for June 2014.

Indirect factory labor

$ 4,500

Direct materials used

20,000

Work in process, 6/1/14

3,000

Work in process, 6/30/14

3,800

Finished goods, 6/1/14

5,000

Finished goods, 6/30/14

7,500

Factory utilities

$ 400

Depreciation, factory equipment

1,400

Direct labor

40,000

Maintenance, factory equipment

1,800

Indirect materials

2,200

Factory manager”s salary

3,000

Instructions

(a)Prepare a cost of goods manufactured schedule for June 2014.

(b)Prepare an income statement through gross profit for June 2014 assuming sales revenue is $92,100.

for those costs not included in a explain how they would be classified and reported 607874

Joyce Tombert, the bookkeeper for Marks Consulting, a political consulting firm, has recently completed a managerial accounting course at her local college. One of the topics covered in the course was the cost of goods manufactured schedule. Joyce wondered if such a schedule could be prepared for her firm. She realized that, as a service-oriented company, it would have no work in process inventory to consider.

Listed below are the costs her firm incurred for the month ended August 31, 2014.

Supplies used on consulting contracts

$ 1,200

Supplies used in the administrative offices

1,500

Depreciation on equipment used for contract work

900

Depreciation used on administrative office equipment

1,050

Salaries of professionals working on contracts

15,600

Salaries of administrative office personnel

7,700

Janitorial services for professional offices

400

Janitorial services for administrative offices

500

Insurance on contract operations

800

Insurance on administrative operations

900

Utilities for contract operations

1,400

Utilities for administrative offices

1,300

Instructions

(a)Prepare a schedule of cost of contract services performed (similar to a cost of goods manufactured schedule) for the month.

(b)For those costs not included in (a), explain how they would be classified and reported in the financial statements.

how would the income statement and balance sheet of a merchandising company be diffe 607875

The following information is available for Aikman Company.

January 1, 2014

2014

December 31, 2014

Raw materials inventory

$21,000

$30,000

Work in process inventory

13,500

17,200

Finished goods inventory

27,000

21,000

Materials purchased

$150,000

Direct labor

220,000

Manufacturing overhead

180,000

Sales revenue

910,000

Instructions

(a)Compute cost of goods manufactured.

(b)Prepare an income statement through gross profit.

(c)Show the presentation of the ending inventories on the December 31, 2014, balance sheet.

(d)How would the income statement and balance sheet of a merchandising company be different from Aikman”s financial statements?

list the items 1 ndash 16 for each item indicate by using the appropriate letter or 607876

Chambers Company produces blankets. From its accounting records, it prepares the following schedule and financial statements on a yearly basis.

(a)Cost of goods manufactured schedule.

(b)Income statement.

(c)Balance sheet.

The following items are found in its ledger and accompanying data.

1.Direct labor

2.Raw materials inventory, 1/1

3.Work in process inventory, 12/31

4.Finished goods inventory, 1/1

5.Indirect labor

6.Depreciation on factory machinery

7.Work in process, 1/1

8.Finished goods inventory, 12/31

9.Factory maintenance salaries

  1. Cost of goods manufactured
  2. Depreciation on delivery equipment
  3. Cost of goods available for sale
  4. Direct materials used
  5. Heat and electricity for factory
  6. Repairs to roof of factory building
  7. Cost of raw materials purchases

Instructions

List the items (1)–(16). For each item, indicate by using the appropriate letter or letters, the schedule and/or financial statement(s) in which the item will appear.

show the presentation of the ending inventories on the june 30 2014 balance sheet 607877

An analysis of the accounts of Roberts Company reveals the following manufacturing cost data for the month ended June 30, 2014.

Inventories

Beginning

Ending

Raw materials

$9,000

$13,100

Work in process

5,000

7,000

Finished goods

9,000

8,000

Costs incurred: raw materials purchases $54,000, direct labor $47,000, manufacturing overhead $19,900. The specific overhead costs were: indirect labor $5,500, factory insurance $4,000, machinery depreciation $4,000, machinery repairs $1,800, factory utilities $3,100, miscellaneous factory costs $1,500. Assume that all raw materials used were direct materials.

Instructions

(a)Prepare the cost of goods manufactured schedule for the month ended June 30, 2014.

(b)Show the presentation of the ending inventories on the June 30, 2014, balance sheet.

determine the cost of head lamps that would appear in each of the following accounts 607878

Buhler Motor Company manufactures automobiles. During September 2014, the company purchased 5,000 head lamps at a cost of $10 per lamp. Buhler withdrew 4,650 lamps from the warehouse during the month. Fifty of these lamps were used to replace the head lamps in autos used by traveling sales staff. The remaining 4,600 lamps were put in autos manufactured during the month.

Of the autos put into production during September 2014, 90% were completed and transferred to the company”s storage lot. Of the cars completed during the month, 70% were sold by September 30.

Instructions

(a)Determine the cost of head lamps that would appear in each of the following accounts at September 30, 2014: Raw Materials, Work in Process, Finished Goods, Cost of Goods Sold, and Selling Expenses.

(b)Write a short memo to the chief accountant, indicating whether and where each of the accounts in (a) would appear on the income statement or on the balance sheet at September 30, 2014.

match each of the terms with the statement below that best describes the term 607879

The following is a list of terms related to managerial accounting practices.

  1. Activity-based costing.
  2. Just-in-time inventory.
  3. Balanced scorecard.
  4. Value chain.

Instructions

Match each of the terms with the statement below that best describes the term.

(a) A performance-measurement technique that attempts to consider and evaluate all aspects of performance using financial and nonfinancial measures in an integrated fashion.

(b) The group of activities associated with providing a product or performing a service.

(c) An approach used to reduce the cost associated with handling and holding inventory by reducing the amount of inventory on hand.

(d) A method used to allocate overhead to products based on each product”s use of the activities that cause the incurrence of the overhead cost.

enter each cost item on your answer sheet placing the dollar amount under the approp 607880

Lott Company specializes in manufacturing a unique model of bicycle helmet. The model is well accepted by consumers, and the company has enough orders to keep the factory production at 10,000 helmets per month (80% of its full capacity). Lott”s monthly manufacturing cost and other expense data are as follows.

Rent on factory equipment

$ 9,000

Insurance on factory building

1,500

Raw materials (plastics, polystyrene, etc.)

75,000

Utility costs for factory

900

Supplies for general office

300

Wages for assembly line workers

53,000

Depreciation on office equipment

$800

Miscellaneous materials (glue, thread, etc.)

1,100

Factory manager”s salary

5,700

Property taxes on factory building

400

Advertising for helmets

14,000

Sales commissions

10,000

Depreciation on factory building

1,500

Instructions

(a)Prepare an answer sheet with the following column headings.

Product Cost

Cost Item

Direct Materials

Direct Labor

Manufacturing Overhead

Period Costs

Enter each cost item on your answer sheet, placing the dollar amount under the appropriate headings. Total the dollar amounts in each of the columns.

(b)Compute the cost to produce one helmet.

compute the cost to produce one audio system 607881

Bell Company, a manufacturer of audio systems, started its production in October 2014. For the preceding 3 years, Bell had been a retailer of audio systems. After a thorough survey of audio system markets, Bell decided to turn its retail store into an audio equipment factory.

Raw materials cost for an audio system will total $74 per unit. Workers on the production lines are on average paid $12 per hour. An audio system usually takes 5 hours to complete. In addition, the rent on the equipment used to assemble audio systems amounts to $4,900 per month. Indirect materials cost $5 per system. A supervisor was hired to oversee production; her monthly salary is $3,000.

Factory janitorial costs are $1,300 monthly. Advertising costs for the audio system will be $9,500 per month. The factory building depreciation expense is $7,800 per year. Property taxes on the factory building will be $9,000 per year.

Instructions

(a)Prepare an answer sheet with the following column headings.

Product Cost

Cost Item

Direct Materials

Direct Labor

Manufacturing Overhead

Period Costs

Assuming that Bell manufactures, on average, 1,500 audio systems per month, enter each cost item on your answer sheet, placing the dollar amount per month under the appropriate headings. Total the dollar amounts in each of the columns.

(b)Compute the cost to produce one audio system.

prepare a condensed cost of goods manufactured schedule for case 1 607882

Incomplete manufacturing costs, expenses, and selling data for two different cases are as follows.

Case

1

2

Direct materials used

$ 9,600

$ (g)

Direct labor

5,000

8,000

Manufacturing overhead

8,000

4,000

Total manufacturing costs

(a)

16,000

Beginning work in process inventory

1,000

(h)

Ending work in process inventory

(b)

3,000

Sales revenue

24,500

(i)

Sales discounts

2,500

1,400

Cost of goods manufactured

17,000

22,000

Beginning finished goods inventory

(c)

3,300

Goods available for sale

20,000

a)

Cost of goods sold

(d)

(k)

Ending finished goods inventory

3,400

2,500

Gross profit

(e)

7,000

Operating expenses

2,500

Net income

(f)

5,000

Instructions

(a)Indicate the missing amount for each letter.

(b)Prepare a condensed cost of goods manufactured schedule for Case 1.

(c)Prepare an income statement and the current assets section of the balance sheet for Case 1. Assume that in Case 1 the other items in the current assets section are as follows: Cash $4,000, Receivables (net) $15,000, Raw Materials $600, and Prepaid Expenses $400.

prepare a schedule of cost of goods manufactured for october 2014 607884

Phillips Company is a manufacturer of computers. Its controller resigned in October 2014. An inexperienced assistant accountant has prepared the following income statement for the month of October 2014.

PHILLIPS COMPANY Income Statement For the Month Ended October 31, 2014

Sales revenue

Less: Operating expenses

$780,000

Raw materials purchases

$264,000

Direct labor cost

190,000

Advertising expense

90,000

Selling and administrative salaries

75,000

Rent on factory facilities

60,000

Depreciation on sales equipment

45,000

Depreciation on factory equipment

31,000

Indirect labor cost

28,000

Utilities expense

12,000

Insurance expense

8,000

803,000

Net loss

$ (23,000)

Prior to October 2014, the company had been profitable every month. The company”s president is concerned about the accuracy of the income statement. As her friend, you have been asked to review the income statement and make necessary corrections. Afterexamining other manufacturing cost data, you have acquired additional information as follows.

  1. Inventory balances at the beginning and end of October were:

October 1

October 31

Raw materials

$18,000

$29,000

Work in process

16,000

14,000

Finished goods

30,000

45,000

  1. Only 75% of the utilities expense and 60% of the insurance expense apply to factory operations. The remaining amounts should be charged to selling and administrative activities.

Instructions

(a)Prepare a schedule of cost of goods manufactured for October 2014.

(b)Prepare a correct income statement for October 2014.

enter each cost item on your answer sheet placing the dollar amount under the approp 607885

Agler Company specializes in manufacturing motorcycle helmets. The company has enough orders to keep the factory production at 1,000 motorcycle helmets per month. Agler”s monthly manufacturing cost and other expense data are shown below.

Maintenance costs on factory building

$ 1,500

Factory manager”s salary

5,500

Advertising for helmets

8,000

Sales commissions

4,000

Depreciation on factory building

700

Rent on factory equipment

6,000

Insurance on factory building

3,000

Raw materials (plastic, polystyrene, etc.)

25,000

Utility costs for factory

800

Supplies for general office

200

Wages for assembly line workers

54,000

Depreciation on office equipment

500

Miscellaneous materials (glue, thread, etc.)

2,000

Instructions

(a)Prepare an answer sheet with the following column headings.

Product Cost

Cost Item

Direct Materials

Direct Labor

Manufacturing Overhead

Period Costs

Enter each cost item on your answer sheet, placing the dollar amount under the appropriate headings. Total the dollar amounts in each of the columns.

(b)Compute the cost to produce one motorcycle helmet.

compute the cost to produce one racket 607886

Elliott Company, a manufacturer of tennis rackets, started production in November 2013. For the preceding 5 years, Elliott had been a retailer of sports equipment. After a thorough survey of tennis racket markets, Elliott decided to turn its retail store into a tennis racket factory.

Raw materials cost for a tennis racket will total $23 per racket. Workers on the production lines are paid on average $15 per hour. A racket usually takes 2 hours to complete. In addition, the rent on the equipment used to produce rackets amounts to $1,300 per month. Indirect materials cost $3 per racket. A supervisor was hired to oversee production; her monthly salary is $3,500.

Janitorial costs are $1,400 monthly. Advertising costs for the rackets will be $8,000 per month. The factory building depreciation expense is $8,400 per year. Property taxes on the factory building will be $9,600 per year.

Instructions

(a)Prepare an answer sheet with the following column headings.

Product Cost

Cost Item

Direct Materials

Direct Labor

Manufacturing Overhead

Period Costs

Assuming that Elliott manufactures, on average, 2,500 tennis rackets per month, enter each cost item on your answer sheet, placing the dollar amount per month under the appropriate headings. Total the dollar amounts in each of the columns.

(b)Compute the cost to produce one racket.

prepare an income statement and the current assets section of the balance sheet for 607887

Incomplete manufacturing costs, expenses, and selling data for two different cases are as follows.

Case

A

B

Direct materials used

$ 6,300

$ (g)

Direct labor

3,000

4,000

Manufacturing overhead

6,000

5,000

Total manufacturing costs

(a)

16,000

Beginning work in process inventory

1,000

(h)

Ending work in process inventory

(b)

2,000

Sales revenue

22,500

(i)

Sales discounts

1,500

1,200

Cost of goods manufactured

15,800

20,000

Beginning finished goods inventory

(c)

5,000

Goods available for sale

18,300

(j)

Cost of goods sold

(d)

(k)

Ending finished goods inventory

1,200

2,500

Gross profit

(e)

6,000

Operating expenses

2,700

(1)

Net income

(f)

2,200

Instructions

(a)Indicate the missing amount for each letter.

(b)Prepare a condensed cost of goods manufactured schedule for Case A.

(c)Prepare an income statement and the current assets section of the balance sheet for Case A. Assume that in Case A the other items in the current assets section are as follows: Cash $3,000, Receivables (net) $10,000, Raw Materials $700, and Prepaid Expenses $200.

analyze which users require which different types of information 607817

Indicate whether the following statements are true or false.

  1. Managerial accountants have a single role within an organization, collecting and reporting costs to management.
  2. Financial accounting reports are general-purpose and intended for external users.
  3. Managerial accounting reports are special-purpose and issued as frequently as needed.
  4. Managers’ activities and responsibilities can be classified into three broad functions: cost accounting, budgeting, and internal control.
  5. As a result of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, managerial accounting reports must now comply with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).
  6. Top managers must certify that a company maintains an adequate system of internal controls.

Understand that managerial accounting is a field of accounting that provides economic and financial information for managers and other internal users.

Understand that financial accounting provides information for external users.

Analyze which users require which different types of information.

classify as manufacturing overhead any costs that are indirectly associated with the 607819

A bicycle company has these costs: tires, salaries of employees who put tires on the wheels, factory building depreciation, lubricants, spokes, salary of factory manager, handlebars, and salaries of factory maintenance employees. Classify each cost as direct materials, direct labor, or manufacturing overhead.

Classify as direct materials any raw materials that can be physically and directly associated with the finished product.

Classify as direct labor the work of factory employees that can be physically and directly associated with the finished product.

Classify as manufacturing overhead any costs that are indirectly associated with the finished product.

prepare the cost of goods manufactured schedule for the month of march 607820

The following information is available for Keystone Company.

March 1

March 31

Raw materials inventory

$12,000

$10,000

Work in process inventory

2,500

4,000

Materials purchased in March

$ 90,000

Direct labor in March

75,000

Manufacturing overhead in March

220,000

Prepare the cost of goods manufactured schedule for the month of March.

Start with beginning work in process as the first item in the cost of goods manufactured schedule.

Sum direct materials used, direct labor, and manufacturing overhead to determine total manufacturing costs.

Sum beginning work in process and total manufacturing costs to determine total cost of work in process.

Cost of goods manufactured is the total cost of work in process less ending work in process.

develop a forward looking view in order to advise and provide information to various 607822

Match the descriptions that follow with the corresponding terms.

Descriptions:

1. All activities associated with providing a product or performing a service.

2. A method of allocating overhead based on each product”s use of activities in making the product.

3. Systems implemented to reduce defects in finished products with the goal of achieving zero defects.

4. A performance-measurement approach that uses both financial and nonfinancial measures, tied to company objectives, to evaluate a company”s operations in an integrated fashion.

5. Inventory system in which goods are manufactured or purchased just as they are needed for use.

Terms:

a. Activity-based costing

b. Balanced scorecard

c. Just-in-time (JIT) inventory

d. Total quality management (TQM)

e. Value chain

Develop a forward-looking view, in order to advise and provide information to various members of the organization.

Understand current business trends and issues.

compute total manufacturing costs for the month 607823

Giant Bike Co. Ltd.produces many different models of bicycles. Assume that the market has responded enthusiastically to a new model, the Jaguar. As a result, the company has established a separate manufacturing facility to produce these bicycles. The company produces 1,000 bicycles per month. Giant”s monthly manufacturing costs and other data are as follows.

1. Rent on manufacturing equipment (lease cost)

$2,000/month

2. Insurance on manufacturing building

$750/month

3. Raw materials (frames, tires, etc.)

$80/bicycle

4. Utility costs for manufacturing facility

$1,000/month

5. Supplies for administrative office

$800/month

6. Wages for assembly line workers in manufacturing facility

$30/bicycle

7. Depreciation on office equipment

$650/month

8. Miscellaneous manufacturing materials (lubricants, solders, etc.)

$1.20/bicycle

9. Property taxes on manufacturing building

$2,400/year

10. Manufacturing supervisor”s salary

$3,000/month

11. Advertising for bicycles

$30,000/year

12. Sales commissions

$10/bicycle

13. Depreciation on manufacturing building

$1,500/month

Instructions

Compute total manufacturing costs for the month.

prepare the current assets section of the balance sheet for superior company as of d 607824

Superior Company has the following cost and expense data for the year ending December 31, 2014.

Raw materials, 1/1/14

$ 30,000

Raw materials, 12/31/14

20,000

Raw materials purchases

205,000

Indirect materials

15,000

Work in process, 1/1/14

80,000

Work in process, 12/31/14

50,000

Finished goods, 1/1/14

110,000

Finished goods, 12/31/14

120,000

Direct labor

350,000

Factory manager’;s salary

35,000

Insurance, factory

$ 14,000

Property taxes, factory building

6,000

Sales revenue

1,500,000

Delivery expenses

100,000

Sales commissions

150,000

Indirect labor

90,000

Factory machinery rent

40,000

Factory utilities

65,000

Depreciation, factory building

24,000

Administrative expenses

300,000

Instructions

(a)Prepare a cost of goods manufactured schedule for Superior Company for 2014.

(b)Prepare an income statement for Superior Company for 2014.

(c)Assume that Superior Company”s accounting records show the balances of the following current asset accounts: Cash $17,000, Accounts Receivable (net) $120,000, Prepaid Expenses $13,000, and Debt Investments (short-term) $26,000. Prepare the current assets section of the balance sheet for Superior Company as of December 31, 2014.

direct materials are a 607828

Direct materials are a:

Product Cost

Manufacturing Overhead

Period Cost

(a)

Yes

Yes

No

(b)

Yes

No

No

(c)

Yes

Yes

Yes

(d)

No

No

No

identify which of the following statements best describes each of the above function 607849

Listed below are the three functions of the management of an organization.

1. Planning

2. Directing

3. Controlling

Identify which of the following statements best describes each of the above functions.

(a)requires management to look ahead and to establish objectives. A key objective of management is to add value to the business.
(b)involves coordinating the diverse activities and human resources of a company to produce a smooth-running operation. This function relates to the implementation of planned objectives.
(c)is the process of keeping the activities on track. Management must determine whether goals are being met and what changes are necessary when there are deviations.

presented below are dieker company s monthly manufacturing cost data related to its 607853

Presented below are Dieker Company”s monthly manufacturing cost data related to its personal computer products.

(a)Utilities for manufacturing equipment

$116,000

(b)Raw material (CPU, chips, etc.)

$ 85,000

(c)Depreciation on manufacturing building

$880,000

(d)Wages for production workers

$191,000

Enter each cost item in the following table, placing an “X” under the appropriate headings.

Product Cost

Direct Materials

Direct Labor

Factory Overhead

a

b

c

d

use the data ndash 10 below determine the missing amounts 607857

Use the data –10 below. Determine the missing amounts.

Total
Manufacturing

Costs

Work
in Process

(1/1)

Work
in Process

(12/31)

Cost of Goods

Manufactured

(a)

?

$120,000

$82,000

?

(b)

$296,000

?

$98,000

$321,000

(c)

$310,000

$463,000

?

$715,000

indicate whether the following statements are true or false 607858

Indicate whether the following statements are true or false.

  1. Managerial accountants explain and report manufacturing and nonmanufacturing costs, determine cost behaviors, and perform cost-volume-profit analysis, but are not involved in the budget process.
  2. Financial accounting reports pertain to subunits of the business and are very detailed.
  3. Managerial accounting reports must follow GAAP and are audited by CPAs.
  4. Managers’ activities and responsibilities can be classified into three broad functions: planning, directing, and controlling.
  5. As a result of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX), top managers must certify that the company maintains an adequate system of internal control.
  6. Management accountants follow a code of ethics developed by the Institute of Management Accountants.

classify each cost as a period or a product cost within the product cost category in 607859

A music company has these costs:

Advertising

Paper inserts for CD cases

Blank CDs

CD plastic cases

Depreciation of CD image burner

Salaries of sales representatives

Salaries of factory manager

Salaries of employees who burn music onto CDs

Factory supplies used

Classify each cost as a period or a product cost. Within the product cost category, indicate if the cost is part of direct materials (DM), direct labor (DL), or manufacturing overhead (MO).

prepare the cost of goods manufactured schedule for the month of april 607860

The following information is available for Fishel Company.

April 1

April 30

Raw materials inventory

$10,000

$14,000

Work in process inventory

5,000

3,500

Materials purchased in April

$ 98,000

Direct labor in April

80,000

Manufacturing overhead in April

180,000

Prepare the cost of goods manufactured schedule for the month of April.

match the descriptions that follow with the corresponding terms descriptions 607861

Match the descriptions that follow with the corresponding terms. Descriptions:

  1. Inventory system in which goods are manufactured or purchased just as they are needed for sale.
  2. A method of allocating overhead based on each product”s use of activities in making the product.
  3. Systems that are especially important to firms adopting just-in-time inventory methods.
  4. One part of the value chain for a manufacturing company.
  5. The U.S. economy is trending toward this.
  6. A performance-measurement approach that uses both financial and nonfinancial measures, tied to company objectives, to evaluate a company”s operations in an integrated fashion.

Terms:

(a)Activity-based costing

(b)Balanced scorecard

(c)Total quality management (TQM)

(d)Research and development, and product design

(e)Service industries

(f)Just-in-time (JIT) inventory

identify each statement as true or false if false indicate how to correct the statem 607862

Richard Larkin has prepared the following list of statements about managerial accounting and financial accounting.

  1. Financial accounting focuses on providing information to internal users.
  2. Analyzing cost-volume-profit relationships is part of managerial accounting.
  3. Preparation of budgets is part of financial accounting.
  4. Managerial accounting applies only to merchandising and manufacturing companies.
  5. Both managerial accounting and financial accounting deal with many of the same economic events.
  6. Managerial accounting reports are prepared only quarterly and annually.
  7. Financial accounting reports are general-purpose reports.
  8. Managerial accounting reports pertain to subunits of the business.
  9. Managerial accounting reports must comply with generally accepted accounting principles.
  10. Although managerial accountants are expected to behave ethically, there is no code of ethical standards for managerial accountants.

Instructions

Identify each statement as true or false. If false, indicate how to correct the statement.

classify the above items into the following categories a direct materials b direct l 607863

Presented below and on the next page is a list of costs and expenses usually incurred by Barnum Corporation, a manufacturer of furniture, in its factory.

  1. Salaries for assembly line inspectors.
  2. Insurance on factory machines.
  3. Property taxes on the factory building.
  4. Factory repairs.
  5. Upholstery used in manufacturing furniture.
  6. Wages paid to assembly line workers.
  7. Factory machinery depreciation.
  8. Glue, nails, paint, and other small parts used in production.
  9. Factory supervisors’ salaries.
  10. Wood used in manufacturing furniture.

Instructions

Classify the above items into the following categories: (a) direct materials, (b) direct labor, and (c) manufacturing overhead.

identify each of the above costs as direct materials direct labor manufacturing over 607864

Ryan Corporation incurred the following costs while manufacturing its product.

Materials used in product

$100,000

Depreciation on plant

60,000

Property taxes on store

7,500

Labor costs of assembly-line workers

110,000

Factory supplies used

13,000

Advertising expense

$45,000

Property taxes on plant

14,000

Delivery expense

21,000

Sales commissions

35,000

Salaries paid to sales clerks

50,000

Instructions

(a)Identify each of the above costs as direct materials, direct labor, manufacturing overhead, or period costs.

(b)Explain the basic difference in accounting for product costs and period costs.

knight company reports the following costs and expenses in may 607865

Knight Company reports the following costs and expenses in May.

Factory utilities

$ 15,500

Depreciation on factory equipment

12, 650

Depreciation on delivery trucks

3,800

Indirect factory labor

48,900

Indirect materials

80,800

Direct materials used

137,600

Factory manager”s salary

8,000

Direct labor

$69,100

Sales salaries

46,400

Property taxes on factory building

2,500

Repairs to office equipment

1,300

Factory repairs

2,000

Advertising

15,000

Office supplies used

2,640

Instructions

From the information, determine the total amount of:

(a)Manufacturing overhead.

(b)Product costs.

(c)Period costs.

under the securities act of 1933 which of the following statements most accurately r 607340

Under the Securities Act of 1933, which of the following statements most accurately reflects how securities registration affects an investor?

  1. The investor is provided with information on the stockholders of the offering corporation.
  2. The investor is provided with information on the principal purposes for which the offering’s proceeds will be used.
  3. The investor is guaranteed by the SEC that the facts contained in the registration statement are accurate.
  4. The investor is assured by the SEC against loss resulting from purchasing the security.

which of the above notes is are exempt securities and need not be registered under t 607342

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following facts:

Sandy Corporation is considering the following issuances:

  1. I. Notes with maturities of three months to be used for commercial purposes and having a total aggregate value of $500,000.
  2. II. Notes with maturities of two years to be used for investment purposes and having a total aggregate value of $300,000.
  3. III. Notes with maturities of two years to be used for commercial purposes and having a total aggregate value of $200,000.

Which of the above notes is(are) exempt securities and need not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933?

  1. I only.
  2. II only.
  3. I and III only.
  4. I, II, and III.

Which of the above notes is(are) subject to the antifraud provisions of the Securities Act of 1933?

  1. I only.
  2. II only.
  3. I and III only.
  4. I, II, and III.

universal rsquo s filing of a registration statement with the sec does not automatic 607347

Universal Corp. intends to sell its common stock to the public in an interstate offering that will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933. Under the Act,

  1. Universal can make offers to sell its stock before filing a registration statement, provided that it does not actually issue stock certificates until after the registration is effective.
  2. Universal’s registration statement becomes effective at the time it is filed, assuming the SEC does not object within twenty days thereafter.
  3. A prospectus must be delivered to each purchaser of Universal’s common stock unless the purchaser qualifies as an accredited investor.
  4. Universal’s filing of a registration statement with the SEC does not automatically result in compliance with the “blue-sky” laws of the states in which the offering will be made.

issuers of securities are normally required under the securities act of 1933 to file 607349

Issuers of securities are normally required under the Securities Act of 1933 to file a registration statement with the Securities Exchange Commission before these securities are either offered or sold to the general public. Which of the following is a reason why the SEC adopted the registration statement forms called Form S-2 and Form S-3?

  1. To require more extensive reporting.
  2. To be filed along with Form S-1.
  3. To reduce the burden that issuers have under the securities laws.
  4. To reduce the burden of disclosure that issuers have for intrastate issues of securities.

regulation d provides for important exemptions to registration of securities under t 607350

Regulation D provides for important exemptions to registration of securities under the Securities Act of 1933. Which of the following would be exempt?

  1. I. Issuance of $500,000 of securities sold in a twelve-month period to forty investors.
  2. II. Issuance of $2,000,000 of securities sold in a twelve-month period to ten investors. The issuer restricts the right of the purchasers to resell for two years.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

eldridge corporation is seeking to offer 7 000 000 of securities under regulation d 607352

Eldridge Corporation is seeking to offer $7,000,000 of securities under Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933. Which of the following is(are) true if Eldridge wants an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933?

  1. I. Eldridge must comply with Rule 506 of Regulation D.
  2. II. These securities could be debentures.
  3. III. These securities could be investment contracts.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. I and II only.
    3. c. II and III only.
    4. d. I, II, and III.

the securities exchange commission promulgated rule 10b 5 under section 10 b of the 607363

The Securities Exchange Commission promulgated Rule 10b-5 under Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Which of the following is(are) purpose(s) of the Act?

align=”left”>

To rate securities so investors can choose more wisely

To encourage disclosure of information relevant to investors

To deter fraud involving securities

a.

No

No

Yes

b.

No

Yes

Yes

c.

Yes

Yes

Yes

d.

Yes

Yes

No

integral did not notify the sec of stockholder ldquo short swing rdquo profits did n 607364

Integral Corp. has assets in excess of $4 million, has 350 stockholders, and has issued common and preferred stock. Integral is subject to the reporting provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For its 2001 fiscal year, Integral filed the following with the SEC: quarterly reports, an annual report, and a periodic report listing newly appointed officers of the corporation. Integral did not notify the SEC of stockholder “short swing” profits; did not report that a competitor made a tender offer to Integral’s stockholders; and did not report changes in the price of its stock as sold on the New York Stock Exchange. Under SEC reporting requirements, which of the following was Integral required to do?

  1. Report the tender offer to the SEC.
  2. Notify the SEC of stockholder “short swing” profits.
  3. File the periodic report listing newly appointed officers.
  4. Report the changes in the market price of its stock.

link corp is subject to the reporting provisions of the securities exchange act of 1 607371

Items 1 through 3 are based on the following:

Link Corp. is subject to the reporting provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Which of the following situations would require Link to be subject to the reporting provisions of the 1934 Act?

align=”left”>

Shares listed on a national securities exchange

More than one class of stock

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

Yes

No

c.

No

Yes

d.

No

No

Which of the following documents must Link file with the SEC?

align=”left”>

Quarterly reports (Form 10-Q)

Proxy Statements

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

Yes

No

c.

No

Yes

d.

No

No

Which of the following reports must also be submitted to the SEC?

align=”left”>

Report by any party making a tender offer to purchase Link’s stock

Report of proxy solicitations by Link stockholders

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

Yes

No

c.

No

Yes

d.

No

No

burk corporation has issued securities that must be registered with the securities e 607375

Burk Corporation has issued securities that must be registered with the Securities Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. A material event took place a week ago, that is, there was a change in the control of Burk Corporation. Which of the following statements is correct?

  1. Because of this material event, Burk Corporation is required to file with the SEC, Forms 10-K and 10-Q.
  2. Because of this material event, Burk Corporation is required to file Form 8-K.
  3. Burk Corporation need not file any forms with the SEC concerning this material event if the relevant facts are fully disclosed in the audited financial statements.
  4. Burk Corporation need not file any form concerning the material event if Burk Corporation has an exemption under Rules 504, 505, or 506 of Regulation D.

robinson rsquo s pricing policies have come under attack by several of its retailers 607377

Robinson’s pricing policies have come under attack by several of its retailers. In fact, one of those retailers, Patman, has instigated legal action against Robinson alleging that Robinson charges other favored retailers prices for its products which are lower than those charged to it. Patman’s legal action against Robinson

  1. Will fail unless Patman can show that there has been an injury to competition.
  2. Will be sufficient if the complaint alleges that Robinson charged different prices to different customers and there is a reasonable possibility that competition may be adversely affected.
  3. Is groundless since one has the legal right to sell at whatever price one wishes as long as the price is determined unilaterally.
  4. Is to be tested under the Rule of Reason and if the different prices charged are found to be reasonable, the complaint will be dismissed.

there are likely to be unanswered questions and the reflection process will continue 607384

Follow-Up

  1. There are likely to be unanswered questions, and the reflection process will continue over the next week. Make sure that you set aside some time for reflection and discussions with key individuals to help the clarification process.
  2. Thank your rating team and give them some feedback.
  3. Involve your manager in your development plan.
  4. Revisit your feedback report and action/development plan at regular intervals during the year.

The power of feedback cannot be underestimated. In most cases, new employees are concerned about proving themselves and doing well, so they very often are not aware if they are exhibiting behaviors that aren’t fitting into the culture unless someone tells them. Too often, people do talk about these behaviors, just not directly to the new employee!

boomers are the dominant generational group in the workforce but not necessarily the 607385

Perfect Phrases for Onboarding Baby Boomers

Boomers are the dominant generational group in the workforce, but not necessarily the dominant group that is onboarding. They are, however, the largest group in the workforce today. The boomers were expected to be leaving their jobs in droves by now and retiring, but the recent economic changes have kept them in place. They will find themselves in the minority, however, with Gen Xers and Gen Ys in orientation and onboarding, and will respond differently based on their backgrounds and experiences. Because baby boomers embrace the corporate structure, are comfortable with formality, want to be in charge, and love to win, they have very different needs as it relates to supporting their successful orientation and onboarding.

  1. Welcome! We are lucky to have you with your knowledge and experience.
  2. It’s great to have someone on board who knows (understands) the industry.
  3. The reason we hired you for this role is ___________________.
  4. Our organization is probably similar to what you know in these ways: __________________________.
  5. Our organization is somewhat different from what you may be used to in these ways: _________________________________.
  6. You will participate in a half-day orientation program on your first day, then move into a formal onboarding period for 90 days.
  7. Here is how you are doing compared to your onboarding plan: ___________________________________.
  8. What I see you have delivered versus what I have expected from you in your first 90 days is _____________________________.
  9. Let’s talk about your progress on your onboarding objectives.
  10. Tell me about some of your “early wins” or “quick hits” that you have accomplished to establish some early credibility.
  11. Now that you have been successful with ______________________________, let’s add this next piece: ________________________________________.
  12. Communication in our organization is mostly (face-to-face, e-mail, voice mail, whichever apply).
  13. The ways in which you were successful in your previous role may not always happen for you here. Let’s talk about the differences.
  14. We have a collaborative culture, so it is important that you communicate with the team throughout the whole process. For example, meeting notes, pre-meeting conversations, and post-meeting debriefings are expected.
  15. One thing to consider as you work on that project is to be inclusive and be clear about each person’s role and responsibilities.
  16. We have a very lean organization, and here is what that means for your role:.

perfect phrases for onboarding generation xers 607386

Perfect Phrases for Onboarding Generation Xers

What we know about the Xers is that they feel rather “squeezed” between the baby boomers and the Gen Ys. There are fewer of them, by sheer numbers, than in either of the other two groups, so they are always in the minority. They also are now of the age when they are often responsible for younger children at home and may not be as mobile, and so may be less able to take promotions that require relocations, or less willing to work late hours or participate in social after-work activities. This can lead to some type of additional separation among the groups. Gen X also grew up in a world where downsizing and mismanagement were common, and so they don’t often trust the “corporate-speak.” Gen X highly values having options, and options often trump money or status. They tend to resent the boomers who see their way as the only way, and the fact that the boomers are hanging around in the workplace a lot longer than anyone thought they would, especially in leadership roles. However, Gen X brings strong relationships into the workplace and teaches others how to leverage them for powerful results. They also embrace technology as they have practically grown up with the personal computer and the cell phone. They are also not afraid of change as it relates to the work world, because it has done nothing but change since they entered it. They appreciate diversity and understand its value; they are instinctively collaborative, are usually quite flexible, and tend to ask questions instead of making statements as their boomer counterparts do.

  1. Welcome! We are so glad to have you as part of our team!
  2. The reason that we see you fitting in here so well is ____________.
  3. Some of the strengths that you bring to our organization are __________________________.
  4. A couple of the things that may be a challenge for you here are______________________________.
  5. We have a plan to make your first months on the job successful, and you will drive it.
  6. Our onboarding program will allow you to set objectives and learn the organization at the same time you build relationships along the way.
  7. Your onboarding experience will allow for learning not only your particular role and function, but also our organization’s culture, core processes, and customer experience.
  8. Relationships are key here. Let’s talk about the ones you have started already and how to grow them, and then build a plan for the ones that you will need to develop.
  9. We strive for a structured, yet flexible onboarding experience tailored to meet you where you are, where you’ve been, and where you are going in the future.
  10. We have the ability to work flexible hours in our organization. Here is where you can find some additional information about that: _____________________________.
  11. If you are interested in meeting with some of the other newer employees, here is how you can connect with them: __________________.
  12. We are committed to your career development, and your onboarding plan is the first piece. We will start with your onboarding plan and work with you to implement it.
  13. What’s your cell number? Here is mine ______________________ if you need anything.
  14. Communication in our organization is mostly (face-to-face, e-mail, voice mail, whichever apply).
  15. Feedback is an important part of our process too. Here’s how you will get it:.
  16. Your onboarding plan will serve as a springboard for your development plan, and this is how they will fit together:.
  17. As you start to meet people, here are some suggested topics to engage them:
  18. How our teams work together
  19. What the biggest opportunities are
  20. What the barriers are

perfect phrases for onboarding generation y or the millennials 607387

Perfect Phrases for Onboarding Generation Y, or the Millennials

Generation Y, or the Millennials, are technology kids and the ones who are the most comfortable with a global, multicultural world. They also have a reputation of being high maintenance, requiring instant gratification, and being skeptical. They have also, like their Gen X cousins, seen their parents and grandparents down-sized and laid off, so their loyalties to corporate entities are few. On the other hand, they have high expectations of themselves for work output and usually put their families and personal lives over their work lives. They can be effective multitaskers and are extremely flexible. They do, however, demand flexibility from their employers because for them it is all about the work and not about how many hours it takes to get it done. Organizations can benefit from these hard workers but must manage them carefully and appropriately. Red flags for onboarding Generation Y include their “helicopter parents” inserting themselves into the process that may not be appropriate and entitlement signals that should be addressed immediately.

  1. Welcome! So glad you are joining us!
  2. It’s great to have you as part of our team!
  3. So glad you’re here!
  4. We really appreciate your energy and enthusiasm.
  5. It can be a big transition from campus to the corporate world. There is a group that meets every week to talk through some common issues, and there are some additional resources available on our intranet.
  6. We have clear policies about travel, expenses, temporary housing, compensation and benefits, attendance, etc. I can help direct you to the information. Do you have specific questions?
  7. HR can give you some more information on how to interpret our dress code—sometimes it is tricky to understand what “business casual” actually means.
  8. There is more info about our organization at www. ____________________ (or I will send you a link).
  9. Our intranet, learning management system (LMS), or video library might be of interest to you. Here is a link to get you started: ________________________________________.
  10. What’s your cell number? Here is mine ______________________________ if you need anything.
  11. The best way to meet people in our organization is through _______________________________.
  12. Onboarding is an important part of your career development, and you will lead the way with our support.
  13. Your manager will help you build a plan that will guide your first 90 days and outline your onboarding objectives.
  14. We are committed to your career development and want you to drive the process. We have started your plan, but we expect you to drive it.
  15. We want you to be able to learn and work at the same time.
  16. Promotions will come as you develop and when they are appropriate. We can always have a conversation about what you want to accomplish next.
  17. Communication in our organization is mostly (face-to-face, e-mail, voice mail, whichever apply).
  18. The way we use social media in our organization is pretty formal, and it looks like _____________________________.
  19. The way we use social media in our organization is pretty informal, and it looks like ____________________________.
  20. We have not yet started to use social media in our organization, but if you have some suggestions, you can talk with ___________________.
  21. Your manager will meet with you regularly to let you know how you are tracking against your objectives and to give you feedback.
  22. Our culture is pretty formal (informal), so you will want to check out ______________________ and talk with __________________ to get more insight.
  23. It’s great to ask a lot of questions, and that will help you understand not only your role, but also the department and our organization’s culture.
  24. Identify people who can help you get up to speed with your specific job tasks, those who have a broader view of your department or function, and those who have been in the organization longer or have a leadership role and can introduce you to our culture.
  25. Be patient and make sure you take the time to learn from those around you.
  26. It’s normal to have highs and lows as you onboard, and it might take up to a year or so to really get integrated into the culture.
  27. Listen, listen, and listen some more.
  28. Go slow to go fast.

perfect phrases for onboarding experienced hires 607388

Perfect Phrases for Onboarding Experienced Hires

Many organizations will continue to onboard those employees who have been in the workforce for a while and are experienced in their particular fields. They obviously have different needs from an onboarding perspective, but it cannot be assumed that they do not have any transitioning issues to address. Experienced hires want their knowledge to be valued and recognized. They want to be able to leverage what they know and be able to build on it, adding to their skill sets and enabling them to go to the next levels. They also expect a clear plan with well-thought out expectations and measurements. They value an organization that can transfer their knowledge and experience into a new culture. Because they have “been around the block,” experienced hires will want to have a say in their onboarding plan, but they also accept that they will be held accountable for its results.

  1. Welcome! You are a great addition to our team!
  2. Let’s get together for coffee or lunch. I would like to hear more about your background and how we will be working together.
  3. You have a really strong background and will fit in well here.
  4. Some of the ways we see you using your strengths here are ______________________________.
  5. You were chosen for this role because ______________________.
  6. The overall direction of your function is _________________, and your role supports it like this: ______________________________.
  7. We have brought you in to make some changes, and it’s important to build relationships first.
  8. Some of the key people you will get to know first are.
  9. Your key internal customers are ______________________________.
  10. Your predecessor left because ______________________________, and this is the status of the role now: ____________________.
  11. We have started an onboarding plan with objectives for the next 90 days. With your input, we will finalize these and create measurements for them.
  12. Here is the beginning of a list of your key stakeholders. We need to talk about how each of them will support your onboarding objectives, and there will be others whom you identify and add to the list as you attend your other networking meetings.
  13. I have started a list of key stakeholders (people with whom you will meet over the next 90 days). Let’s discuss how each will support your onboarding objectives.
  14. Let’s talk about your calendar and make sure you are comfortable with the pace and expectations.
  15. Listen, listen, and listen some more!
  16. I know that you are anxious to jump in and start delivering results, but we want you to really understand our culture and take the time to build strong relationships with the people with whom you will need to work on your objectives.
  17. It is important for you to know that ____________________ also applied for but did not get your position. Some of the reasons that he did not get the position are ___________________________________________, and we have explained this to him so he understands. It is important that you build a good relationship with him. I would suggest that you start with a conversation.
  18. Let’s have a conversation about how relationships are important in our organization.
  19. There are probably some differences that you have noticed about our organization from your previous one. What has been what you expected? What has been different from what you expected it to be? Are there gaps that are affecting your job?
  20. Give priority to your manager’s priorities.
  21. Go slow to go fast.

perfect phrases for onboarding promotions or internal moves 607389

Perfect Phrases for Onboarding Promotions or Internal Moves

One of the most neglected transitions is the promotion or internal move. This is particularly interesting because a promotion is usually a reward for outstanding work and great delivery of business results of an individual and his or her team. It is also often a move of a technical expert from an individual contributor or lower-level supervisory role to that of a management or leadership role. These are the roles that need the most support in their transition. They have the greatest chance for failure and often do fail. The crash-and-burn is blamed on the individual’s inability to do the job or “lack of fit,” not usually on the lack of support or resources from the organization or the inordinate number of inaccurate assumptions that were made by both the newly promoted manager and the organization. What’s the solution? A well-planned, well-executed onboarding experience!

  1. Forty percent of new leaders fail within the first 18 months on the job, and half of these are leaders who are promoted from within.
  2. Only about 18% of organizations include promotions and internal transitions in their formal onboarding processes. We think it’s important to include them to ensure success.
  3. Transitioning from the field to the home office is sometimes more difficult than people think. We will make sure that your plan includes the right onboarding objectives to ensure your success.
  4. Many assumptions are made about you when you get promoted. Let’s talk about what some of those assumptions might be and strategies to address them.
  5. People will forget that you are “new” in your role and expect you to know more than you do. Don’t forget to ask questions and listen before making decisions and suggestions for changes.
  6. Let’s talk about your role. How do you define it? How does your manager define it? What are the gaps?
  7. You might want to take advantage of some of our internal (or external) learning and development opportunities. Here is where you can find some additional resources to decide what works best for you.
  8. As a new manager, you will have some unique challenges. Your manager can be a valuable resource, as well as your HR partner or another trusted leader in the organization, to guide you in the leadership style and culture of our company.
  9. Getting good feedback will be another important component of your onboarding experience. We have a structured process that looks like this: ________________________________________.
  10. Other ways that you can get up to speed quickly are by observing others in meetings and daily interactions, asking questions, and soliciting feedback about your behaviors and your work outputs from people you trust.
  11. The relationships that you had in your former role are different from the ones you will have in your new role. There will be new people to get to know, and there will be some people that you will need to create a different type of relationship with.
  12. Some of your former peers are now your direct reports. This will require a shift in thinking and beginning a new type of relationship.
  13. There are new expectations for this role, and it is critical that you understand what they are and how they will be measured.
  14. What are your key two or three deliverables in the first 90 days? How will these deliverables be measured?
  15. You may have experienced the culture “from a distance” or from a different perspective, and people may still assume that you understand it. Do not assume that you do, and do not let others assume that you understand it.

perfect phrases for onboarding rising stars 607390

Perfect Phrases for Onboarding Rising Stars

The high-potential employees in your organization will also be a part of at least one of the other groups that have been identified and described, for example a Gen Xer, new leader, external hire, or internal promotion. So it is important to note that a blending of approaches based on the individual needs of that particular employee is the most effective. There are some aspects of onboarding that can be highlighted to those employees who have been identified early as high potentials and who the organization wants to make sure are retained and groomed for future key leadership roles.

  1. We are committed to your career development, and your onboarding plan is the first piece. We will start with your onboarding plan and work with you to implement it.
  2. We understand where you’ve been and where you want to go, so we have drafted your onboarding plan to reflect and support both.
  3. It is really important to identify people who can help you get up to speed with your specific job tasks, and also those who have a broader view of your department or function and those who have been in the organization longer or have a leadership role and can introduce you to our culture.
  4. Be patient and make sure you take the time to learn from those around you.
  5. The reason we hired you for this role is ____________________.
  6. The short-term plan (define “short-term,” if possible) for you in this role is ________________________, and we will continue to develop the long-term one. I am always interested in your thoughts about how you want to grow and contribute to the organization.

for employees who know they have been identified as ldquo high potential rdquo 607391

For Employees Who Know They Have Been Identified as “High Potential”

  1. Be committed to this role and this function—don’t give the impression that this is just “another stop along the way” on your career path.
  2. Quickly build relationships with your manager and peers so that you are ready if and when the next move becomes available and they support you.
  3. Take advantage of every learning opportunity.
  4. Do not take relationships for granted.
  5. Be patient.

The workplace has become a complex mix of people from different generations, cultures, and educational, socioeconomic, and experience backgrounds. We are challenged with integrating these diverse employees into our organizations seamlessly and for the ultimate success and profitability of the organization—no small task! However, by leveraging the onboarding process and doing a few simple things consistently well, HR partners and managers can have great results with highly engaged new employees at the 100-day mark.

perfect phrases to use while integrating technology into your onboarding process 607393

Perfect Phrases to Use While Integrating Technology into Your Onboarding Process

The use of technology with orientation and onboarding is growing. More and more technology-based solutions are becoming available in the marketplace, and they vary greatly. Many of these solutions are focused on the “paperwork” of orientation and onboarding by processing the forms needed to get a new employee into the systems and databases of an organization. This is important work and efficient, but it doesn’t get the new hire acclimated or integrated into her role or the organization.

  1. Create a Web-based and branded “landing page” for all new employees that gives them information on what to expect their first day or first week on the job. This page could build from the Careers/Jobs page on company website.
  2. E-mail new employees after the job offer is accepted to stay in touch and send updates, company information, links, etc.
  3. Use social media (LinkedIn, Facebook, Twitter, and mobile device apps) to connect and send messages to new employees during prestart.
  4. Leverage your organization’s intranet to create a new employee or onboarding portal to centralize access to information that is important to them during the first 90 days.
  5. Create a library of onboarding resources (talking points, meeting agendas, articles, etc.) for HR partners and hiring managers to use as they coach their new employees through the onboarding process.
  6. Share onboarding plans via the intranet so that hiring managers or HR partners can share best practices (and don’t have to reinvent the wheel!)
  7. Create Web-based “road maps” for HR partners and hiring managers to follow as they onboard their new hires.
  8. Post onboarding plans on your intranet for new employees to manage.

which of the following is correct regarding the single audit act 607298

Which of the following is correct regarding the Single Audit Act?

  1. I. The Act mandates that local and state governments receiving $300,000 or more in federal funds in a fiscal year are to be audited under this Act.
  2. II. The purpose of this Act is to reduce duplication in organization-wide governmental audits.
  3. III. For government entities covered under this Act, only one audit every five years is required.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. I and II only.
    4. d. II and III only.

cable corp orally engaged drake amp co cpas to audit its financial statements cable 607299

Cable Corp. orally engaged Drake & Co., CPAs, to audit its financial statements. Cable’s management informed Drake that it suspected the accounts receivable were materially overstated. Though the financial statements Drake audited included a materially overstated accounts receivable balance, Drake issued an unqualified opinion. Cable used the financial statements to obtain a loan to expand its operations. Cable defaulted on the loan and incurred a substantial loss.

If Cable sues Drake for negligence in failing to discover the overstatement, Drake’s best defense would be that Drake did not

  1. Have privity of contract with Cable.
  2. Sign an engagement letter.
  3. Perform the audit recklessly or with an intent to deceive.
  4. Violate generally accepted auditing standards in performing the audit.

which of the following statements best describes whether a cpa has met the required 607300

Which of the following statements best describes whether a CPA has met the required standard of care in conducting an audit of a client’s financial statements?

  1. The client’s expectations with regard to the accuracy of audited financial statements.
  2. The accuracy of the financial statements and whether the statements conform to generally accepted accounting principles.
  3. Whether the CPA conducted the audit with the same skill and care expected of an ordinarily prudent CPA under the circumstances.
  4. Whether the audit was conducted to investigate and discover all acts of fraud.

relying on these financial statements century bank lent owens 750 000 ford was unawa 607301

Ford & Co., CPAs, issued an unqualified opinion on Owens Corp.’s financial statements. Relying on these financial statements, Century Bank lent Owens $750,000. Ford was unaware that Century would receive a copy of the financial statements or that Owens would use them to obtain a loan. Owens defaulted on the loan.

To succeed in a common law fraud action against Ford, Century must prove, in addition to other elements, that Century was

  1. Free from contributory negligence.
  2. In privity of contract with Ford.
  3. Justified in relying on the financial statements.
  4. In privity of contract with Owens.

while conducting an audit larson associates cpas failed to detect material misstatem 607310

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

While conducting an audit, Larson Associates, CPAs, failed to detect material misstatements included in its client’s financial statements. Larson’s unqualified opinion was included with the financial statements in a registration statement and prospectus for a public offering of securities made by the client. Larson knew that its opinion and the financial statements would be used for this purpose.

In a suit by a purchaser against Larson for common law negligence, Larson’s best defense would be that the

  1. Audit was conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
  2. Client was aware of the misstatements.
  3. Purchaser was not in privity of contract with Larson.
  4. Identity of the purchaser was not known to Larson at the time of the audit.

In a suit by a purchaser against Larson for common law fraud, Larson’s best defense would be that

  1. Larson did not have actual or constructive knowledge of the misstatements.
  2. Larson’s client knew or should have known of the misstatements.
  3. Larson did not have actual knowledge that the purchaser was an intended beneficiary of the audit.
  4. Larson was not in privity of contract with its client.

quincy bought teal corp common stock in an offering registered under the securities 607311

Quincy bought Teal Corp. common stock in an offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933. Worth & Co., CPAs, gave an unqualified opinion on Teal’s financial statements that were included in the registration statement filed with the SEC. Quincy sued Worth under the provisions of the 1933 Act that deal with omission of facts required to be in the registration statement. Quincy must prove that

  1. There was fraudulent activity by Worth.
  2. There was a material misstatement in the financial statements.
  3. Quincy relied on Worth’s opinion.
  4. Quincy was in privity with Worth.

beckler knew that the financial statements would be provided to mac queen defaulted 607312

Beckler & Associates, CPAs, audited and gave an unqualified opinion on the financial statements of Queen Co. The financial statements contained misstatements that resulted in a material overstatement of Queen’s net worth. Queen provided the audited financial statements to Mac Bank in connection with a loan made by Mac to Queen. Beckler knew that the financial statements would be provided to Mac. Queen defaulted on the loan. Mac sued Beckler to recover for its losses associated with Queen’s default. Which of the following must Mac prove in order to recover?

  1. I. Beckler was negligent in conducting the audit.
  2. II. Mac relied on the financial statements.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

dart corp engaged jay associates cpas to assist in a public stock offering jay audit 607313

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

Dart Corp. engaged Jay Associates, CPAs, to assist in a public stock offering. Jay audited Dart’s financial statements and gave an unqualified opinion, despite knowing that the financial statements contained misstatements. Jay’s opinion was included in Dart’s registration statement. Larson purchased shares in the offering and suffered a loss when the stock declined in value after the misstatements became known.

In a suit against Jay and Dart under the Section 11 liability provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, Larson must prove that

  1. Jay knew of the misstatements.
  2. Jay was negligent.
  3. The misstatements contained in Dart’s financial statements were material.
  4. The unqualified opinion contained in the registration statement was relied on by Larson.

If Larson succeeds in the Section 11 suit against Dart, Larson would be entitled to

  1. Damages of three times the original public offering price.
  2. Rescind the transaction.
  3. Monetary damages only.
  4. Damages, but only if the shares were resold before the suit was started.

under the liability provisions of section 11 of the securities act of 1933 a cpa may 607314

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

Under the liability provisions of Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, a CPA may be liable to any purchaser of a security for certifying materially misstated financial statements that are included in the security’s registration statement.

Under Section 11, a CPA usually will not be liable to the purchaser

  1. If the purchaser is contributorily negligent.
  2. If the CPA can prove due diligence.
  3. Unless the purchaser can prove privity with the CPA.
  4. Unless the purchaser can prove scienter on the part of the CPA.

Under Section 11, which of the following must be proven by a purchaser of the security?

align=”left”>

Reliance on the financial statements

Fraud by the CPA

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

Yes

No

c.

No

Yes

d.

No

No

sharp purchased shares in the offering sharp received a copy of the prospectus prior 607315

Ocean and Associates, CPAs, audited the financial statements of Drain Corporation. As a result of Ocean’s negligence in conducting the audit, the financial statements included material misstatements. Ocean was unaware of this fact. The financial statements and Ocean’s unqualified opinion were included in a registration statement and prospectus for an original public offering of stock by Drain.

Sharp purchased shares in the offering. Sharp received a copy of the prospectus prior to the purchase but did not read it. The shares declined in value as a result of the misstatements in Drain’s financial statements becoming known. Under which of the following Acts is Sharp most likely to prevail in a lawsuit against Ocean?

align=”left”>

Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Section 10(b), Rule 10b-5

Securities Act of 1933, Section 11

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

Yes

No

c.

No

Yes

d.

No

No

in a suit against jay under the antifraud provisions of section 10 b and rule 10b 5 607317

Dart Corp. engaged Jay Associates, CPAs, to assist in a public stock offering. Jay audited Dart’s financial statements and gave an unqualified opinion, despite knowing that the financial statements contained misstatements. Jay’s opinion was included in Dart’s registration statement. Larson purchased shares in the offering and suffered a loss when the stock declined in value after the misstatements became known.

In a suit against Jay under the antifraud provisions of Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Larson must prove all of the following except

  1. Larson was an intended user of the false registration statement.
  2. Larson relied on the false registration statement.
  3. The transaction involved some form of interstate commerce.
  4. Jay acted with intentional disregard of the truth.

dart corp engaged jay associates cpas to assist in a public stock offering jay audit 607320

Dart Corp. engaged Jay Associates, CPAs, to assist in a public stock offering. Jay audited Dart’s financial statements and gave an unqualified opinion, despite knowing that the financial statements contained misstatements. Jay’s opinion was included in Dart’s registration statement. Larson purchased shares in the offering and suffered a loss when the stock declined in value after the misstatements became known.

If Larson succeeds in the Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 suit, Larson would be entitled to

  1. Only recover the original public offering price.
  2. Only rescind the transaction.
  3. The amount of any loss caused by the fraud.
  4. Punitive damages.

working papers are subject to the privileged communication rule which in most jurisd 607321

Which of the following statements is correct with respect to ownership, possession, or access to a CPA firm’s audit working papers?

  1. Working papers may never be obtained by third parties unless the client consents.
  2. Working papers are not transferable to a purchaser of a CPA practice unless the client consents.
  3. Working papers are subject to the privileged communication rule which, in most jurisdictions, prevents any third-party access to the working papers.
  4. Working papers are the client’s exclusive property.

ivor was indicted and thorp was subpoenaed to testify at the criminal trial ivor cla 607326

Thorp, CPA, was engaged to audit Ivor Co.’s financial statements. During the audit, Thorp discovered that Ivor’s inventory contained stolen goods. Ivor was indicted and Thorp was subpoenaed to testify at the criminal trial. Ivor claimed accountant-client privilege to prevent Thorp from testifying. Which of the following statements is correct regarding Ivor’s claim?

  1. Ivor can claim an accountant-client privilege only in states that have enacted a statute creating such a privilege.
  2. Ivor can claim an accountant-client privilege only in federal courts.
  3. The accountant-client privilege can be claimed only in civil suits.
  4. The accountant-client privilege can be claimed only to limit testimony to audit subject matter.

made arrangements with a financial institution to collect notes issued by a client i 607327

A violation of the profession’s ethical standards most likely would have occurred when a CPA

  1. Issued an unqualified opinion on the 2002 financial statements when fees for the 2001 audit were unpaid.
  2. Recommended a controller’s position description with candidate specifications to an audit client.
  3. Purchased a CPA firm’s practice of monthly write-ups for a percentage of fees to be received over a three-year period.
  4. Made arrangements with a financial institution to collect notes issued by a client in payment of fees due for the current year’s audit.

mcgee is auditing nevus corporation and detects probable criminal activity by one of 607329

McGee is auditing Nevus Corporation and detects probable criminal activity by one of the employees. McGee believes this will have a material impact on the financial statements. The financial statements of Nevus Corporation are under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Which of the following is correct?

  1. McGee should report this to the Securities Exchange Commission.
  2. McGee should report this to the Justice Department.
  3. McGee should report this to Nevus Corporation’s audit committee or board of directors.
  4. McGee will discharge his duty by requiring that a note of this be included in the financial statements.

lin cpa is auditing the financial statements of exchange corporation under the feder 607332

Lin, CPA, is auditing the financial statements of Exchange Corporation under the Federal Securities Exchange Act of 1934. He detects what he believes are probable material illegal acts. What is his duty under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act?

  1. He must inform the principal shareholders within ten days.
  2. He must inform the audit committee or the board of directors.
  3. He need not inform anyone, beyond requiring that the financial statements are presented fairly.
  4. He should not inform anyone since he owes a duty of confidentiality to the client.

under which of the following cases should joint costs be allocated between fund rais 607246

Under which of the following cases should joint costs be allocated between fund-raising and the appropriate program or management and general function?

  1. An appeal for funds accompanied by a statement of the mission of the not-for-profit entity.
  2. An appeal for funds accompanied by a brochure explaining why funds are needed and how they will be used.
  3. An organization seeks the involvement of the public in the attainment of their missions by telling people what they should do about particular issues in addition to fund-raising appeals.
  4. An appeal for funds and education materials sent to a person based on his/her presumed ability to provide financial support.

which of the following are considered to be capital additions in the statement of ac 607247

Which of the following are considered to be capital additions in the statement of activity of a not-for-profit organization?

  1. I. Nonexpendable gifts, grants, and bequests restricted by donors to endowment funds.
  2. II. Legally restricted investment income on investments held in endowment funds that must be added to the principal.
  3. III. Donor-restricted gifts for program or supporting services.
    1. a. I, II, and III.
    2. b. I and III only.
    3. c. I and II only.
    4. d. III only.

on the hospital rsquo s statement of operations for the year ended december 31 2005 607251

Williams Hospital, a nonprofit hospital affiliated with a religious group, reported the following information for the year ended December 31, 2005:

Gross patient service revenue at the hospital’s full established rates

$980,000

Bad debts expense

10,000

Contractual adjustments with third-party payors

100,000

Allowance for discounts to hospital employees

15,000

On the hospital’s statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005, what amount should be reported as net patient service revenue?

  1. $865,000
  2. $880,000
  3. $855,000
  4. $955,000

james hospital a nonprofit hospital affiliated with a private university provided 20 607261

James Hospital, a nonprofit hospital affiliated with a private university, provided $200,000 of charity care for patients during the year ended December 31, 2005. The hospital should report this charity care

  1. As net patient service revenue of $200,000 on the statement of operations.
  2. As net patient service revenue of $200,000 and as an operating expense of $200,000 on the statement of operations.
  3. As accounts receivable of $200,000 on the balance sheet at December 31, 2005.
  4. Only in the notes to the financial statements for 2005.

using the information provided what amount should be reported as ldquo other revenue 607262

Michael Hospital, a nonprofit hospital affiliated with a private university, reported the following information for the year ended December 31, 2005:

Cash contributions received from donors for capital additions to be acquired in 2006

$150,000

Proceeds from sales at hospital gift shop and snack bar

75,000

Dividend revenue not restricted by donors or by law

25,000

Using the information provided, what amount should be reported as “other revenue and gains” on the hospital’s statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005?

  1. $ 25,000
  2. $ 75,000
  3. $100,000
  4. $250,000

the governing board acquired the bmi bonds with cash which was unrestricted and it c 607264

The governing board of Smithson Hospital, a nonprofit hospital affiliated with a religious organization, acquired 100 BMI Company bonds for $103,000 on June 30, 2005. The bonds pay interest on June 30 and December 30. On December 31, 2005, interest of $3,000 was received from BMI, and the fair value of the BMI bonds was $105,000. The governing board acquired the BMI bonds with cash which was unrestricted, and it classified the bonds as trading securities at December 31, 2005, since it intends to sell all of the bonds in January 2006. As a result of the investment in BMI bonds, what amount should be included in revenue, gains, and other support on the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005?

  1. $0
  2. $3,000
  3. $2,000
  4. $5,000

on the statement of operations for a nonprofit nongovernmental hospital which of the 607265

On the statement of operations for a nonprofit, nongovernmental hospital, which of the items below is included in the amount reported for “revenue and gains over expenses and losses” (the performance indicator)?

  1. I. Unrealized loss on other than trading securities. The securities are included in unrestricted net assets.
  2. II. Contribution received from a donor that cannot be used until next year.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

during 2005 all of the donated medical supplies were used on the hospital rsquo s st 607266

Tucker Hospital, a nonprofit hospital affiliated with Tucker University, received a donation of medical supplies during the year ended December 31, 2005. The supplies cost the vendor $10,000 and had a selling price of $15,000 on the date they were donated. The vendor did not place any restrictions on how the supplies were to be used. During 2005, all of the donated medical supplies were used. On the hospital’s statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005, how should the donation be reported?

  1. The donation should be included in both revenue and operating expenses in the amount of $10,000.
  2. The donation should be excluded from the statement of operations.
  3. The donation should be included in both revenue and operating expenses in the amount of $15,000.
  4. The donation should be included in revenue in the amount of $15,000 and in operating expenses in the amount of $10,000.

on the hospital rsquo s statement of cash flows for the year ended december 31 2005 607267

Wilson Hospital, a nonprofit hospital affiliated with Wilson College, had the following cash receipts for the year ended December 31, 2005:

Collections of health care receivables

$750,000

Contribution from donor to establish a term endowment

250,000

Tuition from nursing school

50,000

Dividends received from investments in permanent endowment

80,000

The dividends received are restricted by the donor for hospital building improvements. No improvements were made during 2005. On the hospital’s statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2005, what amount of these cash receipts would be included in the amount reported for net cash provided (used) by operating activities?

  1. $ 880,000
  2. $ 800,000
  3. $1,050,000
  4. $ 750,000

the statement of operations for a private nonprofit hospital should include a perfor 607270

The statement of operations for a private, nonprofit hospital should include a performance indicator that indicates the results of operations for a period. Which of the following items would be included in a hospital’s performance indicator reported on the statement of operations?

  1. I. Proceeds from sales of cafeteria meals and guest trays to employees, medical staff, and visitors.
  2. II. Net assets released from restrictions used for operating expenses.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. Both I and II.
    3. c. II only.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

stephanie seals is a cpa who is working as a controller for brentwood corporation sh 607280

Stephanie Seals is a CPA who is working as a controller for Brentwood Corporation. She is not in public practice. Which statement is true?

  1. She may use the CPA designation on her business cards if she also puts her employment title on them.
  2. She may use the CPA designation on her business cards as long as she does not mention Brentwood Corporation or her title as controller.
  3. She may use the CPA designation on company transmittals but not on her business cards.
  4. She may not use the CPA designation because she is not in public practice.

larry sampson is a cpa and is serving as an expert witness in a trial concerning a c 607284

Larry Sampson is a CPA and is serving as an expert witness in a trial concerning a corporation’s financial statements. Which of the following is(are) true?

  1. I. Sampson’s status as an expert witness is based upon his specialized knowledge, experience, and training.
  2. II. Sampson is required by AICPA ruling to present his position objectively.
  3. III. Sampson may regard himself as acting as an advocate.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. I and II only.
    3. c. I and III only.
    4. d. III only.

on april 3 2004 the client asked the cpa to audit the client rsquo s financial state 607288

On June 1, 2003, a CPA obtained a $100,000 personal loan from a financial institution client for whom the CPA provided compilation services. The loan was fully secured and considered material to the CPA’s net worth. The CPA paid the loan in full on December 31, 2004. On April 3, 2004, the client asked the CPA to audit the client’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. Is the CPA considered independent with respect to the audit of the client’s December 31, 2004 financial statements?

  1. Yes, because the loan was fully secured.
  2. Yes, because the CPA was not required to be independent at the time the loan was granted.
  3. No, because the CPA had a loan with the client during the period of a professional engagement.
  4. No, because the CPA had a loan with the client during the period covered by the financial statements.

which of the following statements is are correct regarding a cpa employee of a cpa f 607289

Which of the following statements is(are) correct regarding a CPA employee of a CPA firm taking copies of information contained in client files when the CPA leaves the firm?

  1. I. A CPA leaving a firm may take copies of information contained in client files to assist another firm in serving that client.
  2. II. A CPA leaving a firm may take copies of information contained in client files as a method of gaining technical expertise.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

which of the following statements is correct regarding an accountant rsquo s working 607290

Which of the following statements is correct regarding an accountant’s working papers?

  1. The accountant owns the working papers and generally may disclose them as the accountant sees fit.
  2. The client owns the working papers but the accountant has custody of them until the accountant’s bill is paid in full.
  3. The accountant owns the working papers but generally may not disclose them without the client’s consent or a court order.
  4. The client owns the working papers but, in the absence of the accountant’s consent, may not disclose them without a court order.

according to the standards of the profession which of the following events would req 607292

According to the standards of the profession, which of the following events would require a CPA performing a consulting services engagement for a nonaudit client to withdraw from the engagement?

  1. I. The CPA has a conflict of interest that is disclosed to the client and the client consents to the CPA continuing the engagement.
  2. II. The CPA fails to obtain a written understanding from the client concerning the scope of the engagement.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

for the year ended december 31 2005 what amount of these contributions should be rep 607204

Catherine College, a private not-for-profit college, received the following contributions during 2005:

  1. I. $5,000,000 from alumni for construction of a new wing on the science building to be constructed in 2005.
  2. II. $1,000,000 from a donor who stipulated that the contribution be invested indefinitely and that the earnings be used for scholarships. As of December 31, 2005, earnings from investments amounted to $50,000.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, what amount of these contributions should be reported as temporarily restricted revenues on the statement of activities?

  1. $ 50,000
  2. $5,050,000
  3. $5,000,000
  4. $6,050,000

on december 31 2005 hope haven a private not for profit voluntary health and welfare 607205

On December 31, 2005, Hope Haven, a private not-for-profit voluntary health and welfare organization, received a pledge from a donor who stipulated that $1,000 would be given to the organization each year for the next five years, starting on December 31, 2006. Present value factors at 6% for five periods are presented below.

align=”left”>

Present value of an ordinary annuity for 5 periods at 6%

4.21236

Present value of an annuity due for 5 periods at 6%

4.46511

For the year ended December 31, 2005, Hope Haven should report, on its statement of activities,

  1. Unrestricted revenues of $5,000.
  2. Temporarily restricted revenues of $4,465.
  3. Unrestricted revenues of $4,465.
  4. Temporarily restricted revenues of $4,212.

which of the above events increased temporarily restricted net assets for the year e 607208

United Hope, a private not-for-profit voluntary health and welfare organization, received the following contributions in 2005:

  1. I. $500 from donors who stipulated that the money not be spent until 2006.
  2. II. $1,000 from donors who stipulated that the contributions be used for the acquisition of equipment, none of which was acquired in 2005.

Which of the above events increased temporarily restricted net assets for the year ending December 31, 2005?

  1. I only.
  2. Both I and II.
  3. II only.
  4. Neither I nor II.

on december 30 2005 leigh museum a not for profit organization received a 7 000 000 607212

On December 30, 2005, Leigh Museum, a not-for-profit organization, received a $7,000,000 donation of Day Co. shares with donor-stipulated requirements as follows:

Shares valued at $5,000,000 are to be sold, with the proceeds used to erect a public viewing building.

Shares valued at $2,000,000 are to be retained, with the dividends used to support current operations.

As a consequence of the receipt of the Day shares, how much should Leigh report as temporarily restricted net assets on its 2005 statement of financial position (balance sheet)?

  1. $0
  2. $2,000,000
  3. $5,000,000
  4. $7,000,000

during 2005 an alumnus of smith college a private not for profit college transferred 607218

During 2005, an alumnus of Smith College, a private not-for-profit college, transferred $100,000 to the college with the stipulation that it be spent for library acquisitions. However, the alumnus specified that none of the cash transferred could be spent until the college had matched the entire amount transferred with donations from other alumni by December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2005, the college had received matching cash donations of only $5,000 from other alumni, and the college estimated that it was reasonably possible that it would not reach the goal of $100,000 by December 31, 2006. If the funds are not matched by December 31, 2006, the cash will be returned to the alumnus. On the college’s statement of financial position at December 31, 2005, the cash transfer of $100,000 would be included in the amount reported for

  1. Liabilities.
  2. Unrestricted net assets.
  3. Temporarily restricted net assets.
  4. Permanently restricted net assets.

on december 30 2005 jones notified good hope that the invoice was canceled and that 607221

On December 5, 2005, Jones Heating and Air Conditioning Service repaired the heating system in the building occupied by Good Hope, a private not-for-profit voluntary health and welfare organization. An invoice for $1,500 was received by Good Hope for the repairs on December 15, 2005. On December 30, 2005, Jones notified Good Hope that the invoice was canceled and that the repairs were being donated without charge. For the year ended December 31, 2005, how should Good Hope report these contributed services?

  1. Only in the notes to the financial statements.
  2. No disclosure is required either in the financial statements or in the notes.
  3. As an increase in unrestricted revenues and as an increase in expenses on the statements of activities.
  4. As an increase in temporarily restricted net assets on the statement of activities.

which of these contributed services should be included in unrestricted revenues gain 607222

During the year ended December 31, 2005, the James Community Foundation, a private not-for-profit organization, received the following contributed services:

  1. I. Anderson & Anderson, attorneys-at-law, contributed their services which involved advice related to the foundation’s regular endowments.
  2. II. Senior citizens participated in a telethon to raise money for a new music building.

Which of these contributed services should be included in unrestricted revenues, gains, and other support on James Community Foundation’s statement of activities for the year ended December 31, 2005?

  1. Both I and II.
  2. Neither I nor II.
  3. II only.
  4. I only.

what amount should child care centers record as contribution revenue in its 2005 sta 607223

Child Care Centers, Inc., a not-for-profit organization, receives revenue from various sources during the year to support its day care centers. The following cash amounts were received during 2005:

$2,000 restricted by the donor to be used for meals for the children.

$1,500 received for subscriptions to a monthly child-care magazine with a fair market value to subscribers of $1,000.

$10,000 to be used only upon completion of a new playroom that was only 50% complete at December 31, 2005.

What amount should Child Care Centers record as contribution revenue in its 2005 Statement of Activities?

  1. $ 2,000
  2. $ 2,500
  3. $10,000
  4. $11,000

darlin hospital a private not for profit hospital had the following cash receipts fo 607226

Darlin Hospital, a private not-for-profit hospital, had the following cash receipts for the year ended December 31, 2005:

align=”left”>

Patient service revenue

$300,000

Gift shop revenue

25,000

Interest revenue restricted by donor stipulation for acquisition of equipment

50,000

As a result of these cash receipts, the hospital’s statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2005, would report an increase in operating activities of

  1. $325,000
  2. $375,000
  3. $350,000
  4. $300,000

during 2005 murry spent all of the donation in accordance with mr barlow rsquo s wis 607229

On November 30, 2004, Justin Barlow, an alumnus of Murry School, a private, not-for-profit high school, contributed $15,000, with the stipulation that the donation be used for faculty travel expenses during 2005. During 2005, Murry spent all of the donation in accordance with Mr. Barlow’s wishes. For the year ended December 31, 2005, what was the effect of the donation on unrestricted and temporarily restricted net assets?

align=”left”>

Unrestricted net assets

Temporarily restricted net assets

a.

Increase

Decrease

b.

No effect

Decrease

c.

Increase

No effect

d.

No effect

No effect

which of the following transactions would result in an increase in unrestricted net 607232

Which of the following transactions would result in an increase in unrestricted net assets for the year ended December 31, 2005?

  1. I. A private, not-for-profit hospital earned interest on investments that were board-designated.
  2. II. A private, not-for-profit voluntary health and welfare organization received unconditional promises to give (pledges) which will not be received until the beginning of 2006. The donors placed no restrictions on their donations.
    1. a. Both I and II.
    2. b. I only.
    3. c. II only.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

benevolent society a private not for profit organization should recognize contribute 607233

Benevolent Society, a private not-for-profit organization, should recognize contributed services on its statement of activities if which of the following conditions is(are) met?

  1. I. The contributed services create or enhance nonfinancial assets.
  2. II. The contributed services require specialized skills, are provided by individuals possessing those skills, and would typically need to be purchased if not provided by donation.
    1. a. Both I and II.
    2. b. Neither I nor II.
    3. c. I only.
    4. d. Either I or II.

reclassifications caused a simultaneous increase in permanently restricted net asset 607234

During 2005, Margaret Billingsley, a prominent art collector, donated several items in her collection to the Darrwin Museum, a private, not-for-profit organization. Ms. Billingsley stipulated that her contribution be shown to the public, that it should be preserved, and not be sold. Darrwin’s accounting policy is to capitalize all donations of art, historical treasures, and similar items. On the date of donation, what was the effect of Ms. Billingsley’s donation on Darrwin’s financial statements?

  1. Temporarily restricted net assets increased.
  2. Reclassifications caused a simultaneous increase in permanently restricted net assets and a decrease in temporarily restricted net assets.
  3. There was no effect on any class of Darrwin’s net assets.
  4. Permanently restricted net assets increased.

which of the following transactions or events would cause an increase in unrestricte 607235

Which of the following transactions or events would cause an increase in unrestricted net assets for the year ended December 31, 2005?

  1. I. A private not-for-profit voluntary health and welfare organization spent a restricted donation that was received in 2004. In accordance with the donor’s wishes, the donation was spent on public health education during 2005.
  2. II. During 2005, a private, not-for-profit college earned dividends and interest on term endowments. Donors placed no restrictions on the earnings of term endowments. The governing board of the college intends to use this investment income to fund undergraduate scholarships for 2006.
    1. a. II only.
    2. b. I only.
    3. c. Neither I nor II.
    4. d. Both I and II.

mary egbart promised columbus college a private not for profit college that she woul 607236

Mary Egbart promised Columbus College, a private, not-for-profit college, that she would provide 80% of the funds needed to construct a new performing arts center, if the college could get the remaining 20% of the funds needed from other donors by July 1, 2006. The promise was made in 2005. At December 31, 2005, the governing board of the college had received donations from other donors for approximately 15% of the cost of the new center and believed that the probability of not getting the remaining 5% of the necessary funds was remote. For the year ended December 31, 2005, Ms. Egbart’s promise would

  1. Be reported as an increase in permanently restricted net assets on the statement of activities.
  2. Not be reported on the statement of activities.
  3. Be reported as an increase in deferred support on the statement of financial position.
  4. Be reported as an increase in temporarily restricted net assets on the statement of activities.

for the year ended december 31 2005 how should the hospital report its investments i 607237

A private, not-for-profit hospital adopted SFAS 124, Accounting for Certain Investments Held by Not-for-Profit Organizations. For the year ended December 31, 2005, how should the hospital report its investments in debt securities that are classified as current assets and noncurrent assets on its statement of financial position (balance sheet)?

Debt securities in current assets

Debt securities in noncurrent assets

a.

Fair value

Amortized cost

b.

Amortized cost

Fair value

c.

Fair value

Fair value

d.

Amortized cost

Amortized cost

worldwide helpers and its foundation have adopted sfas 136 transfer of assets to a n 607241

World-Wide Helpers Foundation, a nonprofit entity, received a cash donation in 2005 from Herold Smith. World-Wide Helpers Foundation is controlled by WorldWide Helpers, a nonprofit entity that raises resources for others. The resources of World-Wide Helpers Foundation are used for the benefit of World-Wide Helpers. WorldWide Helpers and its foundation have adopted SFAS 136, Transfer of Assets to a Not-for-Profit Organization or Charitable Trust That Raises or Holds Contributions for Others, for its 2005 financial statements. How should World-Wide Helpers Foundation account for the cash donation?

  1. As an increase in contribution revenues.
  2. As an increase in liabilities.
  3. As either an increase in contribution revenue or liabilities.
  4. As neither an increase in contribution revenue or liabilities.

in accordance with sfas 136 transfer of assets to a not for profit organization or c 607242

In accordance with SFAS 136, Transfer of Assets to a Not-for-Profit Organization or Charitable Trust That Raises or Holds Contributions for Others, a cash donation from a resource provider should be reported as contribution revenue by a recipient organization when which of the following exists?

  1. The recipient organization and beneficiary are not financially interrelated.
  2. The resource provider does not allow the recipient organization to use the donation for beneficiaries other than those specified by the resource provider.
  3. The resource provider does not grant variance power to the recipient organization to redirect the donation to other beneficiaries.
  4. The resource provider grants variance power to the recipient organization to redirect the donation to other beneficiaries.

according to sfas 136 transfer of assets to a not for profit organization or charita 607243

Peter Smith made a cash donation in January 2005, to World-Wide Helpers, a nongovernmental, nonprofit organization that raises contributions for others. Peter specified the beneficiaries for his contribution, but provided variance power to World-Wide Helpers to use the donation for beneficiaries not specified by Peter. According to SFAS 136, Transfer of Assets to a Not-for-Profit Organization or Charitable Trust That Raises or Holds Contributions for Others, how should World-Wide Helpers account for Peter’s cash donation?

  1. As an increase in contribution revenue.
  2. As an increase in liabilities.
  3. As either an increase in contribution revenue or liabilities.
  4. As neither an increase in contribution revenue nor liabilities.

goodbody has adopted sfas 136 transfer of assets to a not for profit organization or 607244

The Taft family lost its home in a flood in October 2005. In November of 2005, Mary Wilson donated cash to Goodbody Benevolent Society to purchase furniture for the Taft family. In December 2005, Goodbody purchased this furniture for the Taft family. Goodbody has adopted SFAS 136, Transfer of Assets to a Not-for-Profit Organization or Charitable Trust That Raises or Holds Contributions for Others. How should Goodbody report the receipt of the cash donation in its 2005 financial statements?

  1. As an unrestricted contribution.
  2. As a temporarily restricted contribution.
  3. As a liability.
  4. As either a liability or as a temporarily restricted contribution.

going concern value aggie motors is a chain of used car dealerships that has publicl 606930

Going-concern value: Aggie Motors is a chain of used car dealerships that has publicly traded stock. Using the adjusted book value approach, you have estimated the value of Aggie Motors to be $45,646,000. The company has $40.5 million of debt outstanding. Its stock price is $5.5 per share, and there are 1,378,000 shares outstanding. What is the going concern value of Aggie Motors?

Johnson”s income statement from the fiscal year that ended this past December is:

Revenue

$995

Cost of goods sold

652

Gross profit

$343

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

135

Operating profit (EBIT)

$208

Interest expense

48

Earnings before taxes

$160

Taxes

64

Net income

$ 96

All dollar values are in millions. Depreciation and amortization expenses last year were $42 million, and the company has $533 million of debt outstanding.

using the p e multiple what is the per share value of johnson s stock what is the to 606931

Multiples analysis: You are an analyst at a private equity firm that buys private companies, improves their operating performance, and sells them for a profit. Your boss has asked you to estimate the fair market value of the Johnson Machine Tool Company. Billy”s Tools is a public company with business operations that are virtually identical to those at Johnson. The most recent income statement for Billy”s Tools is as follows:

Revenue

$1,764

Cost of goods sold

1,168

Gross profit

$ 596

Selling, general, & administrative expenses

211

Operating profit (EBIT)

$ 385

Interest expense

12

Earnings before taxes

$ 373

Taxes

147

Net income

$ 226

All dollar values are in millions. Billy”s had depreciation and amortization expenses of $71 million last year and had 200 million shares and $600 million of debt outstanding as of the end of the year. Its stock is currently trading at $12.25 per share.

Using the P/E multiple, what is the per share value of Johnson”s stock? What is the total value of Johnson Machine Tool Company?

compensation for other employees 200 000 in total appears to be consistent with the 606934

Valuing a private business: You want to estimate the value of a privately owned restaurant that is financed entirely with equity. Its most recent income statement is as follows:

Revenue

$3,000,000

Cost of goods sold

600,000

Gross profit

$2,400,000

Salaries and wages

1,400,000

Selling expenses

100,000

Operating profit (EBIT)

$ 900,000

Taxes

315,000

Net income

$ 585,000

You note that the profitability of this restaurant is significantly lower than that of comparable restaurants, primarily due to high salary and wage expenses. Further investigation reveals that the annual salaries for the owner and his wife, the firm”s accountant, are $900,000 and $300,000, respectively. These salaries are much higher than the industry median salaries for these two positions of $100,000 and $50,000, respectively. Compensation for other employees ($200,000 in total) appears to be consistent with the market rates. The median P/E ratio of comparable restaurants with no debt is 10. What is the total value of this restaurant?

if not how much more do you need to invest up front how much do you need to invest u 606935

You plan to start a business that sells waterproof sun block with a unique formula that reduces the damage of UVA radiation 30 percent more effectively than similar products on the market.
You expect to invest $50,000 in plant and equipment to begin the business. The targeted price of the sun block is $15 per bottle. You forecast that unit sales will total 1,500 bottles in the first month and will increase by 20 percent in each of the following months during the first year. You expect the cost of raw materials to be $3 per bottle. In addition, monthly gross wages and payroll are expected to be $13,000, rent is expected to be $3,000, and other expenses are expected to total $1,000. Advertising costs are estimated to be $35,000 in the first month, but to remain constant at $5,000 per month during the following eleven months.
You have decided to finance the entire business at one time using your own savings. Is an initial investment of $75,000 adequate to avoid a negative cash balance in any given month? If not, how much more do you need to invest up front? How much do you need to invest up front to keep a minimum cash balance of $5,000? What is the break-even point for the business?

if the proceeds from the loan go directly into the business on the first day and are 606936

For the previous question, assume that you do not have sufficient savings to cover the entire amount required to start your sun-block business. You are going to have to get external financing. A local banker whom you know has offered you a six-month loan of $20,000 at an APR of 12 percent. You will pay interest each month and repay the entire principal at the end of six months.
Assume that instead of making a single up-front investment, you are going to finance the business by making monthly investments as cash is needed in the business. If the proceeds from the loan go directly into the business on the first day and are therefore available to pay for some of the capital expenditures, how much money do you need to pull out of your savings account every month to run the business and keep the cash balances positive?

valuing a private business a few years ago a friend of yours started a small busines 606937

Valuing a private business: A few years ago, a friend of yours started a small business that develops gaming software. The company is doing well and is valued at $1.5 million based on multiples for comparable public companies after adjustments for their lack of marketability. With 300,000 shares outstanding, each share is estimated to be worth $5. Your friend, who has been serving as CEO and CTO (chief technology officer), has decided that he lacks sufficient managerial skills to continue to build the company. He wants to sell his 160,000 shares and invest the money in an MBA education. You believe you have the appropriate managerial skills to run the company. Would you pay $5 each for these shares? What are some of the factors you should consider in making this decision?

cy city rsquo s municipal solid waste landfill enterprise fund was established when 607168

Cy City’s Municipal Solid Waste Landfill Enterprise Fund was established when a new landfill was opened January 3, 2005. The landfill is expected to reach capacity and close December 31, 2025. Cy’s 2005 expenses would include a portion of which of the year 2026 expected disbursements?

  1. I. Cost of a final cover to be applied to the landfill.
  2. II. Cost of equipment to be installed to monitor methane gas buildup.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

in the water and sewer enterprise fund rsquo s statement of cash flows for the year 607175

The following transactions were among those reported by Cliff County’s water and sewer enterprise fund for 2005:

align=”left”>

Proceeds from sale of revenue bonds

$5,000,000

Cash received from customer households

3,000,000

Capital contributed by subdividers

1,000,000

In the water and sewer enterprise fund’s statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2005, what amount should be reported as cash flows from capital and related financing activities?

  1. $9,000,000
  2. $8,000,000
  3. $6,000,000
  4. $5,000,000

rock county has acquired equipment through a noncancelable lease purchase agreement 607177

Items 1 through 3 are based on the following:

Rock County has acquired equipment through a noncancelable lease-purchase agreement dated December 31, 2005. This agreement requires no down payment and the following minimum lease payments:

align=”left”>

December 31

Principal

Interest

Total

2006

$50,000

$15,000

$65,000

2005

50,000

10,000

60,000

2006

50,000

5,000

55,000

What account should be debited for $150,000 in the general fund at inception of the lease if the equipment is a general fixed asset and Rock does not use a capital projects fund?

  1. Other Financing Uses Control.
  2. Equipment.
  3. Expenditures Control.
  4. Memorandum entry only.

If the equipment is used in enterprise fund operations and the lease payments are to be financed with enterprise fund revenues, what account should be debited for $150,000 in the enterprise fund at the inception of the lease?

  1. Expenses Control.
  2. Expenditures Control.
  3. Other Financing Sources Control.
  4. Equipment.

If the equipment is used in internal service fund operations and the lease payments are financed with internal service fund revenues, what account or accounts should be debited in the internal service fund for the December 31, 2005 lease payment of $65,000?

align=”left”>

a.

Expenditures Control

$65,000

b.

Expenses Control

$65,000

c.

Capital Lease Payable

$50,000

Expenses Control

15,000

d.

Expenditures Control

$50,000

Expenses Control

15,000

to record the 2005 pension contribution of 11 000 what debit is required in the gove 607180

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

Elm City contributes to and administers a single-employer defined benefit pension plan on behalf of its covered employees. The plan is accounted for in a pension trust fund. For the year ended December 31, 2005, employer contributions to the pension trust fund amounted to $11,000.

What account should be credited in the pension trust fund to record the 2005 employer contribution of $11,000?

  1. Additions.
  2. Other Financing Sources Control.
  3. Due from Special Revenue Fund.
  4. Pension Benefit Obligation.

To record the 2005 pension contribution of $11,000, what debit is required in the governmental-type fund used in connection with employer pension contributions?

  1. Other Financing Uses Control.
  2. Expenditures Control.
  3. Expenses Control.
  4. Due to Pension Trust Fund.

jamestown adopted the provisions of gasb 34 basic financial statements mdash and man 607182

Jamestown adopted the provisions of GASB 34, Basic Financial Statements—and Management’s Discussion and Analysis—for State and Local Governments, for its financial statements issued for the year ended December 31, 2005. During the year ended December 31, 2005, Jamestown had the following selected transactions:

  • The general fund made a $100,000 advance to an internal service fund. The internal service fund will repay the advance in 2006.
  • The water utility enterprise fund billed the general fund $25,000 for water usage.
  • The general fund transferred $30,000 to a debt service fund to pay interest on general obligation bonds.

On Jamestown’s government-wide statement of activities for the year ended December 31, 2005, what amount should be reported for transfers?

  1. $125,000
  2. $ 55,000
  3. $0
  4. $130,000

on harrisville rsquo s government wide statement of activities for the year ended de 607183

The town of Harrisville adopted the provisions of GASB 34, Basic Financial Statements—and Management’s Discussion and Analysis—for State and Local Governments, for its financial statements issued for the year ended December 31, 2005. During the year ended December 31, 2005, Harrisville had the following selected transactions:

  • The general fund made a permanent transfer of $100,000 to an enterprise fund. The enterprise fund used the amount transferred to acquire capital assets.
  • The general fund transferred $1,000,000 to a capital projects fund for the town’s portion of the cost for the renovation of the town hall.
  • The general fund was reimbursed $5,000 by an enterprise fund for expenses paid by the general fund that were properly charged as operating expenses of the enterprise fund.

On Harrisville’s government-wide statement of activities for the year ended December 31, 2005, what amount should be reported as transfers?

  1. $ 100,000
  2. $1,100,000
  3. $1,005,000
  4. $ 105,000

good hope a private not for profit voluntary health and welfare organization receive 607192

Good Hope, a private not-for-profit voluntary health and welfare organization, received a cash donation of $500,000 from Mr. Charles Peobody on November 15, 2005. Mr. Peobody directed that his donation be used to acquire equipment for the organization. Good Hope used the donation to acquire equipment costing $500,000 in January of 2006. For the year ended December 31, 2005, Good Hope should report the $500,000 contribution on its

  1. Statement of activities as unrestricted revenue.
  2. Statement of financial position as temporarily restricted deferred revenue.
  3. Statement of financial position as unrestricted deferred revenue.
  4. Statement of activities as temporarily restricted revenue.

on albert university rsquo s statement of cash flows for the year ended june 30 2005 607194

Albert University, a private not-for-profit university, had the following cash inflows during the year ended June 30, 2005:

  1. I. $500,000 from students for tuition.
  2. II. $300,000 from a donor who stipulated that the money be invested indefinitely.
  3. III. $100,000 from a donor who stipulated that the money be spent in accordance with the wishes of Albert’s governing board.

On Albert University’s statement of cash flows for the year ended June 30, 2005, what amount of these cash flows should be reported as operating activities?

  1. $900,000
  2. $400,000
  3. $800,000
  4. $600,000

save the planet a private nonprofit research organization received a 500 000 contrib 607196

Save the Planet, a private nonprofit research organization, received a $500,000 contribution from Ms. Susan Clark. Ms. Clark stipulated that her donation be used to purchase new computer equipment for Save the Planet’s research staff. The contribution was received in August of 2005, and the computers were acquired in January of 2006. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the $500,000 contribution should be reported by Save the Planet on its

  1. Statement of activities as unrestricted revenue.
  2. Statement of activities as deferred revenue.
  3. Statement of activities as temporarily restricted revenue.
  4. Statement of financial position as deferred revenue.

united ways a private not for profit voluntary health and welfare organization recei 607197

United Ways, a private not-for-profit voluntary health and welfare organization, received a contribution of $10,000 from a donor in 2005. The donor did not specify any use restrictions on the contribution; however, the donor specified that the donation should not be used until 2006. The governing board of United Ways spent the contribution in 2006 for fund-raising expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2005, United Ways should report the contribution on its

  1. Statement of financial position as deferred revenue.
  2. Statement of activities as unrestricted revenue.
  3. Statement of financial position as an increase in fund balance.
  4. Statement of activities as temporarily restricted revenue.

sea lion park a private not for profit zoological society received contributions res 607201

Sea Lion Park, a private not-for-profit zoological society, received contributions restricted for research totaling $50,000 in 2005. None of the contributions were spent on research in 2005. In 2006, $35,000 of the contributions were used to support the research activities of the society. The net effect on the statement of activities for the year ended December 31, 2006, for Sea Lion Park would be a

  1. $15,000 increase in temporarily restricted net assets.
  2. $35,000 decrease in temporarily restricted net assets.
  3. $35,000 increase in unrestricted net assets.
  4. $35,000 decrease in unrestricted net assets.

which of the following transactions of a private not for profit voluntary health and 607203

Which of the following transactions of a private not-for-profit voluntary health and welfare organization would increase temporarily restricted net assets on the statement of activities for the year ended June 30, 2005?

  1. I. Received a contribution of $10,000 from a donor on May 15, 2005, who stipulated that the donation not be spent until August of 2005.
  2. II. Spent $25,000 for fund-raising on June 20, 2005. The amount expended came from a $25,000 contribution on March 12, 2005. The donor stipulated that the contribution be used for fund-raising activities.
    1. a. Both I and II.
    2. b. Neither I nor II.
    3. c. I only.
    4. d. II only.

what amount should oak city report for 2005 property tax revenues in the statement o 606535

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following information for Oak City for the calendar year 2005:

align=”left”>

Collections during 2005

$500,000

Expected collections during the first sixty days of 2006

100,000

Expected collections during the balance of 2006

60,000

Expected collections during January 2008

30,000

Estimated to be uncollectible

10,000

Total levy

$700,000

What amount should Oak City report for 2005 property tax revenues in the Statement of Revenues, Expenditures, and Changes in Fund Balances prepared for governmental funds?

  1. $700,000
  2. $690,000
  3. $600,000
  4. $500,000

What amount should Oak City report for 2005 property tax revenues in the government-wide Statement of Activities?

  1. $700,000
  2. $690,000
  3. $600,000
  4. $500,000

what amount of the foregoing revenues should be accounted for in ariba rsquo s gover 606539

The following revenues were among those reported by Ariba Township in 2005:

align=”left”>

Net rental revenue (after depreciation) from a parking garage owned by Ariba

$ 40,000

Interest earned on investments held for employees’ retirement benefits

100,000

Property taxes

6,000,000

What amount of the foregoing revenues should be accounted for in Ariba’s governmental-type funds?

  1. $6,140,000
  2. $6,100,000
  3. $6,040,000
  4. $6,000,000

the general fund of cliff township acquired two police cars at the beginning of janu 606540

Items 1 through 3 are based on the following:

The general fund of Cliff Township acquired two police cars at the beginning of January 2005, at a total cost of $40,000. The cars are expected to last for four years and have a $10,000 residual value. Straight-line depreciation is used. Cliff adopted the provisions of GASB 34, Basic Financial Statements—and Management’s Discussion and Analysis—for State and Local Governments, for its financial statements issued for 2005.

On the balance sheet for the governmental funds at December 31, 2005, the police cars will be reported under assets in the general fund column at which of the following amounts?

  1. $40,000
  2. $32,500
  3. $0
  4. $22,500

On the government-wide statement of net assets at December 31, 2005, the police cars will be reported under assets in the governmental activities column at which of the following amounts?

  1. $40,000
  2. $32,500
  3. $0
  4. $22,500

On the statement of revenues, expenditures, and changes in fund balances prepared for the governmental funds for the year ended December 31, 2005, the police cars will be reported as

  1. Expenditures of $40,000.
  2. Expense of $7,500.
  3. Expenditures of $7,500.
  4. Expense of $40,000.

the city of vicksburg adopted the provisions of gasb 34 basic financial statements m 606541

Items 1 through 4 are based on the following:

The City of Vicksburg adopted the provisions of GASB 34, Basic Financial Statements—and Management’s Discussion and Analysis—for State and Local Governments, for its financial statements issued for the year ended December 31, 2005. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the general fund of Vicksburg has the following selected transactions:

  • Acquired police cars for $75,000 in January 2005. The cars have an estimated five-year useful life and a $15,000 salvage value. The City uses the straight-line method to depreciate all of its capital assets.
  • Transferred $30,000 to the pension trust fund. The amount represented the employer’s contribution.
  • Levied property taxes in the amount of $800,000. Two percent of the levy was not expected to be collected. At December 31, 2005, $750,000 of the property taxes were collected, but the remainder was not expected to be collected within sixty days after the end of 2005.
  • Received $100,000 of sales tax revenues from the state and was owed another $25,000 by the state for sales taxes collected in 2005 that will not be remitted to Vicksburg until mid-March 2006. The sales taxes expected to be received in March will be used to pay for expenditures incurred in 2006.

On the statement of revenues, expenditures, and changes in fund balances prepared for the governmental funds for the year ended December 31, 2005, what amount should be reported for expenditures in Vicksburg’s general fund related to the acquisition of police cars and to the pension transfer?

  1. $ 42,000
  2. $105,000
  3. $ 75,000
  4. $ 30,000

On the statement of revenues, expenditures, and changes in fund balances prepared for the governmental funds for the year ended December 31, 2005, what amount should be reported for revenues in Vicksburg’s general fund related to property taxes and sales taxes?

  1. $884,000
  2. $909,000
  3. $850,000
  4. $875,000

On the government-wide statement of activities prepared for the year ended December 31, 2005, what amount should be reported for expenses for governmental activities related to the acquisition of the police cars and to the pension transfer?

  1. $ 42,000
  2. $105,000
  3. $ 75,000
  4. $ 30,000

On the government-wide statement of activities prepared for the year ended December 31, 2005, what amount should be reported for revenues from governmental activities related to the property taxes and the sales taxes?

  1. $884,000
  2. $909,000
  3. $850,000
  4. $875,000

maple rsquo s school bus system is appropriately accounted for in a special revenue 606542

In November 2005, Maple Township received an unexpected state grant of $100,000 to finance the purchase of school buses, and an additional grant of $5,000 was received for bus maintenance and operations. According to the terms of the grant, the State reimbursed Maple Township for $60,000 for the purchase of school buses and an additional $5,000 for bus maintenance during the year ended June 30, 2006. The remaining $40,000 of the capital grant is expected to be spent during the next fiscal year June 30, 2007. Maple’s school bus system is appropriately accounted for in a special revenue fund. In connection with the grants for the purchase of school buses and bus maintenance, what amount should be reported as grant revenues for the year ending June 30, 2006, when using modified accrual accounting?

  1. $ 5,000
  2. $ 60,000
  3. $ 65,000
  4. $100,000

what amount should be accounted for in lake rsquo s special revenue funds 606543

Lake County received the following proceeds that are legally restricted to expenditure for specified purposes:

align=”left”>

Levies on affected property owners to install sidewalks

$500,000

Gasoline taxes to finance road repairs

900,000

What amount should be accounted for in Lake’s special revenue funds?

  1. $1,400,000
  2. $ 900,000
  3. $ 500,000
  4. $0

financing for the renovation of fir city rsquo s municipal park begun and completed 606546

Financing for the renovation of Fir City’s municipal park, begun and completed during 2005, came from the following sources:

align=”left”>

Grant from state government

$400,000

Proceeds from general obligation bond issue

500,000

Transfer from Fir’s general fund

100,000

In its 2005 capital projects fund operating statement, Fir should report these amounts as

align=”left”>

Revenues

Other financing sources

a.

$1,000,000

$0

b.

$ 900,000

$ 100,000

c.

$ 400,000

$ 600,000

d.

$0

$1,000,000

dale city is accumulating financial resources that are legally restricted to payment 606551

Dale City is accumulating financial resources that are legally restricted to payments of general long-term debt principal and interest maturing in future years. At December 31, 2005, $5,000,000 has been accumulated for principal payments and $300,000 has been accumulated for interest payments. These restricted funds should be accounted for in the

align=”left”>

Debt service fund

General fund

a.

$0

$5,300,000

b.

$ 300,000

$5,000,000

c.

$5,000,000

$ 300,000

d.

$5,300,000

$0

assuming oak county rsquo s fiscal year ends of june 30 what amount of issue costs a 606552

On April 1, 2005, Oak County incurred the following expenditures in issuing long-term bonds:

align=”left”>

Issue costs

$400,000

Debt insurance

90,000

Oak County has established a debt service fund for the payment of interest and principal of its long-term bonds. Assuming Oak County’s fiscal year ends of June 30, what amount of issue costs and debt insurance costs should be reported as an asset on the governmental funds’ balance sheet at June 30, 2005?

  1. $0
  2. $ 90,000
  3. $400,000
  4. $490,000

interest is payable january 1 and july 1 what amount of bond premium should be amort 606554

Wood City, which is legally obligated to maintain a debt service fund, issued the following general obligation bonds on July 1, 2005:

align=”left”>

Term of bonds

10 years

Face amount

$1,000,000

Issue price

101

Stated interest rate

6%

Interest is payable January 1 and July 1. What amount of bond premium should be amortized in Wood’s debt service fund for the year ended December 31, 2005?

  1. $1,000
  2. $ 500
  3. $ 250
  4. $0

the proceeds were to be used to finance the construction of a civic center over the 606557

On March 2, 2005, Finch City issued ten-year general obligation bonds at face amount, with interest payable March 1 and September 1. The proceeds were to be used to finance the construction of a civic center over the period April 1, 2005, to March 31, 2006. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, no resources had been provided to the debt service fund for the payment of principal and interest.

On June 30, 2005, Finch’s debt service fund should include interest payable on the general obligation bonds for

  1. 0 months.
  2. Three months.
  3. Four months.
  4. Six months.

how would you recommend doing this if you want to complete the adjustment as soon as 606907

You are the CFO of a public company that advises distressed companies about how to manage their businesses in a recessionary environment. Your company has been performing extremely well since the recession began in 2008. During this period, your company has earned so much money that the increase in its retained earnings has resulted in a decline in the firm”s debt to total capital ratio from 30 percent to 15 percent. Much of the retained earnings is sitting in a cash account because your firm does not need the money fund investments. You would like to increase the debt-to-total capital ratio to 30 percent, which you view as optimal for your firm. How would you recommend doing this if you want to complete the adjustment as soon as possible?

you want to help your sister by providing the additional money that she needs how mu 606912

Your sister wants to open a store that sells antique-style jewelry and accessories. She has $15,000 of savings to invest, but opening the store will require an initial investment of $20,000. Net cash inflows will be -$2,000, -$1,000, and $0 in the first three months. As the store becomes better known, net cash inflows will become +$500 in the fourth month and grow at a constant rate of 5 percent in the following months. You want to help your sister by providing the additional money that she needs. How much money do you have to invest each month to start and to keep the store operating with a minimum cash balance of $1,000?

estimate the enterprise value of the company you are evaluating using the p e and en 606913

You have the following information for a company you are valuing and for a comparable company:

Comparable company

Company you are valuing

Stock price = $23.45

Value of debt = $3.68 million

Number of shares outstanding = 6.23 million

Est. EBITDA next year = $4.4 million

Value of debt = $18.45 million

Est. income next year = $1.5 million

Est. EBITDA next year = $17.0 million

Est. income next year = $5.3 million

Estimate the enterprise value of the company you are evaluating using the P/E and enterprise value/EBITDA multiples.

you expect that mr smith will have sufficient time to work with his junior partners 606914

You want to estimate the value of a local advertising firm. The earnings of the firm are expected to be $2 million next year. Based on expected earnings next year, the average price-to-earnings ratio of similar firms in the same industry is 48. Therefore, you estimate the value of the firm you are valuing to be $96 million.
Further investigation shows that a large portion of the firm”s business is obtained through connections that John Smith, a senior partner of the firm, has with various advertising executives at customer firms. Mr. Smith only recently started working with his junior partners to establish similar relationships with these customers.
Mr. Smith is approaching 65 years of age and might announce his retirement at the next board meeting. If he does retire, revenues will drop significantly and earnings are estimated to shrink by 30 percent. You estimate that the probability that Mr. Smith will retire this year is 50 percent. If he does not retire this year, you expect that Mr. Smith will have sufficient time to work with his junior partners so his departure will not affect earnings when he departs. How does this information affect your estimate of the value of the firm?

chrysler s revenue in 2010 was 50 0 billion based on the enterprise value revenue ra 606923

Multiples analysis: It is April 4, 2011, and your company is considering the possibility of purchasing the Chrysler automobile manufacturing business. The private equity investors who own Chrysler have hinted that they might be interested in selling the firm. Since Chrysler does not have publicly traded shares of its own, you have decided to use Ford Motor Company as a comparable company to help you determine the market value of Chrysler. This morning, Ford”s common stock was trading at $16.69 per share, and the company had 3.47 billion shares outstanding. You estimated that the market value of all of the company”s other outstanding securities (excluding the common stock but including special shares owned by the Ford family) is $100 billion and that its revenues from auto sales were $133.4 billion last year. Chrysler”s revenue in 2010 was $50.0 billion. Based on the enterprise value/revenue ratio, what is the total value of Chrysler that is implied by the Ford market values?

in addition you know that the company has 46 million shares outstanding and that the 606925

Dividend discount approach: You want to estimate the total intrinsic value of a large gas and electric utility company. This company has publicly traded stock and has been paying a regular dividend for many years. You decide that, due to the predictability of the dividend that this company pays, you can use the dividend discount valuation approach. The company is expected to pay a dividend of $1.25 per share next year, and the dividend is expected to grow at a rate of 3 percent per year thereafter. You estimate that the appropriate rate for discounting future dividends is 12 percent. In addition, you know that the company has 46 million shares outstanding and that the market value of its debt is $350 million. What is the total enterprise value of the company?

assume that the production capacity is not limited and that the marketing cost is th 606929

Break-even: You have started a business that sells a home gardening system that allows people to grow vegetables on the countertop in their kitchens. You are considering two options for marketing your product. The first is to advertise on local TV. The second is to distribute flyers in the local community. The TV option, which costs $50,000 annually, will promote the product more effectively and create a demand for 1,200 units per year. The flyer advertisement option costs only $6,000 annually but will create a demand for only 250 units per year. The price per unit of the indoor gardening system is $100, and the variable cost is $60 per unit. Assume that the production capacity is not limited and that the marketing cost is the only fixed cost involved in your business. What are the break-even points for both marketing options? Which one should you choose?

in the electric utility enterprise fund rsquo s statement of cash flows for the year 606495

The following transactions were among those reported by Corfe City’s electric utility enterprise fund for 2005:

align=”left”>

Capital contributed by subdividers

$ 900,000

Cash received from customer households

2,700,000

Proceeds from sale of revenue bonds

4,500,000

In the electric utility enterprise fund’s statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2005, what amount should be reported as cash flows from capital and related financing activities?

  1. $4,500,000
  2. $5,400,000
  3. $7,200,000
  4. $8,100,000

in accordance with gasb 34 basic financial statements mdash and management rsquo s d 606498

In accordance with GASB 34, Basic Financial Statements—and Management’s Discussion and Analysis—for State and Local Governments, which of the following statements is correct about the information reported on the balance sheet prepared for the governmental funds?

  1. I. The focus is on reporting major funds, with all nonmajor funds aggregated and reported in a single column.
  2. II. Fund balances are reported in two amounts—restricted and unrestricted.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

which of the following statements is correct about the information reported on the s 606499

In accordance with GASB 34, Basic Financial Statements—and Management’s Discussion and Analysis—for State and Local Governments, which of the following statements is correct about the information reported on the statement of net assets for the proprietary funds?

  1. I. Assets and liabilities are classified into current and noncurrent classifications.
  2. II. All activities of internal service funds are aggregated and reported in a single column.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

in accordance with gasb 34 basic financial statements mdash and management rsquo s d 606500

In accordance with GASB 34, Basic Financial Statements—and Management’s Discussion and Analysis—for State and Local Governments, which of the following financial statements is prepared using the accrual basis of accounting and the economic resources measurement focus?

  1. I. The statement of net assets for proprietary funds.
  2. II. The statement of revenues, expenditures, and changes in fund balances for the governmental funds.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

in accordance with gasb 34 basic financial statements mdash and management rsquo s d 606504

In accordance with GASB 34, Basic Financial Statements—and Management’s Discussion and Analysis—for State and Local Governments, which of the following statements is(are) true regarding the statement of cash flows?

  1. I. The statement of cash flows is a government-wide financial statement.
  2. II. The statement of cash flows reports cash flows from three activities—operating, investing, and financing.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

in accordance with gasb 34 basic financial statements mdash and management rsquo s d 606505

In accordance with GASB 34, Basic Financial Statements—and Management’s Discussion and Analysis—for State and Local Governments, a reconciliation must be shown of the items that cause the difference between (1) the total of the fund balances that appears on the balance sheet for the governmental funds and (2) the total net assets that are disclosed for governmental activities on the government-wide statement of net assets. Which of the following items would be disclosed in this reconciliation?

  1. I. Capital assets used in governmental activities.
  2. II. The assets and liabilities of internal service funds included in governmental activities.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

in accordance with gasb 34 basic financial statements mdash and management rsquo s d 606506

In accordance with GASB 34, Basic Financial Statements—and Management’s Discussion and Analysis—for State and Local Governments, a reconciliation must be shown of the items that cause the difference between (1) the net change in fund balances for the governmental funds on the statement of revenues, expenditures, and changes in fund balances, and (2) the change in net assets of governmental activities on the statement of activities. Which of the following items would be disclosed in this reconciliation?

  1. I. Revenues and expenses of internal service funds that were reported in proprietary funds.
  2. II. The amount by which capital outlays exceeded depreciation expense for the period.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

in accordance with gasb 34 basic financial statements mdash and management rsquo s d 606507

In accordance with GASB 34, Basic Financial Statements—and Management’s Discussion and Analysis—for State and Local Governments, what measurement focus should be used for the preparation of the following financial statements?

align=”left”>

Statement of changes in fiduciary net assets

Government-wide statement of net assets

a.

Financial resources

Economic resources

b.

Economic resources

Financial resources

c.

Economic resources

Economic resources

d.

Economic resources

Financial resources

cash flows from capital financing activities are reported separately from cash flows 606509

In accordance with GASB 34, Basic Financial Statements—and Management’s Discussion and Analysis—for State and Local Governments, which of the following statements is correct concerning the statement of cash flows prepared for proprietary funds?

  1. The statement format is the same as that of a business enterprise’s statement of cash flows.
  2. Cash flows from capital financing activities are reported separately from cash flows from noncapital financing activities.
  3. Cash flows from operating activities may not be reported using the direct method.
  4. Cash received from interest revenue and cash paid for interest expense are both reported as operating activities.

the general fund of elizabeth city received a 100 000 grant from the state to be use 606514

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

The general fund of Elizabeth City received a $100,000 grant from the state to be used for retraining its police force in modern crime-fighting methods. The state recently passed legislation that requires retraining for all police departments in the state. The grant was received in cash on June 15, 2005, and was used for retraining seminars during July 2005. The state mandated that the grant be spent in the fiscal year ending June 30, 2006. Elizabeth’s fiscal year ends on June 30. Answer each of the questions below based upon the guidance provided by GASB 33, Accounting and Financial Reporting for Nonexchange Transactions.

What account should be credited in the general fund on the date the grant was received?

  1. Restricted revenue.
  2. Deferred revenue.
  3. Revenue.
  4. Unreserved fund balance.

The grant from the state is an example of what type of nonexchange transaction?

  1. Government-mandated.
  2. Imposed.
  3. Voluntary.
  4. Derived.

however eldorado estimated that its share of the sales taxes would be received in ea 606515

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

The merchants of Eldorado City collect a sales tax of 5% on retail sales. The sales taxes are remitted by retailers to the state and distributed by the state to the various governmental units that are within the boundaries of Eldorado City. During the month of June 2005, the state received $50,000 of sales taxes from merchants in Eldorado. As of June 30, 2005, none of the sales taxes had been remitted to Eldorado or to any of the other governments that were within the boundaries of Eldorado. However, Eldorado estimated that its share of the sales taxes would be received in early July 2005, and would be used to pay for expenditures incurred during the year ended June 30, 2005. Eldorado’s fiscal year ends on June 30. Answer both of the questions below using the guidance provided in GASB 33, Accounting and Financial Reporting for Nonexchange Transactions.

From the perspective of Eldorado City, the sales taxes are an example of what type of nonexchange transaction?

  1. Imposed.
  2. Voluntary.
  3. Derived.
  4. Government-mandated

On the statement of revenues, expenditures, and changes in fund balance for the year ended June 30, 2005, how should the general fund of Eldorado report its share of the sales taxes that will be received in July 2005?

  1. Deferred revenue.
  2. Restricted revenue.
  3. Revenue.
  4. Unreserved fund balance.

in accordance with gasb 33 accounting and reporting for nonexchange transactions how 606517

For the year ended December 31, 2005, the general fund of Karsten City levied property taxes of $1,000,000.

The city estimated that $10,000 of the levy would not be collectible. By December 31, 2005, the city had collected $850,0000 of property taxes and expected to collect the remainder of the taxes as follows:

  • $100,000 by March 1, 2006
  • $ 40,000 during the remainder of 2006

In accordance with GASB 33, Accounting and Reporting for Nonexchange Transactions, how much property tax revenue should be reported by the general fund on the statement of revenues, expenditures, and changes in fund balances prepared for the year ended December 31, 2005?

  1. $ 850,000
  2. $ 950,000
  3. $ 990,000
  4. $1,000,000

in accordance with gasb 33 accounting and reporting for nonexchange transactions wha 606518

For the year ended December 31, 2005, the general fund of Ward Village reported revenues from the following sources on the statement of revenues, expenditures, and changes in fund balances:

align=”left”>

Sales taxes

$ 25,000

Property taxes

125,000

Income taxes

15,000

Fines

10,000

In accordance with GASB 33, Accounting and Reporting for Nonexchange Transactions, what is the amount of revenues that came from imposed nonexchange transactions?

  1. $175,000
  2. $150,000
  3. $140,000
  4. $135,000

ridge township rsquo s governing body adopted its general fund budget for the year e 606522

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

Ridge Township’s governing body adopted its general fund budget for the year ended July 31, 2005, comprised of Estimated Revenues of $100,000 and Appropriations of $80,000. Ridge formally integrates its budget into the accounting records.

To record the appropriations of $80,000, Ridge should

  1. Credit Appropriations Control.
  2. Debit Appropriations Control.
  3. Credit Estimated Expenditures Control.
  4. Debit Estimated Expenditures Control.

To record the $20,000 budgeted excess of estimated revenues over appropriations, Ridge should

  1. Credit Estimated Excess Revenues Control.
  2. Debit Estimated Excess Revenues Control.
  3. Credit Budgetary Fund Balance.
  4. Debit Budgetary Fund Balance.

in the budgetary entry what amount should maple record for estimated revenues 606523

For the budgetary year ending December 31, 2005, Maple City’s general fund expects the following inflows of resources:

align=”left”>

Property Taxes, Licenses, and Fines

$9,000,000

Proceeds of Debt Issue

5,000,000

Interfund Transfers for Debt Service

1,000,000

In the budgetary entry, what amount should Maple record for estimated revenues?

  1. $ 9,000,000
  2. $10,000,000
  3. $14,000,000
  4. $15,000,000

during the year expenditures and encumbrances were less than appropriations whereas 606530

The budget of a governmental unit, for which the appropriations exceed the estimated revenues, was adopted and recorded in the general ledger at the beginning of the year. During the year, expenditures and encumbrances were less than appropriations, whereas revenues equaled estimated revenues. The Budgetary Fund Balance account is

  1. Credited at the beginning of the year and debited at the end of the year.
  2. Credited at the beginning of the year and not changed at the end of the year.
  3. Debited at the beginning of the year and credited at the end of the year.
  4. Debited at the beginning of the year and not changed at the end of the year.

appropriations do not lapse at year end at december 31 2005 what amount should park 606531

The following information pertains to Park Township’s general fund at December 31, 2005:

align=”left”>

Total assets, including $200,000 of cash

$1,000,000

Total liabilities

600,000

Fund balance—Reserved for encumbrances

100,000

Appropriations do not lapse at year-end. At December 31, 2005, what amount should Park report as unreserved fund balance in its general fund balance sheet?

  1. $200,000
  2. $300,000
  3. $400,000
  4. $500,000

the following information pertains to pine city rsquo s general fund for 2005 606532

The following information pertains to Pine City’s general fund for 2005:

align=”left”>

Appropriations Control

$6,500,000

Expenditures Control

5,000,000

Other Financing Sources Control

1,500,000

Other Financing Uses Control

2,000,000

Revenues Control

8,000,000

After Pine’s general fund accounts were closed at the end of 2005, the fund balance increased by

  1. $3,000,000
  2. $2,500,000
  3. $1,500,000
  4. $1,000,000

in 2006 the partnership sustained a 33 000 loss before interest and salaries to part 606454

Fox, Greg, and Howe are partners with average capital balances during 2005 of $120,000, $60,000, and $40,000, respectively. Partners receive 10% interest on their average capital balances. After deducting salaries of $30,000 to Fox and $20,000 to Howe, the residual profit or loss is divided equally. In 2006 the partnership sustained a $33,000 loss before interest and salaries to partners. By what amount should Fox’s capital account change?

  1. $ 7,000 increase.
  2. $11,000 decrease.
  3. $35,000 decrease.
  4. $42,000 increase.

what amount of interest should be credited to simm rsquo s capital account for 2006 606456

The partnership agreement of Reid and Simm provides that interest at 10% per year is to be credited to each partner on the basis of weighted-average capital balances. A summary of Simm’s capital account for the year ended December 31, 2006, is as follows:

align=”left”>

Balance, January 1

$140,000

Additional investment, July 1

40,000

Withdrawal, August 1

(15,000)

Balance, December 31

165,000

What amount of interest should be credited to Simm’s capital account for 2006?

  1. $15,250
  2. $15,375
  3. $16,500
  4. $17,250

which partner has a greater advantage when the partnership has a profit or when it h 606457

The Flat and Iron partnership agreement provides for Flat to receive a 20% bonus on profits before the bonus. Remaining profits and losses are divided between Flat and Iron in the ratio of 2:3, respectively. Which partner has a greater advantage when the partnership has a profit or when it has a loss?

align=”left”>

Profit

Loss

a.

Flat

Iron

b.

Flat

Flat

c.

Iron

Flat

d.

Iron

Iron

on that date lind was admitted as a partner with a one third interest in capital and 606458

Blau and Rubi are partners who share profits and losses in the ratio of 6:4, respectively. On May 1, 2006, their respective capital accounts were as follows:

align=”left”>

Blau

$60,000

Rubi

50,000

On that date, Lind was admitted as a partner with a one-third interest in capital and profits for an investment of $40,000. The new partnership began with total capital of $150,000. Immediately after Lind’s admission, Blau’s capital should be

  1. $50,000
  2. $54,000
  3. $56,667
  4. $60,000

kern and pate are partners with capital balances of 60 000 and 20 000 respectively p 606459

Kern and Pate are partners with capital balances of $60,000 and $20,000, respectively. Profits and losses are divided in the ratio of 60:40. Kern and Pate decided to form a new partnership with Grant, who invested land valued at $15,000 for a 20% capital interest in the new partnership. Grant’s cost of the land was $12,000. The partnership elected to use the bonus method to record the admission of Grant into the partnership. Grant’s capital account should be credited for

  1. $12,000
  2. $15,000
  3. $16,000
  4. $19,000

the following condensed balance sheet is presented for the partnership of alfa and b 606461

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

The following condensed balance sheet is presented for the partnership of Alfa and Beda, who share profits and losses in the ratio of 60:40, respectively:

align=”left”>

Cash

$. 45,000

Other assets

625,000

Beda, loan

30,000

$700,000

Accounts payable

$120,000

Alfa, capital

348,000

Beda, capital

232,000

$700,000

The assets and liabilities are fairly valued on the balance sheet. Alfa and Beda decide to admit Capp as a new partner with 20% interest. No goodwill or bonus is to be recorded. What amount should Capp contribute in cash or other assets?

  1. $110,000
  2. $116,000
  3. $140,000
  4. $145,000

Instead of admitting a new partner, Alfa and Beda decide to liquidate the partnership. If the other assets are sold for $500,000, what amount of the available cash should be distributed to Alfa?

  1. $255,000
  2. $273,000
  3. $327,000
  4. $348,000

what ratio would be used to allocate to adel and brick the excess of colter rsquo s 606462

In the Adel-Brick partnership, Adel and Brick had a capital ratio of 3:1 and a profit and loss ratio of 2:1, respectively. The bonus method was used to record Colter’s admittance as a new partner. What ratio would be used to allocate, to Adel and Brick, the excess of Colter’s contribution over the amount credited to Colter’s capital account?

  1. Adel and Brick’s new relative capital ratio.
  2. Adel and Brick’s new relative profit and loss ratio.
  3. Adel and Brick’s old capital ratio.
  4. Adel and Brick’s old profit and loss ratio.

on june 30 2006 the condensed balance sheet for the partnership of eddy fox and grim 606463

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

On June 30, 2006, the condensed balance sheet for the partnership of Eddy, Fox, and Grimm, together with their respective profit and loss sharing percentages were as follows:

align=”left”>

Assets, net of liabilities

$320,000

Eddy, capital (50%)

$160,000

Fox, capital (30%)

96,000

Grimm, capital (20%)

64,000

$320,000

Eddy decided to retire from the partnership and by mutual agreement is to be paid $180,000 out of partnership funds for his interest. Total goodwill implicit in the agreement is to be recorded. After Eddy’s retirement, what are the capital balances of the other partners?

align=”left”>

Fox

Grimm

a.

$ 84,000

$56,000

b.

$102,000

$68,000

c.

$108,000

$72,000

d.

$120,000

$80,000

Assume instead that Eddy remains in the partnership and that Hamm is admitted as a new partner with a 25% interest in the capital of the new partnership for a cash payment of $140,000. Total goodwill implicit in the transaction is to be recorded. Immediately after admission of Hamm, Eddy’s capital account balance should be

  1. $280,000
  2. $210,000
  3. $160,000
  4. $140,000

it was agreed that the partnership would pay coll 61 200 cash for coll rsquo s partn 606464

On June 30, 2006, the balance sheet for the partnership of Coll, Maduro, and Prieto, together with their respective profit and loss ratios, were as follows:

align=”left”>

Assets, at cost

$180,000

Coll, loan

$ 9,000

Coll, capital (20%)

42,000

Maduro, capital (20%)

39,000

Prieto, capital (60%)

90,000

Total

$180,000

Coll has decided to retire from the partnership. By mutual agreement, the assets are to be adjusted to their fair value of $216,000 at June 30, 2006. It was agreed that the partnership would pay Coll $61,200 cash for Coll’s partnership interest, including Coll’s loan which is to be repaid in full. No goodwill is to be recorded. After Coll’s retirement, what is the balance of Maduro’s capital account?

  1. $36,450
  2. $39,000
  3. $45,450
  4. $46,200

allen retired from the partnership of allen beck and chale allen rsquo s cash settle 606465

Allen retired from the partnership of Allen, Beck, and Chale. Allen’s cash settlement from the partnership was based on new goodwill determined at the date of retirement plus the carrying amount of the other net assets. As a consequence of the settlement, the capital accounts of Beck and Chale were decreased. In accounting for Allen’s withdrawal, the partnership could have used the

align=”left”>

Bonus method

Goodwill method

a.

No

Yes

b.

No

No

c.

Yes

Yes

d.

Yes

No

the partners have decided to liquidate the partnership if the other assets are sold 606467

The following condensed balance sheet is presented for the partnership of Smith and Jones, who share profits and losses in the ratio of 60:40, respectively:

align=”left”>

Other assets

$450,000

Smith, loan

20,000

$470,000

Accounts payable

$120,000

Smith, capital

195,000

Jones, capital

155,000

$470,000

The partners have decided to liquidate the partnership. If the other assets are sold for $385,000, what amount of the available cash should be distributed to Smith?

  1. $136,000
  2. $156,000
  3. $159,000
  4. $195,000

on january 15 2006 the first cash sale of other assets with a carrying amount of 150 606468

On January 1, 2006, the partners of Cobb, Davis, and Eddy, who share profits and losses in the ratio of 5:3:2, respectively, decided to liquidate their partnership. On this date the partnership condensed balance sheet was as follows:

align=”left”>

Assets

Cash

$ 50,000

Other assets

250,000

$300,000

Liabilities and Capital

Liabilities

$ 60,000

Cobb, capital

80,000

Davis, capital

90,000

Eddy, capital

70,000

$300,000

On January 15, 2006, the first cash sale of other assets with a carrying amount of $150,000 realized $120,000. Safe installment payments to the partners were made the same date. How much cash should be distributed to each partner?

align=”left”>

Cobb

Davis

Eddy

a.

$15,000

$51,000

$44,000

b.

$40,000

$45,000

$35,000

c.

$55,000

$33,000

$22,000

d.

$60,000

$36,000

$24,000

assume that the lcu is the subsidiary rsquo s functional currency and that the charg 606471

A wholly owned subsidiary of Ward, Inc. has certain expense accounts for the year ended December 31, 2006, stated in local currency units (LCU) as follows:

align=”left”>

LCU

Depreciation of equipment (related assets were purchased January 1, 2004)

120,000

Provision for doubtful accounts

80,000

Rent

200,000

The exchange rates at various dates are as follows:

align=”left”>

Dollar equivalent of 1 LCU

December 31, 2006

$.40

Average for year ended 12/31/06

.44

January 1, 2004

.50

Assume that the LCU is the subsidiary’s functional currency and that the charges to the expense accounts occurred approximately evenly during the year. What total dollar amount should be included in Ward’s 2006 consolidated income statement to reflect these expenses?

  1. $160,000
  2. $168,000
  3. $176,000
  4. $183,200

the translation loss is reported in net income and the exchange gain is reported as 606474

The functional currency of Nash, Inc.’s subsidiary is the French franc. Nash borrowed French francs as a partial hedge of its investment in the subsidiary. In preparing consolidated financial statements, Nash’s translation loss on its investment in the subsidiary exceeded its exchange gain on the borrowing. How should the effects of the loss and gain be reported in Nash’s consolidated financial statements?

  1. The translation loss less the exchange gain is reported as other comprehensive income.
  2. The translation loss less the exchange gain is reported in net income.
  3. The translation loss is reported as other comprehensive income and the exchange gain is reported in net income.
  4. The translation loss is reported in net income and the exchange gain is reported as other comprehensive income.

remeasurement of schnell rsquo s 2006 financial statements resulted in a 7 600 gain 606477

Park Co.’s wholly owned subsidiary, Schnell Corp., maintains its accounting records in German marks. Because all of Schnell’s branch offices are in Switzerland, its functional currency is the Swiss franc. Remeasurement of Schnell’s 2006 financial statements resulted in a $7,600 gain, and translation of its financial statements resulted in an $8,100 gain. What amount should Park report as a foreign exchange gain as net income in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2006?

  1. $0
  2. $ 7,600
  3. $ 8,100
  4. $15,700

during 2005 darien spent 250 000 maintaining and preserving its roads and bridges an 606483

Darien Village adopted the provision of GASB 34, Basic Financial Statements—and Management’s Discussion and Analysis—for State and Local Governments, for its financial statements issued for 2005. As of December 31, 2005, Darien determined that it had spent $5,000,000 on infrastructure assets since the village was incorporated in 1980, and that infrastructure had an expected life of fifty years. These infrastructure assets consist primarily of roads and bridges that were financed with general long-term debt. Darien decided to use the modified approach for reporting its infrastructure assets on its government-wide financial statements for 2005. During 2005, Darien spent $250,000 maintaining and preserving its roads and bridges, and $500,000 to extend the life of existing infrastructure. On the statement of net assets at December 31, 2005, what amount should Darien report for infrastructure under the governmental activities column?

  1. $5,000,000
  2. $0
  3. $4,900,000
  4. $5,500,000

in accordance with gasb 34 basic financial statements mdash and management rsquo s d 606487

In accordance with GASB 34, Basic Financial Statements—and Management’s Discussion and Analysis—for State and Local Governments, which of the following statements is correct about the accounting for infrastructure assets using the modified approach?

  1. I. Depreciation expense on the infrastructure assets should be reported on the government-wide statement of activities, under the governmental activities column.
  2. II. Certain information about infrastructure assets reported using the modified approach is required supplementary information in the annual report.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

in accordance with gasb 34 basic financial statements mdash and management rsquo s d 606490

In accordance with GASB 34, Basic Financial Statements—and Management’s Discussion and Analysis—for State and Local Governments, which of the following statements is true?

  1. I. Infrastructure assets do not need to be reported on the government-wide statement of net assets if the government decides to use the modified approach in its accounting for infrastructure.
  2. II. Component units are reported on the financial statements for governmental funds.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

no withholdings or payments have been made towards the 2006 income tax liability in 606404

Green, a calendar-year taxpayer, is preparing a personal statement of financial condition as of April 30, 2006. Green’s 2005 income tax liability was paid in full on April 15, 2006. Green’s tax on income earned between January and April 2006 is estimated at $20,000. In addition, $40,000 is estimated for income tax on the differences between the estimated current values and current amounts of Green’s assets and liabilities and their tax bases at April 30, 2006. No withholdings or payments have been made towards the 2006 income tax liability. In Green’s April 30, 2006 statement of financial condition, what amount should be reported, between liabilities and net worth, as estimated income taxes?

  1. $0
  2. $20,000
  3. $40,000
  4. $60,000

the zee stock was sold in january 2007 for 10 200 in kent rsquo s personal statement 606406

The following information pertains to marketable equity securities owned by Kent:

align=”left”>

Fair value at December 31,

Cost in 2005

Stock

2007

2006

City Mfg., Inc.

$95,500

$93,000

$89,900

Tri Corp.

3,400

5,600

3,600

Zee, Inc.

10,300

15,000

The Zee stock was sold in January 2007 for $10,200. In Kent’s personal statement of financial condition at December 31, 2007, what amount should be reported for marketable equity securities?

  1. $93,300
  2. $93,500
  3. $94,100
  4. $98,900

what amount should be reported for jen rsquo s vested interest in the 401 k plan in 606408

Jen has been employed by Komp, Inc. since February 1, 2004. Jen is covered by Komp’s Section 401(k) deferred compensation plan. Jen’s contributions have been 10% of salaries. Komp has made matching contributions of 5%. Jen’s salaries were $21,000 in 2004, $23,000 in 2005, and $26,000 in 2006. Employer contributions vest after an employee completes three years of continuous employment. The balance in Jen’s 401(k) account was $11,900 at December 31, 2006, which included earnings of $1,200 on Jen’s contributions. What amount should be reported for Jen’s vested interest in the 401(k) plan in Jen’s December 31, 2006 personal statement of financial condition?

  1. $11,900
  2. $ 8,200
  3. $ 7,000
  4. $ 1,200

in barton rsquo s personal statement of financial condition at december 31 2007 what 606409

The following information pertains to an insurance policy that Barton owns on his life:

align=”left”>

Face amount

$100,000

Accumulated premiums paid up to December 31, 2007

8,000

Cash value at December 31, 2007

12,000

Policy loan

3,000

In Barton’s personal statement of financial condition at December 31, 2007, what amount should be reported for the investment in life insurance?

  1. $97,000
  2. $12,000
  3. $ 9,000
  4. $ 8,000

what amount should be included in liabilities in ryan rsquo s personal statement of 606411

At December 31, 2006, Ryan had the following noncancelable personal commitments:

align=”left”>

Pledge to be paid to County Welfare Home thirty days after volunteers paint the walls and ceiling of the Home’s recreation room

$ 5,000

Pledge to be paid to City Hospital on the recovery of Ryan’s comatose sister

$25,000

What amount should be included in liabilities in Ryan’s personal statement of financial condition at December 31, 2006?

  1. $0
  2. $ 5,000
  3. $25,000
  4. $30,000

builder accounts for this contract under the percentage of completion and estimated 606421

On January 1, 2006, Builder Associates entered into a $1,000,000 long-term, fixed-price contract to construct a factory building for Manufacturing Company. Builder accounts for this contract under the percentage-of-completion, and estimated costs at completion at the end of each quarter for 2006 were as follows:

align=”left”>

Quarter

Estimated percentage-of-completion

Estimated costs at completion

1

10%

$750,000

2[*]

10%

$750,000

3

25%

$960,000

4[*]

25%

$960,000

What amounts should be reported by Builder as “Income on Construction Contract” in its quarterly income statements based on the above information?

align=”left”>

Gain (loss) for the three months ended

3/31/06

6/30/06

9/30/06

12/31/06

a.

$0

$0

$0

$10,000

b.

$25,000

$0

$(15,000)

$0

c.

$25,000

$0

$0

$0

d.

$25,000

$0

$ 6,000

$0

decrease in the first quarter by the amount of the market price decline and increase 606431

An inventory loss from a market price decline occurred in the first quarter. The loss was not expected to be restored in the fiscal year. However, in the third quarter the inventory had a market price recovery that exceeded the market decline that occurred in the first quarter. For interim financial reporting, the dollar amount of net inventory should

  1. Decrease in the first quarter by the amount of the market price decline and increase in the third quarter by the amount of the market price recovery.
  2. Decrease in the first quarter by the amount of the market price decline and increase in the third quarter by the amount of decrease in the first quarter.
  3. Not be affected in the first quarter and increase in the third quarter by the amount of the market price recovery that exceeded the amount of the market price decline.
  4. Not be affected in either the first quarter or the third quarter.

for interim financial reporting the computation of a company rsquo s second quarter 606434

For interim financial reporting, the computation of a company’s second quarter provision for income taxes uses an effective tax rate expected to be applicable for the full fiscal year. The effective tax rate should reflect anticipated

align=”left”>

Foreign tax rates

Available tax planning alternatives

a.

No

Yes

b.

No

No

c.

Yes

No

d.

Yes

Yes

wilson rsquo s inventory did not experience any other declines in market value durin 606438

Wilson Corp. experienced a $50,000 decline in the market value of its inventory in the first quarter of its fiscal year. Wilson had expected this decline to reverse in the third quarter, and in fact, the third quarter recovery exceeded the previous decline by $10,000. Wilson’s inventory did not experience any other declines in market value during the fiscal year. What amounts of loss and/or gain should Wilson report in its interim financial statements for the first and third quarters?

align=”left”>

First quarter

Third quarter

a.

$0

$0

b.

$0

$10,000 gain

c.

$50,000 loss

$50,000 gain

d.

$50,000 loss

$60,000 gain

in its segment information for 2006 how many reportable segments does correy have 606439

Correy Corp. and its divisions (each is an operating segment) are engaged solely in manufacturing operations. The following data (consistent with prior years’ data) pertain to the operations conducted for the year ended December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

(Industry operating segment)

Total revenue

Operating profit

Identifiable assets at 12/31/06

A

$10,000,000

$1,750,000

$20,000,000

B

8,000,000

1,400,000

17,500,000

C

6,000,000

1,200,000

12,500,000

D

3,000,000

550,000

7,500,000

E

4,250,000

675,000

7,000,000

F

1,500,000

225,000

3,000,000

$32,750,000

$5,800,000

$67,500,000

In its segment information for 2006, how many reportable segments does Correy have?

  1. Three.
  2. Four.
  3. Five.
  4. Six.

aria and all of its divisions are engaged solely in manufacturing operations and eva 606440

The following information pertains to Aria Corp. and its operating segments for the year ended December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Sales to unaffiliated customers

$2,000,000

Intersegment sales of products similar to those sold to unaffiliated customers

600,000

Interest earned on loans to other industry segments

40,000

Aria and all of its divisions are engaged solely in manufacturing operations and evaluates divisional performance based on controllable contribution. Aria has a reportable segment if that segment’s revenue exceeds

  1. $264,000
  2. $260,000
  3. $204,000
  4. $200,000

grum rsquo s combined identifiable assets of all industry segments at december 31 20 606441

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

Grum Corp., a publicly owned corporation, is subject to the requirements for segment reporting. In its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2006, Grum reported revenues of $50,000,000, operating expenses of $47,000,000, and net income of $3,000,000. Operating expenses include payroll costs of $15,000,000. Grum’s combined identifiable assets of all industry segments at December 31, 2006, were $40,000,000. Reported revenues include $30,000,000 of sales to external customers.

In its 2006 financial statements, Grum should disclose major customer data if sales to any single customer amount to at least

  1. $ 300,000
  2. $1,500,000
  3. $4,000,000
  4. $5,000,000

External revenue reported by operating segments must be at least

  1. $22,500,000
  2. $15,000,000
  3. $12,500,000
  4. $37,500,000

included in the total profit and loss are intersegment profits of 6 100 in addition 606448

Taylor Corp., a publicly owned corporation, assesses performance and makes operating decisions using the following information for its reportable segments:

align=”left”>

Total revenues

$768,000

Total profit and loss

40,600

Included in the total profit and loss are intersegment profits of $6,100. In addition, Taylor has $500 of common costs for its reportable segments that are not allocated in reports used internally. For purposes of segment reporting, Taylor should report segment profit of

  1. $35,000
  2. $34,500
  3. $41,100
  4. $40,600

the partnership agreement also specifies that profits and losses are to be distribut 606449

Roberts and Smith drafted a partnership agreement that lists the following assets contributed at the partnership’s formation:

align=”left”>

Contributed by

Roberts

Smith

Cash

$20,000

$30,000

Inventory

15,000

Building

40,000

Furniture & equipment

15,000

The building is subject to a mortgage of $10,000, which the partnership has assumed. The partnership agreement also specifies that profits and losses are to be distributed evenly. What amounts should be recorded as capital for Roberts and Smith at the formation of the partnership?

align=”left”>

Roberts

Smith

a.

$35,000

$85,000

b.

$35,000

$75,000

c.

$55,000

$55,000

d.

$60,000

$60,000

the partnership agreement specifies that profits and losses are to be shared equally 606450

On April 30, 2006, Algee, Belger, and Ceda formed a partnership by combining their separate business proprietor-ships. Algee contributed cash of $50,000. Belger contributed property with a $36,000 carrying amount, a $40,000 original cost, and $80,000 fair value. The partnership accepted responsibility for the $35,000 mortgage attached to the property. Ceda contributed equipment with a $30,000 carrying amount, a $75,000 original cost, and $55,000 fair value. The partnership agreement specifies that profits and losses are to be shared equally but is silent regarding capital contributions. Which partner has the largest April 30, 2006 capital account balance?

  1. Algee.
  2. Belger.
  3. Ceda.
  4. All capital account balances are equal.

the partners share profits equally and losses in a 60 40 ratio the partnership had e 606453

Red and White formed a partnership in 2006. The partnership agreement provides for annual salary allowances of $55,000 for Red and $45,000 for White. The partners share profits equally and losses in a 60/40 ratio. The partnership had earnings of $80,000 for 2006 before any allowance to partners. What amount of these earnings should be credited to each partner’s capital account?

align=”left”>

Red

White

a.

$40,000

$40,000

b.

$43,000

$37,000

c.

$44,000

$36,000

d.

$45,000

$35,000

assume that both bonds are default free and have the same market price which bond sh 605834

Nominal versus real cash flows: You are graduating in two years. You want to invest your current savings of $5,000 in bonds and use the proceeds to purchase a new car when you graduate and start to work. You can invest the money in either bond A, a two-year bond with a 3 percent annual interest rate, or bond B, an inflation-indexed two-year bond paying 1 percent real interest above the inflation rate (assume this bond makes annual interest payments). The inflation rate over the next two years is expected to be 1.5 percent. Assume that both bonds are default free and have the same market price. Which bond should you invest in?

what are the present values of the relevant investment cash flows 605836

Investment cash flows: Healthy Potions, Inc., is considering investing in a new production line for eye drops. Other than investing in the equipment, the company needs to increase its cash and cash equivalents by $10,000, increase the level of inventory by $30,000, increase accounts receivable by $25,000, and increase accounts payable by $5,000 at the beginning of the project. Healthy Potions will recover these changes in working capital at the end of the project 10 years later. Assume the appropriate discount rate is 12 percent. What are the present values of the relevant investment cash flows?

if anaconda s opportunity cost of capital is 10 percent what is the optimal time for 605844

When to harvest an existing asset: Anaconda Manufacturing Company currently owns a mine that is known to contain a certain amount of gold. Since Anaconda does not have any gold-mining expertise, the company plans to sell the entire mine and base the selling price on a fixed multiple of the spot price for gold at the time of the sale. Analysts at Anaconda have forecast the spot price for gold and have determined that the price will increase by 14 percent, 12 percent, 9 percent, and 6 percent during the next one, two, three, and four years, respectively. If Anaconda”s opportunity cost of capital is 10 percent, what is the optimal time for Anaconda to sell the mine?

what is the lowest possible per shovel price that merton can offer for the contract 605847

Merton Shovel Corporation has decided to bid for a contract to supply shovels to the Honduran Army. The Honduran Army intends to buy 1,000 shovels per year for the next three years. To supply these shovels, Merton will have to acquire manufacturing equipment at a cost of $150,000. This equipment will be depreciated on a straight-line basis over its five-year lifetime. At the end of the third year, Merton can sell the equipment for exactly its book value ($60,000). Additional fixed costs will be $36,000 per year, and variable costs will be $3.00 per shovel. An additional investment of $25,000 in net working capital will be required when the project is initiated. This investment will be recovered at the end of the third year. Merton Shovel has a 35 percent marginal tax rate and a 17 percent required rate of return on the project. What is the lowest possible per shovel price that Merton can offer for the contract and still create value for its stockholders?

assume that the marginal tax rate is 40 percent what are the expected annual increme 605849

A beauty product company is developing a new fragrance named Happy Forever. There is a probability of 0.5 that consumers will love Happy Forever, and in this case, annual sales will be 1 million bottles; a probability of 0.4 that consumers will find the smell acceptable and annual sales will be 200,000 bottles; and a probability of 0.1 that consumers will find the smell weird and annual sales will be only 50,000 bottles. The selling price is $38, and the variable cost is $8 per bottle. Fixed production costs will be $1 million per year and depreciation will be $1.2 million. Assume that the marginal tax rate is 40 percent. What are the expected annual incremental cash flows from the new fragrance?

the tax rate is 35 percent the opportunity cost of capital is 10 percent and the ann 605851

ACME Manufacturing is considering replacing an existing production line with a new line that has a greater output capacity and operates with less labor than the existing line. The new line would cost $1 million, have a five-year life, and be depreciated using MACRS over three years. At the end of five years, the new line could be sold as scrap for $200,000 (in year 5 dollars). Because the new line is more automated, it would require fewer operators, resulting in a savings of $40,000 per year before tax and unadjusted for inflation (in today”s dollars). Additional sales with the new machine are expected to result in additional net cash inflows, before tax, of $60,000 per year (in today”s dollars). If ACME invests in the new line, a one-time investment of $10,000 in additional working capital will be required. The tax rate is 35 percent, the opportunity cost of capital is 10 percent, and the annual rate of inflation is 3 percent. What is the NPV of the new production line?

biotech partners llc has been farming a new strain of radioactive material eating ba 605853

Biotech Partners LLC has been farming a new strain of radioactive-material-eating bacteria that the electrical utility industry can use to help dispose of its nuclear waste. Two opposing factors affect Biotech”s decision of when to harvest the bacteria. The bacteria are currently growing at a 22 percent annual rate, but due to known competition from other top firms, Biotech analysts estimate that the price for the bacteria will decline according to the schedule below. If the opportunity cost of capital is 10 percent, then when should Biotech harvest the entire bacteria colony at one time?

Year

Change in Price Due to Competition (%)

1

5%

2

– 2

3

– 8

4

-10

5

-15

6

-25

an inventory investment of 73 000 is required during the life of the investment fitc 605854

FITCO is considering the purchase of new equipment. The equipment costs $350,000, and an additional $110,000 is needed to install it. The equipment will be depreciated straight-line to zero over a five-year life. The equipment will generate additional annual revenues of $265,000, and it will have annual cash operating expenses of $83,000. The equipment will be sold for $85,000 after five years. An inventory investment of $73,000 is required during the life of the investment. FITCO is in the 40 percent tax bracket, and its cost of capital is 10 percent. What is the project NPV?

a. $47,818.

b. $63,658.

c. $80,189.

d. $97,449.

on september 1 2006 bain corp received an order for equipment from a foreign custome 606357

On September 1, 2006, Bain Corp. received an order for equipment from a foreign customer for 300,000 local currency units (LCU) when the US dollar equivalent was $96,000. Bain shipped the equipment on October 15, 2006, and billed the customer for 300,000 LCU when the US dollar equivalent was $100,000. Bain received the customer’s remittance in full on November 16, 2006, and sold the 300,000 LCU for $105,000. In its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2006, Bain should report as part of net income a foreign exchange transaction gain of

  1. $0
  2. $4,000
  3. $5,000
  4. $9,000

at december 31 2006 cano rsquo s year end the spot rate was 19 but the rate increase 606358

On September 1, 2006, Cano & Co., a US corporation, sold merchandise to a foreign firm for 250,000 Botswana pula. Terms of the sale require payment in pula on February 1, 2007. On September 1, 2006, the spot exchange rate was $.20 per pula. At December 31, 2006, Cano’s year-end, the spot rate was $.19, but the rate increased to $.22 by February 1, 2007, when payment was received. How much should Cano report as foreign exchange transaction gain or loss as part of 2007 income?

  1. $0.
  2. $2,500 loss.
  3. $5,000 gain.
  4. $7,500 gain.

in its december 31 2006 income statement what amount should hunt report as foreign e 606360

Hunt Co. purchased merchandise for £300,000 from a vendor in London on November 30, 2006. Payment in British pounds was due on January 30, 2007. The exchange rates to purchase one pound were as follows:

align=”left”>

November 30, 2006

December 31, 2006

Spot-rate

$1.65

$1.62

30-day rate

1.64

1.59

60-day rate

1.63

1.56

In its December 31, 2006, income statement, what amount should Hunt report as foreign exchange transaction gain as part of net income?

  1. $12,000
  2. $ 9,000
  3. $ 6,000
  4. $0

how much should tyrola accrue for royalties payable at december 31 2006 606362

On November 30, 2006, Tyrola Publishing Company, located in Colorado, executed a contract with Ernest Blyton, an author from Canada, providing for payment of 10% royalties on Canadian sales of Blyton’s book. Payment is to be made in Canadian dollars each January 10 for the previous year’s sales. Canadian sales of the book for the year ended December 31, 2006, totaled $50,000 Canadian. Tyrola paid Blyton his 2006 royalties on January 10, 2006. Tyrola’s 2006 financial statements were issued on February 1, 2007. Spot rates for Canadian dollars were as follows:

align=”left”>

November 30, 2005

$.87

January 1, 2006

$.88

December 31, 2006

$.89

January 10, 2007

$.90

How much should Tyrola accrue for royalties payable at December 31, 2006?

  1. $4,350
  2. $4,425
  3. $4,450
  4. $4,500

the exchange rates are expressed as so many units of foreign currency to one dollar 606363

Shore Co. records its transactions in US dollars. A sale of goods resulted in a receivable denominated in Japanese yen, and a purchase of goods resulted in a payable denominated in euros. Shore recorded a foreign exchange transaction gain on collection of the receivable and an exchange transaction loss on settlement of the payable. The exchange rates are expressed as so many units of foreign currency to one dollar. Did the number of foreign currency units exchangeable for a dollar increase or decrease between the contract and settlement dates?

align=”left”>

Yen exchangeable for $1

Euros exchangeable for $1

a.

Increase

Increase

b.

Decrease

Decrease

c.

Decrease

Increase

d.

Increase

Decrease

on october 1 2006 velec co a us company contracted to purchase foreign goods requiri 606365

On October 1, 2006, Velec Co., a US company, contracted to purchase foreign goods requiring payment in Qatari rials, one month after their receipt at Velec’s factory. Title to the goods passed on December 15, 2006. The goods were still in transit on December 31, 2006. Exchange rates were one dollar to twenty-two rials, twenty rials, and twenty-one rials on October 1, December 15, and December 31, 2006, respectively. Velec should account for the exchange rate fluctuation in 2006 as

  1. A loss included in net income before extraordinary items.
  2. A gain included in net income before extraordinary items.
  3. An extraordinary gain.
  4. An extraordinary loss.

which of the following statements is are true regarding derivative financial instrum 606369

Which of the following statements is(are) true regarding derivative financial instruments?

  1. I. Derivative financial instruments should be measured at fair value and reported in the balance sheet as assets or liabilities.
  2. II. Gains and losses on derivative instruments not designated as hedging activities should be reported and recognized in earnings in the period of the change in fair value.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

when an election is made not to bifurcate a hybrid financial instrument how should t 606382

When an election is made not to bifurcate a hybrid financial instrument, how should this be disclosed on the financial statements?

  1. I. As separate line items for the fair value and non–fair value instruments on the balance sheet.
  2. II. As an aggregate amount of all hybrid instruments with the amount of the hybrid instruments at fair value shown in parentheses.
  3. III. As a footnote disclosure.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II and III only.
    3. c. III only.
    4. d. I and II only.

if a company elects not to bifurcate a hybrid financial instrument and records the e 606383

If a company elects not to bifurcate a hybrid financial instrument and records the entire instrument at fair value, which of the following is true?

  1. No changes in value are recorded until the hybrid instrument is sold.
  2. Changes in fair value of the hybrid instrument are recognized each year in other comprehensive income.
  3. Changes in fair value of the hybrid instrument are recognized each year in earnings.
  4. Changes in fair value of the hybrid instrument are recognized each year by recognizing a cumulative effect adjustment to the beginning balance of retained earnings for the period.

on december 12 2006 imp co entered into three forward exchange contracts each to pur 606394

Items 1 through 4 are based on the following:

On December 12, 2006, Imp Co. entered into three forward exchange contracts, each to purchase 100,000 euros in ninety days. The relevant exchange rates are as follows:

align=”left”>

Spot rate

Forward rate (for March 12, 2007)

November 30, 2006

$.87

$.89

December 12, 2006

.88

.90

December 31, 2006

.92

.93

Imp entered into the first forward contract to hedge a purchase of inventory in November 2006, payable in March 2007. At December 31, 2006, what amount of foreign currency transaction gain from this forward contract should Imp include in net income?

  1. $0
  2. $ 3,000
  3. $ 5,000
  4. $10,000

At December 31, 2006, what amount of foreign currency transaction loss should Imp include in income from the revaluation of the Accounts Payable of 100,000 euros incurred as a result of the purchase of inventory at November 30, 2006, payable in March 2007?

  1. $0
  2. $3,000
  3. $4,000
  4. $5,000

Imp entered into the second forward contract to hedge a commitment to purchase equipment being manufactured to Imp’s specifications. The expected delivery date is March 2007 at which time settlement is due to the manufacturer. The hedge qualifies as a fair value hedge. At December 31, 2006, what amount of foreign currency transaction gain from this forward contract should Imp include in net income?

  1. $0
  2. $ 3,000
  3. $ 5,000
  4. $10,000

Imp entered into the third forward contract for speculation. At December 31, 2006, what amount of foreign currency transaction gain from this forward contract should Imp include in net income?

  1. $0
  2. $ 3,000
  3. $ 5,000
  4. $10,000

financial instruments recognized as assets entailing conditional rights that result 606397

Off-balance-sheet risk of accounting loss does not result from

  1. Financial instruments recognized as assets entailing conditional rights that result in a loss greater than the amount recognized in the balance sheet.
  2. Financial instruments not recognized as either assets or liabilities yet still expose the entity to risk of accounting loss.
  3. Financial instruments recognized as assets or liabilities where the amount recognized reflects the risk of accounting loss to the entity.
  4. Financial instruments recognized as liabilities that result in an ultimate obligation that is greater than the amount recognized in the balance sheet.

in a combined balance sheet of the two corporations at december 31 2006 what amount 605569

Mr. and Mrs. Gasson own 100% of the common stock of Able Corp. and 90% of the common stock of Baker Corp. Able previously paid $4,000 for the remaining 10% interest in Baker. The condensed December 31, 2006 balance sheets of Able and Baker are as follows:

Able

Baker

Assets

$600,000

$60,000

Liabilities

$200,000

$30,000

Common stock

100,000

20,000

Retained earnings

300,000

10,000

$600,000

$60,000

In a combined balance sheet of the two corporations at December 31, 2006, what amount should be reported as total stockholders’ equity?

  1. $430,000
  2. $426,000
  3. $403,000
  4. $400,000

mr cord owns four corporations combined financial statements are being prepared for 605570

Mr. Cord owns four corporations. Combined financial statements are being prepared for these corporations, which have intercompany loans of $200,000 and intercompany profits of $500,000. What amount of these intercompany loans and profits should be included in the combined financial statements?

Intercompany

Loans

Profits

a.

$200,000

$0

b.

$200,000

$500,000

c.

$0

$0

d.

$0

$500,000

if at the time of formation the spe is determined to be a variable interest entity s 605544

Morton Inc., Gilman Co., and Willis Corporation established a special-purpose entity (SPE) to perform leasing activities for the three corporations. If at the time of formation the SPE is determined to be a variable interest entity subject to consolidation, which of the corporations should consolidate the SPE?

  1. The corporation with the largest interest in the entity.
  2. The corporation that will absorb a majority of the expected losses if they occur.
  3. The corporation that has the most voting equity interest.
  4. Each corporation should consolidate one-third of the SPE.

the change was caused by the elimination of foreign exchange controls including the 605546

Matt Co. included a foreign subsidiary in its 2006 consolidated financial statements. The subsidiary was acquired in 2003 and was excluded from previous consolidations. The change was caused by the elimination of foreign exchange controls. Including the subsidiary in the 2006 consolidated financial statements results in an accounting change that should be reported

  1. By footnote disclosure only.
  2. Currently and prospectively.
  3. Currently with footnote disclosure of pro forma effects of retroactive application.
  4. By restating the financial statements of all prior periods presented.

on june 30 2006 purl corp issued 150 000 shares of its 20 par common stock for which 605547

On June 30, 2006, Purl Corp. issued 150,000 shares of its $20 par common stock for which it received all of Scott Corp.’s common stock. The fair value of the common stock issued is equal to the book value of Scott Corp.’s net assets. Both corporations continued to operate as separate businesses, maintaining accounting records with years ending December 31. Net income from separate company operations and dividends paid were

Purl

Scott

Net income

Six months ended 6/30/06

$750,000

$225,000

Six months ended 12/31/06

825,000

375,000

Dividends paid

March 25, 2006

950,000

November 15, 2006

300,000

On December 31, 2006, Scott held in its inventory merchandise acquired from Purl on December 1, 2006, for $150,000, which included a $45,000 markup. In the 2006 consolidated income statement, net income should be reported at

  1. $1,650,000
  2. $1,905,000
  3. $1,950,000
  4. $2,130,000

what amount of retained earnings would pane report in its june 30 2006 consolidated 605548

On June 30, 2006, Pane Corp. exchanged 150,000 shares of its $20 par value common stock for all of Sky Corp.’s common stock. At that date, the fair value of Pane’s common stock issued was equal to the book value of Sky’s net assets. Both corporations continued to operate as separate businesses, maintaining accounting records with years ending December 31. Information from separate company operations follows:

Pane

Sky

Retained earnings—12/31/05

$3,200,000

$925,000

Net income—six months ended 6/30/06

800,000

275,000

Dividends paid—3/25/06

750,000

What amount of retained earnings would Pane report in its June 30, 2006 consolidated balance sheet?

  1. $5,200,000
  2. $4,450,000
  3. $3,525,000
  4. $3,250,000

in pirn rsquo s december 31 2006 consolidating worksheet how much intercompany profi 605549

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

Scroll, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Pirn, Inc., began operations on January 1, 2006. The following information is from the condensed 2006 income statements of Pirn and Scroll:

Pirn

Scroll

Sales to Scroll

$100,000

$

Sales to others

400,000

300,000

500,000

300,000

Cost of goods sold:

Acquired from Pirn

80,000

Acquired from others

350,000

190,000

Gross profit

150,000

30,000

Depreciation

40,000

10,000

Other expenses

60,000

15,000

Income from operations

50,000

5,000

Gain on sale of equipment to Scroll

12,000

Income before income taxes

$ 62,000

$

5,000

Additional information

  • Sales by Pirn to Scroll are made on the same terms as those made to third parties.
  • Equipment purchased by Scroll from Pirn for $36,000 on January 1, 2006, is depreciated using the straight-line method over four years.

In Pirn’s December 31, 2006, consolidating worksheet, how much intercompany profit should be eliminated from Scroll’s inventory?

  1. $30,000
  2. $20,000
  3. $10,000
  4. $ 6,000

What amount should be reported as depreciation expense in Pirn’s 2006 consolidated income statement?

  1. $50,000
  2. $47,000
  3. $44,000
  4. $41,000

before eliminating entries clark had consolidated current assets of 320 000 what amo 605550

Clark Co. had the following transactions with affiliated parties during 2006:

  • Sales of $60,000 to Dean, Inc., with $20,000 gross profit. Dean had $15,000 of this inventory on hand at year-end. Clark owns a 15% interest in Dean and does not exert significant influence.
  • Purchases of raw materials totaling $240,000 from Kent Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary. Kent’s gross profit on the sale was $48,000. Clark had $60,000 of this inventory remaining on December 31, 2006.

Before eliminating entries, Clark had consolidated current assets of $320,000. What amount should Clark report in its December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet for current assets?

  1. $320,000
  2. $317,000
  3. $308,000
  4. $303,000

during 2006 pare sold goods to shel at the same markup on cost that pare uses for al 605552

Selected information from the separate and consolidated balance sheets and income statements of Pare, Inc. and its subsidiary, Shel Co., as of December 31, 2006, and for the year then ended is as follows:

Pare

Shel

Consolidated

Balance sheet accounts

Accounts receivable

$ 52,000

$ 38,000

$ 78,000

Inventory

60,000

50,000

104,000

Income statement accounts

Revenues

$400,000

$280,000

$616,000

Cost of goods sold

300,000

220,000

462,000

Gross profit

$100,000

$ 60,000

$154,000

Additional information:

During 2006, Pare sold goods to Shel at the same markup on cost that Pare uses for all sales.

In Pare’s consolidating worksheet, what amount of unrealized intercompany profit was eliminated?

  1. $ 6,000
  2. $12,000
  3. $58,000
  4. $64,000

on january 1 2006 poe corp sold a machine for 900 000 to saxe corp its wholly owned 605554

On January 1, 2006, Poe Corp. sold a machine for $900,000 to Saxe Corp., its wholly owned subsidiary. Poe paid $1,100,000 for this machine, which had accumulated depreciation of $250,000. Poe estimated a $100,000 salvage value and depreciated the machine on the straight-line method over twenty years, a policy which Saxe continued. In Poe’s December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet, this machine should be included in cost and accumulated depreciation as

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

a.

$1,100,000

$300,000

b.

$1,100,000

$290,000

c.

$ 900,000

$ 40,000

d.

$ 850,000

$ 42,500

port inc owns 100 of salem inc on january 1 2006 port sold salem delivery equipment 605559

Port, Inc. owns 100% of Salem, Inc. On January 1, 2006, Port sold Salem delivery equipment at a gain. Port had owned the equipment for two years and used a five-year straight-line depreciation rate with no residual value. Salem is using a three-year straight-line depreciation rate with no residual value for the equipment. In the consolidated income statement, Salem’s recorded depreciation expense on the equipment for 2006 will be decreased by

  1. 20% of the gain on sale.
  2. 33 1/3% of the gain on sale.
  3. 50% of the gain on sale.
  4. 100% of the gain on sale.

p co purchased term bonds at a premium on the open market these bonds represented 20 605560

P Co. purchased term bonds at a premium on the open market. These bonds represented 20% of the outstanding class of bonds issued at a discount by S Co., P’s wholly owned subsidiary. P intends to hold the bonds until maturity. In a consolidated balance sheet, the difference between the bond carrying amounts in the two companies would

  1. Decrease retained earnings.
  2. Increase retained earnings.
  3. Be reported as a deferred debit to be amortized over the remaining life of the bonds.
  4. Be reported as a deferred credit to be amortized over the remaining life of the bonds.

during 2006 samson sold merchandise to eltro for 10 000 at a profit of 2 000 the mer 605561

Eltro Company acquired a 70% interest in the Samson Company in 2005. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, Samson reported net income of $80,000 and $90,000, respectively. During 2006, Samson sold merchandise to Eltro for $10,000 at a profit of $2,000. The merchandise was later resold by Eltro to outsiders for $15,000 during 2007. For consolidation purposes what is the minority interest’s share of Samson’s net income for 2006 and 2007 respectively?

  1. $23,400 and $27,600.
  2. $24,000 and $27,000.
  3. $24,600 and $26,400.
  4. $26,000 and $25,000.

the fair values of shaw rsquo s identifiable assets and liabilities were the same as 605562

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

On January 1, 2006, Ritt Corp. purchased 80% of Shaw Corp.’s $10 par common stock for $975,000. On this date, the carrying amount of Shaw’s net assets was $1,000,000. The fair values of Shaw’s identifiable assets and liabilities were the same as their carrying amounts except for plant assets (net) that were $100,000 in excess of the carrying amount. For the year ended December 31, 2006, Shaw had net income of $190,000 and paid cash dividends totaling $125,000.

In the January 1, 2006 consolidated balance sheet, goodwill should be reported at

  1. $0
  2. $ 75,000
  3. $ 95,000
  4. $175,000

In the December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet, minority interest should be reported at

  1. $200,000
  2. $213,000
  3. $220,000
  4. $233,000

on january 2 2007 pare co purchased 75 of kidd co rsquo s outstanding common stock s 605563

Items 1 through 3 are based on the following:

On January 2, 2007, Pare Co. purchased 75% of Kidd Co.’s outstanding common stock. Selected balance sheet data at December 31, 2007, is as follows:

Pare

Kidd

Total assets

$420,000

$180,000

Liabilities

$120,000

$ 60,000

Common stock

100,000

50,000

Retained earnings

200,000

70,000

$420,000

$180,000

During 2007 Pare and Kidd paid cash dividends of $25,000 and $5,000, respectively, to their shareholders. There were no other intercompany transactions.

In its December 31, 2007 consolidated statement of retained earnings, what amount should Pare report as dividends paid?

  1. $ 5,000
  2. $25,000
  3. $26,250
  4. $30,000

In Pare’s December 31, 2007 consolidated balance sheet, what amount should be reported as minority interest in net assets?

  1. $0
  2. $ 30,000
  3. $ 45,000
  4. $105,000

In its December 31, 2007 consolidated balance sheet, what amount should Pare report as common stock?

  1. $ 50,000
  2. $100,000
  3. $137,500
  4. $150,000

on july 1 2006 phillips issued common stock for an additional 75 of sago rsquo s out 605564

On September 1, 2005, Phillips, Inc. issued common stock in exchange for 20% of Sago, Inc.’s outstanding common stock. On July 1, 2006, Phillips issued common stock for an additional 75% of Sago’s outstanding common stock. Sago continues in existence as Phillips’ subsidiary. How much of Sago’s 2006 net income should be reported as accruing to Phillips?

  1. 20% of Sago’s net income to June 30 and all of Sago’s net income from July 1 to December 31.
  2. 20% of Sago’s net income to June 30 and 95% of Sago’s net income from July 1 to December 31.
  3. 95% of Sago’s net income.
  4. All of Sago’s net income.

what amount should be reported as gross profit in bee and cee rsquo s combined incom 605567

Ahm Corp. owns 90% of Bee Corp.’s common stock and 80% of Cee Corp.’s common stock. The remaining common shares of Bee and Cee are owned by their respective employees. Bee sells exclusively to Cee, Cee buys exclusively from Bee, and Cee sells exclusively to unrelated companies. Selected 2006 information for Bee and Cee follows:

Bee Corp.

Cee Corp.

Sales

$130,000

$91,000

Cost of sales

100,000

65,000

Beginning inventory

None

None

Ending inventory

None

65,000

What amount should be reported as gross profit in Bee and Cee’s combined income statement for the year ended December 31, 2006?

  1. $26,000
  2. $41,000
  3. $47,800
  4. $56,000

in the combined income statement of home office and branch for the year ended decemb 605568

The following information pertains to shipments of merchandise from Home Office to Branch during 2006:

Home Office’s cost of merchandise

$160,000

Intracompany billing

200,000

Sales by Branch

250,000

Unsold merchandise at Branch on December 31, 2006

20,000

In the combined income statement of Home Office and Branch for the year ended December 31, 2006, what amount of the above transactions should be included in sales?

  1. $250,000
  2. $230,000
  3. $200,000
  4. $180,000

what amount should reve report as net cash provided by financing activities 605503

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

In preparing its cash flow statement for the year ended December 31, 2006, Reve Co. collected the following data:

align=”left”>

Gain on sale of equipment

$ (6,000)

Proceeds from sale of equipment

10,000

Purchase of A.S., Inc. bonds (par value $200,000)

(180,000)

Amortization of bond discount

2,000

Dividends declared

(45,000)

Dividends paid

(38,000)

Proceeds from sale of treasury stock (carrying amount $65,000)

75,000

In its December 31, 2006 statement of cash flows,

What amount should Reve report as net cash used in investing activities?

  1. $170,000
  2. $176,000
  3. $188,000
  4. $194,000

What amount should Reve report as net cash provided by financing activities?

  1. $20,000
  2. $27,000
  3. $30,000
  4. $37,000

on july 1 2006 dewey co signed a twenty year building lease that it reported as a ca 605504

On July 1, 2006, Dewey Co. signed a twenty-year building lease that it reported as a capital lease. Dewey paid the monthly lease payments when due. How should Dewey report the effect of the lease payments in the financing activities section of its 2006 statement of cash flows?

  1. An inflow equal to the present value of future lease payments at July 1, 2006, less 2006 principal and interest payments.
  2. An outflow equal to the 2006 principal and interest payments on the lease.
  3. An outflow equal to the 2006 principal payments only.
  4. The lease payments should not be reported in the financing activities section.

flax corp uses the direct method to prepare its statement of cash flows flax rsquo s 605508

Items 1 through 5 are based on the following:

Flax Corp. uses the direct method to prepare its statement of cash flows. Flax’s trial balances at December 31, 2006 and 2005 are as follows:

December 31

2006

2005

Debits

Cash

$

35,000

$

32,000

Accounts receivable

33,000

30,000

Inventory

31,000

47,000

Property, plant, & equipment

100,000

95,000

Unamortized bond discount

4,500

5,000

Cost of goods sold

250,000

380,000

Selling expenses

141,500

172,000

General and administrative expenses

137,000

151,300

Interest expense

4,300

2,600

Income tax expense

20,400

61,200

$

756,700

$

976,100

Credits

Allowance for uncollectible accounts

$

1,300

$

1,100

Accumulated depreciation

16,500

15,000

Trade accounts payable

25,000

17,500

Income taxes payable

21,000

27,100

Deferred income taxes

5,300

4,600

8% callable bonds payable

45,000

20,000

Common stock

50,000

40,000

Additional paid-in capital

9,100

7,500

Retained earnings

44,700

64,600

Sales

538,800

778,700

$

756,700

$

976,100

  • Flax purchased $5,000 in equipment during 2006.
  • Flax allocated one third of its depreciation expense to selling expenses and the remainder to general and administrative expenses. There were no write-offs of accounts receivable during 2006.

What amounts should Flax report in its statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2006, for the following:

Cash collected from customers?

  1. $541,800
  2. $541,600
  3. $536,000
  4. $535,800

Cash paid for goods to be sold?

  1. $258,500
  2. $257,500
  3. $242,500
  4. $226,500

Cash paid for interest?

  1. $4,800
  2. $4,300
  3. $3,800
  4. $1,700

Cash paid for income taxes?

  1. $25,800
  2. $20,400
  3. $19,700
  4. $15,000

Cash paid for selling expenses?

  1. $142,000
  2. $141,500
  3. $141,000
  4. $140,000

a company rsquo s wages payable increased from the beginning to the end of the year 605510

A company’s wages payable increased from the beginning to the end of the year. In the company’s statement of cash flows in which the operating activities section is prepared under the direct method, the cash paid for wages would be

  1. Salary expense plus wages payable at the beginning of the year.
  2. Salary expense plus the increase in wages payable from the beginning to the end of the year.
  3. Salary expense less the increase in wages payable from the beginning to the end of the year.
  4. The same as salary expense.

metro inc reported net income of 150 000 for 2006 changes occurred in several balanc 605511

Metro, Inc. reported net income of $150,000 for 2006. Changes occurred in several balance sheet accounts during 2006 as follows:

align=”left”>

Investment in Videogold, Inc. stock, carried on the equity basis

$5,500 increase

Accumulated depreciation, caused by major repair to projection equipment

2,100 decrease

Premium on bonds payable

1,400 decrease

Deferred income tax liability (long-term)

1,800 increase

In Metro’s 2006 cash flow statement, the reported net cash provided by operating activities should be

  1. $150,400
  2. $148,300
  3. $144,900
  4. $142,800

lino rsquo s 2006 net income is 150 000 what amount should lino include as net cash 605512

Lino Co.’s worksheet for the preparation of its 2006 statement of cash flows included the following:

align=”left”>

December 31

January 1

Accounts receivable

$29,000

$23,000

Allowance for uncollectible accounts

1,000

800

Prepaid rent expense

8,200

12,400

Accounts payable

22,400

19,400

Lino’s 2006 net income is $150,000. What amount should Lino include as net cash provided by operating activities in the statement of cash flows?

  1. $151,400
  2. $151,000
  3. $148,600
  4. $145,400

the differences in beal inc rsquo s balance sheet accounts at december 31 2006 and 2 605517

Items 1 through 3 are based on the following:

The differences in Beal Inc.’s balance sheet accounts at December 31, 2006 and 2005, are presented below.

align=”left”>

Increase (Decrease)

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 120,000

Available-for-sale securities

300,000

Accounts receivable, net

Inventory

80,000

Long-term investments

(100,000)

Plant assets

700,000

Accumulated depreciation

$1,100,000

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

$ (5,000)

Dividends payable

160,000

Short-term bank debt

325,000

Long-term debt

110,000

Common stock, $10 par

100,000

Additional paid-in capital

120,000

Retained earnings

290,000

$1,100,000

The following additional information relates to 2006:

  • Net income was $790,000.
  • Cash dividends of $500,000 were declared.
  • Building costing $600,000 and having a carrying amount of $350,000 was sold for $350,000.
  • Equipment costing $110,000 was acquired through issuance of long-term debt.
  • A long-term investment was sold for $135,000. There were no other transactions affecting long-term investments.
  • 10,000 shares of common stock were issued for $22 a share.

In Beal’s 2006 statement of cash flows,

Net cash provided by operating activities was

  1. $1,160,000
  2. $1,040,000
  3. $ 920,000
  4. $ 705,000

Net cash used in investing activities was

  1. $1,005,000
  2. $1,190,000
  3. $1,275,000
  4. $1,600,000

Net cash provided by financing activities was

  1. $ 20,000
  2. $ 45,000
  3. $150,000
  4. $205,000

on april 1 2006 wall rsquo s inventory had a fair value of 150 000 and the property 605520

On April 1, 2006, Dart Co. paid $620,000 for all the issued and outstanding common stock of Wall Corp. The recorded assets and liabilities of Wall Corp. on April 1, 2006, follow:

Cash

$ 60,000

Inventory

180,000

Property and equipment (net of accumulated depreciation of $220,000)

320,000

Goodwill

100,000

Liabilities

(120,000)

Net assets

$ 540,000

On April 1, 2006, Wall’s inventory had a fair value of $150,000, and the property and equipment (net) had a fair value of $380,000. What is the amount of goodwill resulting from the business combination?

  1. $150,000
  2. $120,000
  3. $ 50,000
  4. $ 20,000

a business combination is accounted for as a purchase which of the following expense 605521

A business combination is accounted for as a purchase. Which of the following expenses related to the business combination should be included, in total, in the determination of net income of the combined corporation for the period in which the expenses are incurred?

Fees of finders and consultants

Registration fees for equity securities issued

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

Yes

No

c.

No

Yes

d.

No

No

on december 31 2006 saxe corporation was merged into poe corporation in the business 605523

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

On December 31, 2006, Saxe Corporation was merged into Poe Corporation. In the business combination, Poe issued 200,000 shares of its $10 par common stock, with a market price of $18 a share, for all of Saxe’s common stock. The stockholders’ equity section of each company’s balance sheet immediately before the combination was

Poe

Saxe

Common stock

3,000,000

$1,500,000

Additional paid-in capital

1,300,000

150,000

Retained earnings

2,500,000

850,000

$6,800,000

$2,500,000

In the December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet, additional paid-in capital should be reported at

  1. $ 950,000
  2. $1,300,000
  3. $1,450,000
  4. $2,900,000

In the December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet, common stock should be reported at

  1. $3,000,000
  2. $3,500,000
  3. $4,000,000
  4. $5,000,000

pdx corp acquired 100 of the outstanding common stock of sea corp in a purchase tran 605528

PDX Corp. acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of Sea Corp. in a purchase transaction. The cost of the acquisition exceeded the fair value of the identifiable assets and assumed liabilities. The general guidelines for assigning amounts to the inventories acquired provide for

  1. Raw materials to be valued at original cost.
  2. Work in process to be valued at the estimated selling prices of finished goods, less both costs to complete and costs of disposal.
  3. Finished goods to be valued at replacement cost.
  4. Finished goods to be valued at estimated selling prices, less both costs of disposal and a reasonable profit allowance.

company j acquired all of the outstanding common stock of company k in exchange for 605534

Company J acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Company K in exchange for cash. The acquisition price exceeds the fair value of net assets acquired. How should Company J determine the amounts to be reported for the plant and equipment and long-term debt acquired from Company K?

Plant and equipment

Long-term debt

a.

K’s carrying amount

K’s carrying amount

b.

K’s carrying amount

Fair value

c.

Fair value

K’s carrying amount

d.

Fair value

Fair value

in its december 31 2006 consolidated balance sheet what amount should wright report 605536

Wright Corp. has several subsidiaries that are included in its consolidated financial statements. In its December 31, 2006 trial balance, Wright had the following intercompany balances before eliminations:

Debit

Credit

Current receivable due from Main Co.

$ 32,000

Noncurrent receivable from Main

114,000

Cash advance to Corn Corp.

6,000

Cash advance from King Co.

$ 15,000

Intercompany payable to King

101,000

In its December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet, what amount should Wright report as intercompany receivables?

  1. $152,000
  2. $146,000
  3. $ 36,000
  4. $0

selected information from the separate and consolidated balance sheets and income st 605538

Items 1 through 4 are based on the following:

Selected information from the separate and consolidated balance sheets and income statements of Pard, Inc. and its subsidiary, Spin Co., as of December 31, 2006, and for the year then ended is as follows:

Pard

Spin

Consolidated

Balance sheet accounts

Accounts receivable

$ 26,000

$ 19,000

$ 39,000

Inventory

30,000

25,000

52,000

Investment in Spin

67,000

Goodwill

30,000

Minority interest

10,000

Stockholders’ equity

154,000

50,000

154,000

Income statement accounts

Revenues

$200,000

$140,000

$308,000

Cost of goods sold

150,000

110,000

231,000

Gross profit

50,000

30,000

77,000

Equity in earnings of Spin

11,000

Net income

36,000

20,000

40,000

Additional information

  • During 2006, Pard sold goods to Spin at the same markup on cost that Pard uses for all sales. At December 31, 2006, Spin had not paid for all of these goods and still held 37.5% of them in inventory.
  • Pard acquired its interest in Spin on January 2, 2005.

What was the amount of intercompany sales from Pard to Spin during 2006?

  1. $ 3,000
  2. $ 6,000
  3. $29,000
  4. $32,000

At December 31, 2006, what was the amount of Spin’s payable to Pard for intercompany sales?

  1. $ 3,000
  2. $ 6,000
  3. $29,000
  4. $32,000

In Pard’s consolidated balance sheet, what was the carrying amount of the inventory that Spin purchased from Pard?

  1. $ 3,000
  2. $ 6,000
  3. $ 9,000
  4. $12,000

What is the percent of minority interest ownership in Spin?

  1. 10%
  2. 20%
  3. 25%
  4. 45%

report the unamortized portion of the excess of the market value over the carrying a 605541

A subsidiary was acquired for cash in a business combination on January 1, 2006. The purchase price exceeded the fair value of identifiable net assets. The acquired company owned equipment with a market value in excess of the carrying amount as of the date of combination. A consolidated balance sheet prepared on December 31, 2006, would

  1. Report the unamortized portion of the excess of the market value over the carrying amount of the equipment as part of goodwill.
  2. Report the unamortized portion of the excess of the market value over the carrying amount of the equipment as part of plant and equipment.
  3. Report the excess of the market value over the carrying amount of the equipment as part of plant and equipment.
  4. Not report the excess of the market value over the carrying amount of the equipment because it would be expensed as incurred.

what percentage of the common stock cash dividends declared by the individual compan 605542

Pride, Inc. owns 80% of Simba, Inc.’s outstanding common stock. Simba, in turn, owns 10% of Pride’s outstanding common stock. What percentage of the common stock cash dividends declared by the individual companies should be reported as dividends declared in the consolidated financial statements?

Dividends declared by Pride

Dividends declared by Simba

a.

90%

0%

b.

90%

20%

c.

100%

0%

d.

100%

20%

during 2006 hadley declared and paid both the 2006 dividend and the 2005 dividend in 605464

For the last ten years, Woody Co. has owned cumulative preferred stock issued by Hadley, Inc. During 2006, Hadley declared and paid both the 2006 dividend and the 2005 dividend in arrears. How should Woody report the 2005 dividend in arrears that was received in 2006?

  1. As a reduction in cumulative preferred dividends receivable.
  2. As a retroactive change of the prior period financial statements.
  3. Include, net of income taxes, after 2006 income from continuing operations.
  4. Include in 2006 income from continuing operations.

how should deed report the receipt and distribution of the merchandise in its income 605465

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

Deed Co. owns 2% of Beck Cosmetic Retailers. A property dividend by Beck consisted of merchandise with a fair value lower than the listed retail price. Deed in turn gave the merchandise to its employees as a holiday bonus.

How should Deed report the receipt and distribution of the merchandise in its income statement?

  1. At fair value for both dividend revenue and employee compensation expense.
  2. At listed retail price for both dividend revenue and employee compensation expense.
  3. At fair value for dividend revenue and listed retail price for employee compensation expense.
  4. By disclosure only.

How should Deed report the receipt and distribution of the merchandise in its statement of cash flows?

  1. As both an inflow and outflow for operating activities.
  2. As both an inflow and outflow for investing activities.
  3. As an inflow for investing activities and outflow for operating activities.
  4. As a noncash activity.

as an available for sale investment and only a portion of ima rsquo s 2006 dividends 605466

Pal Corp.’s 2006 dividend revenue included only part of the dividends received from its Ima Corp. investment. Pal Corp. has an investment in Ima Corp. that it intends to hold indefinitely. The balance of the dividend reduced Pal’s carrying amount for its Ima investment. This reflects the fact that Pal accounts for its Ima investment

  1. As an available-for-sale investment, and only a portion of Ima’s 2006 dividends represent earnings after Pal’s acquisition.
  2. As an available-for-sale investment and its carrying amount exceeded the proportionate share of Ima’s market value.
  3. As an equity investment, and Ima incurred a loss in 2006.
  4. As an equity investment, and its carrying amount exceeded the proportionate share of Ima’s market value.

what amount should sun report as net unrealized loss on marketable debt securities i 605468

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

Sun Corp. had investments in marketable debt securities costing $650,000 that were classified as available-for-sale. On June 30, 2006, Sun decided to hold the investments to maturity and accordingly reclassified them to the held-to-maturity category on that date. The investments’ market value was $575,000 at December 31, 2005, $530,000 at June 30, 2006, and $490,000 at December 31, 2006.

What amount of loss from investments should Sun report in its 2006 income statement?

  1. $ 45,000
  2. $ 85,000
  3. $120,000
  4. $0

What amount should Sun report as net unrealized loss on marketable debt securities in its 2006 statement of stockholders’ equity?

  1. $ 40,000
  2. $ 45,000
  3. $160,000
  4. $120,000

during 2005 south earned 80 000 and paid dividends of 50 000 south reported earnings 605470

Items 1 through 3 are based on the following:

Grant, Inc. acquired 30% of South Co.’s voting stock for $200,000 on January 2, 2005. Grant’s 30% interest in South gave Grant the ability to exercise significant influence over South’s operating and financial policies. During 2005, South earned $80,000 and paid dividends of $50,000. South reported earnings of $100,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2006, and $200,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006. On July 1, 2006, Grant sold half of its stock in South for $150,000 cash. South paid dividends of $60,000 on October 1, 2006.

Before income taxes, what amount should Grant include in its 2005 income statement as a result of the investment?

  1. $15,000
  2. $24,000
  3. $50,000
  4. $80,000

In Grant’s December 31, 2005 balance sheet, what should be the carrying amount of this investment?

  1. $200,000
  2. $209,000
  3. $224,000
  4. $230,000

In its 2006 income statement, what amount should Grant report as gain from the sale of half of its investment?

  1. $24,500
  2. $30,500
  3. $35,000
  4. $45,500

dubro reported net income of 60 000 for the year ended december 31 2006 what amount 605471

Moss Corp. owns 20% of Dubro Corp.’s preferred stock and 80% of its common stock. Dubro’s stock outstanding at December 31, 2006, is as follows:

align=”left”>

10% cumulative preferred stock

$100,000

Common stock

700,000

Dubro reported net income of $60,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006. What amount should Moss record as equity in earnings of Dubro for the year ended December 31, 2006?

  1. $42,000
  2. $48,000
  3. $48,400
  4. $50,000

pear co rsquo s income statement for the year ended december 31 2006 as prepared by 605473

Pear Co.’s income statement for the year ended December 31, 2006, as prepared by Pear’s controller, reported income before taxes of $125,000. The auditor questioned the following amounts that had been included in income before taxes:

align=”left”>

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investment

$40,000

Equity in earnings of Cinn Co.

20,000

Dividends received from Cinn

8,000

Adjustments to profits of prior years for arithmetical errors in depreciation

(35,000)

Pear owns 40% of Cinn’s common stock. Pear’s December 31, 2006 income statement should report income before taxes of

  1. $ 85,000
  2. $117,000
  3. $112,000
  4. $152,000

this investment did not give saxe the ability to exercise significant influence over 605474

On January 2, 2006, Saxe Company purchased 20% of Lex Corporation’s common stock for $150,000. Saxe Corporation intends to hold the stock indefinitely. This investment did not give Saxe the ability to exercise significant influence over Lex. During 2006 Lex reported net income of $175,000 and paid cash dividends of $100,000 on its common stock. There was no change in the market value of the common stock during the year. The balance in Saxe’s investment in Lex Corporation account at December 31, 2006 should be

  1. $130,000
  2. $150,000
  3. $165,000
  4. $185,000

pod reported net income of 100 000 for 2006 and paid no dividends kean accounts for 605476

On January 2, 2006, Kean Co. purchased a 30% interest in Pod Co. for $250,000. On this date, Pod’s stockholders’ equity was $500,000. The carrying amounts of Pod’s identifiable net assets approximated their fair values, except for land whose fair value exceeded its carrying amount by $200,000. Pod reported net income of $100,000 for 2006, and paid no dividends. Kean accounts for this investment using the equity method. In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should Kean report as investment in subsidiary?

  1. $210,000
  2. $220,000
  3. $270,000
  4. $280,000

how do these excesses of fair values over carrying amounts affect park rsquo s repor 605480

Park Co. uses the equity method to account for its January 1, 2006 purchase of Tun Inc.’s common stock. On January 1, 2006, the fair values of Tun’s FIFO inventory and land exceeded their carrying amounts. How do these excesses of fair values over carrying amounts affect Park’s reported equity in Tun’s 2006 earnings?

align=”left”>

Inventory excess

Land excess

a.

Decrease

Decrease

b.

Decrease

No effect

c.

Increase

Increase

d.

Increase

No effect

an investor in common stock received dividends in excess of the investor rsquo s sha 605481

An investor in common stock received dividends in excess of the investor’s share of investee’s earnings subsequent to the date of the investment. How will the investor’s investment account be affected by those dividends for each of the following investments?

align=”left”>

Available-for-sale securities

Equity method investment

a.

No effect

No effect

b.

Decrease

No effect

c.

No effect

Decrease

d.

Decrease

Decrease

during october 2006 iona declared and paid a cash dividend on all of its outstanding 605483

On January 1, 2006, Point, Inc. purchased 10% of Iona Co.’s common stock. Point purchased additional shares bringing its ownership up to 40% of Iona’s common stock outstanding on August 1, 2006. During October 2006, Iona declared and paid a cash dividend on all of its outstanding common stock. How much income from the Iona investment should Point’s 2006 income statement report?

  1. 10% of Iona’s income for January 1 to July 31, 2006, plus 40% of Iona’s income for August 1 to December 31, 2006.
  2. 40% of Iona’s income for August 1 to December 31, 2006 only.
  3. 40% of Iona’s 2006 income.
  4. Amount equal to dividends received from Iona.

in its financial statements pulham corp uses the equity method of accounting for its 605484

In its financial statements, Pulham Corp. uses the equity method of accounting for its 30% ownership of Angles Corp. At December 31, 2006, Pulham has a receivable from Angles. How should the receivable be reported in Pulham’s 2006 financial statements?

  1. None of the receivable should be reported, but the entire receivable should be offset against Angles’ payable to Pulham.
  2. 70% of the receivable should be separately reported, with the balance offset against 30% of Angles’ payable to Pulham.
  3. The total receivable should be disclosed separately.
  4. The total receivable should be included as part of the investment in Angles, without separate disclosure.

during 2006 dividends of 6 000 were applied to increase the cash surrender value of 605489

In 2003, Chain, Inc. purchased a $1,000,000 life insurance policy on its president, of which Chain is the beneficiary. Information regarding the policy for the year ended December 31, 2006, follows:

align=”left”>

Cash surrender value, 1/1/06

$ 87,000

Cash surrender value, 12/31/06

108,000

Annual advance premium paid 1/1/06

40,000

During 2006, dividends of $6,000 were applied to increase the cash surrender value of the policy. What amount should Chain report as life insurance expense for 2006?

  1. $40,000
  2. $25,000
  3. $19,000
  4. $13,000

lake corporation rsquo s accounting records showed the following investments at janu 605492

Items 1 through 3 are based on the following data:

Lake Corporation’s accounting records showed the following investments at January 1, 2006:

align=”left”>

Common stock:

Kar Corp. (1,000 shares)

$ 10,000

Aub Corp. (5,000 shares)

100,000

Real estate:

Parking lot (leased to Day Co.)

300,000

Other:

Trademark (at cost, less accumulated amortization)

25,000

Total investments

$435,000

Lake owns 1% of Kar and 30% of Aub. Lake’s directors constitute a majority of Aub’s directors. The Day lease, which commenced on January 1, 2004, is for ten years, at an annual rental of $48,000. In addition, on January 1, 2004, Day paid a nonrefundable deposit of $50,000, as well as a security deposit of $8,000 to be refunded upon expiration of the lease. The trademark was licensed to Barr Co. for royalties of 10% of sales of the trademarked items. Royalties are payable semiannually on March 1 (for sales in July through December of the prior year), and on September 1 (for sales in January through June of the same year).

During the year ended December 31, 2006, Lake received cash dividends of $1,000 from Kar, and $15,000 from Aub, whose 2006 net incomes were $75,000 and $150,000, respectively. Lake also received $48,000 rent from Day in 2006 and the following royalties from Barr:

align=”left”>

March 1

September 1

2005

$3,000

$5,000

2006

4,000

7,000

Barr estimated that sales of the trademarked items would total $20,000 for the last half of 2006.

In Lake’s 2006 income statement, how much should be reported for dividend revenue?

  1. $16,000
  2. $ 2,400
  3. $ 1,000
  4. $ 150

In Lake’s 2006 income statement, how much should be reported for royalty revenue?

  1. $14,000
  2. $13,000
  3. $11,000
  4. $ 9,000

In Lake’s 2006 income statement, how much should be reported for rental revenue?

  1. $43,000
  2. $48,000
  3. $53,000
  4. $53,800

kale classifies investments with original maturities of three months or less as cash 605494

At December 31, 2006, Kale Co. had the following balances in the accounts it maintains at First State Bank:

align=”left”>

Checking account #101

$175,000

Checking account #201

(10,000)

Money market account

25,000

90-day certificate of deposit, due 2/28/07

50,000

180-day certificate of deposit, due 3/15/07

80,000

Kale classifies investments with original maturities of three months or less as cash equivalents. In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should Kale report as cash and cash equivalents?

  1. $190,000
  2. $200,000
  3. $240,000
  4. $320,000

alp inc had the following activities during 2006 605497

Alp, Inc. had the following activities during 2006:

  • Acquired 2,000 shares of stock in Maybel, Inc. for $26,000. Alp intends to hold the stock as a long-term investment.
  • Sold an investment in Rate Motors for $35,000 when the carrying value was $33,000.
  • Acquired a $50,000, four-year certificate of deposit from a bank. (During the year, interest of $3,750 was paid to Alp.)
  • Collected dividends of $1,200 on stock investments.

In Alp’s 2006 statement of cash flows, net cash used in investing activities should be

  1. $37,250
  2. $38,050
  3. $39,800
  4. $41,000

the cash paid for the new equipment exceeded the cash received for the old equipment 605500

On September 1, 2006, Canary Co. sold used equipment for a cash amount equaling its carrying amount for both book and tax purposes. On September 15, 2006, Canary replaced the equipment by paying cash and signing a note payable for new equipment. The cash paid for the new equipment exceeded the cash received for the old equipment. How should these equipment transactions be reported in Canary’s 2006 statement of cash flows?

  1. Cash outflow equal to the cash paid less the cash received.
  2. Cash outflow equal to the cash paid and note payable less the cash received.
  3. Cash inflow equal to the cash received and a cash outflow equal to the cash paid and note payable.
  4. Cash inflow equal to the cash received and a cash outflow equal to the cash paid.

assume that the assets are converted to cash at the estimated current values and the 605430

Kent Co. filed a voluntary bankruptcy petition on August 15, 2006, and the statement of affairs reflects the following amounts:

align=”left”>

Book value

Estimated current value

Assets

Assets pledged with fully secured creditors

$

300,000

$370,000

Assets pledged with partially secured creditors

180,000

120,000

Free assets

420,000

320,000

$

900,000

$810,000

align=”left”>

Liabilities

Liabilities with priority

$

70,000

Fully secured creditors

260,000

Partially secured creditors

200,000

Unsecured creditors

540,000

$

1,070,000

Assume that the assets are converted to cash at the estimated current values and the business is liquidated. What amount of cash will be available to pay unsecured nonpriority claims?

  1. $240,000
  2. $280,000
  3. $320,000
  4. $360,000

this truck was bought and paid for in the year before the bankruptcy what amount sho 605432

Kamy Corp. is in liquidation under of the Federal Bankruptcy Code. The bankruptcy trustee has established a new set of books for the bankruptcy estate. After assuming custody of the estate, the trustee discovered an unrecorded invoice of $1,000 for machinery repairs performed before the bankruptcy filing. In addition, a truck with a carrying amount of $20,000 was sold for $12,000 cash. This truck was bought and paid for in the year before the bankruptcy. What amount should be debited to estate equity as a result of these transactions?

  1. $0
  2. $1,000
  3. $8,000
  4. $9,000

immediately after the quasi reorganization what amount should brown report as additi 605436

The stockholders’ equity section of Brown Co.’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet consisted of the following:

align=”left”>

Common stock, $30 par, 10,000 shares authorized and outstanding

$300,000

Additional paid-in capital

150,000

Retained earnings (deficit)

(210,000)

On January 2, 2007, Brown put into effect a stockholder-approved quasi reorganization by reducing the par value of the stock to $5 and eliminating the deficit against additional paid-in capital. Immediately after the quasi reorganization, what amount should Brown report as additional paid-in capital?

  1. $ (60,000)
  2. $150,000
  3. $190,000
  4. $400,000

what amount should vail rsquo s retained earnings decrease as a result of issuance o 605437

On July 1, 2006, Vail Corp. issued rights to stockholders to subscribe to additional shares of its common stock. One right was issued for each share owned. A stockholder could purchase one additional share for 10 rights plus $15 cash. The rights expired on September 30, 2006. On July 1, 2006, the market price of a share with the right attached was $40, while the market price of one right alone was $2. Vail’s stockholders’ equity on June 30, 2006, comprised the following:

align=”left”>

Common stock, $25 par value, 4,000 shares issued and outstanding

$100,000

Additional paid-in capital

60,000

Retained earnings

80,000

By what amount should Vail’s retained earnings decrease as a result of issuance of the stock rights on July 1, 2006?

  1. $0
  2. $ 5,000
  3. $ 8,000
  4. $10,000

the stockholders exercised all warrants on march 1 2007 the shares had market prices 605439

On November 2, 2006, Finsbury, Inc. issued warrants to its stockholders giving them the right to purchase additional $20 par value common shares at a price of $30. The stockholders exercised all warrants on March 1, 2007. The shares had market prices of $33, $35, and $40 on November 2, 2006; December 31, 2006; and March 1, 2007, respectively. What were the effects of the warrants on Finsbury’s additional paid-in capital and net income?

align=”left”>

Additional paid-in capital

Net income

a.

Increased in 2007

No effect

b.

Increased in 2006

No effect

c.

Increased in 2007

Decreased in 2006 and 2007

d.

Increased in 2006

Decreased in 2006 and 2007

in fay rsquo s december 31 2006 balance sheet how much should be reported as a reduc 605441

Items 82 and 83 are based on the following:

On January 1, 2006, Fay Corporation established an employee stock ownership plan (ESOP). Selected transactions relating to the ESOP during 2006 were as follows:

  • On April 1, 2006, Fay contributed $30,000 cash and 3,000 shares of its $10 par common stock to the ESOP. On this date the market price of the stock was $18 a share.
  • On October 1, 2006, the ESOP borrowed $100,000 from Union National Bank and acquired 5,000 shares of Fay’s common stock in the open market at $17 a share. The note is for one year, bears interest at 10%, and is guaranteed by Fay.
  • On December 15, 2006, the ESOP distributed 6,000 shares of Fay common stock to employees of Fay in accordance with the plan formula.

In its 2006 income statement, how much should Fay report as compensation expense relating to the ESOP?

  1. $184,000
  2. $120,000
  3. $ 84,000
  4. $ 60,000

In Fay’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet, how much should be reported as a reduction of shareholders equity and as an endorsed note payable in respect of the ESOP?

align=”left”>

Reduction of shareholders equity

Endorsed note payable

a.

$0

$0

b.

$0

$100,000

c.

$100,000

$0

d.

$100,000

$100,000

what amount should zinc report as total stockholders rsquo equity in its december 31 605442

Zinc Co.’s adjusted trial balance at December 31, 2006, includes the following account balances:

align=”left”>

Common stock, $3 par

$600,000

Additional paid-in capital

800,000

Treasury stock, at cost

50,000

Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

20,000

Retained earnings: appropriated for uninsured earthquake losses

150,000

Retained earnings: unappropriated

200,000

What amount should Zinc report as total stockholders’ equity in its December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. $1,680,000
  2. $1,720,000
  3. $1,780,000
  4. $1,820,000

during 2006 ali rsquo s officers exercised stock options for 1 000 shares of stock a 605445

The following information pertains to Ali Corp. as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Liabilities

$ 60,000

Stockholders’ equity

$ 500,000

Shares of common stock issued and outstanding

10,000

Net income

$ 30,000

During 2006, Ali’s officers exercised stock options for 1,000 shares of stock at an option price of $8 per share. What was the effect of exercising the stock options?

  1. Debt to equity ratio decreased to 12%.
  2. Earnings per share increased by $0.33.
  3. Asset turnover increased to 5.4%.
  4. No ratios were affected.

irvington rsquo s return on common stockholders rsquo equity rounded to the nearest 605446

Selected information for Irvington Company is as follows:

align=”left”>

December 31

2005

2006

Preferred stock, 8%, par $100, non-convertible, noncumulative

$125,000

$125,000

Common stock

300,000

400,000

Retained earnings

75,000

185,000

Dividends paid on preferred stock for year ended

10,000

10,000

Net income for year ended

60,000

120,000

Irvington’s return on common stockholders’ equity, rounded to the nearest percentage point, for 2006 is

  1. 17%
  2. 19%
  3. 23%
  4. 25%

dividends in arrears on the preferred stock amount to 25 000 if hoyt were to be liqu 605447

Hoyt Corp.’s current balance sheet reports the following stockholders’ equity:

align=”left”>

5% cumulative preferred stock, par value $100 per share; 2,500 shares issued and outstanding

$250,000

Common stock, par value $3.50 per share; 100,000 shares issued and outstanding

350,000

Additional paid-in capital in excess of par value of common stock

125,000

Retained earnings

300,000

Dividends in arrears on the preferred stock amount to $25,000. If Hoyt were to be liquidated, the preferred stockholders would receive par value plus a premium of $50,000. The book value per share of common stock is

  1. $7.75
  2. $7.50
  3. $7.25
  4. $7.00

the equipment has a five year life during 2007 straw reported net income of 150 000 605450

Puff Co. acquired 40% of Straw, Inc.’s voting common stock on January 2, 2007, for $400,000. The carrying amount of Straw’s net assets at the purchase date totaled $900,000. Fair values equaled carrying amounts for all items except equipment, for which fair values exceeded carrying amounts by $100.000. The equipment has a five-year life. During 2007, Straw reported net income of $150,000. What amount of income from this investment should Puff report in its 2007 income statement?

  1. $40,000
  2. $52,000
  3. $56,000
  4. $60,000

what amount should tyne report as net unrealized loss on marketable equity securitie 605454

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

The following data pertains to Tyne Co.’s investments in marketable equity securities:

align=”left”>

Market value

Cost

12/31/06

12/31/05

Trading

$150,000

$155,000

$100,000

Available-for-sale

150,000

130,000

120,000

What amount should Tyne report as unrealized holding gain in its 2006 income statement?

  1. $50,000
  2. $55,000
  3. $60,000
  4. $65,000

What amount should Tyne report as net unrealized loss on marketable equity securities at December 31, 2006, in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity?

  1. $0
  2. $10,000
  3. $15,000
  4. $20,000

under the accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders rsquo equity sectio 605456

Information regarding Stone Co.’s portfolio of available-for-sale securities is as follows:

align=”left”>

Aggregate cost as of 12/31/06

$170,000

Unrealized gains as of 12/31/06

4,000

Unrealized losses as of 12/31/06

26,000

Net realized gains during 2006

30,000

At December 31, 2005, Stone reported an unrealized loss of $1,500 in other comprehensive income to reduce these securities to market. Under the accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity section of its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should Stone report?

  1. $26,000
  2. $22,000
  3. $20,500
  4. $0

during 2006 rex company purchased marketable equity securities as a short term inves 605458

During 2006, Rex Company purchased marketable equity securities as a short-term investment. These securities are classified as available-for-sale. The cost and market value at December 31, 2006, were as follows:

align=”left”>

Security

Cost

Market value

A—100 shares

$ 2,800

$ 3,400

B—1,000 shares

17,000

15,300

C—2,000 shares

31,500

29,500

$51,300

$48,200

Rex sold 1,000 shares of Company B stock on January 31, 2007, for $15 per share, incurring $1,500 in brokerage commission and taxes. On the sale, Rex should report a realized loss of

  1. $ 300
  2. $1,800
  3. $2,000
  4. $3,500

nola has a portfolio of marketable equity securities that it does not intend to sell 605460

Nola has a portfolio of marketable equity securities that it does not intend to sell in the near term. How should Nola classify these securities, and how should it report unrealized gains and losses from these securities?

align=”left”>

Classify as

Report as a

a.

Trading securities

Component of income from continuing operations

b.

Available-for-sale securities

Separate component of other comprehensive income

c.

Trading securities

Separate component of other comprehensive income

d.

Available-for-sale securities

Component of income from continuing operations

an unrealized loss was reported in 2005 as other comprehensive income a realized gai 605461

On December 29, 2006, BJ Co. sold a marketable equity security that had been purchased on January 4, 2005. BJ owned no other marketable equity security. An unrealized loss was reported in 2005 as other comprehensive income. A realized gain was reported in the 2006 income statement. Was the marketable equity security classified as available-for-sale and did its 2005 market price decline exceed its 2006 market price recovery?

align=”left”>

Available-for-sale

2005 market price decline exceeded 2006 market recovery

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

Yes

No

c.

No

Yes

d.

No

No

the loss on the knox investment was considered other than temporary and that on scot 605462

On January 10, 2006, Box, Inc. purchased marketable equity securities of Knox, Inc. and Scot, Inc., neither of which Box could significantly influence. Box classified both securities as available-for-sale. At December 31, 2006, the cost of each investment was greater than its fair market value. The loss on the Knox investment was considered other-than-temporary and that on Scot was considered temporary. How should Box report the effects of these investing activities in its 2006 income statement?

  1. I. Excess of cost of Knox stock over its market value.
  2. II. Excess of cost of Scot stock over its market value.
    1. a. An unrealized loss equal to I plus II.
    2. b. An unrealized loss equal to I only.
    3. c. A realized loss equal to I only.
    4. d. No income statement effect.

immediately before the 1 for 2 reverse stock split bart rsquo s additional paid in c 605397

On July 1, 2006, Bart Corporation has 200,000 shares of $10 par common stock outstanding and the market price of the stock is $12 per share. On the same date, Bart declared a 1-for-2 reverse stock split. The par of the stock was increased from $10 to $20 and one new $20 par share was issued for each two $10 par shares outstanding. Immediately before the 1-for-2 reverse stock split, Bart’s additional paid-in capital was $450,000. What should be the balance in Bart’s additional paid-in capital account immediately after the reverse stock split is effected?

  1. $0
  2. $450,000
  3. $650,000
  4. $850,000

also 2 000 000 of cash was restricted for the retirement of bonds due in 2007 in its 605399

At December 31, 2005, Eagle Corp. reported $1,750,000 of appropriated retained earnings for the construction of a new office building, which was completed in 2006 at a total cost of $1,500,000. In 2006, Eagle appropriated $1,200,000 of retained earnings for the construction of a new plant. Also, $2,000,000 of cash was restricted for the retirement of bonds due in 2007. In its 2006 balance sheet, Eagle should report what amount of appropriated retained earnings?

  1. $1,200,000
  2. $1,450,000
  3. $2,950,000
  4. $3,200,000

the option became exercisable on december 31 2008 after the employee completed two y 605402

On January 1, 2007, Doro Corp. granted an employee an option to purchase 3,000 shares of Doro’s $5 par value common stock at $20 per share. The option became exercisable on December 31, 2008, after the employee completed two years of service. The option was exercised on January 10, 2009. The market prices of Doro’s stock and stock options were as follows:

align=”left”>

Date

Market price of stock

Market price of similar stock option

January 1, 2007

$30

$8

December 31, 2008

50

9

January 10, 2009

45

11

For 2007, Doro should recognize compensation expense under SFAS 123(R) of

  1. $45,000
  2. $30,000
  3. $15,000
  4. $12,000

the fair value of a similar stock option with the same terms was 12 at the grant dat 605403

In connection with a stock option plan for the benefit of key employees, Ward Corp. intends to distribute treasury shares when the options are exercised. These shares were bought in 2006 at $42 per share. On January 1, 2007, Ward granted stock options for 10,000 shares at $38 per share as additional compensation for services to be rendered over the next three years. The options are exercisable during a four-year period beginning January 1, 2010, by grantees still employed by Ward. Market price of Ward’s stock was $47 per share at the grant date. The fair value of a similar stock option with the same terms was $12 at the grant date. No stock options were terminated during 2007. In Ward’s December 31, 2007 income statement, what amount should be reported as compensation expense pertaining to the options under SFAS 123(R)?

  1. $90,000
  2. $40,000
  3. $30,000
  4. $0

dean did not exercise any of the rights during 2007 the market price of morey rsquo 605405

On January 2, 2007, Morey Corp. granted Dean, its president, 20,000 stock appreciation rights for past services. Those rights are exercisable immediately and expire on January 1, 2010. On exercise, Dean is entitled to receive cash for the excess of the stock’s market price on the exercise date over the market price on the grant date. Dean did not exercise any of the rights during 2007. The market price of Morey’s stock was $30 on January 2, 2007, and $45 on December 31, 2007. As a result of the stock appreciation rights, Morey should recognize compensation expense for 2007 of

  1. $0
  2. $100,000
  3. $300,000
  4. $600,000

before payroll taxes what amount should wall recognize as expense in 2007 under sfas 605406

Wall Corp.’s employee stock purchase plan specifies the following:

  • For every $1 withheld from employees’ wages for the purchase of Wall’s common stock, Wall contributes $2.
  • The stock is purchased from Wall’s treasury stock at market price on the date of purchase.

The following information pertains to the plan’s 2007 transactions:

align=”left”>

Employee withholdings for the year

$

350,000

Market value of 150,000 shares issued

1,050,000

Carrying amount of treasury stock issued (cost)

900,000

Before payroll taxes, what amount should Wall recognize as expense in 2007 under SFAS 123(R) for the stock purchase plan?

  1. $1,050,000
  2. $ 900,000
  3. $ 700,000
  4. $ 550,000

the risk free interest rate is 6 and the stock is expected to pay dividends of 3 ann 605411

Shafer Corporation (a nonpublic company) established an employee stock option plan on January 1, 2007. The plan allows its employees to acquire 20,000 shares of its $5 par value common stock at $70 per share, when the market price is $75. The options may not be exercised until five years from the grant date. The risk-free interest rate is 6%, and the stock is expected to pay dividends of $3 annually. The fair value of a similar option at the grant date is $6.40. What is the amount of deferred compensation expense that should be recorded in year one under SFAS 123(R)?

  1. $ 20,000
  2. $ 25,000
  3. $100,000
  4. $128,000

on july 1 2007 jordan corp granted employees share based payments in the form of com 605413

On July 1, 2007, Jordan Corp. granted employees share-based payments in the form of compensatory stock options. How should Jordan account for the outstanding options in calculating earnings per share for 2007 if the options are not antidilutive?

  1. Include the options in the denominator of basic and diluted earnings per share for the entire year.
  2. Include the options in the denominator of diluted earnings per share for the entire year.
  3. Include the options in the denominator of diluted earnings per share weighted by number of months outstanding.
  4. Ignore the options in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

ute reported net income of 500 000 for the year ended december 31 2006 ute paid no p 605415

Ute Co. had the following capital structure during 2005 and 2006:

align=”left”>

Preferred stock, $10 par, 4% cumulative, 25,000 shares issued and outstanding

$ 250,000

Common stock, $5 par, 200,000 shares issued and outstanding

1,000,000

Ute reported net income of $500,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006. Ute paid no preferred dividends during 2005 and paid $16,000 in preferred dividends during 2006. In its December 31, 2006 income statement, what amount should Ute report as basic earnings per share?

  1. $2.42
  2. $2.45
  3. $2.48
  4. $2.50

what are the number of shares jet should use to calculate 2006 basic earnings per sh 605416

The following information pertains to Jet Corp.’s outstanding stock for 2006:

align=”left”>

Common stock, $5 par value

Shares outstanding, 1/1/06

20,000

2-for-1 stock split, 4/1/06

20,000

Shares issued, 7/1/06

10,000

Preferred stock, $10 par value, 5% cumulative

Shares outstanding, 1/1/06

4,000

What are the number of shares Jet should use to calculate 2006 basic earnings per share?

  1. 40,000
  2. 45,000
  3. 50,000
  4. 54,000

net income was 410 000 in 2006 and 350 000 in 2005 what amounts should strauch repor 605418

Strauch Co. has one class of common stock outstanding and no other securities that are potentially convertible into common stock. During 2005, 100,000 shares of common stock were outstanding. In 2006, two distributions of additional common shares occurred: On April 1, 20,000 shares of treasury stock were sold, and on July 1, a 2-for-1 stock split was issued. Net income was $410,000 in 2006 and $350,000 in 2005. What amounts should Strauch report as basic earnings per share in its 2006 and 2005 comparative income statements?

align=”left”>

2006

2005

a.

$1.78

$3.50

b.

$1.78

$1.75

c.

$2.34

$1.75

d.

$2.34

$3.50

should pack rsquo s 2006 basic earnings per share beps take into consideration the s 605420

On January 31, 2007, Pack, Inc. split its common stock 2 for 1, and Young, Inc. issued a 5% stock dividend. Both companies issued their December 31, 2006 financial statements on March 1, 2007. Should Pack’s 2006, basic earnings per share (BEPS) take into consideration the stock split, and should Young’s 2006 BEPS take into consideration the stock dividend?

align=”left”>

Pack’s 2006 BEPS

Young’s 2006 BEPS

a.

Yes

No

b.

No

No

c.

Yes

Yes

d.

No

Yes

the average market price of mann rsquo s common stock was 20 during 2006 what is the 605421

Mann, Inc. had 300,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005. On July 1, 2006, an additional 50,000 shares of common stock were issued for cash. Mann also had unexercised stock options to purchase 40,000 shares of common stock at $15 per share outstanding at the beginning and end of 2006. The average market price of Mann’s common stock was $20 during 2006. What is the number of shares that should be used in computing diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2006?

  1. 325,000
  2. 335,000
  3. 360,000
  4. 365,000

during 2006 peters paid dividends of 3 00 per share on its preferred stock the prefe 605422

Peters Corp.’s capital structure was as follows:

align=”left”>

December 31

2005

2006

Outstanding shares of stock:

Common

110,000

110,000

Convertible preferred

10,000

10,000

During 2006, Peters paid dividends of $3.00 per share on its preferred stock. The preferred shares are convertible into 20,000 shares of common stock and are considered common stock equivalents. Net income for 2006 was $850,000. Assume that the income tax rate is 30%. The diluted earnings per share for 2006 is

  1. $6.31
  2. $6.54
  3. $7.08
  4. $7.45

what is lomond rsquo s 2006 diluted earnings per share 605424

On June 30, 2005, Lomond, Inc. issued twenty $10,000, 7% bonds at par. Each bond was convertible into 200 shares of common stock. On January 1, 2006, 10,000 shares of common stock were outstanding. The bondholders converted all the bonds on July 1, 2006. The following amounts were reported in Lomond’s income statement for the year ended December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Revenues

$977,000

Operating expenses

920,000

Interest on bonds

7,000

Income before income tax

50,000

Income tax at 30%

15,000

Net income

$ 35,000

What is Lomond’s 2006 diluted earnings per share?

  1. $2.50
  2. $2.85
  3. $2.92
  4. $3.50

the effect of possible exercise of common stock options would have increased earning 605425

West Co. had earnings per share of $15.00 for 2006 before considering the effects of any convertible securities. No conversion or exercise of convertible securities occurred during 2006. However, possible conversion of convertible bonds, not considered common stock equivalents, would have reduced earnings per share by $0.75. The effect of possible exercise of common stock options would have increased earnings per share by $0.10. What amount should West report as diluted earnings per share for 2006?

  1. $14.25
  2. $14.35
  3. $15.00
  4. $15.10

in 2006 rand inc reported for financial statement purposes the following items which 605353

In 2006, Rand, Inc. reported for financial statement purposes the following items, which were not included in taxable income:

Installment gain to be collected equally in 2007 through 2009

$1,500,000

Estimated future warranty costs to be paid equally in 2007 through 2009

2,100,000

There were no temporary differences in prior years. Rand’s enacted tax rates are 30% for 2006 and 25% for 2007 through 2009.

In Rand’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amounts of the deferred tax asset should be classified as current and noncurrent?

Current

Noncurrent

a.

$60,000

$100,000

b.

$60,000

$120,000

c.

$50,000

$100,000

d.

$50,000

$120,000

which of the following should be reported in the company rsquo s most recent year en 605356

At the most recent year-end, a company had a deferred income tax liability arising from accelerated depreciation that exceeded a deferred income tax asset relating to rent received in advance which is expected to reverse in the next year. Which of the following should be reported in the company’s most recent year-end balance sheet?

  1. The excess of the deferred income tax liability over the deferred income tax asset as a noncurrent liability.
  2. The excess of the deferred income tax liability over the deferred income tax asset as a current liability.
  3. The deferred income tax liability as a noncurrent liability.
  4. The deferred income tax liability as a current liability.

as the difference between the tax computed on the item based on the amount used for 605358

The amount of income tax applicable to transactions that are not reported in the continuing operations section of the income statement is computed

  1. By multiplying the item by the effective income tax rate.
  2. As the difference between the tax computed based on taxable income without including the item and the tax computed based on taxable income including the item.
  3. As the difference between the tax computed on the item based on the amount used for financial reporting and the amount used in computing taxable income.
  4. By multiplying the item by the difference between the effective income tax rate and the statutory income tax rate.

chaise had no temporary differences the tax benefit of the loss carried forward redu 605359

No net deferred tax asset (i.e., deferred tax asset net of related valuation allowance) was recognized in the 2005 financial statements by the Chaise Company when a loss from discontinued operations was carried forward for tax purposes because it was more likely than not that none of this deferred tax asset would be realized. Chaise had no temporary differences. The tax benefit of the loss carried forward reduced current taxes payable on 2006 continuing operations. The 2006 income statement would include the tax benefit from the loss brought forward in

  1. Income from continuing operations.
  2. Gain or loss from discontinued operations.
  3. Extraordinary gains.
  4. Cumulative effect of accounting changes.

the provision for income taxes should be based on the proprietor rsquo s total taxab 605360

Which of the following statements is correct regarding the provision for income taxes in the financial statements of a sole proprietorship?

  1. The provision for income taxes should be based on business income using individual tax rates.
  2. The provision for income taxes should be based on business income using corporate tax rates.
  3. The provision for income taxes should be based on the proprietor’s total taxable income, allocated to the proprietorship at the percentage that business income bears to the proprietor’s total income.
  4. No provision for income taxes is required.

a corporation was organized in january 2006 with authorized capital of 10 par value 605364

A corporation was organized in January 2006 with authorized capital of $10 par value common stock. On February 1, 2006, shares were issued at par for cash. On March 1, 2006, the corporation’s attorney accepted 5,000 shares of the common stock in settlement for legal services with a fair value of $60,000. Additional paid-in capital would increase on

align=”left”>

February 1, 2006

March 1, 2006

a.

Yes

No

b.

Yes

Yes

c.

No

No

d.

No

Yes

on april 1 2006 hyde corp a newly formed company had the following stock issued and 605365

On April 1, 2006, Hyde Corp., a newly formed company, had the following stock issued and outstanding:

  • Common stock, no par, $1 stated value, 20,000 shares originally issued for $30 per share.
  • Preferred stock, $10 par value, 6,000 shares originally issued for $50 per share.

Hyde’s April 1, 2006 statement of stockholders’ equity should report

align=”left”>

Common stock

Preferred stock

Additional paid-in capital

a.

$ 20,000

$ 60,000

$820,000

b.

$ 20,000

$300,000

$580,000

c.

$600,000

$300,000

$0

d.

$600,000

$ 60,000

$240,000

lue co issued preferred stock with detachable common stock warrants at a price that 605369

Blue Co. issued preferred stock with detachable common stock warrants at a price that exceeded both the par value and the market value of the preferred stock. At the time the warrants are exercised, Blue’s total stockholders’ equity is increased by the

align=”left”>

Cash received upon exercise of the warrants

Carrying amount of warrants

a.

Yes

No

b.

Yes

Yes

c.

No

No

d.

No

Yes

on december 1 2006 shares of authorized common stock were issued on a subscription b 605371

On December 1, 2006, shares of authorized common stock were issued on a subscription basis at a price in excess of par value. A total of 20% of the subscription price of each share was collected as a down payment on December 1, 2006, with the remaining 80% of the subscription price of each share due in 2007. Collectibility was reasonably assured. At December 31, 2006, the stockholders’ equity section of the balance sheet would report additional paid-in capital for the excess of the subscription price over the par value of the shares of common stock subscribed and

  1. Common stock issued for 20% of the par value of the shares of common stock subscribed.
  2. Common stock issued for the par value of the shares of common stock subscribed.
  3. Common stock subscribed for 80% of the par value of the shares of common stock subscribed.
  4. Common stock subscribed for the par value of the shares of common stock subscribed.

seda uses the cost method to account for its treasury stock transactions what accoun 605372

In 2005, Seda Corp. acquired 6,000 shares of its $1 par value common stock at $36 per share. During 2006, Seda issued 3,000 of these shares at $50 per share. Seda uses the cost method to account for its treasury stock transactions. What accounts and amounts should Seda credit in 2006 to record the issuance of the 3,000 shares?

align=”left”>

Treasury stock

Additional paid-in capital

Retained earnings

Common stock

a.

$102,000

$42,000

$6,000

b.

$144,000

$6,000

c.

$108,000

$ 42,000

d.

$108,000

$42,000

at december 31 2006 what amount should rama show in notes to financial statements as 605373

At December 31, 2005, Rama Corp. had 20,000 shares of $1 par value treasury stock that had been acquired in 2005 at $12 per share. In May 2006, Rama issued 15,000 of these treasury shares at $10 per share. The cost method is used to record treasury stock transactions. Rama is located in a state where laws relating to acquisition of treasury stock restrict the availability of retained earnings for declaration of dividends. At December 31, 2006, what amount should Rama show in notes to financial statements as a restriction of retained earnings as a result of its treasury stock transactions?

  1. $ 5,000
  2. $10,000
  3. $60,000
  4. $90,000

cyan uses the cost method to record treasury stock net income for the year ended dec 605375

Cyan Corp. issued 20,000 shares of $5 par common stock at $10 per share. On December 31, 2005, Cyan’s retained earnings were $300,000. In March 2006, Cyan reacquired 5,000 shares of its common stock at $20 per share. In June 2006, Cyan sold 1,000 of these shares to its corporate officers for $25 per share. Cyan uses the cost method to record treasury stock. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2006, was $60,000. At December 31, 2006, what amount should Cyan report as retained earnings?

  1. $360,000
  2. $365,000
  3. $375,000
  4. $380,000

if dee uses the par value method of accounting for treasury stock appropriate for re 605377

On incorporation, Dee Inc. issued common stock at a price in excess of its par value. No other stock transactions occurred except treasury stock was acquired for an amount exceeding this issue price. If Dee uses the par value method of accounting for treasury stock appropriate for retired stock, what is the effect of the acquisition on the following?

align=”left”>

Net common stock

Additional paid-in capital

Retained earnings

a.

No effect

Decrease

No effect

b.

Decrease

Decrease

Decrease

c.

Decrease

No effect

Decrease

d.

No effect

Decrease

Decrease

posy corp acquired treasury shares at an amount greater than their par value but les 605378

Posy Corp. acquired treasury shares at an amount greater than their par value, but less than their original issue price. Compared to the cost method of accounting for treasury stock, does the par value method report a greater amount for additional paid-in capital and a greater amount for retained earnings?

align=”left”>

Additional paid-in capital

Retained earnings

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

Yes

No

c.

No

No

d.

No

Yes

in 2004 rona corp issued 5 000 shares of 10 par value common stock for 100 per share 605379

In 2004, Rona Corp. issued 5,000 shares of $10 par value common stock for $100 per share. In 2006, Rona reacquired 2,000 of its shares at $150 per share from the estate of one of its deceased officers and immediately canceled these 2,000 shares. Rona uses the cost method in accounting for its treasury stock transactions. In connection with the retirement of these 2,000 shares, Rona should debit

align=”left”>

Additional paid-in capital

Retained earnings

a.

$ 20,000

$280,000

b.

$100,000

$180,000

c.

$180,000

$100,000

d.

$280,000

$0

the 5 000 shares of preferred stock were retired immediately after the exchange whic 605380

The following accounts were among those reported on Luna Corp.’s balance sheet at December 31, 2005:

align=”left”>

Available-for-sale securities (market value $140,000)

$ 80,000

Preferred stock, $20 par value, 20,000 shares issued and outstanding

400,000

Additional paid-in capital on preferred stock

30,000

Retained earnings

900,000

On January 20, 2006, Luna exchanged all of the available-for-sale securities for 5,000 shares of Luna’s preferred stock. Market values at the date of the exchange were $150,000 for the available-for-sale securities and $30 per share for the preferred stock. The 5,000 shares of preferred stock were retired immediately after the exchange. Which of the following journal entries should Luna record in connection with this transaction?

align=”left”>

Debit

Credit

a.

Preferred stock

100,000

Additional paid-in capital on preferred stock

7,500

Retained earnings

42,500

Available-for-sale securities

80,000

Gain on exchange of securities

70,000

b.

Preferred stock

100,000

Additional paid-in capital on preferred stock

30,000

Available-for-sale securities

80,000

Additional paid-in capital from retirement of preferred stock

50,000

c.

Preferred stock

150,000

Available-for-sale securities

80,000

Additional paid-in capital on preferred stock

70,000

d.

Preferred stock

150,000

Available-for-sale securities

80,000

Gain on exchange of securities

70,000

before recording the cancellation of the treasury stock pack had the following balan 605381

On December 31, 2006, Pack Corp.’s board of directors canceled 50,000 shares of $2.50 par value common stock held in treasury at an average cost of $13 per share. Before recording the cancellation of the treasury stock, Pack had the following balances in its stockholders’ equity accounts:

align=”left”>

Common stock

$540,000

Additional paid-in capital

750,000

Retained earnings

900,000

Treasury stock, at cost

650,000

In its balance sheet at December 31, 2006, Pack should report a common stock balance of

  1. $0
  2. $250,000
  3. $415,000
  4. $540,000

east declared a dividend of 100 000 on april 1 2006 and issued promissory notes to i 605386

East Corp., a calendar-year company, had sufficient retained earnings in 2006 as a basis for dividends, but was temporarily short of cash. East declared a dividend of $100,000 on April 1, 2006, and issued promissory notes to its stockholders in lieu of cash. The notes, which were dated April 1, 2006, had a maturity date of March 31, 2007, and a 10% interest rate. How should East account for the scrip dividend and related interest?

  1. Debit retained earnings for $110,000 on April 1, 2006.
  2. Debit retained earnings for $110,000 on March 31, 2007.
  3. Debit retained earnings for $100,000 on April 1, 2006, and debit interest expense for $10,000 on March 31, 2007.
  4. Debit retained earnings for $100,000 on April 1, 2006, and debit interest expense for $7,500 on December 31, 2006.

on january 2 2006 lake mining co rsquo s board of directors declared a cash dividend 605387

On January 2, 2006, Lake Mining Co.’s board of directors declared a cash dividend of $400,000 to stockholders of record on January 18, 2006, payable on February 10, 2006. The dividend is permissible under law in Lake’s state of incorporation. Selected data from Lake’s December 31, 2005 balance sheet are as follows:

align=”left”>

Accumulated depletion

$100,000

Capital stock

500,000

Additional paid-in capital

150,000

Retained earnings

300,000

The $400,000 dividend includes a liquidating dividend of

  1. $0
  2. $100,000
  3. $150,000
  4. $300,000

when marks converts his forecasted income statement data into u s dollars the 2008 g 605296

Romulus Corp. is a U.S.-based company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Romulus Corp. has two European subsidiaries: Julius and Augustus. Anthony Marks, CFA, is an analyst trying to forecast Romulus’s 2008 results. Marks has prepared separate forecasts for both Julius and Augustus, as well as for Romulus’s other operations (prior to consolidating the results.) He is now considering the impact of currency translation on the results of both the subsidiaries and the parent company’s consolidated financials. His research has provided the following insights:

• The results for Julius will be translated into U.S. dollars using the current rate method.

• The results for Augustus will be translated into U.S. dollars using the temporal method.

• Both Julius and Augustus use the FIFO method to account for inventory.

• Julius had year-end 2007 inventory of 340 million. Marks believes Julius will report 2300 in sales and 1400 in cost of sales in 2008.

Marks also forecasts the 2008 year-end balance sheet for Julius (Exhibit 16-11). Data and forecasts related to euro/dollar exchange rates are presented in Exhibit 16-12.

EXHIBIT 16-11 Forecasted Balance Sheet Data for Julius, 31 December 2008 ( millions)

Cash

50

Accounts receivable

100

Inventory

700

Fixed assets

1,450

Total assets

2,300

Liabilities

700

Common stock

1,500

Retained earning

100

Total liabilities and Shareholders” equity

2,300

EXHIBIT 16-12 Exchange Rates ($/)

31 December 2007

1.47

31 December 2008

1.61

2008.average

1.54

Rate when fixed assets were acquired

1.25

Rate when 2007 inventory was acquired

1.39

Rate when 2008 inventory was acquired

1.49

When Marks converts his forecasted income statement data into U.S. dollars, the 2008 gross profit margin for Julius will be closest to

a. 39.1 percent.

b. 40.9 percent.

c. 44.6 percent.

compared to using the singapore dollar as acceletron rsquo s functional currency for 605298

Redline Products, Inc. is a U.S.-based multinational with subsidiaries around the world. One such subsidiary, Acceletron, operates in Singapore, which has seen mild but not excessive rates of inflation. Acceletron was acquired in 2000 and has never paid a dividend. It records inventory using the FIFO method.

Chief Financial Officer Margot Villiers was asked by Redline’s Board of Directors to explain how the functional currency selection and other accounting choices affect Redline’s consolidated financial statements. She gathers Acceletron’s financial statements denominated in Singapore dollars (SGD) in Exhibit 16-13 and the U.S. dollar/Singapore dollar exchange rates in Exhibit 16-14. She does not intend to identify the functional currency actually in use, but rather to use Acceletron as an example of how the choice of functional currency affects the consolidated statements.

EXHIBIT 16-13 Selected Financial Data for Acceletron, 31 December 2007 (SGD millions)

Cash

SGD

125

Accounts receivable

230

Inventory

500

Fixed assets

1,640

Accumulated depreciation

(205)

Total assets

SGD

2,290

Accounts payable

185

Long term debt

200

Common stock

620

Retained earnings

1,285

Total liabilities and equity

2,290

Total revenues

SGD

4,800

Net income

SGD

450

EXHIBIT 16-14 Exchange Rates Applicable to Acceletron

Exchange Rate in Effect at Specific Times

USD per SGD

Rate when first 1,000 of fixed assets were acquired

0.568

Rate when remaining 640 of Fixed assets were acquired

0.606

Rate when long-term debt was issued

0.588

31 December 2006

0.649

Weighted average rate when inventory was. acquired

0.654

Average rate in 2007

0.642

31 December 2007

0.671

Compared to using the Singapore dollar as Acceletron’s functional currency for 2007, if the U.S. dollar were the functional currency it is most likely that Redline’s consolidated

a. inventories will be higher.

b. receivable turnover will be lower.

c. fixed-asset turnover will be higher.

if the u s dollar were chosen as the functional currency for acceletron in 2007 redl 605299

Redline Products, Inc. is a U.S.-based multinational with subsidiaries around the world. One such subsidiary, Acceletron, operates in Singapore, which has seen mild but not excessive rates of inflation. Acceletron was acquired in 2000 and has never paid a dividend. It records inventory using the FIFO method.

Chief Financial Officer Margot Villiers was asked by Redline’s Board of Directors to explain how the functional currency selection and other accounting choices affect Redline’s consolidated financial statements. She gathers Acceletron’s financial statements denominated in Singapore dollars (SGD) in Exhibit 16-13 and the U.S. dollar/Singapore dollar exchange rates in Exhibit 16-14. She does not intend to identify the functional currency actually in use, but rather to use Acceletron as an example of how the choice of functional currency affects the consolidated statements.

EXHIBIT 16-13 Selected Financial Data for Acceletron, 31 December 2007 (SGD millions)

Cash

SGD

125

Accounts receivable

230

Inventory

500

Fixed assets

1,640

Accumulated depreciation

(205)

Total assets

SGD

2,290

Accounts payable

185

Long term debt

200

Common stock

620

Retained earnings

1,285

Total liabilities and equity

2,290

Total revenues

SGD

4,800

Net income

SGD

450

EXHIBIT 16-14 Exchange Rates Applicable to Acceletron

Exchange Rate in Effect at Specific Times

USD per SGD

Rate when first 1,000 of fixed assets were acquired

0.568

Rate when remaining 640 of Fixed assets were acquired

0.606

Rate when long-term debt was issued

0.588

31 December 2006

0.649

Weighted average rate when inventory was. acquired

0.654

Average rate in 2007

0.642

31 December 2007

0.671

If the U.S. dollar were chosen as the functional currency for Acceletron in 2007, Redline could reduce its balance sheet exposure to exchange rates by

a. selling SGD 30 of fixed-assets for cash.

b. issuing SGD 30 of long-term debt to buy fixed assets.

c. issuing SGD 30 in short-term debt to purchase marketable securities.

if the current rate method is used to translate acceletron rsquo s financial stateme 605301

Redline Products, Inc. is a U.S.-based multinational with subsidiaries around the world. One such subsidiary, Acceletron, operates in Singapore, which has seen mild but not excessive rates of inflation. Acceletron was acquired in 2000 and has never paid a dividend. It records inventory using the FIFO method.

Chief Financial Officer Margot Villiers was asked by Redline’s Board of Directors to explain how the functional currency selection and other accounting choices affect Redline’s consolidated financial statements. She gathers Acceletron’s financial statements denominated in Singapore dollars (SGD) in Exhibit 16-13 and the U.S. dollar/Singapore dollar exchange rates in Exhibit 16-14. She does not intend to identify the functional currency actually in use, but rather to use Acceletron as an example of how the choice of functional currency affects the consolidated statements.

EXHIBIT 16-13 Selected Financial Data for Acceletron, 31 December 2007 (SGD millions)

Cash

SGD

125

Accounts receivable

230

Inventory

500

Fixed assets

1,640

Accumulated depreciation

(205)

Total assets

SGD

2,290

Accounts payable

185

Long term debt

200

Common stock

620

Retained earnings

1,285

Total liabilities and equity

2,290

Total revenues

SGD

4,800

Net income

SGD

450

EXHIBIT 16-14 Exchange Rates Applicable to Acceletron

Exchange Rate in Effect at Specific Times

USD per SGD

Rate when first 1,000 of fixed assets were acquired

0.568

Rate when remaining 640 of Fixed assets were acquired

0.606

Rate when long-term debt was issued

0.588

31 December 2006

0.649

Weighted average rate when inventory was. acquired

0.654

Average rate in 2007

0.642

31 December 2007

0.671

If the current rate method is used to translate Acceletron’s financial statements into U.S. dollars, Redline’s consolidated financial statements will most likely include Acceletron’s

a. $3,178 in revenues.

b. $118 in long-term debt.

c. negative translation adjustment to shareholder equity.

when translating acceletron rsquo s financial statements into u s dollars redline is 605303

Redline Products, Inc. is a U.S.-based multinational with subsidiaries around the world. One such subsidiary, Acceletron, operates in Singapore, which has seen mild but not excessive rates of inflation. Acceletron was acquired in 2000 and has never paid a dividend. It records inventory using the FIFO method.

Chief Financial Officer Margot Villiers was asked by Redline’s Board of Directors to explain how the functional currency selection and other accounting choices affect Redline’s consolidated financial statements. She gathers Acceletron’s financial statements denominated in Singapore dollars (SGD) in Exhibit 16-13 and the U.S. dollar/Singapore dollar exchange rates in Exhibit 16-14. She does not intend to identify the functional currency actually in use, but rather to use Acceletron as an example of how the choice of functional currency affects the consolidated statements.

EXHIBIT 16-13 Selected Financial Data for Acceletron, 31 December 2007 (SGD millions)

Cash

SGD

125

Accounts receivable

230

Inventory

500

Fixed assets

1,640

Accumulated depreciation

(205)

Total assets

SGD

2,290

Accounts payable

185

Long term debt

200

Common stock

620

Retained earnings

1,285

Total liabilities and equity

2,290

Total revenues

SGD

4,800

Net income

SGD

450

EXHIBIT 16-14 Exchange Rates Applicable to Acceletron

Exchange Rate in Effect at Specific Times

USD per SGD

Rate when first 1,000 of fixed assets were acquired

0.568

Rate when remaining 640 of Fixed assets were acquired

0.606

Rate when long-term debt was issued

0.588

31 December 2006

0.649

Weighted average rate when inventory was. acquired

0.654

Average rate in 2007

0.642

31 December 2007

0.671

When translating Acceletron’s financial statements into U.S. dollars, Redline is least likely to use an exchange rate of USD per SGD

a. 0.671.

b. 0.588.

c. 0.654.

rodrigue rsquo s cash flow based accruals ratio in 2007 was closest to 605309

Rodrigue SA reported the following financial statement data for the year ended 2007:

Average net operating assets

39,000

Net income

14,000

Cash flow from operating activity

17,300

Cash flow From investing activity

(12,400)

Rodrigue’s cash-flow-based accruals ratio in 2007 was closest to

a. -8.5%.

b. -19.1%.

c. 23.3%.

caleb corporation has three financial statement elements for which the december 31 2 605324

Caleb Corporation has three financial statement elements for which the December 31, 2006, book value is different than the December 31, 2006, tax basis

Book value

Tax basis

Difference

Equipment

$200,000

$120,000

$80,000

Prepaid officers insurance policy

75,000

0

75,000

Warranty liability

50,000

0

50,000

As a result of these differences, future taxable amounts are

  1. $ 50,000
  2. $ 80,000
  3. $155,000
  4. $205,000

if the alternative minimum tax provisions are ignored what amount of current federal 605327

Dunn Co.’s 2006 income statement reported $90,000 income before provision for income taxes. To compute the provision for federal income taxes, the following 2006 data are provided:

Rent received in advance

$16,000

Income from exempt municipal bonds

20,000

Depreciation deducted for income tax purposes in excess of depreciation reported for financial statements purposes

10,000

Enacted corporate income tax rate

30

%

If the alternative minimum tax provisions are ignored, what amount of current federal income tax liability should be reported in Dunn’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. $18,000
  2. $22,800
  3. $25,800
  4. $28,800

what amount should pine report as its current federal income tax liability on its de 605328

Pine Corp.’s books showed pretax income of $800,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006. In the computation of federal income taxes, the following data were considered:

Gain on an involuntary conversion

$350,000

(Pine has elected to replace the property within the statutory period using total proceeds.)

Depreciation deducted for the tax purposes in excess of depreciation deducted for book purposes

50,000

Federal estimated tax payments, 2006

70,000

Enacted federal tax rates, 2006

30

%

What amount should Pine report as its current federal income tax liability on its December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. $ 50,000
  2. $ 65,000
  3. $120,000
  4. $135,000

the income tax rate is 30 for 2005 and future years there are no other temporary or 605330

Tower Corp. began operations on January 1, 2005. For financial reporting, Tower recognizes revenues from all sales under the accrual method. However, in its income tax returns, Tower reports qualifying sales under the installment method. Tower’s gross profit on these installment sales under each method was as follows:

Year

Accrual method

Installment method

2005

$1,600,000

$ 600,000

2006

2,600,000

1,400,000

The income tax rate is 30% for 2005 and future years. There are no other temporary or permanent differences. In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should Tower report as a liability for deferred income taxes?

  1. $840,000
  2. $660,000
  3. $600,000
  4. $360,000

the income tax rate was 30 for 2004 through 2006 for years after 2006 the enacted ta 605332

Mill, which began operations on January 1, 2004, recognizes income from long-term construction contracts under the percentage-of-completion method in its financial statements and under the completed-contract method for income tax reporting. Income under each method follows:

Year

Completed-contract

Percentage-of-completion

2004

$

$300,000

2005

400,000

600,000

2006

700,000

850,000

The income tax rate was 30% for 2004 through 2006. For years after 2006, the enacted tax rate is 25%. There are no other temporary differences. Mill should report in its December 31, 2006 balance sheet a deferred income tax liability of

  1. $ 87,500
  2. $105,000
  3. $162,500
  4. $195,000

in its 2006 income statement what amount should zeff report as income tax expense md 605333

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

Zeff Co. prepared the following reconciliation of its pretax financial statement income to taxable income for the year ended December 31, 2006, its first year of operations:

Pretax financial income

$160,000

Nontaxable interest received on municipal securities

(5,000)

Long-term loss accrual in excess of deductible amount

10,000

Depreciation in excess of financial statement amount

(25,000)

Taxable income

$140,000

Zeff’s tax rate for 2006 is 40%.

In its 2006 income statement, what amount should Zeff report as income tax expense—current portion?

  1. $52,000
  2. $56,000
  3. $62,000
  4. $64,000

In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what should Zeff report as deferred income tax liability?

  1. $2,000
  2. $4,000
  3. $6,000
  4. $8,000

black co organized on january 2 2006 had pretax accounting income of 500 000 and tax 605335

Black Co., organized on January 2, 2006, had pretax accounting income of $500,000 and taxable income of $800,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006. The only temporary difference is accrued product warranty costs that are expected to be paid as follows:

2007

$100,000

2008

50,000

2009

50,000

2010

100,000

Black has never had any net operating losses (book or tax) and does not expect any in the future. There were no temporary differences in prior years. The enacted income tax rates are 35% for 2006, 30% for 2007 through 2009, and 25% for 2010. In Black’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet, the deferred income tax asset should be

  1. $ 60,000
  2. $ 70,000
  3. $ 85,000
  4. $105,000

at december 31 2006 shin determined that it was more likely than not that 10 of the 605345

On its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, Shin Co. had income taxes payable of $13,000 and a current deferred tax asset of $20,000 before determining the need for a valuation account. Shin had reported a current deferred tax asset of $15,000 at December 31, 2005. No estimated tax payments were made during 2006. At December 31, 2006, Shin determined that it was more likely than not that 10% of the deferred tax asset would not be realized. In its 2006 income statement, what amount should Shin report as total income tax expense?

  1. $ 8,000
  2. $ 8,500
  3. $10,000
  4. $13,000

leer corp rsquo s pretax income in 2006 was 100 000 the temporary differences betwee 605348

Leer Corp.’s pretax income in 2006 was $100,000. The temporary differences between amounts reported in the financial statements and the tax return are as follows:

  • Depreciation in the financial statements was $8,000 more than tax depreciation.
  • The equity method of accounting resulted in financial statement income of $35,000. A $25,000 dividend was received during the year, which is eligible for the 80% dividends received deduction.

Leer’s effective income tax rate was 30% in 2006. In its 2006 income statement, Leer should report a current provision for income taxes of

  1. $26,400
  2. $23,400
  3. $21,900
  4. $18,600

when filing its 2005 tax return dix did not elect to forego the carryback of its los 605349

Dix, Inc., a calendar-year corporation, reported the following operating income (loss) before income tax for its first three years of operations:

2004

$100,000

2005

(200,000)

2006

400,000

There are no permanent or temporary differences between operating income (loss) for financial and income tax reporting purposes. When filing its 2005 tax return, Dix did not elect to forego the carryback of its loss for 2005. Assume a 40% tax rate for all years. What amount should Dix report as its income tax liability at December 31, 2006?

  1. $160,000
  2. $120,000
  3. $ 80,000
  4. $ 60,000

in its 2006 income statement what amount should town report as the reduction of loss 605350

Town, a calendar-year corporation incorporated in January 2004, experienced a $600,000 net operating loss (NOL) in 2006 due to a prolonged strike. Town never had a strike in the past that significantly affected its income and does not expect such a strike in the future. Additionally, there is no other negative evidence concerning future operating income. For the years 2004-2006, Town reported a taxable income in each year, and a total of $450,000 for the two years. Assume that: (1) there is no difference between pretax accounting income and taxable income for all years, (2) the income tax rate is 40% for all years, (3) the NOL will be carried back to the profit years 2004-2006 to the extent of $450,000, and $150,000 will be carried forward to future periods. In its 2006 income statement, what amount should Town report as the reduction of loss due to NOL carryback and carryforward?

  1. $240,000
  2. $180,000
  3. $270,000
  4. $360,000

in bishop rsquo s 2006 income statement how much should be reported as current incom 605351

Bishop Corporation began operations in 2004 and had operating losses of $200,000 in 2004 and $150,000 in 2005. For the year ended December 31, 2006, Bishop had pretax book income of $300,000. For the three-year period 2004 to 2006, assume an income tax rate of 40% and no permanent or temporary differences between book and taxable income. Because Bishop began operations in 2004, the entire amount of deferred tax assets recognized in 2004 and 2005 were offset with amounts added to the allowance account. In Bishop’s 2006 income statement, how much should be reported as current income tax expense?

  1. $0
  2. $ 40,000
  3. $ 60,000
  4. $120,000

additionally there was more negative evidence than positive evidence concerning prof 605352

Mobe Co. reported the following operating income (loss) for its first three years of operations:

2004

$ 300,000

2005

(700,000)

2006

1,200,000

For each year, there were no deferred income taxes, and Mobe’s effective income tax rate was 30%. In its 2005 income tax return, Mobe elected to carry back the maximum amount of loss possible. Additionally, there was more negative evidence than positive evidence concerning profitability for Mobe in 2006. In its 2006 income statement, what amount should Mobe report as total income tax expense?

  1. $120,000
  2. $150,000
  3. $240,000
  4. $360,000

the balance sheet carrying value of confabulated rsquo s investment portfolio in tho 605268

Burton Howard, CFA, is an equity analyst with Maplewood Securities. Howard is preparing a research report on Confabulated Materials, SA, a publicly traded company based in France that complies with IFRS. As part of his analysis, Howard has assembled data gathered from the financial statement footnotes of Confabulated’s 2008 annual report and from discussions with company management. Howard is concerned about the effect of this information on Confabulated’s future earnings.

Information about Confabulated’s investment portfolio for the years ended 31 December 2007 and 2008 is presented in Exhibit 15-11. As part of his research, Howard is considering the possible effect on reported income of Confabulated’s accounting classification for fixed income investments.

EXHIBIT 15-11 Confabulated’s Investment Portfolio ( thousands)

Characteristic

Bugle AG

Cathay Corp,

Dumas SA

Classification

Available for-sale

Held-to-maturity

Held-to-maturity

Cost

25,000

40,000

50,000

Market value,

29,000

38,000

54,000

31 December 2007

Market value.

28,000

37,000

55,000

31 December 2008

In addition, Confabulated’s financial reports discuss a transaction under which receivables were factored through an SPE for Confabulated’s benefit.

The balance sheet carrying value of Confabulated’s investment portfolio (in thousands) at 31 December 2008 is closest to

a. 112,000.

b. 115,000.

c. 118,000.

the balance sheet carrying value of confabulated rsquo s investment portfolio in tho 605269

Burton Howard, CFA, is an equity analyst with Maplewood Securities. Howard is preparing a research report on Confabulated Materials, SA, a publicly traded company based in France that complies with IFRS. As part of his analysis, Howard has assembled data gathered from the financial statement footnotes of Confabulated’s 2008 annual report and from discussions with company management. Howard is concerned about the effect of this information on Confabulated’s future earnings.

Information about Confabulated’s investment portfolio for the years ended 31 December 2007 and 2008 is presented in Exhibit 15-11. As part of his research, Howard is considering the possible effect on reported income of Confabulated’s accounting classification for fixed income investments.

EXHIBIT 15-11 Confabulated’s Investment Portfolio ( thousands)

Characteristic

Bugle AG

Cathay Corp,

Dumas SA

Classification

Available for-sale

Held-to-maturity

Held-to-maturity

Cost

25,000

40,000

50,000

Market value,

29,000

38,000

54,000

31 December 2007

Market value.

28,000

37,000

55,000

31 December 2008

In addition, Confabulated’s financial reports discuss a transaction under which receivables were factored through an SPE for Confabulated’s benefit.

The balance sheet carrying value of Confabulated’s investment portfolio (in thousands) at 31 December 2008 would have been higher if which of the securities had been reclassified as a held-for-trading security?

a. Bugle.

b. Cathay.

c. Dumas.

compared to confabulated rsquo s reported interest income in 2009 if dumas had been 605270

Burton Howard, CFA, is an equity analyst with Maplewood Securities. Howard is preparing a research report on Confabulated Materials, SA, a publicly traded company based in France that complies with IFRS. As part of his analysis, Howard has assembled data gathered from the financial statement footnotes of Confabulated’s 2008 annual report and from discussions with company management. Howard is concerned about the effect of this information on Confabulated’s future earnings.

Information about Confabulated’s investment portfolio for the years ended 31 December 2007 and 2008 is presented in Exhibit 15-11. As part of his research, Howard is considering the possible effect on reported income of Confabulated’s accounting classification for fixed income investments.

EXHIBIT 15-11 Confabulated’s Investment Portfolio ( thousands)

Characteristic

Bugle AG

Cathay Corp,

Dumas SA

Classification

Available for-sale

Held-to-maturity

Held-to-maturity

Cost

25,000

40,000

50,000

Market value,

29,000

38,000

54,000

31 December 2007

Market value.

28,000

37,000

55,000

31 December 2008

In addition, Confabulated’s financial reports discuss a transaction under which receivables were factored through an SPE for Confabulated’s benefit.

Compared to Confabulated’s reported interest income in 2009, if Dumas had been classified as available-for-sale, the interest income would have been

a. lower.

b. the same.

c. higher.

compared to confabulated rsquo s reported earnings before taxes in 2009 if bugle had 605271

Burton Howard, CFA, is an equity analyst with Maplewood Securities. Howard is preparing a research report on Confabulated Materials, SA, a publicly traded company based in France that complies with IFRS. As part of his analysis, Howard has assembled data gathered from the financial statement footnotes of Confabulated’s 2008 annual report and from discussions with company management. Howard is concerned about the effect of this information on Confabulated’s future earnings.

Information about Confabulated’s investment portfolio for the years ended 31 December 2007 and 2008 is presented in Exhibit 15-11. As part of his research, Howard is considering the possible effect on reported income of Confabulated’s accounting classification for fixed income investments.

EXHIBIT 15-11 Confabulated’s Investment Portfolio ( thousands)

Characteristic

Bugle AG

Cathay Corp,

Dumas SA

Classification

Available for-sale

Held-to-maturity

Held-to-maturity

Cost

25,000

40,000

50,000

Market value,

29,000

38,000

54,000

31 December 2007

Market value.

28,000

37,000

55,000

31 December 2008

In addition, Confabulated’s financial reports discuss a transaction under which receivables were factored through an SPE for Confabulated’s benefit.

Compared to Confabulated’s reported earnings before taxes in 2009, if Bugle had been classified as a held-for-trading security, the earnings before taxes would have been

a. the same.

b. 1,000 lower.

c. 3,000 higher.

confabulated rsquo s reported interest income would be higher if the cost were the s 605272

Burton Howard, CFA, is an equity analyst with Maplewood Securities. Howard is preparing a research report on Confabulated Materials, SA, a publicly traded company based in France that complies with IFRS. As part of his analysis, Howard has assembled data gathered from the financial statement footnotes of Confabulated’s 2008 annual report and from discussions with company management. Howard is concerned about the effect of this information on Confabulated’s future earnings.

Information about Confabulated’s investment portfolio for the years ended 31 December 2007 and 2008 is presented in Exhibit 15-11. As part of his research, Howard is considering the possible effect on reported income of Confabulated’s accounting classification for fixed income investments.

EXHIBIT 15-11 Confabulated’s Investment Portfolio ( thousands)

Characteristic

Bugle AG

Cathay Corp,

Dumas SA

Classification

Available for-sale

Held-to-maturity

Held-to-maturity

Cost

25,000

40,000

50,000

Market value,

29,000

38,000

54,000

31 December 2007

Market value.

28,000

37,000

55,000

31 December 2008

In addition, Confabulated’s financial reports discuss a transaction under which receivables were factored through an SPE for Confabulated’s benefit.

Confabulated’s reported interest income would be higher if the cost were the same but the par value of

a. Bugle was 28,000.

b. Cathay was 37,000.

c. Dumas was 55,000.

confabulated rsquo s special purpose entity is most likely to be 605273

Burton Howard, CFA, is an equity analyst with Maplewood Securities. Howard is preparing a research report on Confabulated Materials, SA, a publicly traded company based in France that complies with IFRS. As part of his analysis, Howard has assembled data gathered from the financial statement footnotes of Confabulated’s 2008 annual report and from discussions with company management. Howard is concerned about the effect of this information on Confabulated’s future earnings.

Information about Confabulated’s investment portfolio for the years ended 31 December 2007 and 2008 is presented in Exhibit 15-11. As part of his research, Howard is considering the possible effect on reported income of Confabulated’s accounting classification for fixed income investments.

EXHIBIT 15-11 Confabulated’s Investment Portfolio ( thousands)

Characteristic

Bugle AG

Cathay Corp,

Dumas SA

Classification

Available for-sale

Held-to-maturity

Held-to-maturity

Cost

25,000

40,000

50,000

Market value,

29,000

38,000

54,000

31 December 2007

Market value.

28,000

37,000

55,000

31 December 2008

In addition, Confabulated’s financial reports discuss a transaction under which receivables were factored through an SPE for Confabulated’s benefit.

Confabulated’s special purpose entity is most likely to be

a. held off balance sheet.

b. consolidated on Confabulated’s financial statements.

c. consolidated on Confabulated’s financial statements only if it is a QSPE.

compared to accounting principles currently in use the pooling method bettercare use 605274

BetterCare Hospitals, Inc. operates a chain of hospitals throughout the United States. The company has been expanding by acquiring local hospitals. Its largest acquisition, that of Statewide Medical, was made under the pooling of interests method. BetterCare complies with U.S. GAAP.

BetterCare is currently forming a 50/50 joint venture with Supreme Healthcare, under which the companies will share control of several hospitals. Supreme Healthcare complies with IFRS and will comply with the preferred accounting methods for joint ventures.

Erik Ohalin is an equity analyst who covers both companies. He has estimated the joint venture’s financial information for 2009 in order to prepare his estimates of each company’s earnings and financial performance. This information is presented in Exhibit 15-12.

EXHIBIT 15-12 Selected Financial Statement Forecasts for Joint Venture ($ millions)

Year ending 31 December

2009

Revenue

$1,430

operating income

128

Net income

62

Total assets

1,500

Shareholders” equity

740

BetterCare recently announced it had formed a qualifying special purpose entity through which it can sell up to $100 million of its accounts receivable at any given time. Ohalin wants to estimate the impact this will have on BetterCare’s consolidated financial statements.

Compared to accounting principles currently in use, the pooling method BetterCare used for its Statewide Medical acquisition has most likely caused its reported

a. revenue to be higher.

b. total equity to be lower.

c. total assets to be higher.

based on ohalin rsquo s estimates the amount of joint venture revenue included on be 605275

BetterCare Hospitals, Inc. operates a chain of hospitals throughout the United States. The company has been expanding by acquiring local hospitals. Its largest acquisition, that of Statewide Medical, was made under the pooling of interests method. BetterCare complies with U.S. GAAP.

BetterCare is currently forming a 50/50 joint venture with Supreme Healthcare, under which the companies will share control of several hospitals. Supreme Healthcare complies with IFRS and will comply with the preferred accounting methods for joint ventures.

Erik Ohalin is an equity analyst who covers both companies. He has estimated the joint venture’s financial information for 2009 in order to prepare his estimates of each company’s earnings and financial performance. This information is presented in Exhibit 15-12.

EXHIBIT 15-12 Selected Financial Statement Forecasts for Joint Venture ($ millions)

Year ending 31 December

2009

Revenue

$1,430

operating income

128

Net income

62

Total assets

1,500

Shareholders” equity

740

BetterCare recently announced it had formed a qualifying special purpose entity through which it can sell up to $100 million of its accounts receivable at any given time. Ohalin wants to estimate the impact this will have on BetterCare’s consolidated financial statements.

Based on Ohalin’s estimates, the amount of joint venture revenue included on BetterCare’s consolidated 2009 financial statements should be closest to

a. $0.

b. $715.

c. $1,430.

based on ohalin rsquo s estimates the amount of joint venture operating income inclu 605276

BetterCare Hospitals, Inc. operates a chain of hospitals throughout the United States. The company has been expanding by acquiring local hospitals. Its largest acquisition, that of Statewide Medical, was made under the pooling of interests method. BetterCare complies with U.S. GAAP.

BetterCare is currently forming a 50/50 joint venture with Supreme Healthcare, under which the companies will share control of several hospitals. Supreme Healthcare complies with IFRS and will comply with the preferred accounting methods for joint ventures.

Erik Ohalin is an equity analyst who covers both companies. He has estimated the joint venture’s financial information for 2009 in order to prepare his estimates of each company’s earnings and financial performance. This information is presented in Exhibit 15-12.

EXHIBIT 15-12 Selected Financial Statement Forecasts for Joint Venture ($ millions)

Year ending 31 December

2009

Revenue

$1,430

operating income

128

Net income

62

Total assets

1,500

Shareholders” equity

740

BetterCare recently announced it had formed a qualifying special purpose entity through which it can sell up to $100 million of its accounts receivable at any given time. Ohalin wants to estimate the impact this will have on BetterCare’s consolidated financial statements.

Based on Ohalin’s estimates, the amount of joint venture operating income included on the consolidated financial statements of each venturer will most likely be

a. higher for BetterCare.

b. higher for Supreme Healthcare.

c. the same for both BetterCare and Supreme Healthcare.

based on ohalin rsquo s estimates the amount of the joint venture rsquo s 31 decembe 605277

BetterCare Hospitals, Inc. operates a chain of hospitals throughout the United States. The company has been expanding by acquiring local hospitals. Its largest acquisition, that of Statewide Medical, was made under the pooling of interests method. BetterCare complies with U.S. GAAP.

BetterCare is currently forming a 50/50 joint venture with Supreme Healthcare, under which the companies will share control of several hospitals. Supreme Healthcare complies with IFRS and will comply with the preferred accounting methods for joint ventures.

Erik Ohalin is an equity analyst who covers both companies. He has estimated the joint venture’s financial information for 2009 in order to prepare his estimates of each company’s earnings and financial performance. This information is presented in Exhibit 15-12.

EXHIBIT 15-12 Selected Financial Statement Forecasts for Joint Venture ($ millions)

Year ending 31 December

2009

Revenue

$1,430

operating income

128

Net income

62

Total assets

1,500

Shareholders” equity

740

BetterCare recently announced it had formed a qualifying special purpose entity through which it can sell up to $100 million of its accounts receivable at any given time. Ohalin wants to estimate the impact this will have on BetterCare’s consolidated financial statements.

Based on Ohalin’s estimates, the amount of the joint venture’s 31 December 2009 total assets that will be included on Supreme Healthcare’s consolidated financial statements will be closest to

a. $0.

b. $750.

c. $1,500.

based on ohalin rsquo s estimates the amount of joint venture shareholders equity at 605278

BetterCare Hospitals, Inc. operates a chain of hospitals throughout the United States. The company has been expanding by acquiring local hospitals. Its largest acquisition, that of Statewide Medical, was made under the pooling of interests method. BetterCare complies with U.S. GAAP.

BetterCare is currently forming a 50/50 joint venture with Supreme Healthcare, under which the companies will share control of several hospitals. Supreme Healthcare complies with IFRS and will comply with the preferred accounting methods for joint ventures.

Erik Ohalin is an equity analyst who covers both companies. He has estimated the joint venture’s financial information for 2009 in order to prepare his estimates of each company’s earnings and financial performance. This information is presented in Exhibit 15-12.

EXHIBIT 15-12 Selected Financial Statement Forecasts for Joint Venture ($ millions)

Year ending 31 December

2009

Revenue

$1,430

operating income

128

Net income

62

Total assets

1,500

Shareholders” equity

740

BetterCare recently announced it had formed a qualifying special purpose entity through which it can sell up to $100 million of its accounts receivable at any given time. Ohalin wants to estimate the impact this will have on BetterCare’s consolidated financial statements.

Based on Ohalin’s estimates, the amount of joint venture shareholders equity at 31 December 2009 included on the consolidated financial statements of each venturer will most likely be

a. higher for BetterCare.

b. higher for Supreme Healthcare.

c. the same for both BetterCare and Supreme Healthcare.

if bettercare uses its special purpose entity its consolidated financial results wil 605279

BetterCare Hospitals, Inc. operates a chain of hospitals throughout the United States. The company has been expanding by acquiring local hospitals. Its largest acquisition, that of Statewide Medical, was made under the pooling of interests method. BetterCare complies with U.S. GAAP.

BetterCare is currently forming a 50/50 joint venture with Supreme Healthcare, under which the companies will share control of several hospitals. Supreme Healthcare complies with IFRS and will comply with the preferred accounting methods for joint ventures.

Erik Ohalin is an equity analyst who covers both companies. He has estimated the joint venture’s financial information for 2009 in order to prepare his estimates of each company’s earnings and financial performance. This information is presented in Exhibit 15-12.

EXHIBIT 15-12 Selected Financial Statement Forecasts for Joint Venture ($ millions)

Year ending 31 December

2009

Revenue

$1,430

operating income

128

Net income

62

Total assets

1,500

Shareholders” equity

740

BetterCare recently announced it had formed a qualifying special purpose entity through which it can sell up to $100 million of its accounts receivable at any given time. Ohalin wants to estimate the impact this will have on BetterCare’s consolidated financial statements.

If BetterCare uses its special purpose entity, its consolidated financial results will most likely show a higher

a. revenue figure for 2009.

b. cash balance at 31 December 2009.

c. accounts receivable balance at 31 December 2009.

given ruiza rsquo s belief about the direction of exchange rates eurexim rsquo s gro 605281

Pedro Ruiza is an analyst for a credit rating agency. One of the companies he follows, Eurexim SA, is based in France and complies with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Ruiz has learned that Eurexim used 220 million of its own cash and borrowed an equal amount to open a subsidiary in Ukraine. The funds were converted into hryvnia (UAH) on 31 December 2007 at an exchange rate of 1.00 = UAH6.70 and used to purchase UAH1,500 million in fixed assets and UAH300 of inventories.

Ruiz is concerned about the effect that the subsidiary’s results might have on Eurexim’s consolidated financial statements. He calls Eurexim’s Chief Financial Officer, but learns little. Eurexim is not willing to share sales forecasts and has not even made a determination as to the subsidiary’s functional currency.

Absent more useful information, Ruiz decides to explore various scenarios to determine the potential impact on Eurexim’s consolidated financial statements. Ukraine is not currently in a hyperinflationary environment, but Ruiz is concerned that this situation could change. Ruiz also believes the euro will appreciate against the hryvnia for the foreseeable future.

Given Ruiza’s belief about the direction of exchange rates, Eurexim’s gross profit margin would be highest if it accounts for the Ukraine subsidiary’s inventory using

a. FIFO and the temporal method.

b. weighted average cost and the temporal method.

c. weighted average cost and the current rate method.

based on the information available and ruiza rsquo s expectations regarding exchange 605285

Pedro Ruiza is an analyst for a credit rating agency. One of the companies he follows, Eurexim SA, is based in France and complies with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Ruiz has learned that Eurexim used 220 million of its own cash and borrowed an equal amount to open a subsidiary in Ukraine. The funds were converted into hryvnia (UAH) on 31 December 2007 at an exchange rate of 1.00 = UAH6.70 and used to purchase UAH1,500 million in fixed assets and UAH300 of inventories.

Ruiz is concerned about the effect that the subsidiary’s results might have on Eurexim’s consolidated financial statements. He calls Eurexim’s Chief Financial Officer, but learns little. Eurexim is not willing to share sales forecasts and has not even made a determination as to the subsidiary’s functional currency.

Absent more useful information, Ruiz decides to explore various scenarios to determine the potential impact on Eurexim’s consolidated financial statements. Ukraine is not currently in a hyperinflationary environment, but Ruiz is concerned that this situation could change. Ruiz also believes the euro will appreciate against the hryvnia for the foreseeable future.

Based on the information available and Ruiza’s expectations regarding exchange rates, if the hryvnia is chosen as the Ukraine subsidiary’s functional currency Eurexim will most likely report

a. an addition to the cumulative translation adjustment.

b. a subtraction from the cumulative translation adjustment.

c. a translation gain or loss as a component of net income.

after translating consol can rsquo s inventory and long term debt into the parent cu 605286

Consolidated Motors is a U.S.-based corporation that sells mechanical engines and components used by electric utilities. Its Canadian subsidiary, Consol-Can, operates solely in Canada. It was created on 31 December 2006 and Consolidated Motors determined at that time that it should use the U.S. dollar as its functional currency.

Chief Financial Officer Monica Templeton was asked to explain to the Board of Directors how exchange rates affect the financial statements of both Consol-Can and the consolidated financial statements of Consolidated Motors. For the presentation, Templeton collects Consol-Can’s balance sheets for the years ended 2006 and 2007 (Exhibit 16-9), as well as relevant exchange rate information (Exhibit 16-10).

Templeton explains that Consol-Can uses the FIFO inventory accounting method, and that purchases of C$300 million and the sell-through of that inventory occurred evenly throughout 2007. Her presentation includes reporting the translated amounts in U.S. currency for each item, as well as associated translation related gains and losses. The Board responds with several questions.

• Would there be a reason to change the functional currency to the Canadian dollar?

• Would there be any translation effects for Consolidated Motors if the functional currency for Consol-Can were changed to the Canadian dollar?

• Would a change in the functional currency have any impact on financial statement ratios for the parent company?

• What would be the balance sheet exposure to translation effects if the functional currency were changed?

After translating Consol-Can’s inventory and long-term debt into the parent currency (US$), the amounts reported on Consolidated Motor’s financial statements at 31 December 2007 would be closest to (in millions)

a. $71 for inventory and $161 for long-term debt.

b. $71 for inventory and $166 for long-term debt.

c. $73 for inventory and $166 for long-term debt.

in response to the board rsquo s first question templeton should reply that such a c 605288

Consolidated Motors is a U.S.-based corporation that sells mechanical engines and components used by electric utilities. Its Canadian subsidiary, Consol-Can, operates solely in Canada. It was created on 31 December 2006 and Consolidated Motors determined at that time that it should use the U.S. dollar as its functional currency.

Chief Financial Officer Monica Templeton was asked to explain to the Board of Directors how exchange rates affect the financial statements of both Consol-Can and the consolidated financial statements of Consolidated Motors. For the presentation, Templeton collects Consol-Can’s balance sheets for the years ended 2006 and 2007 (Exhibit 16-9), as well as relevant exchange rate information (Exhibit 16-10).

Templeton explains that Consol-Can uses the FIFO inventory accounting method, and that purchases of C$300 million and the sell-through of that inventory occurred evenly throughout 2007. Her presentation includes reporting the translated amounts in U.S. currency for each item, as well as associated translation related gains and losses. The Board responds with several questions.

• Would there be a reason to change the functional currency to the Canadian dollar?

• Would there be any translation effects for Consolidated Motors if the functional currency for Consol-Can were changed to the Canadian dollar?

• Would a change in the functional currency have any impact on financial statement ratios for the parent company?

• What would be the balance sheet exposure to translation effects if the functional currency were changed?

In response to the Board’s first question, Templeton should reply that such a change would be most justified if

a. the inflation rate in the United States became hyperinflationary.

b. management wanted to flow more of the gains through net income.

c. Consol-Can were making autonomous decisions about operations, investing, and financing.

in response to the board rsquo s third question templeton should note that the chang 605290

Consolidated Motors is a U.S.-based corporation that sells mechanical engines and components used by electric utilities. Its Canadian subsidiary, Consol-Can, operates solely in Canada. It was created on 31 December 2006 and Consolidated Motors determined at that time that it should use the U.S. dollar as its functional currency.

Chief Financial Officer Monica Templeton was asked to explain to the Board of Directors how exchange rates affect the financial statements of both Consol-Can and the consolidated financial statements of Consolidated Motors. For the presentation, Templeton collects Consol-Can’s balance sheets for the years ended 2006 and 2007 (Exhibit 16-9), as well as relevant exchange rate information (Exhibit 16-10).

Templeton explains that Consol-Can uses the FIFO inventory accounting method, and that purchases of C$300 million and the sell-through of that inventory occurred evenly throughout 2007. Her presentation includes reporting the translated amounts in U.S. currency for each item, as well as associated translation related gains and losses. The Board responds with several questions.

• Would there be a reason to change the functional currency to the Canadian dollar?

• Would there be any translation effects for Consolidated Motors if the functional currency for Consol-Can were changed to the Canadian dollar?

• Would a change in the functional currency have any impact on financial statement ratios for the parent company?

• What would be the balance sheet exposure to translation effects if the functional currency were changed?

In response to the Board’s third question, Templeton should note that the change will most likely affect

a. the cash ratio.

b. fixed asset turnover.

c. receivables turnover.

in response to the board rsquo s fourth question the balance sheet exposure in milli 605291

Consolidated Motors is a U.S.-based corporation that sells mechanical engines and components used by electric utilities. Its Canadian subsidiary, Consol-Can, operates solely in Canada. It was created on 31 December 2006 and Consolidated Motors determined at that time that it should use the U.S. dollar as its functional currency.

Chief Financial Officer Monica Templeton was asked to explain to the Board of Directors how exchange rates affect the financial statements of both Consol-Can and the consolidated financial statements of Consolidated Motors. For the presentation, Templeton collects Consol-Can’s balance sheets for the years ended 2006 and 2007 (Exhibit 16-9), as well as relevant exchange rate information (Exhibit 16-10).

Templeton explains that Consol-Can uses the FIFO inventory accounting method, and that purchases of C$300 million and the sell-through of that inventory occurred evenly throughout 2007. Her presentation includes reporting the translated amounts in U.S. currency for each item, as well as associated translation related gains and losses. The Board responds with several questions.

• Would there be a reason to change the functional currency to the Canadian dollar?

• Would there be any translation effects for Consolidated Motors if the functional currency for Consol-Can were changed to the Canadian dollar?

• Would a change in the functional currency have any impact on financial statement ratios for the parent company?

• What would be the balance sheet exposure to translation effects if the functional currency were changed?

In response to the Board’s fourth question, the balance sheet exposure (in millions) would be closest to

a. —19.

b. 148.

c. 400.

to account for its foreign operations romulus has most likely designated the euro as 605293

Romulus Corp. is a U.S.-based company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Romulus Corp. has two European subsidiaries: Julius and Augustus. Anthony Marks, CFA, is an analyst trying to forecast Romulus’s 2008 results. Marks has prepared separate forecasts for both Julius and Augustus, as well as for Romulus’s other operations (prior to consolidating the results.) He is now considering the impact of currency translation on the results of both the subsidiaries and the parent company’s consolidated financials. His research has provided the following insights:

• The results for Julius will be translated into U.S. dollars using the current rate method.

• The results for Augustus will be translated into U.S. dollars using the temporal method.

• Both Julius and Augustus use the FIFO method to account for inventory.

• Julius had year-end 2007 inventory of 340 million. Marks believes Julius will report 2300 in sales and 1400 in cost of sales in 2008.

Marks also forecasts the 2008 year-end balance sheet for Julius (Exhibit 16-11). Data and forecasts related to euro/dollar exchange rates are presented in Exhibit 16-12.

EXHIBIT 16-11 Forecasted Balance Sheet Data for Julius, 31 December 2008 ( millions)

Cash

50

Accounts receivable

100

Inventory

700

Fixed assets

1,450

Total assets

2,300

Liabilities

700

Common stock

1,500

Retained earning

100

Total liabilities and Shareholders” equity

2,300

EXHIBIT 16-12 Exchange Rates ($/)

31 December 2007

1.47

31 December 2008

1.61

2008.average

1.54

Rate when fixed assets were acquired

1.25

Rate when 2007 inventory was acquired

1.39

Rate when 2008 inventory was acquired

1.49

To account for its foreign operations, Romulus has most likely designated the euro as the functional currency for

a. Julius only.

b. Augustus only.

c. both Julius and Augustus.

when marks translates his forecasted balance sheet for julius into u s dollars total 605295

Romulus Corp. is a U.S.-based company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Romulus Corp. has two European subsidiaries: Julius and Augustus. Anthony Marks, CFA, is an analyst trying to forecast Romulus’s 2008 results. Marks has prepared separate forecasts for both Julius and Augustus, as well as for Romulus’s other operations (prior to consolidating the results.) He is now considering the impact of currency translation on the results of both the subsidiaries and the parent company’s consolidated financials. His research has provided the following insights:

• The results for Julius will be translated into U.S. dollars using the current rate method.

• The results for Augustus will be translated into U.S. dollars using the temporal method.

• Both Julius and Augustus use the FIFO method to account for inventory.

• Julius had year-end 2007 inventory of 340 million. Marks believes Julius will report 2300 in sales and 1400 in cost of sales in 2008.

Marks also forecasts the 2008 year-end balance sheet for Julius (Exhibit 16-11). Data and forecasts related to euro/dollar exchange rates are presented in Exhibit 16-12.

EXHIBIT 16-11 Forecasted Balance Sheet Data for Julius, 31 December 2008 ( millions)

Cash

50

Accounts receivable

100

Inventory

700

Fixed assets

1,450

Total assets

2,300

Liabilities

700

Common stock

1,500

Retained earning

100

Total liabilities and Shareholders” equity

2,300

EXHIBIT 16-12 Exchange Rates ($/)

31 December 2007

1.47

31 December 2008

1.61

2008.average

1.54

Rate when fixed assets were acquired

1.25

Rate when 2007 inventory was acquired

1.39

Rate when 2008 inventory was acquired

1.49

When Marks translates his forecasted balance sheet for Julius into U.S. dollars, total assets on 31 December 2008 (dollars in millions) will be closest to

a. $1,429.

b. $2,392.

c. $3,703.

which of the following controls would an entity most likely use to assist in satisfy 618026

Which of the following controls would an entity most likely use to assist in satisfying the completeness assertion related to long-term investments?

a. Senior management verifies that securities in the bank safe-deposit box are registered in the entity’s name.

b. The internal auditor compares the securities in the bank safe-deposit box with recorded investments.

c. The treasurer vouches the acquisition of securities by comparing brokers’ advices with canceled checks.

d. The controller compares the current market prices of recorded investments with the brokers’ advices on file.

an auditor rsquo s letter issued on significant deficiencies relating to an entity r 618033

An auditor’s letter issued on significant deficiencies relating to an entity’s internal control observed during a financial statement audit should

a. Include a brief description of the tests of controls performed in searching for significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

b. Indicate that the significant deficiencies should be disclosed in the annual report to the entity’s shareholders.

c. Include a paragraph describing management’s assertion concerning the effectiveness of internal control.

d. Indicate that the audit’s purpose was to report on the financial statements and not to express an opinion on internal control.

which of the following statements is correct concerning an auditor rsquo s required 618034

Which of the following statements is correct concerning an auditor’s required communication of significant deficiencies?

a. A significant deficiency previously communicated during the prior year’s audit that remains uncorrected causes a scope limitation.

b. An auditor should perform tests of controls on significant deficiencies before communicating them to the client.

c. An auditor’s report on significant deficiencies should include a restriction on the distribution of the report.

d. An auditor should communicate significant deficiencies after tests of controls, but before commencing substantive tests.

which of the following statements is correct concerning significant deficiencies not 618035

Which of the following statements is correct concerning significant deficiencies noted in an audit?

a. Significant deficiencies are material weaknesses in the design or operation of specific internal control components.

b. The auditor is obligated to search for significant deficiencies that could adversely affect the entity’s ability to record and report financial data.

c. Significant deficiencies need not be recommunicated each year if management has acknowledged its understanding of such deficiencies.

d. The auditor should separately communicate those significant deficiencies considered to be material weaknesses.

which of the following statements is correct concerning an auditor rsquo s required 618040

Which of the following statements is correct concerning an auditor’s required communication with those charged with governance of an audit client?

a. This communication is required to occur before the auditor’s report on the financial statements is issued.

b. This communication should include discussion of any significant disagreements with management concerning the financial statements.

c. Any significant matter communicated to the audit committee also should be communicated to management.

d. Significant audit adjustments proposed by the auditor and recorded by management need not be communicated to those charged with governance.

andreas kordt is an equity analyst examining the financial statements of aero euro 605253

EXHIBIT 14-22 Pension Plan Assumptions for Aero Euro

 

2008

2007

2006

Discount rate

4.51%

4.49%

4.55%

Salary inflation rate

2.62%

2.70%

2.91%

Expected long term rate

 

 

 

Of return on plan assets

5.70%

5.70%

5.13%

EXHIBIT 14-23 Information Related to Aero Euro’s Defined-Benefit Plans

 

 

 

 

 

Pension. Benefits ( millions)

2008

2007

2006

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

10,921

10,313

9,208

Service cost

368

359

275

Interest cost

489

461

447

Employees” contribution

40

36

32

Plan amendments

150

49

16

Settlement/curtailment

(28)

(11)

(1)

Benefits paid

(423)

(398)

(352)

Actuarial loss / (gain)

68

106

707

Currency translation adjustment

(3)

6

(19)

Benefit obligation at end of year

11,582

10,921

10,315

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

12,538

10,782

9,936

Actual return on plan assets

936

1,763

920

Employed contributions

323

358

261

Employees” contributions

40

36

32

Settlement/curtailment

(6)

(6)

 

Benefits paid

(423)

(398)

(352)

Currency translation adjustment

(4)

3

(15)

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

13,404

12,538

10,782

Funded status

1,822

1,617

469

Unrecognized prior service cost

190

59

25

Unrecognized Actuarial loss / (gain)

(857)

(710)

322

Prepaid (accrued) pension cost

1,155

966

816

Amount recorded in the balance sheet

 

 

 

Pension assets

2,097

1903,

1,767

Provision for retirement. Benefits

(942)

(937)

(951)

Net amount recognized

1,155

966

816

Net periodic cost

 

 

 

Service cost

368

359

275

Interest cost

489

461

447

Expected return on plan assets

(714)

(616)

(532)

Settlement/curtailment

(18)

(8)

 

prior service cost

19

12

15

Amortization of unrecognized actuarial (gain)loss

(1)

16

(4)

Other

 

(1)

 

Net periodic cost

143

223

201

Accumulated benefit obligation

10,018

9056

9,081

Andreas Kordt is an equity analyst examining the financial statements of Aero Euro. Aero Euro is based in Belgium and complies with IFRS. Kordt believes that the accounting guidelines for defined-benefit plans do not reflect the underlying economic financial conditions and he intends to adjust Aero Euro’s financial statements accordingly. He also wants to compare the reported financial statements to those of a company that follows U.S. GAAP. As an initial step, he pulled certain information relating to the plans, which is presented in Exhibits 14-22 and 14-23. Adjusting Aero Euro’s 2008 balance sheet to reflect the underlying economic position of the company’s defined benefit plan would result in a 667 increase in

a. assets.

b. liabilities.

c. shareholders’ equity.

if aero euro used the 2006 salary inflation rate in 2008 it would have most likely r 605254

EXHIBIT 14-22 Pension Plan Assumptions for Aero Euro

 

2008

2007

2006

Discount rate

4.51%

4.49%

4.55%

Salary inflation rate

2.62%

2.70%

2.91%

Expected long term rate

 

 

 

Of return on plan assets

5.70%

5.70%

5.13%

EXHIBIT 14-23 Information Related to Aero Euro’s Defined-Benefit Plans

 

 

 

 

 

Pension. Benefits ( millions)

2008

2007

2006

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

10,921

10,313

9,208

Service cost

368

359

275

Interest cost

489

461

447

Employees” contribution

40

36

32

Plan amendments

150

49

16

Settlement/curtailment

(28)

(11)

(1)

Benefits paid

(423)

(398)

(352)

Actuarial loss / (gain)

68

106

707

Currency translation adjustment

(3)

6

(19)

Benefit obligation at end of year

11,582

10,921

10,315

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

12,538

10,782

9,936

Actual return on plan assets

936

1,763

920

Employed contributions

323

358

261

Employees” contributions

40

36

32

Settlement/curtailment

(6)

(6)

 

Benefits paid

(423)

(398)

(352)

Currency translation adjustment

(4)

3

(15)

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

13,404

12,538

10,782

Funded status

1,822

1,617

469

Unrecognized prior service cost

190

59

25

Unrecognized Actuarial loss / (gain)

(857)

(710)

322

Prepaid (accrued) pension cost

1,155

966

816

Amount recorded in the balance sheet

 

 

 

Pension assets

2,097

1903,

1,767

Provision for retirement. Benefits

(942)

(937)

(951)

Net amount recognized

1,155

966

816

Net periodic cost

 

 

 

Service cost

368

359

275

Interest cost

489

461

447

Expected return on plan assets

(714)

(616)

(532)

Settlement/curtailment

(18)

(8)

 

prior service cost

19

12

15

Amortization of unrecognized actuarial (gain)loss

(1)

16

(4)

Other

 

(1)

 

Net periodic cost

143

223

201

Accumulated benefit obligation

10,018

9056

9,081

Andreas Kordt is an equity analyst examining the financial statements of Aero Euro. Aero Euro is based in Belgium and complies with IFRS. Kordt believes that the accounting guidelines for defined-benefit plans do not reflect the underlying economic financial conditions and he intends to adjust Aero Euro’s financial statements accordingly. He also wants to compare the reported financial statements to those of a company that follows U.S. GAAP. As an initial step, he pulled certain information relating to the plans, which is presented in Exhibits 14-22 and 14-23. Compared to the reported 2008 financial statements, if Aero Euro used the 2006 salary inflation rate in 2008 it would have most likely reported higher

a. net income.

b. benefit obligation.

c. amortization of prior service cost.

aero euro used the 2006 expected long term rate of return on plan assets in 2008 it 605255

EXHIBIT 14-22 Pension Plan Assumptions for Aero Euro

 

2008

2007

2006

Discount rate

4.51%

4.49%

4.55%

Salary inflation rate

2.62%

2.70%

2.91%

Expected long term rate

 

 

 

Of return on plan assets

5.70%

5.70%

5.13%

EXHIBIT 14-23 Information Related to Aero Euro’s Defined-Benefit Plans

 

 

 

 

 

Pension. Benefits ( millions)

2008

2007

2006

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

10,921

10,313

9,208

Service cost

368

359

275

Interest cost

489

461

447

Employees” contribution

40

36

32

Plan amendments

150

49

16

Settlement/curtailment

(28)

(11)

(1)

Benefits paid

(423)

(398)

(352)

Actuarial loss / (gain)

68

106

707

Currency translation adjustment

(3)

6

(19)

Benefit obligation at end of year

11,582

10,921

10,315

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

12,538

10,782

9,936

Actual return on plan assets

936

1,763

920

Employed contributions

323

358

261

Employees” contributions

40

36

32

Settlement/curtailment

(6)

(6)

 

Benefits paid

(423)

(398)

(352)

Currency translation adjustment

(4)

3

(15)

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

13,404

12,538

10,782

Funded status

1,822

1,617

469

Unrecognized prior service cost

190

59

25

Unrecognized Actuarial loss / (gain)

(857)

(710)

322

Prepaid (accrued) pension cost

1,155

966

816

Amount recorded in the balance sheet

 

 

 

Pension assets

2,097

1903,

1,767

Provision for retirement. Benefits

(942)

(937)

(951)

Net amount recognized

1,155

966

816

Net periodic cost

 

 

 

Service cost

368

359

275

Interest cost

489

461

447

Expected return on plan assets

(714)

(616)

(532)

Settlement/curtailment

(18)

(8)

 

prior service cost

19

12

15

Amortization of unrecognized actuarial (gain)loss

(1)

16

(4)

Other

 

(1)

 

Net periodic cost

143

223

201

Accumulated benefit obligation

10,018

9056

9,081

Andreas Kordt is an equity analyst examining the financial statements of Aero Euro. Aero Euro is based in Belgium and complies with IFRS. Kordt believes that the accounting guidelines for defined-benefit plans do not reflect the underlying economic financial conditions and he intends to adjust Aero Euro’s financial statements accordingly. He also wants to compare the reported financial statements to those of a company that follows U.S. GAAP. As an initial step, he pulled certain information relating to the plans, which is presented in Exhibits 14-22 and 14-23. Compared to the reported 2008 financial statements, if Aero Euro used the 2006 expected long-term rate of return on plan assets in 2008 it would have most likely reported higher

a. net assets.

b. net income.

c. pension expense.

in 2008 cinnamon rsquo s earnings before taxes includes a contribution in millions f 605256

Cinnamon, Inc. is a diversified manufacturing company headquartered in the United States, and it complies with U.S. GAAP. In 2008, Cinnamon held a 19 percent passive stake in Cambridge Processing that was classified as available for sale. During the year, the value of this stake rose by $2 million. In December 2008, Cinnamon announced that it would be increasing its ownership to 50 percent effective 1 January 2009.

Peter Lubbock, an analyst following both Cinnamon and Cambridge, is curious how the increased stake will affect Cinnamon’s consolidated financial statements. He asks Cinnamon’s chief financial officer how the company will account for the stake, and is told that the decision has not yet been made. Lubbock decides to use his existing forecasts for both companies’ financial statements to compare various alternative outcomes.

Lubbock gathers abbreviated financial statement data for Cinnamon (Exhibit 15-7) and Cambridge (Exhibit 15-8) for this purpose.

EXHIBIT 15-7 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Cinnamon, Inc. ($ millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,400

1,575

operating income

126

142

Net income

62

69

Total assets

1,170

1,317

Shareholders” equity

616

685

EXHIBIT 15-8 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Cambridge Processing ($ millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,000

1,100

operating income

80

88

Net income

40

44

Dividend paid

20

22

Total assets

800

836

Shareholders” equity

440

462

In 2008, Cinnamon’s earnings before taxes includes a contribution (in $ millions) from its investment in Cambridge Processing closest to

a. $2.5 million.

b. $3.8 million.

c. $5.0 million.

in 2009 cinnamon is least likely to account for its investment in cambridge under wh 605257

Cinnamon, Inc. is a diversified manufacturing company headquartered in the United States, and it complies with U.S. GAAP. In 2008, Cinnamon held a 19 percent passive stake in Cambridge Processing that was classified as available for sale. During the year, the value of this stake rose by $2 million. In December 2008, Cinnamon announced that it would be increasing its ownership to 50 percent effective 1 January 2009.

Peter Lubbock, an analyst following both Cinnamon and Cambridge, is curious how the increased stake will affect Cinnamon’s consolidated financial statements. He asks Cinnamon’s chief financial officer how the company will account for the stake, and is told that the decision has not yet been made. Lubbock decides to use his existing forecasts for both companies’ financial statements to compare various alternative outcomes.

Lubbock gathers abbreviated financial statement data for Cinnamon (Exhibit 15-7) and Cambridge (Exhibit 15-8) for this purpose.

EXHIBIT 15-7 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Cinnamon, Inc. ($ millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,400

1,575

operating income

126

142

Net income

62

69

Total assets

1,170

1,317

Shareholders” equity

616

685

EXHIBIT 15-8 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Cambridge Processing ($ millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,000

1,100

operating income

80

88

Net income

40

44

Dividend paid

20

22

Total assets

800

836

Shareholders” equity

440

462

In 2009, Cinnamon is least likely to account for its investment in Cambridge under which of the following methods?

a. Equity

b. Purchase method

c. Proportionate consolidation

on 31 december 2009 cinnamon rsquo s shareholders equity amount on the balance sheet 605258

Cinnamon, Inc. is a diversified manufacturing company headquartered in the United States, and it complies with U.S. GAAP. In 2008, Cinnamon held a 19 percent passive stake in Cambridge Processing that was classified as available for sale. During the year, the value of this stake rose by $2 million. In December 2008, Cinnamon announced that it would be increasing its ownership to 50 percent effective 1 January 2009.

Peter Lubbock, an analyst following both Cinnamon and Cambridge, is curious how the increased stake will affect Cinnamon’s consolidated financial statements. He asks Cinnamon’s chief financial officer how the company will account for the stake, and is told that the decision has not yet been made. Lubbock decides to use his existing forecasts for both companies’ financial statements to compare various alternative outcomes.

Lubbock gathers abbreviated financial statement data for Cinnamon (Exhibit 15-7) and Cambridge (Exhibit 15-8) for this purpose.

EXHIBIT 15-7 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Cinnamon, Inc. ($ millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,400

1,575

operating income

126

142

Net income

62

69

Total assets

1,170

1,317

Shareholders” equity

616

685

EXHIBIT 15-8 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Cambridge Processing ($ millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,000

1,100

operating income

80

88

Net income

40

44

Dividend paid

20

22

Total assets

800

836

Shareholders” equity

440

462

On 31 December 2009, Cinnamon’s shareholders equity amount on the balance sheet would most likely be

a. highest if Cinnamon is deemed to have control of Cambridge.

b. independent of the accounting method used for the investment in Cambridge.

c. highest if Cinnamon is deemed to have significant influence over Cambridge.

on 31 december 2009 cinnamon rsquo s reported debt to equity ratio will most likely 605260

Cinnamon, Inc. is a diversified manufacturing company headquartered in the United States, and it complies with U.S. GAAP. In 2008, Cinnamon held a 19 percent passive stake in Cambridge Processing that was classified as available for sale. During the year, the value of this stake rose by $2 million. In December 2008, Cinnamon announced that it would be increasing its ownership to 50 percent effective 1 January 2009.

Peter Lubbock, an analyst following both Cinnamon and Cambridge, is curious how the increased stake will affect Cinnamon’s consolidated financial statements. He asks Cinnamon’s chief financial officer how the company will account for the stake, and is told that the decision has not yet been made. Lubbock decides to use his existing forecasts for both companies’ financial statements to compare various alternative outcomes.

Lubbock gathers abbreviated financial statement data for Cinnamon (Exhibit 15-7) and Cambridge (Exhibit 15-8) for this purpose.

EXHIBIT 15-7 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Cinnamon, Inc. ($ millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,400

1,575

operating income

126

142

Net income

62

69

Total assets

1,170

1,317

Shareholders” equity

616

685

EXHIBIT 15-8 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Cambridge Processing ($ millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,000

1,100

operating income

80

88

Net income

40

44

Dividend paid

20

22

Total assets

800

836

Shareholders” equity

440

462

On 31 December 2009, Cinnamon’s reported debt-to-equity ratio will most likely be highest if it is deemed to have

a. control of Cambridge.

b. joint control of Cambridge.

c. significant influence over Cambridge.

compared to cinnamon rsquo s operating margin in 2008 if it is deemed to have contro 605261

Cinnamon, Inc. is a diversified manufacturing company headquartered in the United States, and it complies with U.S. GAAP. In 2008, Cinnamon held a 19 percent passive stake in Cambridge Processing that was classified as available for sale. During the year, the value of this stake rose by $2 million. In December 2008, Cinnamon announced that it would be increasing its ownership to 50 percent effective 1 January 2009.

Peter Lubbock, an analyst following both Cinnamon and Cambridge, is curious how the increased stake will affect Cinnamon’s consolidated financial statements. He asks Cinnamon’s chief financial officer how the company will account for the stake, and is told that the decision has not yet been made. Lubbock decides to use his existing forecasts for both companies’ financial statements to compare various alternative outcomes.

Lubbock gathers abbreviated financial statement data for Cinnamon (Exhibit 15-7) and Cambridge (Exhibit 15-8) for this purpose.

EXHIBIT 15-7 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Cinnamon, Inc. ($ millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,400

1,575

operating income

126

142

Net income

62

69

Total assets

1,170

1,317

Shareholders” equity

616

685

EXHIBIT 15-8 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Cambridge Processing ($ millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,000

1,100

operating income

80

88

Net income

40

44

Dividend paid

20

22

Total assets

800

836

Shareholders” equity

440

462

Compared to Cinnamon’s operating margin in 2008, if it is deemed to have control of Cambridge, its operating margin in 2009 will most likely be

a. lower.

b. higher.

c. the same.

in 2008 zimt rsquo s earnings before taxes includes a contribution in millions from 605262

Zimt AG is a consumer products manufacturer headquartered in Austria. It complies with IFRS.

In 2008, Zimt held a 10 percent passive stake in Oxbow Limited that was classified as held-for-trading securities. During the year, the value of this stake declined by 3 million.

In December 2008, Zimt announced that it would be increasing its ownership to 50 percent effective 1 January 2009.

Franz Gelblum, an analyst following both Zimt and Oxbow, is curious how the increased stake will affect Zimt’s consolidated financial statements. Because Gelblum is uncertain how the company will account for the increased stake, he uses his existing forecasts for both companies’ financial statements to compare various alternative outcomes.

Gelblum gathers abbreviated financial statement data for Zimt (Exhibit 15-9) and Oxbow (Exhibit 15-10) for this purpose.

EXHIBIT 15-9 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Zimt AG ( millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,500

1,700

operating income

135

153

Net income

66

75

Total assets

1,254

1,421

Shareholders” equity

660

735

EXHIBIT 15-10 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Oxbow Limited ( millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,200

1,350

operating income

120

135

Net income

60

68

Dividend paid

20

22

Total assets

1,200

1,283

Shareholders” equity

660

706

In 2008, Zimt’s earnings before taxes includes a contribution (in millions) from its investment in Oxbow Limited closest to

a. (0.6) million.

b. 1.0 million.

c. 1.9 million.

on 31 december 2009 zimt rsquo s total assets balance would most likely be 605263

Zimt AG is a consumer products manufacturer headquartered in Austria. It complies with IFRS.

In 2008, Zimt held a 10 percent passive stake in Oxbow Limited that was classified as held-for-trading securities. During the year, the value of this stake declined by 3 million.

In December 2008, Zimt announced that it would be increasing its ownership to 50 percent effective 1 January 2009.

Franz Gelblum, an analyst following both Zimt and Oxbow, is curious how the increased stake will affect Zimt’s consolidated financial statements. Because Gelblum is uncertain how the company will account for the increased stake, he uses his existing forecasts for both companies’ financial statements to compare various alternative outcomes.

Gelblum gathers abbreviated financial statement data for Zimt (Exhibit 15-9) and Oxbow (Exhibit 15-10) for this purpose.

EXHIBIT 15-9 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Zimt AG ( millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,500

1,700

operating income

135

153

Net income

66

75

Total assets

1,254

1,421

Shareholders” equity

660

735

EXHIBIT 15-10 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Oxbow Limited ( millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,200

1,350

operating income

120

135

Net income

60

68

Dividend paid

20

22

Total assets

1,200

1,283

Shareholders” equity

660

706

On 31 December 2009, Zimt’s total assets balance would most likely be

a. highest if Zimt is deemed to have control of Oxbow.

b. highest if Zimt is deemed to have significant influence over Oxbow.

c. unaffected by the accounting method used for the investment in Oxbow.

based on gelblum rsquo s estimates if zimt is deemed to have significant influence o 605264

Zimt AG is a consumer products manufacturer headquartered in Austria. It complies with IFRS.

In 2008, Zimt held a 10 percent passive stake in Oxbow Limited that was classified as held-for-trading securities. During the year, the value of this stake declined by 3 million.

In December 2008, Zimt announced that it would be increasing its ownership to 50 percent effective 1 January 2009.

Franz Gelblum, an analyst following both Zimt and Oxbow, is curious how the increased stake will affect Zimt’s consolidated financial statements. Because Gelblum is uncertain how the company will account for the increased stake, he uses his existing forecasts for both companies’ financial statements to compare various alternative outcomes.

Gelblum gathers abbreviated financial statement data for Zimt (Exhibit 15-9) and Oxbow (Exhibit 15-10) for this purpose.

EXHIBIT 15-9 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Zimt AG ( millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,500

1,700

operating income

135

153

Net income

66

75

Total assets

1,254

1,421

Shareholders” equity

660

735

EXHIBIT 15-10 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Oxbow Limited ( millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,200

1,350

operating income

120

135

Net income

60

68

Dividend paid

20

22

Total assets

1,200

1,283

Shareholders” equity

660

706

Based on Gelblum’s estimates, if Zimt is deemed to have significant influence over Oxbow, its 2009 operating income would be closest to

a. 153.

b. 221.

c. 288.

based on gelblum rsquo s estimates if zimt is deemed to have joint control of oxbow 605265

Zimt AG is a consumer products manufacturer headquartered in Austria. It complies with IFRS.

In 2008, Zimt held a 10 percent passive stake in Oxbow Limited that was classified as held-for-trading securities. During the year, the value of this stake declined by 3 million.

In December 2008, Zimt announced that it would be increasing its ownership to 50 percent effective 1 January 2009.

Franz Gelblum, an analyst following both Zimt and Oxbow, is curious how the increased stake will affect Zimt’s consolidated financial statements. Because Gelblum is uncertain how the company will account for the increased stake, he uses his existing forecasts for both companies’ financial statements to compare various alternative outcomes.

Gelblum gathers abbreviated financial statement data for Zimt (Exhibit 15-9) and Oxbow (Exhibit 15-10) for this purpose.

EXHIBIT 15-9 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Zimt AG ( millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,500

1,700

operating income

135

153

Net income

66

75

Total assets

1,254

1,421

Shareholders” equity

660

735

EXHIBIT 15-10 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Oxbow Limited ( millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,200

1,350

operating income

120

135

Net income

60

68

Dividend paid

20

22

Total assets

1,200

1,283

Shareholders” equity

660

706

Based on Gelblum’s estimates, if Zimt is deemed to have joint control of Oxbow, and Zimt uses the proportionate consolidation method, its 31 December 2009 total liabilities will most likely be closest to

a. 686.

b. 975.

c. 1,263.

based on gelblum rsquo s estimates if zimt is deemed to have control over oxbow its 605266

Zimt AG is a consumer products manufacturer headquartered in Austria. It complies with IFRS.

In 2008, Zimt held a 10 percent passive stake in Oxbow Limited that was classified as held-for-trading securities. During the year, the value of this stake declined by 3 million.

In December 2008, Zimt announced that it would be increasing its ownership to 50 percent effective 1 January 2009.

Franz Gelblum, an analyst following both Zimt and Oxbow, is curious how the increased stake will affect Zimt’s consolidated financial statements. Because Gelblum is uncertain how the company will account for the increased stake, he uses his existing forecasts for both companies’ financial statements to compare various alternative outcomes.

Gelblum gathers abbreviated financial statement data for Zimt (Exhibit 15-9) and Oxbow (Exhibit 15-10) for this purpose.

EXHIBIT 15-9 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Zimt AG ( millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,500

1,700

operating income

135

153

Net income

66

75

Total assets

1,254

1,421

Shareholders” equity

660

735

EXHIBIT 15-10 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Oxbow Limited ( millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,200

1,350

operating income

120

135

Net income

60

68

Dividend paid

20

22

Total assets

1,200

1,283

Shareholders” equity

660

706

Based on Gelblum’s estimates, if Zimt is deemed to have control over Oxbow, its 2009 consolidated sales will be closest to

a. 1,700.

b. 2,375.

c. 3,050.

based on gelblum rsquo s estimates zimt rsquo s net income in 2009 will most likely 605267

Zimt AG is a consumer products manufacturer headquartered in Austria. It complies with IFRS.

In 2008, Zimt held a 10 percent passive stake in Oxbow Limited that was classified as held-for-trading securities. During the year, the value of this stake declined by 3 million.

In December 2008, Zimt announced that it would be increasing its ownership to 50 percent effective 1 January 2009.

Franz Gelblum, an analyst following both Zimt and Oxbow, is curious how the increased stake will affect Zimt’s consolidated financial statements. Because Gelblum is uncertain how the company will account for the increased stake, he uses his existing forecasts for both companies’ financial statements to compare various alternative outcomes.

Gelblum gathers abbreviated financial statement data for Zimt (Exhibit 15-9) and Oxbow (Exhibit 15-10) for this purpose.

EXHIBIT 15-9 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Zimt AG ( millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,500

1,700

operating income

135

153

Net income

66

75

Total assets

1,254

1,421

Shareholders” equity

660

735

EXHIBIT 15-10 Selected Financial Statement Estimates for Oxbow Limited ( millions)

Year ending 31 December

2008

2009

Revenue

1,200

1,350

operating income

120

135

Net income

60

68

Dividend paid

20

22

Total assets

1,200

1,283

Shareholders” equity

660

706

Based on Gelblum’s estimates, Zimt’s net income in 2009 will most likely be

a. highest if Zimt is deemed to have control of Oxbow.

b. highest if Zimt is deemed to have significant influence over Oxbow.

c. independent of the accounting method used for the investment in Oxbow.

at year end 2008 28 531 represents the defined benefit pension plan rsquo s 605232

Magenta Corp. is based in the United States and offers its employees a defined-benefit pension plan. The company’s effective tax rate for 2008 is 40 percent. Excerpts from a financial statement footnote on Magenta’s retirement plans are presented in Exhibit 14-15.

EXHIBIT 14-15 Magenta Corp. Defined-Benefit Pension Plan

($ millions)

2008

Change in benefit obligation

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$28,416

Service cost

96

Interest cost

1,557

Actuarial (gains) losses

—306

Prior service cost

132

Foreign exchange impact

—42

Benefit paid

—1,332

Benefit obligations at end of year

$28,531

Change in plan a5SerS

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

$23,432

Actual return on plan assets

1302

Employer contributions

693

Benefit paid

-1,332

Fair value of plan assets at the end of year

$24,105

Components of net periodic benefit cost

Service cost

$96

Interest cost.

1,557

Expected return plan assets

—1,874

Amortization of net actuarial loss

264

Net periodic benefit cost

$43

At year-end 2008, $28,531 represents the defined benefit pension plan’s

a. vested benefit obligation.

b. projected benefit obligation.

c. accumulated benefit obligation.

the economic pension expense for magenta rsquo s db plan is closest to 605233

Magenta Corp. is based in the United States and offers its employees a defined-benefit pension plan. The company’s effective tax rate for 2008 is 40 percent. Excerpts from a financial statement footnote on Magenta’s retirement plans are presented in Exhibit 14-15.

EXHIBIT 14-15 Magenta Corp. Defined-Benefit Pension Plan

($ millions)

2008

Change in benefit obligation

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$28,416

Service cost

96

Interest cost

1,557

Actuarial (gains) losses

—306

Prior service cost

132

Foreign exchange impact

—42

Benefit paid

—1,332

Benefit obligations at end of year

$28,531

Change in plan a5SerS

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

$23,432

Actual return on plan assets

1302

Employer contributions

693

Benefit paid

-1,332

Fair value of plan assets at the end of year

$24,105

Components of net periodic benefit cost

Service cost

$96

Interest cost.

1,557

Expected return plan assets

—1,874

Amortization of net actuarial loss

264

Net periodic benefit cost

$43

The economic pension expense for Magenta’s DB plan is closest to

a. $135 million

b. $1,251 million

c. $2,509 million

the difference between magenta rsquo s estimated economic pension expense for the pe 605234

Magenta Corp. is based in the United States and offers its employees a defined-benefit pension plan. The company’s effective tax rate for 2008 is 40 percent. Excerpts from a financial statement footnote on Magenta’s retirement plans are presented in Exhibit 14-15.

EXHIBIT 14-15 Magenta Corp. Defined-Benefit Pension Plan

($ millions)

2008

Change in benefit obligation

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$28,416

Service cost

96

Interest cost

1,557

Actuarial (gains) losses

—306

Prior service cost

132

Foreign exchange impact

—42

Benefit paid

—1,332

Benefit obligations at end of year

$28,531

Change in plan a5SerS

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

$23,432

Actual return on plan assets

1302

Employer contributions

693

Benefit paid

-1,332

Fair value of plan assets at the end of year

$24,105

Components of net periodic benefit cost

Service cost

$96

Interest cost.

1,557

Expected return plan assets

—1,874

Amortization of net actuarial loss

264

Net periodic benefit cost

$43

The difference between Magenta’s estimated economic pension expense for the period and the reported pension expense is closest to

a. $92 million

b. $1,208 million

c. $1,302 million

to adjust magenta rsquo s reported net income to reflect the company rsquo s underly 605235

Magenta Corp. is based in the United States and offers its employees a defined-benefit pension plan. The company’s effective tax rate for 2008 is 40 percent. Excerpts from a financial statement footnote on Magenta’s retirement plans are presented in Exhibit 14-15.

EXHIBIT 14-15 Magenta Corp. Defined-Benefit Pension Plan

($ millions)

2008

Change in benefit obligation

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$28,416

Service cost

96

Interest cost

1,557

Actuarial (gains) losses

—306

Prior service cost

132

Foreign exchange impact

—42

Benefit paid

—1,332

Benefit obligations at end of year

$28,531

Change in plan a5SerS

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

$23,432

Actual return on plan assets

1302

Employer contributions

693

Benefit paid

-1,332

Fair value of plan assets at the end of year

$24,105

Components of net periodic benefit cost

Service cost

$96

Interest cost.

1,557

Expected return plan assets

—1,874

Amortization of net actuarial loss

264

Net periodic benefit cost

$43

To adjust Magenta’s reported net income to reflect the company’s underlying economic pension expense, an analyst would decrease net income by an amount closest to

a. $43 million.

b. $55 million.

c. $135 million.

in order to reflect the underlying economic liability of magenta rsquo s defined ben 605236

Magenta Corp. is based in the United States and offers its employees a defined-benefit pension plan. The company’s effective tax rate for 2008 is 40 percent. Excerpts from a financial statement footnote on Magenta’s retirement plans are presented in Exhibit 14-15.

EXHIBIT 14-15 Magenta Corp. Defined-Benefit Pension Plan

($ millions)

2008

Change in benefit obligation

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$28,416

Service cost

96

Interest cost

1,557

Actuarial (gains) losses

—306

Prior service cost

132

Foreign exchange impact

—42

Benefit paid

—1,332

Benefit obligations at end of year

$28,531

Change in plan a5SerS

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

$23,432

Actual return on plan assets

1302

Employer contributions

693

Benefit paid

-1,332

Fair value of plan assets at the end of year

$24,105

Components of net periodic benefit cost

Service cost

$96

Interest cost.

1,557

Expected return plan assets

—1,874

Amortization of net actuarial loss

264

Net periodic benefit cost

$43

In order to reflect the underlying economic liability of Magenta’s defined-benefit pension plan, an analyst would adjust Magenta’s 2008 balance sheet to include a $24,105

a. increase in assets and equity.

b. increase in assets and liabilities.

c. increase in liabilities and reduction to equity.

an adjustment to the magenta rsquo s statement of cash flows to reclassify the compa 605237

Magenta Corp. is based in the United States and offers its employees a defined-benefit pension plan. The company’s effective tax rate for 2008 is 40 percent. Excerpts from a financial statement footnote on Magenta’s retirement plans are presented in Exhibit 14-15.

EXHIBIT 14-15 Magenta Corp. Defined-Benefit Pension Plan

($ millions)

2008

Change in benefit obligation

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$28,416

Service cost

96

Interest cost

1,557

Actuarial (gains) losses

—306

Prior service cost

132

Foreign exchange impact

—42

Benefit paid

—1,332

Benefit obligations at end of year

$28,531

Change in plan a5SerS

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

$23,432

Actual return on plan assets

1302

Employer contributions

693

Benefit paid

-1,332

Fair value of plan assets at the end of year

$24,105

Components of net periodic benefit cost

Service cost

$96

Interest cost.

1,557

Expected return plan assets

—1,874

Amortization of net actuarial loss

264

Net periodic benefit cost

$43

An adjustment to the Magenta’s statement of cash flows to reclassify the company’s excess contribution for 2008 would most likely entail reclassifying $558 million as an outflow related to

a. investing activities rather than operating activities

b. financing activities rather than operating activities

c. operating activities rather than financing activities

with regard to its defined benefit pension plan passaic rsquo s year end 2008 balanc 605238

EXHIBIT 14-16 Components of Expense (Income)

 

Yew Ended 31 December

 

2008

2007

2006

Components of expense/(income)

 

 

 

Service cost

$908

$910

$831

Interest cost

2,497

2,457

2,378

Expected return on plan assets

(3,455)

(3,515)

(3,378)

Amortization of prior service costs

188

185

180

Recognized net actuarial loss/(gain)

912

1,266

440

Net periodic benefit coat

$1,050

$I,303

$451

EXHIBIT 14-17 Funded Status of Plan

At 31 December ($ millions)

2008

2007

Change in benefit obligation

 

 

Beginning balance

$45,183

$42,781

Service cost

908

910

Interest cost

2,497

2,457

Plan participants” contributions

9

12

Amendments

156

270

Actuarial (gain)/losses

(925)

2,778

Settlement/curtailment/acquisitions/dispositions, net

85

(1,774)

Benefit paid

(2,331)

(2,251)

Ending balance

$45,582

$45,183

Change in plan assets

 

 

Beginning at fair value

$43,484

$38,977

Actual return on plan assets

4,239

5,460

Company contribution

526

2,604

Plan participants” contributions

9

12

Settlement/curtailment/acquisitions/dispositions, net

216

(1,393)

Benefit paid

(2,286)

(2,208)

Exchange rate adjustment.(

15

32

Ending balance at fair value

$46,203

$43,484

EXHIBIT 14-18 Volatility Assumptions Used to Value Stock Option Grants

Grant year

Weighted average expected volatility

2008 valuation

 

2004-2008

21.50%

2008 valuation

 

2003-2007

23.00%

Passaic Industries is based in the United States and offers its employees both a defined-benefit pension plan and stock options. Several of the disclosures related to these plans are presented in Exhibits 14-16, 14-17, and 14-18.

With regard to its defined-benefit pension plan, Passaic’s year-end 2008 balance sheet most likely presents a

a. $621 million asset.

b. $621 million liability.

c. $1,699 million liability.

the pension expense reported on the passaic industries income statement for the year 605239

EXHIBIT 14-16 Components of Expense (Income)

 

Yew Ended 31 December

 

2008

2007

2006

Components of expense/(income)

 

 

 

Service cost

$908

$910

$831

Interest cost

2,497

2,457

2,378

Expected return on plan assets

(3,455)

(3,515)

(3,378)

Amortization of prior service costs

188

185

180

Recognized net actuarial loss/(gain)

912

1,266

440

Net periodic benefit coat

$1,050

$I,303

$451

EXHIBIT 14-17 Funded Status of Plan

At 31 December ($ millions)

2008

2007

Change in benefit obligation

 

 

Beginning balance

$45,183

$42,781

Service cost

908

910

Interest cost

2,497

2,457

Plan participants” contributions

9

12

Amendments

156

270

Actuarial (gain)/losses

(925)

2,778

Settlement/curtailment/acquisitions/dispositions, net

85

(1,774)

Benefit paid

(2,331)

(2,251)

Ending balance

$45,582

$45,183

Change in plan assets

 

 

Beginning at fair value

$43,484

$38,977

Actual return on plan assets

4,239

5,460

Company contribution

526

2,604

Plan participants” contributions

9

12

Settlement/curtailment/acquisitions/dispositions, net

216

(1,393)

Benefit paid

(2,286)

(2,208)

Exchange rate adjustment.(

15

32

Ending balance at fair value

$46,203

$43,484

EXHIBIT 14-18 Volatility Assumptions Used to Value Stock Option Grants

Grant year

Weighted average expected volatility

2008 valuation

 

2004-2008

21.50%

2008 valuation

 

2003-2007

23.00%

Passaic Industries is based in the United States and offers its employees both a defined-benefit pension plan and stock options. Several of the disclosures related to these plans are presented in Exhibits 14-16, 14-17, and 14-18.

The pension expense reported on the Passaic Industries income statement for the year ending 31 December 2008 is closest to

a. $908 million.

b. $1,050 million.

c. $2,331 million.

the associated adjustment to net income related to the db plan is closest to 605240

EXHIBIT 14-16 Components of Expense (Income)

 

Yew Ended 31 December

 

2008

2007

2006

Components of expense/(income)

 

 

 

Service cost

$908

$910

$831

Interest cost

2,497

2,457

2,378

Expected return on plan assets

(3,455)

(3,515)

(3,378)

Amortization of prior service costs

188

185

180

Recognized net actuarial loss/(gain)

912

1,266

440

Net periodic benefit coat

$1,050

$I,303

$451

EXHIBIT 14-17 Funded Status of Plan

At 31 December ($ millions)

2008

2007

Change in benefit obligation

 

 

Beginning balance

$45,183

$42,781

Service cost

908

910

Interest cost

2,497

2,457

Plan participants” contributions

9

12

Amendments

156

270

Actuarial (gain)/losses

(925)

2,778

Settlement/curtailment/acquisitions/dispositions, net

85

(1,774)

Benefit paid

(2,331)

(2,251)

Ending balance

$45,582

$45,183

Change in plan assets

 

 

Beginning at fair value

$43,484

$38,977

Actual return on plan assets

4,239

5,460

Company contribution

526

2,604

Plan participants” contributions

9

12

Settlement/curtailment/acquisitions/dispositions, net

216

(1,393)

Benefit paid

(2,286)

(2,208)

Exchange rate adjustment.(

15

32

Ending balance at fair value

$46,203

$43,484

EXHIBIT 14-18 Volatility Assumptions Used to Value Stock Option Grants

Grant year

Weighted average expected volatility

2008 valuation

 

2004-2008

21.50%

2008 valuation

 

2003-2007

23.00%

Passaic Industries is based in the United States and offers its employees both a defined-benefit pension plan and stock options. Several of the disclosures related to these plans are presented in Exhibits 14-16, 14-17, and 14-18.

The Passaic Industries statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2008 shows the reconciliation of net income to cash flows from operating activities for the period. The associated adjustment to net income related to the DB plan is closest to

a. $526 million.

b. $2,331 million.

c. $4,239 million.

the estimated increase in the pension obligation due to benefits earned by current e 605241

EXHIBIT 14-16 Components of Expense (Income)

 

Yew Ended 31 December

 

2008

2007

2006

Components of expense/(income)

 

 

 

Service cost

$908

$910

$831

Interest cost

2,497

2,457

2,378

Expected return on plan assets

(3,455)

(3,515)

(3,378)

Amortization of prior service costs

188

185

180

Recognized net actuarial loss/(gain)

912

1,266

440

Net periodic benefit coat

$1,050

$I,303

$451

EXHIBIT 14-17 Funded Status of Plan

At 31 December ($ millions)

2008

2007

Change in benefit obligation

 

 

Beginning balance

$45,183

$42,781

Service cost

908

910

Interest cost

2,497

2,457

Plan participants” contributions

9

12

Amendments

156

270

Actuarial (gain)/losses

(925)

2,778

Settlement/curtailment/acquisitions/dispositions, net

85

(1,774)

Benefit paid

(2,331)

(2,251)

Ending balance

$45,582

$45,183

Change in plan assets

 

 

Beginning at fair value

$43,484

$38,977

Actual return on plan assets

4,239

5,460

Company contribution

526

2,604

Plan participants” contributions

9

12

Settlement/curtailment/acquisitions/dispositions, net

216

(1,393)

Benefit paid

(2,286)

(2,208)

Exchange rate adjustment.(

15

32

Ending balance at fair value

$46,203

$43,484

EXHIBIT 14-18 Volatility Assumptions Used to Value Stock Option Grants

Grant year

Weighted average expected volatility

2008 valuation

 

2004-2008

21.50%

2008 valuation

 

2003-2007

23.00%

Passaic Industries is based in the United States and offers its employees both a defined-benefit pension plan and stock options. Several of the disclosures related to these plans are presented in Exhibits 14-16, 14-17, and 14-18.

The estimated increase in the pension obligation due to benefits earned by current employees in 2008 is closest to

a. $908 million.

b. $1,050 million.

c. $2,331 million.

passaic industries is based in the united states and offers its employees both a def 605242

EXHIBIT 14-16 Components of Expense (Income)

 

Yew Ended 31 December

 

2008

2007

2006

Components of expense/(income)

 

 

 

Service cost

$908

$910

$831

Interest cost

2,497

2,457

2,378

Expected return on plan assets

(3,455)

(3,515)

(3,378)

Amortization of prior service costs

188

185

180

Recognized net actuarial loss/(gain)

912

1,266

440

Net periodic benefit coat

$1,050

$I,303

$451

EXHIBIT 14-17 Funded Status of Plan

At 31 December ($ millions)

2008

2007

Change in benefit obligation

 

 

Beginning balance

$45,183

$42,781

Service cost

908

910

Interest cost

2,497

2,457

Plan participants” contributions

9

12

Amendments

156

270

Actuarial (gain)/losses

(925)

2,778

Settlement/curtailment/acquisitions/dispositions, net

85

(1,774)

Benefit paid

(2,331)

(2,251)

Ending balance

$45,582

$45,183

Change in plan assets

 

 

Beginning at fair value

$43,484

$38,977

Actual return on plan assets

4,239

5,460

Company contribution

526

2,604

Plan participants” contributions

9

12

Settlement/curtailment/acquisitions/dispositions, net

216

(1,393)

Benefit paid

(2,286)

(2,208)

Exchange rate adjustment.(

15

32

Ending balance at fair value

$46,203

$43,484

EXHIBIT 14-18 Volatility Assumptions Used to Value Stock Option Grants

Grant year

Weighted average expected volatility

2008 valuation

 

2004-2008

21.50%

2008 valuation

 

2003-2007

23.00%

Passaic Industries is based in the United States and offers its employees both a defined-benefit pension plan and stock options. Several of the disclosures related to these plans are presented in Exhibits 14-16, 14-17, and 14-18.

Because of the changes in pension plan assets and benefit obligations reported in the Funded Status of Plan reported at 31 December 2007 and 31 December 2008, the 2008 Passaic Industries balance sheet compared to the 2007 balance sheet will show a $2,320 increase in

a. assets.

b. liabilities.

c. shareholders equity.

compared to 2008 net income as reported if passaic industries had used the same expe 605243

EXHIBIT 14-16 Components of Expense (Income)

 

Yew Ended 31 December

 

2008

2007

2006

Components of expense/(income)

 

 

 

Service cost

$908

$910

$831

Interest cost

2,497

2,457

2,378

Expected return on plan assets

(3,455)

(3,515)

(3,378)

Amortization of prior service costs

188

185

180

Recognized net actuarial loss/(gain)

912

1,266

440

Net periodic benefit coat

$1,050

$I,303

$451

EXHIBIT 14-17 Funded Status of Plan

At 31 December ($ millions)

2008

2007

Change in benefit obligation

 

 

Beginning balance

$45,183

$42,781

Service cost

908

910

Interest cost

2,497

2,457

Plan participants” contributions

9

12

Amendments

156

270

Actuarial (gain)/losses

(925)

2,778

Settlement/curtailment/acquisitions/dispositions, net

85

(1,774)

Benefit paid

(2,331)

(2,251)

Ending balance

$45,582

$45,183

Change in plan assets

 

 

Beginning at fair value

$43,484

$38,977

Actual return on plan assets

4,239

5,460

Company contribution

526

2,604

Plan participants” contributions

9

12

Settlement/curtailment/acquisitions/dispositions, net

216

(1,393)

Benefit paid

(2,286)

(2,208)

Exchange rate adjustment.(

15

32

Ending balance at fair value

$46,203

$43,484

EXHIBIT 14-18 Volatility Assumptions Used to Value Stock Option Grants

Grant year

Weighted average expected volatility

2008 valuation

 

2004-2008

21.50%

2008 valuation

 

2003-2007

23.00%

Passaic Industries is based in the United States and offers its employees both a defined-benefit pension plan and stock options. Several of the disclosures related to these plans are presented in Exhibits 14-16, 14-17, and 14-18.

Compared to 2008 net income as reported, if Passaic Industries had used the same expected volatility assumption for its 2008 option grants that it had used in 2007, its 2008 net income would have been

a. lower.

b. higher.

c. the same.

compared to the 2008 reported financial statements if stereo warehouse had used the 605244

Stereo Warehouse is a U.S. retailer that offers employees a defined-benefit pension plan and stock options as part of its compensation package. Peter Friedland, CFA, is an equity analyst concerned with earnings quality. He is particularly interested in whether the discretionary assumptions the company is making regarding compensation plans are contributing

EXHIBIT 14-19 Assumptions Used for Stereo Warehouse Defined-Benefit Plan

2008

2007

2006

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

6.06%

6.14%

6.79%

Discount rate

4.85

4.94

5.38

Salary increase

4.00

4.44

4.25

inflation

3.00

2.72

2.45

EXHIBIT 14-20 Allocation of Stereo Warehouse Defined-Benefit Plan Assets

2008

2009

Equity securities

90%

80%

Debt securities

10

20

EXHIBIT 14-21 Option Valuation Assumptions

2008

2007

2006

Risk free rate

4.6%

3.8%

2.4%

Expected life

5.0yrs

5.0yrs

5.0yrs

Dividend yield

1.0%

0.0%

0.0%

Expected volatility

29%

31%

35%

to the recent earnings growth at Stereo Warehouse. He gathers information from the company’s regulatory filings regarding the pension plan assumptions in Exhibit 14-19, the actual asset allocation for the pension plan in Exhibit 14-20, and the assumptions related to option valuation in Exhibit 14-21.

Compared to the 2008 reported financial statements, if Stereo Warehouse had used the same expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption in 2008 as it used in 2006, its year-end 2008 pension obligation would most likely have been

a. lower.

b. higher.

c. the same.

compared to the reported 2008 financial statements if stereo warehouse had used the 605245

Stereo Warehouse is a U.S. retailer that offers employees a defined-benefit pension plan and stock options as part of its compensation package. Peter Friedland, CFA, is an equity analyst concerned with earnings quality. He is particularly interested in whether the discretionary assumptions the company is making regarding compensation plans are contributing

EXHIBIT 14-19 Assumptions Used for Stereo Warehouse Defined-Benefit Plan

2008

2007

2006

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

6.06%

6.14%

6.79%

Discount rate

4.85

4.94

5.38

Salary increase

4.00

4.44

4.25

inflation

3.00

2.72

2.45

EXHIBIT 14-20 Allocation of Stereo Warehouse Defined-Benefit Plan Assets

2008

2009

Equity securities

90%

80%

Debt securities

10

20

EXHIBIT 14-21 Option Valuation Assumptions

2008

2007

2006

Risk free rate

4.6%

3.8%

2.4%

Expected life

5.0yrs

5.0yrs

5.0yrs

Dividend yield

1.0%

0.0%

0.0%

Expected volatility

29%

31%

35%

to the recent earnings growth at Stereo Warehouse. He gathers information from the company’s regulatory filings regarding the pension plan assumptions in Exhibit 14-19, the actual asset allocation for the pension plan in Exhibit 14-20, and the assumptions related to option valuation in Exhibit 14-21.

Compared to the reported 2008 financial statements, if Stereo Warehouse had used the same discount rate as it used in 2006, it would have most likely reported lower

a. net income.

b. total liabilities.

c. cash flow from operating activities.

the pension assumptions being used by stereo warehouse may be internally inconsisten 605247

Stereo Warehouse is a U.S. retailer that offers employees a defined-benefit pension plan and stock options as part of its compensation package. Peter Friedland, CFA, is an equity analyst concerned with earnings quality. He is particularly interested in whether the discretionary assumptions the company is making regarding compensation plans are contributing

EXHIBIT 14-19 Assumptions Used for Stereo Warehouse Defined-Benefit Plan

2008

2007

2006

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

6.06%

6.14%

6.79%

Discount rate

4.85

4.94

5.38

Salary increase

4.00

4.44

4.25

inflation

3.00

2.72

2.45

EXHIBIT 14-20 Allocation of Stereo Warehouse Defined-Benefit Plan Assets

2008

2009

Equity securities

90%

80%

Debt securities

10

20

EXHIBIT 14-21 Option Valuation Assumptions

2008

2007

2006

Risk free rate

4.6%

3.8%

2.4%

Expected life

5.0yrs

5.0yrs

5.0yrs

Dividend yield

1.0%

0.0%

0.0%

Expected volatility

29%

31%

35%

to the recent earnings growth at Stereo Warehouse. He gathers information from the company’s regulatory filings regarding the pension plan assumptions in Exhibit 14-19, the actual asset allocation for the pension plan in Exhibit 14-20, and the assumptions related to option valuation in Exhibit 14-21.

The pension assumptions being used by Stereo Warehouse may be internally inconsistent with respect to

a. asset returns only.

b. inflation expectations only.

c. both inflation expectations and asset returns.

compared to the reported 2008 financial statements if stereo warehouse had used the 605248

Stereo Warehouse is a U.S. retailer that offers employees a defined-benefit pension plan and stock options as part of its compensation package. Peter Friedland, CFA, is an equity analyst concerned with earnings quality. He is particularly interested in whether the discretionary assumptions the company is making regarding compensation plans are contributing

EXHIBIT 14-19 Assumptions Used for Stereo Warehouse Defined-Benefit Plan

2008

2007

2006

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

6.06%

6.14%

6.79%

Discount rate

4.85

4.94

5.38

Salary increase

4.00

4.44

4.25

inflation

3.00

2.72

2.45

EXHIBIT 14-20 Allocation of Stereo Warehouse Defined-Benefit Plan Assets

2008

2009

Equity securities

90%

80%

Debt securities

10

20

EXHIBIT 14-21 Option Valuation Assumptions

2008

2007

2006

Risk free rate

4.6%

3.8%

2.4%

Expected life

5.0yrs

5.0yrs

5.0yrs

Dividend yield

1.0%

0.0%

0.0%

Expected volatility

29%

31%

35%

to the recent earnings growth at Stereo Warehouse. He gathers information from the company’s regulatory filings regarding the pension plan assumptions in Exhibit 14-19, the actual asset allocation for the pension plan in Exhibit 14-20, and the assumptions related to option valuation in Exhibit 14-21.

Compared to the reported 2008 financial statements, if Stereo Warehouse had used the 2006 expected volatility assumption to value its employee stock options it would have most likely reported higher

a. net income.

b. compensation expense.

c. deferred compensation liability.

compared to the assumptions stereo warehouse used to value stock options in 2007 ear 605249

Stereo Warehouse is a U.S. retailer that offers employees a defined-benefit pension plan and stock options as part of its compensation package. Peter Friedland, CFA, is an equity analyst concerned with earnings quality. He is particularly interested in whether the discretionary assumptions the company is making regarding compensation plans are contributing

EXHIBIT 14-19 Assumptions Used for Stereo Warehouse Defined-Benefit Plan

2008

2007

2006

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

6.06%

6.14%

6.79%

Discount rate

4.85

4.94

5.38

Salary increase

4.00

4.44

4.25

inflation

3.00

2.72

2.45

EXHIBIT 14-20 Allocation of Stereo Warehouse Defined-Benefit Plan Assets

2008

2009

Equity securities

90%

80%

Debt securities

10

20

EXHIBIT 14-21 Option Valuation Assumptions

2008

2007

2006

Risk free rate

4.6%

3.8%

2.4%

Expected life

5.0yrs

5.0yrs

5.0yrs

Dividend yield

1.0%

0.0%

0.0%

Expected volatility

29%

31%

35%

to the recent earnings growth at Stereo Warehouse. He gathers information from the company’s regulatory filings regarding the pension plan assumptions in Exhibit 14-19, the actual asset allocation for the pension plan in Exhibit 14-20, and the assumptions related to option valuation in Exhibit 14-21.

Compared to the assumptions Stereo Warehouse used to value stock options in 2007, earnings in 2008 were most favorably impacted by the change in the

a. expected life.

b. risk-free rate.

c. dividend yield.

the 2008 pension expense recognized on aero euro rsquo s income statement is closest 605252

EXHIBIT 14-22 Pension Plan Assumptions for Aero Euro

 

2008

2007

2006

Discount rate

4.51%

4.49%

4.55%

Salary inflation rate

2.62%

2.70%

2.91%

Expected long term rate

 

 

 

Of return on plan assets

5.70%

5.70%

5.13%

EXHIBIT 14-23 Information Related to Aero Euro’s Defined-Benefit Plans

 

 

 

 

 

Pension. Benefits ( millions)

2008

2007

2006

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

10,921

10,313

9,208

Service cost

368

359

275

Interest cost

489

461

447

Employees” contribution

40

36

32

Plan amendments

150

49

16

Settlement/curtailment

(28)

(11)

(1)

Benefits paid

(423)

(398)

(352)

Actuarial loss / (gain)

68

106

707

Currency translation adjustment

(3)

6

(19)

Benefit obligation at end of year

11,582

10,921

10,315

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

12,538

10,782

9,936

Actual return on plan assets

936

1,763

920

Employed contributions

323

358

261

Employees” contributions

40

36

32

Settlement/curtailment

(6)

(6)

 

Benefits paid

(423)

(398)

(352)

Currency translation adjustment

(4)

3

(15)

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

13,404

12,538

10,782

Funded status

1,822

1,617

469

Unrecognized prior service cost

190

59

25

Unrecognized Actuarial loss / (gain)

(857)

(710)

322

Prepaid (accrued) pension cost

1,155

966

816

Amount recorded in the balance sheet

 

 

 

Pension assets

2,097

1903,

1,767

Provision for retirement. Benefits

(942)

(937)

(951)

Net amount recognized

1,155

966

816

Net periodic cost

 

 

 

Service cost

368

359

275

Interest cost

489

461

447

Expected return on plan assets

(714)

(616)

(532)

Settlement/curtailment

(18)

(8)

 

prior service cost

19

12

15

Amortization of unrecognized actuarial (gain)loss

(1)

16

(4)

Other

 

(1)

 

Net periodic cost

143

223

201

Accumulated benefit obligation

10,018

9056

9,081

Andreas Kordt is an equity analyst examining the financial statements of Aero Euro. Aero Euro is based in Belgium and complies with IFRS. Kordt believes that the accounting guidelines for defined-benefit plans do not reflect the underlying economic financial conditions and he intends to adjust Aero Euro’s financial statements accordingly. He also wants to compare the reported financial statements to those of a company that follows U.S. GAAP. As an initial step, he pulled certain information relating to the plans, which is presented in Exhibits 14-22 and 14-23. The 2008 pension expense recognized on Aero Euro’s income statement is closest to

a. 143 million.

b. 423 million.

c. 1,155 million.

which of the following is a question that the auditor would expect to find on the pr 618004

Which of the following is a question that the auditor would expect to find on the production cycle section of an internal control questionnaire?

a. Are vendors’ invoices for raw materials approved for payment by an employee who is independent of the cash disbursements function?

b. Are signed checks for the purchase of raw materials mailed directly after signing without being returned to the person who authorized the invoice processing?

c. Are all releases by storekeepers of raw materials from storage based on approved requisition documents?

d. Are details of individual disbursements for raw materials balanced with the total to be posted to the appropriate general ledger account?

the primary responsibility of a bank acting as registrar of capital stock is to 618018

The primary responsibility of a bank acting as registrar of capital stock is to

a. Ascertain that dividends declared do not exceed the statutory amount allowable in the state of incorporation.

b. Account for stock certificates by comparing the total shares outstanding to the total in the shareholders subsidiary ledger.

c. Act as an independent third party between the board of directors and outside investors concerning mergers, acquisitions, and the sale of treasury stock.

d. Verify that stock is issued in accordance with the authorization of the board of directors and the articles of incorporation.

from the following information calculate the net cash flow from the operating activi 617964

From the following information, calculate the Net Cash Flow from the Operating Activities of a concern for the year that ended on 31 March 2007:

Cash Sales for the year

1,20,000

Credit Sales for the year

6,60,000

Collection from Debtors during the year

4,40,000

Cash Purchases for the year

80,000

Credit Purchases for the year

3,25,000

Payment to Creditors during the year

2,40,000

Wages Paid during the year

60,000

Outstanding Wages for the year

18,000

Salaries Paid during the year

30,000

Salaries for the year

40,000

General Expenses Paid during the year

20,000

Unpaid General Expenses for the year

6,000

Depreciation on Fixed Assets for the year

26,000

Loss of Stock due to fire

28,000

Insurance Claim Received against loss of Stock

10,000

Interest Received on Investment during the year (of which Rs. 3,000 provided for interest income)

20,000

Payment of Income Tax during the year (of which Rs. 2,000 Paid for Interest Income)

32,000

from the following information calculate the net cash flow from the operating activi 617965

From the following information, calculate the Net Cash Flow from the Operating Activities of P Ltd for the year that ended on 31 March 2007.

Profit & Loss A/c for the year that ended on 31 March 2007

To Opening Stock

43,000

By Sales:

To Purchases:

Cash

70,000

Cash

40,000

Credit

3,42,000

Credit

1,70,000

2,10,000

4,12,000

To Wages:

By Closing Stock

35,000

Paid

55,000

By Dividend from Investment

12,000

Outstanding

5,000

60,000

To Salaries:

Paid

25,000

Outstanding

2,000

27,000

To Rent Paid

5,000

To Depreciation on Assets

18,000

To Preliminary Expenses written off

10,000

To Provision for Taxation

43,000

To Net Profit for the year

43,000

459,000

4,59,000

from the following particulars calculate the net cash flow from the operating activi 617967

From the following particulars, calculate the Net Cash Flow from the Operating Activities of R Ltd for the year that ended on 31 March 2007:

Balance of Profit & Loss A/c:

As on 31 March 2007

3,98,000

As on 31 March 2006

2,72,000

Appropriation of Profit for the year 2006–07:

Transfer to General Reserve

24,000

Proposed Dividend

20,000

Expenses and losses for the year 2006–07:

Interest on Debentures

16,000

Depreciation on Fixed Assets

18,000

Wages & Salaries

37,000

Provision for Taxation

40,000

Goodwill written off

14,000

Loss on Sale of Machinery

12,000

Incomes and gains for the year 2006–07:

Profit on Sale of Furniture

13,000

Income from Investment

7,000

Expenses Paid during the year 2006–07:

Interest on Debentures

18,000

Wages & Salaries

39,000

Income Tax (of which Rs. 3,000 for Non-operating Income)

53,000

Balances of Current Assets and Current Liabilities were as follows:

As on 31 March 2006 (Rs.)

As on 31 March 2007 (Rs.)

Sundry Debtors

34,000

62,000

Sundry Creditors

31,000

48,000

Stock in Trade

47,000

43,000

Bills Receivable

9,000

7,000

Bills Payable

8,000

3,000

Cash & Bank

19,000

36,000

Accrued Income from Investment

3,000

4,000

from the following particulars as furnished by lava ltd calculate its net cash flow 617971

From the following particulars as furnished by Lava Ltd, calculate its Net Cash Flow from the Financing Activities for the year that ended on 31 March 2008:

31 March 2007 Rs.

31 March 2008 Rs.

Equity Share Capital

3,00,000

5,00,000

Preference Share Capital

2,00,000

2,00,000

Debentures

2,00,000

1,50,000

Long-term Loan

80,000

1,50,000

Proposed Dividend (Equity)

36,000

50,000

Outstanding Interest on Debentures

6,000

5,000

During the year 2007–08, the following events took place:

New Issue of Preference Shares at 10% discount

1,00,000

New Issue of Debentures at 20% Discount

1,00,000

Repayment of long-term Loan

50,000

Payment of Preference Dividend

20,000

Payment of Interest on long-term Loan

10,000

Interim Equity Dividend paid during the year in addition to proposed Dividend

15,000

proposed Dividend

Interest on Debentures for the year

24,000

New Equity Shares were issued at 10% Premium

from the following particulars prepare a cash flow statement for the year that ended 617972

From the following particulars, prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 December 2007:

Assets on 31 December 2006

Liabilities on 31 December 2006

Fixed Assets

75,000

Bank Loan

25,000

Cash in Hand

11,000

Trade Creditors

52,000

Other Current Assets

74,000

Capital

83,000

The Balance of Assets and Liabilities as on 31 December 2007 were as follows:

Fixed Assets

1,05,000

Bank Loan

10,000

Cash in Hand

2,000

Trade Creditors

76,000

Other Current Assets

92,000

Capital

1,13,000

During the year 2007, the proprietor of the business withdrew Rs. 31,000 from the business and invested a further capital of Rs. 40,000 and also provided Rs. 15,000 as depreciation on Fixed Assets.

prepare the cash flow statement of bhaskar soumya co for the year 2000 617973

Liabilities

Year 1999
Rs.

Year 2000
Rs.

Assets

Year 1999
Rs.

Year 2000
Rs.

Current Liabilities

2,40,000

2,80,000

Cash

30,000

20,000

Loan from Bhaskar

1,20,000

Debtors

2,50,000

2,70,000

Bank Loan

3,20,000

2,90,000

Stock

1,90,000

1,60,000

Capital

9,60,000

10,00,000

Land

2,00,000

2,50,000

Building

3,70,000

4,40,000

Machinery

4,80,000

5,50,000

15,20,000

16,90,000

15,20,000

16,90,000

Balance Sheets of Bhaskar & Soumya Co. are given as follows:

During the year 2000, Bhaskar & Soumya introduced an additional capital of Rs. 20,000 and drew Rs. 60,000.

Provision for depreciation on machinery: Opening Balance—Rs. 2,00,000 and Closing Balance—Rs. 2,20,000. No depreciation was provided on other assets. The value of building was increased by Rs. 25,000 and the same was adjusted with the capital account.

Prepare the Cash Flow Statement of Bhaskar & Soumya Co. for the year 2000.

from the following information prepare the cash flow statement for the year that end 617974

From the following information, prepare the Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2008:

Balance Sheets as on __________

Liabilities

As on 31
March 2007
Rs.

Ason 31
March 2008
Rs.

Assets

Ason 31
March 2007
Rs.

Ason 31
March 2008
Rs.

Share Capital

1,50,000

1,75,000

Land & Building

1,10,000

1,50,000

Profit & Loss A/c

20,000

80,000

Machinery

2,00,000

1,40,000

Bank Loan

1,50,000

50,000

Stock

50,000

45,000

Creditors

80,000

95,000

Debtors

70,000

80,000

Bills Payable

50,000

40,000

Cash

20,000

25,000

4,50,000

4,00,000

4,50,000

4,00,000

Additional Information:

  1. Net Profit for the year 2007–08 amounted to Rs. 60,000.
  2. During the year 2007–08, a machine costing Rs. 25,000 (accumulated depreciation was Rs. 10,000) was sold for Rs. 13,000. The provision for depreciation against machinery as on 31 March 2007 was Rs. 50,000 and on 31 March 2008 was Rs. 85,000.

prepare a cash flow statement of kawali ltd for the year that ended on 31 december 2 617975

Prepare a Cash Flow Statement of Kawali Ltd for the year that ended on 31 December 2007 from the following particulars:

Balance Sheets as on __________

Liabilities

31 December
2006
Rs.

31 December
2007
Rs.

Assets

31 December
2006
Rs.

31 December
2007
Rs.

Equity Share Capital

1,00,000

2,00,000

Goodwill

1,00,000

80,000

10% Preference Share Capital

1,00,000

1,20,000

Building

2,00,000

3,20,000

Profit & Loss Aic

2,00,000

3,00,000

Machinery

1,00,000

1,52,000

12% Debenture

1,00,000

80,000

Stock

80,000

70,000

Creditors

30,000

20,000

Debtors

1,20,000

1,50,000

Proposed Dividend

20,000

30,000

Bank

50,000

20,000

Provision for Taxation

1,10,000

50,000

Preliminary

expenses

10,000

8,000

6,60,000

8,00,000

6,60,000

8,00,000

Additional Information:

  1. A building having a book value of Rs. 20,000 was sold for Rs. 30,000. Depreciation on the building provided for 2007 was Rs. 40,000.
  2. A machinery having a book value of Rs. 35,000 was sold for Rs. 30,000. Depreciation provided on machinery for the year 2007 amounted to Rs. 25,000.
  3. Tax paid during the year 2007 was Rs. 90,000.
  4. 12% debentures were redeemed at 10% premium.

prepare a cash flow statement as per as 3 and interpret it 617977

Balance Sheet of R Ltd (Rs. in ’000)

Liabilities

As on 31
March 2007

As on 31
March 2006

Assets

As on 31
March 2007

As on 31
March 2006

Share Capital

1,000

800

Machinery

700

500

Reserve

200

150

Building

600

400

Profit & Loss A/c

100

60

Investment

100

Debentures

200

Debtors

500

700

Tax Provision

100

70

Stock

400

200

Proposed Dividend

200

100

Cash & Bank

200

200

Sundry Creditors

700

820

2,500

2,000

2,500

2,000

Additional details:

  1. Building is still under construction and no depreciation was charged.
  2. Depreciation was charged @ 25% on the opening value of machinery.
  3. An old machine costing Rs. 50,000 was sold for Rs. 35,000 (Written Down Value [WDV]—Rs. 20,000).
  4. Income tax paid during the year—Rs. 50,000.

Prepare a Cash Flow Statement as per AS-3 and interpret it.

redraft the given traditional cash flow of 31 december 2008 as per as 3 provisions 617978

Redraft the given Traditional Cash Flow of 31 December 2008 as per AS-3 provisions:

Traditional Cash Flow as on 31 December 2008

Sources

Rs. in Lakh

Rs. in Lakh

Uses

Rs. in Lakh

Opening Cash Balance

225

Purchase of Fixed Assets2

100

Cash from operation:

Closing Cash Balance

194

Cash from Sales

909

Less: Cash Paid:

For purchase

(588)

For Expenses

(255)

66

Dividend Received

3

294

294

following is the cash flow abstract of alpha ltd for the year that ended on 31 march 617979

Following is the Cash Flow Abstract of Alpha Ltd for the year that ended on 31 March 2008:

Cash flow abstract

Inflows

Outflows

Opening Balance:

Payment to Creditors

90,000

Cash

10,000

Salaries & Wages

25,000

Bank

70,000

Payment of Overheads

15,000

Share Capital -Shares Issued

5,00,000

Fixed Assets Acquired

4,00,000

Collection from Debtors

3,50,000

Debentures Redeemed

50,000

Sale of Fixed Assets

70,000

Bank Loan Repaid

250,000

Taxation

55,000

Dividends

1,00,000

Closing Balance:

Cash

5,000

Bank

10,000

10,00,000

10,00,000

Prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2008 in accordance with AS-3.

following are the summarized balance sheets of bibhu ribhu enterprise ltd as on 31 m 617982

Following are the summarized Balance Sheets of Bibhu–Ribhu Enterprise Ltd, as on 31 March 2002 and 31 March 2003:

Liabilities

As on 31
March 2002
Rs.

Ason 31
March 2003
Rs.

Assets

As on 31
March 2002
Rs.

As on 31
March 2003
Rs.

Share Capital

2,00,000

2,50,000

Goodwill

5,000

General Reserve

50,000

60,000

Land & Building

2,00,000

1,90,000

Profit & Loss A/c

30,500

30,600

Machinery

1,50,000

1,69,000

Long-term Loan

70,000

inventory

1,00,000

74,000

Sundry Creditors

1,50,000

1,35,200

Sundry Debtors

80,000

64,200

Provision for Taxation

30,000

35,000

Bank

8,000

5,30,500

5,10,800

5,30,500

5,10,800

Additional information:

During the year that ended on 31 March 2003, the following transactions took place:

  1. Dividends of Rs. 23,000 were paid.
  2. An inventory of Rs. 20,000 and machinery of Rs. 25,000 of another company were purchased for a consideration of Rs. 45,000 payable in shares.
  3. Machinery was further purchased for cash at Rs. 8,000.
  4. Depreciation written off on machinery was Rs. 12,000.
  5. Income Tax provided during the year was Rs. 33,000.
  6. Sale of old machinery of Rs. 2,000 at a loss of Rs. 300, which was written off to general reserve.

Prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2003 using modern method, as per the revised guidelines of AS-3.

following are the summarized balance sheets of rabangla ltd as on 31 march 2007 and 617983

Following are the summarized Balance Sheets of Rabangla Ltd as on 31 March 2007 and 31 March 2008:

(Rs. in Lakhs)

Liabilities

31 March
2007

31 March
2008

Assets

31 March
2007

31 March
2008

share Capital

300.00

325.00

Freehold Property

225.00

240.00

General Reserve

200.00

219.00

Machinery

135.00

165.00

Profit & Loss A/c

25.00

20.00

Long-term Investment

150.00

162.50

7% Debentures

75.00

50.00

Short-term Investment

112.50

100.00

Loan from Bank

27.00

14.25

Stock

52.50

75.00

(Pledged by freehold property)

Debtors

45.00

70.00

Bank

10.50

4.00

Provislon for Taxation

21.00

37.50

Proposed Dividend

2250

23.25

Sundry Creditors

60.00

127.50

730.50

816.50

730.50

816.50

The following additional information for the year 2007–08 are relevant for the purpose:

  1. Credit Sales – Rs. 675 lakhs.
  2. Credit Purchases – Rs. 520 lakhs.
  3. Overheads – Rs. 83.75 lakhs.
  4. Depreciation on Machinery – Rs. 17.50 lakhs.
  5. Tax Liability for 2006–07 was settled at Rs. 22.50 lakhs.
  6. Dividend for 2006–07 was paid in 2007–08.

Prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2008.

employers bond employees who handle cash receipts because fidelity bonds reduce the 617984

Employers bond employees who handle cash receipts because fidelity bonds reduce the possibility of employing dishonest individuals and

a. Protect employees who make unintentional misstatements from possible monetary damages resulting from their misstatements.

b. Deter dishonesty by making employees aware that insurance companies may investigate and prosecute dishonest acts.

c. Facilitate an independent monitoring of the receiving and depositing of cash receipts.

d. Force employees in positions of trust to take periodic vacations and rotate their assigned duties.

during the consideration of a small business client rsquo s internal control the aud 617985

During the consideration of a small business client’s internal control, the auditor discovered that the accounts receivable clerk approves credit memos and has access to cash. Which of the following controls would be most effective in offsetting this weakness?

a. The owner reviews errors in billings to customers and postings to the subsidiary ledger.

b. The controller receives the monthly bank statement directly and reconciles the checking accounts.

c. The owner reviews credit memos after they are recorded.

d. The controller reconciles the total of the detail accounts receivable accounts to the amount shown in the ledger.

which of the following questions would most likely be included in an internal contro 617993

Which of the following questions would most likely be included in an internal control questionnaire concerning the completeness assertion for purchases?

a. Is an authorized purchase order required before the receiving department can accept a shipment or the vouchers payable department can record a voucher?

b. Are purchase requisitions prenumbered and independently matched with vendor invoices?

c. Is the unpaid voucher file periodically reconciled with inventory records by an employee who does not have access to purchase requisitions?

d. Are purchase orders, receiving reports, and vouchers prenumbered and periodically accounted for?

compared to the provision for income taxes in 2007 the company rsquo s cash tax paym 605207

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows ($ thousands):

2007

2006

Deferred tax assets:

Accrued expense

$8,613

$7,927

Tax credit and net operating loss carry forwards

2,288

2,554

LIFO and inventory reserves

5,286

4,327

Other

2,664

2,109

Deferred tax assets:

18,851

16,917

Valuation allowance

(1,245)

(1,360)

Net deferred tax assets

$17,606

$15.557

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation Ana Amortization

(27,338)

(29,313)

Compensation and retirement plans

(3,831)

(8,963)

Other

(1,470)

(764)

Deferred tax liabilities

(32,639)

(39,040)

Net Deferred tax liability

($15,033)

($23,483)

Compared to the provision for income taxes in 2007, the company’s cash tax payments were

a. lower.

b. higher.

c. the same.

in 2007 the company rsquo s net income loss was closest to 605208

A company’s provision for income taxes resulted in effective tax rates attributable to loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principles that varied from the statutory federal income tax rate of 34 percent, as summarized in the table below.

Year ended 30 June

2007

2006

2005

Expected Federal income tax expense (benefit) From confirming operations at 34 percent

($112,000)

$768,000

$685,000

Expenses not deductible for income tax purposes

357,000

32,000

51,000

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

132,000

22,000

100,000

Change in valuation allowance

for deemed tax assets

(150,000)

(766,000)

(754,000)

Income tax expense

$227,000

$56,000

$82,000

In 2007, the company’s net income (loss) was closest to

a. ($217,000).

b. ($329,000).

c. ($556,000).

the 357 000 adjustment in 2007 most likely resulted in 605209

A company’s provision for income taxes resulted in effective tax rates attributable to loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principles that varied from the statutory federal income tax rate of 34 percent, as summarized in the table below.

Year ended 30 June

2007

2006

2005

Expected Federal income tax expense (benefit) From confirming operations at 34 percent

($112,000)

$768,000

$685,000

Expenses not deductible for income tax purposes

357,000

32,000

51,000

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

132,000

22,000

100,000

Change in valuation allowance

for deemed tax assets

(150,000)

(766,000)

(754,000)

Income tax expense

$227,000

$56,000

$82,000

The $357,000 adjustment in 2007 most likely resulted in

a. an increase in deferred tax assets.

b. an increase in deferred tax liabilities.

c. no change to deferred tax assets and liabilities.

over the three years presented changes in the valuation allowance for deferred tax a 605210

A company’s provision for income taxes resulted in effective tax rates attributable to loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principles that varied from the statutory federal income tax rate of 34 percent, as summarized in the table below.

Year ended 30 June

2007

2006

2005

Expected Federal income tax expense (benefit) From confirming operations at 34 percent

($112,000)

$768,000

$685,000

Expenses not deductible for income tax purposes

357,000

32,000

51,000

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

132,000

22,000

100,000

Change in valuation allowance

for deemed tax assets

(150,000)

(766,000)

(754,000)

Income tax expense

$227,000

$56,000

$82,000

Over the three years presented, changes in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets were most likely indicative of

a. decreased prospect for future profitability.

b. increased prospects for future profitability.

c. assets being carried at a higher value than their tax base.

what do you think of the dividend policies of the following companies 604653

What do you think of the dividend policies of the following companies?

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

A

EPS

100

115

131

150

i6o

165

167

DPS

20

23

26

30

35

41

6o

B

EPS

35o

402

458

524

559

577

584

DPS

7o

8o

92

105

112

115

117

C

EPS

100

5o

o

—5o

—5o

0

5o

DPS

5

5

5

5

5

5

6

D

EPS

500

52o

550

boo

500

400

300

DPS

100

8o

7o

100

120

150

200

rowak plc is a syldavian industrial company listed on the klow stock exchange 604655

Rowak plc is a Syldavian industrial company listed on the Klow stock exchange. The number of shares in issue has been constant over the period at one million. The corporate income tax rate is 33%.

(a) Calculate Rowak”s after-tax ROCE and ROE in each year. What do you think?

(b) What do you think of the fact that Rowak has never paid a dividend?

(c) In early September 2009, the company”s market capitalisation is 200 million, and its managers believe the shares are worth 150 each. Rowak”s chairman proposes to the board of directors that 50 million be devoted to buying back (and cancelling) outstanding shares. The programme is to be financed by borrowing at 10% before tax. The board of directors refuses. Why, in your opinion?

(d) In December 2011, the company”s market capitalisation has fallen to 90 million (still with the same number of shares in issue) and the estimated value of the share is 120. Rowak”s chairman puts forward his proposal again. What do you think now?

(figures in

Revenue

Net

Pre-tax interest

Book value

Net

Market

millions)

profit

expenses

of equity

debt

capitalisation

2006

170

8

9

5o

6o

55

2007

130

10

10

6o

7o

90

2008

170

11

10

71

75

152

2009

220

13

9

84

76

195

2010

230

13

7

97

7o

210

2011

240

13

6

110

65

200

a subsidiary of ppr cfao is a leading specialised distributor of automobile and phar 604668

A subsidiary of PPR, CFAO is a leading specialised distributor of automobile and pharmaceutical products in Africa. CFAO operates in 34 countries, including 31 African countries, and has over 10 000 employees.

Description of the initial public offering of CFAO on Euronext Paris:

Price range: between €24.80 and €29.00 per share.

– Size of the offer: 35 650 000 existing shares (57.94% of share capital) sold by the PPR Group.

– Value of the offer between €768.8m and €899.0m on the basis of the price bracket.

– Greenshoe option on a maximum of 4 650 000 existing shares.

– Close of offering scheduled for December 1, 2009.

Income statement (millions of euros)

2006

2007

2008

2009(e)

2010(e)

Sales

2219

2535

2864

2571

2700

— Operating costs

(2016)

(2278)

(2557)

(2323)

(2414)

= EBITDA

204

257

307

248

286

— Depreciation

(27)

(31)

(37)

(40)

(42)

= Operating income

177

226

270

208

244

+ Financial income

(19)

(2o)

(21)

(22)

(23)

+ Non-recurring items

10

9

9

(4)

0

= Pre-tax profit

168

215

257

182

221

— Income tax

(57)

(76)

(90)

(62)

(76)

Share of income from firms accounted for under the equity method

3

3

4

4

5

= Net profit

114

142

171

124

150

— Minority interests

(31)

(36)

(43)

(28)

(32)

= Net earnings, group share

83

io6

129

96

118

 

Cash flow statement

2006

2007

2008

Cash flow from operating activities (1)

116

151

63

Cash flow from investing activities (2)

(58)

(66)

(71)

— Dividends

(93)

(71)

(209)

= Decrease (increase) in net debt

(36)

14

(217)

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

2006

2007

2008

Fixed assets(i)

374

430

464

Working capital (2)

318

315

451

Capital employed = (1) + (2)

692

745

915

Shareholders” equity (3)

55o

617

570

Net debt (4)

142

128

345

Invested capital = (3) + (4)

692

745

915

 

Dividend policy

2006

2007

2008

2009(e)

2010(e)

Net earnings, group share (€m)

83

106

129

96

118

Earnings per share (EPS in €)

1.4

1.7

2.1

1.6

1.9

Dividend per share (€)

o.8

2.9

1.3

o.8

1.o

Payout ratio

61%

170%

6o%

5o%

5o%

What are your views on the company”s dividend policy before and after the IPO?

What impact will the IPO have on CFAO”s balance sheet and on its income statement?

What benefits could this transaction have for CFAO?

Why did PPR decide to IPO CFAO through the sale of a large portion of its shares?

the landmark car park will be shutting down tomorrow after having generated a final 604685

The Landmark car park will be shutting down tomorrow after having generated a final cash flow. it has debts of 500 used to finance its activities. Depending on whether the economic situation is good or bad (there is an equal probability of either), the flows are as follows:

Economic situation

+

Operating cash flow

500

1000

Payment of debt

—500

—500

Shareholders” portion of cash flow

o

500

The company is offered an investment yielding 0 if things go badly (-) and 300 if things go well (+).

(a) What is the initial value of the debt? And of shareholders” equity?

(b) What is the objective value of the investment project? At what price would investors be prepared to invest? Does your answer depend on the way this investment is financed?

(c) What conditions would new creditors set for financing this new investment?

(d) Are conflicts that arise between shareholders and creditors a result of the way in which the company finances investments?

alok malpani and sons is a high tech group in financial distress its key financials 604686

Alok Malpani and Sons is a high-tech group in financial distress. Its key financials are as follows:

(in €m)

2008

2009

2010

Sales

8026

5208

3018

Operating income

130

(168)

(loo)

Financial expense

(330)

(144)

(62)

Restructuring costs

(1020)

(314)

Net income

(1220)

(626)

(162)

Fixed assets

122

72

Working capital

614

330

Shareholders” equity

(620)

(784)

Subordinated debt

616

616

Senior debt

740

570

The Alok Malpani and Sons shares are trading at €24. The company”s share capital is divided into 8 910 000 shares. The value of the senior debt can be estimated at half of its face value and the value of the subordinated debt at 21% of its face value.

The following rescue plan has been submitted to all of the investors in the company:

  • Shareholder subscription to a capital increase of 15 500 000 new shares at a price of €20 per share, totalling €310m.
  • Partial repayment and conversion of the subordinated debt into capital: issue of 3 850 000 new shares and repayment of €36.96m.
  • Waiver of €160m of debts by senior creditors. In exchange, 1 250 000 warrants entitling holders to subscribe after 3 years to 1 share per warrant at a price of €25 per share. The value of these warrants is estimated at €4 per warrant. The proceeds of the capital increase that are left over after partial repayment of the subordinated debt will be used to repay the senior creditors.

(a) What is your view of the financial health of this company?

(b) Calculate the value of the different securities used to finance the capital employed.

(c) Calculate how much the various lenders will have before and after the rescue plan. Assume the negotiated amount of the face value of the senior debt will be 80% after the plan.

(d) Who are the key beneficiaries of this plan?

sauerbraten had exclusively used the fifo method its inventory turnover ratio would 605162

Sauerbraten Corp. reported 2007 sales ($ in millions) of $2,157 and cost of goods sold of $1,827. Inventories at year-end 2007 and 2006, respectively, were $553 and $562. The company uses the LIFO method for inventory valuation and discloses that if the FIFO inventory valuation method had been used, inventories would have been $63.3 million and $56.8 million higher in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Compared to the inventory turnover ratio reported, if Sauerbraten had exclusively used the FIFO method its inventory turnover ratio would have been closest to

a. 2.96.

b. 3.28.

c. 3.49.

anna lyssette is evaluating the performance of two biotechnology companies 605168

Anna Lyssette is evaluating the performance of two biotechnology companies: Biotech Holdings and Advanced Biotech. Both companies released their first new drugs early in the year, but Lyssette is worried about a possible lack of comparability due to differing strategies. Biotech Holdings acquired the research and development for its drug from another company while Advanced Biotech developed its drug internally. In the current accounting period, all else equal, Biotech Holdings would most likely report

a. lower total assets.

b. higher net income.

c. similar cash flow from operations.

the asset intensive company aic has purchased equipment for 1 million 605171

The Asset Intensive Company (AIC) has purchased equipment for $1 million. The equipment is expected to have a three-year useful life and a salvage value of $100,000. AIC reports under U.S. GAAP.

Over the full life of the machine, all else equal, the volatility of AIC’s net income will be

a. the same regardless of whether AIC expenses or capitalizes the cost of the machine.

b. highest if the company expenses the entire cost of the machine in the year of its purchase.

c. highest if the company capitalizes the cost of the machine and depreciates it over its useful life.

acana finds that the average fleet age is 605176

Francis Acana is comparing the property and equipment disclosures for three airline companies, as summarized in the following table:

Airline A

Aiding B

Airline C

Historical cost, aircraft

$17,239

£23,584

45,266

Accumulated depreciation aircraft

6,584

13,654

21,745

Net cost, aircraft

10,655

9,930

23,521

Annual depreciation expense

575

786

1,509

Acana finds that the average fleet age is

a. lowest for Airline A.

b. lowest for Airline B.

c. lowest for Airline C.

in 2007 the company rsquo s u s gaap income statement recorded a provision for incom 605200

NOTE I

Income Taxes

The components of earnings before income taxes are as follows ($ thousands):

Earnings before income taxes:

2007

2006

2005

United States

$88,157

$75,658

$59,973

Foreign

116,704

113,509

94,760

Total

$204,861

$189,167

$154,733

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows ($ thousands):

2007

2006

2005

Income tax Current:

Federal

$30,632

$22,031

$18,959

Foreign

28,140

27,961

22,263

$58,772

$49,992

$41,222

Deferred:

Federal

($4,752)

$5,138

$2,336

Foreign

124

1,730

621

(4,628)

6,868

2,957

Total

$ 54,144

$56,560

$44,179

In 2007, the company’s U.S. GAAP income statement recorded a provision for income taxes closest to

a. $30,632.

b. $54,144.

c. $58,772.

the company rsquo s effective tax rate was highest in 605201

NOTE I

Income Taxes

The components of earnings before income taxes are as follows ($ thousands):

Earnings before income taxes:

2007

2006

2005

United States

$88,157

$75,658

$59,973

Foreign

116,704

113,509

94,760

Total

$204,861

$189,167

$154,733

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows ($ thousands):

2007

2006

2005

Income tax Current:

Federal

$30,632

$22,031

$18,959

Foreign

28,140

27,961

22,263

$58,772

$49,992

$41,222

Deferred:

Federal

($4,752)

$5,138

$2,336

Foreign

124

1,730

621

(4,628)

6,868

2,957

Total

$ 54,144

$56,560

$44,179

The company’s effective tax rate was highest in

a. 2005.

b. 2006.

c. 2007.

a reduction in the statutory tax rate would most likely benefit the company rsquo s 605205

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows ($ thousands):

2007

2006

Deferred tax assets:

Accrued expense

$8,613

$7,927

Tax credit and net operating loss carry forwards

2,288

2,554

LIFO and inventory reserves

5,286

4,327

Other

2,664

2,109

Deferred tax assets:

18,851

16,917

Valuation allowance

(1,245)

(1,360)

Net deferred tax assets

$17,606

$15.557

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation Ana Amortization

(27,338)

(29,313)

Compensation and retirement plans

(3,831)

(8,963)

Other

(1,470)

(764)

Deferred tax liabilities

(32,639)

(39,040)

Net Deferred tax liability

($15,033)

($23,483)

A reduction in the statutory tax rate would most likely benefit the company’s

a. income statement and balance sheet.

b. income statement but not the balance sheet.

c. balance sheet but not the income statement.

if the valuation allowance had been the same in 2007 as it was in 2006 the company w 605206

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows ($ thousands):

2007

2006

Deferred tax assets:

Accrued expense

$8,613

$7,927

Tax credit and net operating loss carry forwards

2,288

2,554

LIFO and inventory reserves

5,286

4,327

Other

2,664

2,109

Deferred tax assets:

18,851

16,917

Valuation allowance

(1,245)

(1,360)

Net deferred tax assets

$17,606

$15.557

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation Ana Amortization

(27,338)

(29,313)

Compensation and retirement plans

(3,831)

(8,963)

Other

(1,470)

(764)

Deferred tax liabilities

(32,639)

(39,040)

Net Deferred tax liability

($15,033)

($23,483)

If the valuation allowance had been the same in 2007 as it was in 2006, the company would have reported $115 higher

a. net income.

b. deferred tax asset.

c. income tax expense.

if zzi chooses a modular implementation how might it choose the order in which to im 617886

Zostner-Zostner Industries (ZZI) is a manufacturer of warehouse and inventory tracking systems. ZZI has four U.S. plants and three warehouses. The company employees 3500 workers at these facilities and the corporate headquarters. ZZI is using legacy systems for its accounting, materials requirement planning, receivables, payables, inventory, and payroll processes. These various legacy systems were developed at different times and do not necessarily have common data formats or programming. Often, ZZI must export data from one legacy system to incorporate into a second legacy system. The president has decided that the company must switch to an ERP system to bring the company”s systems up to date and to enable the company to remain competitive.

Required:

  1. Describe how an ERP system could improve performance at ZZI.
  2. Describe the relative advantages and disadvantages of a big bang versus a modular implementation.
  3. If ZZI chooses a modular implementation, how might it choose the order in which to implement modules?

select the correct alternative from the following 617956

Choose the correct alternative from the following:

  1. Depreciation on Fixed Assets: (a) causes cash inflow; (b) causes cash outflow; (c) has no effect on Cash Flow.
  2. Interest paid on debentures causes: (a) cash outflow from operating activities; (b) cash outflow from Financing Activities; (c) cash outflow from investing activities.
  3. Cash sale of goods causes: (a) cash inflow from operating activities; (b) cash inflow from financing activities; (c) cash inflow from investing activities.
  4. Payment of dividend on shares causes cash outflow from: (a) operating activities; (b) financing activities; (c) investing activities.
  5. Purchase of Fixed Assets causes cash outflow from: (a) operating activities; (b) financing activities; (c) investing activities.
  6. Sale of long-term investment at a loss: (a) increases cash; (b) decreases cash; (c) has no effect on cash.
  7. Redemption of debentures by converting them into shares: (a) increases cash; (b) decreases cash; (c) has no effect on cash.
  8. If the net operating profit of a business concern is Rs. 60,000 and its debtors have increased during the year by Rs. 20,000, cash from operation is equal to: (a) Rs. 60,000; (b) Rs. 80,000; (c) Rs. 40,000.
  9. Payment of income tax for which a provision has been made: (a) increases Cash Flow; (b) decreases Cash Flow; (c) has no effect on Cash Flow.
  10. Payment of wages and salaries causes cash outflow from; (a) operating activities; (b) financing activities; (c) investing activities.
  11. Issue of equity shares for cash causes cash inflow from: (a) operating activities; (b) Financing Activities; (c) investing activities.
  12. Dividend received from investment causes cash inflow from: (a) operating activities; (b) financing activities; (c) investing activities.

the following is the position of current assets and current liabilities of m ltd 617960

The following is the position of Current Assets and Current Liabilities of M Ltd:

Particulars

2006 Rs.

2007 Rs.

Provision for bad debts

1,000

3,000

Short-term loan

10,000

19,000

Creditors

15,000

10,000

Bills Receivable

20,000

40,000

The company incurred a loss of Rs. 45,000 during the year. Calculate the Net Cash Flows from the Operating Activities by Indirect Method.

ascertain the net cash flow from the operating activities 617962

X Ltd made a profit of Rs. 1,20,000 after charging a depreciation of Rs. 20,000 on assets and a transfer to general reserve of Rs. 30,000. The goodwill written off was Rs. 7,000 and the gain on sale of machinery was Rs. 3,000. The other information available to you is (changes in the value of Current Assets and Current Liabilities) at the end of the year. Debtors showed an increase of Rs. 6,000, Creditors an increase of Rs. 10,000, Prepaid Expenses an increase of Rs. 200, Bills Receivable a decrease of Rs. 3,000, Bills Payable a decrease of Rs. 4,000 and Outstanding Expenses a decrease of Rs. 2,000. Ascertain the Net Cash Flow from the Operating Activities.

from the following information calculate the net cash flow from the operating activi 617963

From the following information, calculate the Net Cash Flow from the Operating Activities under indirect method for the year that ended on 31 March 2008:

Profit & Loss A/c for the year that ended on 31 March 2008

Particulars

Particulars

To Loss on Sale of Land

40,000

By Gross Profit

8,20,000

To Discount on Issue of Shares written off

10,000

By Interest on Investment

15,000

To Interest on debentures

18,000

By Dividend Received

18,000

To Depreciation

1,20,000

By Profit on Sale of Plant

20,000

To Goodwill written off

15,000

By Rent Received

12,000

To General Reserve

25,000

By Refund of Tax

8,000

To Tax Provision

30,000

By Insurance Claim Received for Earthquake

90,000

To Proposed Dividend

1,80,000

By Commission Receivable

35,000

To Interim Dividend

70,000

To Net Profit

5,10,000

10,18,000

10,18,000

Additional information:

Particulars

31 March 2007 (Rs.)

31 March 2008 (Rs.)

Debtors

25,000

1,00,000

Creditors

15,000

50,000

Stock

1,40,000

1,00,000

Provision for Tax

50,000

60,000

Accrued Commission

15,000

30,000

Outstanding Wages

20,000

25,000

Prepaid Expenses

18,000

20,000

which of the following statements best describes the risks of erp systems 617869

Which of the following statements best describes the risks of ERP systems?

  1. The risks of implementing and operating ERP systems are nearly identical to the risks of implementing and operating IT systems.
  2. The risks of operating and implementing ERP systems are greater than the risks of implementing and operating IT systems, due to the scope, size, and complexity of ERP systems.
  3. The risks of implementing ERP systems are greater than the risks of implementing IT systems, but the operating risks are nearly identical.
  4. The risks of operating ERP systems are greater than the risks of operating IT systems, but the implementation risks are nearly identical.

lease p does not transfer ownership of the property to the lessee at the end of the 604611

Lease M does not contain a bargain purchase option, but the lease term is equal to 90% of the estimated economic life of the leased property. Lease P does not transfer ownership of the property to the lessee at the end of the lease term, but the lease term is equal to 75% of the estimated economic life of the leased property. How should the lessee classify these leases?

align=”left”>

Lease M

Lease P

a.

Capital lease

Operating lease

b.

Capital lease

Capital lease

c.

Operating lease

Capital lease

d.

Operating lease

Operating lease

on december 31 2006 day co leased a new machine from parr with the following pertine 604612

On December 31, 2006, Day Co. leased a new machine from Parr with the following pertinent information:

align=”left”>

Lease term

6 years

Annual rental payable at beginning of each year

$50,000

Useful life of machine

8 years

Day’s incremental borrowing rate

15%

Implicit interest rate in lease (known by Day)

12%

Present value of annuity of 1 in advance for 6 periods at

12%

4.61

15%

4.35

The lease is not renewable, and the machine reverts to Parr at the termination of the lease. The cost of the machine on Parr’s accounting records is $375,500. At the beginning of the lease term, Day should record a lease liability of

  1. $375,500
  2. $230,500
  3. $217,500
  4. $0

day knows that the lessor expects a 10 return on the lease day has a 12 incremental 604613

On January 1, 2006, Day Corp. entered into a ten-year lease agreement with Ward, Inc. for industrial equipment. Annual lease payments of $10,000 are payable at the end of each year. Day knows that the lessor expects a 10% return on the lease. Day has a 12% incremental borrowing rate. The equipment is expected to have an estimated useful life of ten years. In addition, a third party has guaranteed to pay Ward a residual value of $5,000 at the end of the lease.

The present value of an ordinary annuity of $1 at

12% for ten years is 5.6502

10% for ten years is 6.1446

The present value of $1 at

12% for ten years is .3220

10% for ten years is .3855

In Day’s October 31, 2006 balance sheet, the principal amount of the lease obligation was

  1. $63,374
  2. $61,446
  3. $58,112
  4. $56,502

the rounded present value of an ordinary annuity for nine years at 9 is 5 6 what amo 604615

Neal Corp. entered into a nine-year capital lease on a warehouse on December 31, 2006. Lease payments of $52,000, which includes real estate taxes of $2,000, are due annually, beginning on December 31, 2007, and every December 31 thereafter. Neal does not know the interest rate implicit in the lease; Neal’s incremental borrowing rate is 9%. The rounded present value of an ordinary annuity for nine years at 9% is 5.6. What amount should Neal report as capitalized lease liability at December 31, 2006?

  1. $280,000
  2. $291,200
  3. $450,000
  4. $468,000

east company leased a new machine from north company on may 1 2006 under a lease wit 604616

East Company leased a new machine from North Company on May 1, 2006, under a lease with the following information:

align=”left”>

Lease term

10 years

Annual rental payable at beginning of each lease year

$40,000

Useful life of machine

12 years

Implicit interest rate

14%

Present value of an annuity of one in advance for ten periods at 14%

5.95

Present value of one for ten periods at 14%

0.27

East has the option to purchase the machine on May 1, 2016 by paying $50,000, which approximates the expected fair value of the machine on the option exercise date. On May 1, 2006, East should record a capitalized lease asset of

  1. $251,500
  2. $238,000
  3. $224,500
  4. $198,000

what amount should rafferty include in current liabilities for this capital lease in 604618

On December 30, 2006, Rafferty Corp. leased equipment under a capital lease. Annual lease payments of $20,000 are due December 31 for ten years. The equipment’s useful life is ten years, and the interest rate implicit in the lease is 10%. The capital lease obligation was recorded on December 30, 2006, at $135,000, and the first lease payment was made on that date. What amount should Rafferty include in current liabilities for this capital lease in its December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. $ 6,500
  2. $ 8,500
  3. $11,500
  4. $20,000

oak made a timely second lease payment what amount should oak report as capital leas 604619

Oak Co. leased equipment for its entire nine-year useful life, agreeing to pay $50,000 at the start of the lease term on December 31, 2006, and $50,000 annually on each December 31 for the next eight years. The present value on December 31, 2006, of the nine lease payments over the lease term, using the rate implicit in the lease which Oak knows to be 10%, was $316,500. The December 31, 2006 present value of the lease payments using Oak’s incremental borrowing rate of 12% was $298,500. Oak made a timely second lease payment. What amount should Oak report as capital lease liability in its December 31, 2007 balance sheet?

  1. $350,000
  2. $243,150
  3. $228,320
  4. $0

which was known to mene was 10 in its december 31 2007 balance sheet what amount sho 604621

In the long-term liabilities section of its balance sheet at December 31, 2006, Mene Co. reported a capital lease obligation of $75,000, net of current portion of $1,364. Payments of $9,000 were made on both January 2, 2007, and January 2, 2008. Mene’s incremental borrowing rate on the date of the lease was 11% and the lessor’s implicit rate, which was known to Mene, was 10%. In its December 31, 2007 balance sheet, what amount should Mene report as capital lease obligation, net of current portion?

  1. $66,000
  2. $73,500
  3. $73,636
  4. $74,250

the machine has a useful life of twelve years with no salvage value title passes to 604627

On January 2, 2006, Cole Co. signed an eight-year noncancelable lease for a new machine, requiring $15,000 annual payments at the beginning of each year. The machine has a useful life of twelve years, with no salvage value. Title passes to Cole at the lease expiration date. Cole uses straight-line depreciation for all of its plant assets. Aggregate lease payments have a present value on January 2, 2006, of $108,000 based on an appropriate rate of interest. For 2006, Cole should record depreciation (amortization) expense for the leased machine at

  1. $0
  2. $ 9,000
  3. $13,500
  4. $15,000

for the year ended december 31 2006 what amount should nori recognize as depreciatio 604628

On January 2, 2006, Nori Mining Co. (lessee) entered into a five-year lease for drilling equipment. Nori accounted for the acquisition as a capital lease for $240,000, which includes a $10,000 bargain purchase option. At the end of the lease, Nori expects to exercise the bargain purchase option. Nori estimates that the equipment’s fair value will be $20,000 at the end of its eight-year life. Nori regularly uses straight-line depreciation on similar equipment. For the year ended December 31, 2006, what amount should Nori recognize as depreciation expense on the leased asset?

  1. $48,000
  2. $46,000
  3. $30,000
  4. $27,500

the lessee should amortize the capitalizable cost of the leased asset in a manner co 604629

The lessee should amortize the capitalizable cost of the leased asset in a manner consistent with the lessee’s normal depreciation policy for owned assets for leases that

align=”left”>

Contain a bargain purchase option

Transfer ownership of the property to the lessee by the end of the lease term

a.

No

No

b.

No

Yes

c.

Yes

Yes

d.

Yes

No

the annual minimum lease payments are 100 000 in the notes to the december 31 2006 f 604631

On January 1, 2006, West Co. entered into a ten-year lease for a manufacturing plant. The annual minimum lease payments are $100,000. In the notes to the December 31, 2006 financial statements, what amounts of subsequent years’ lease payments should be disclosed?

align=”left”>

Amount for appropriate required period

Aggregate amount for the period thereafter

a.

$100,000

$0

b.

$300,000

$500,000

c.

$500,000

$300,000

d.

$500,000

$0

only one error was made on the spreadsheet which of the following statements represe 604632

Cott, Inc. prepared an interest amortization table for a five-year lease payable with a bargain purchase option of $2,000, exercisable at the end of the lease. At the end of the five years, the balance in the leases payable column of the spreadsheet was zero. Cott has asked Grant, CPA, to review the spreadsheet to determine the error. Only one error was made on the spreadsheet. Which of the following statements represents the best explanation for this error?

  1. The beginning present value of the lease did not include the present value of the bargain purchase option.
  2. Cott subtracted the annual interest amount from the lease payable balance instead of adding it.
  3. The present value of the bargain purchase option was subtracted from the present value of the annual payments.
  4. Cott discounted the annual payments as an ordinary annuity, when the payments actually occurred at the beginning of each period.

at december 31 2006 how much should lane report as deferred gain from the sale of th 604633

On December 31, 2006, Lane, Inc. sold equipment to Noll, and simultaneously leased it back for twelve years. Pertinent information at this date is as follows:

align=”left”>

Sales price

$480,000

Carrying amount

360,000

Estimated remaining economic life

15 years

At December 31, 2006, how much should Lane report as deferred gain from the sale of the equipment?

  1. $0
  2. $110,000
  3. $112,000
  4. $120,000

the leaseback is considered an operating lease in parke rsquo s december 31 2006 bal 604635

On December 31, 2006, Parke Corp. sold Edlow Corp. an airplane with an estimated remaining useful life of ten years. At the same time, Parke leased back the airplane for three years. Additional information is as follows:

align=”left”>

Sales price

$600,000

Carrying amount of airplane at date of sale

$100,000

Monthly rental under lease

$ 6,330

Interest rate implicit in the lease as computed by Edlow and known by Parke (this rate is lower than the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate)

12

%

Present value of operating lease rentals ($6,330 for 36 months @ 12%)

$190,581

The leaseback is considered an operating lease. In Parke’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should be included as deferred revenue on this transaction?

  1. $0
  2. $190,581
  3. $309,419
  4. $500,000

hopper calculated the company had a gain of 8 000 on the lease modification hopper r 604641

In January 2005, Hopper Corp. signed a capital lease for equipment with a term of twenty years. In 2007, Hopper negotiated a modification to a capital lease that resulted in the lease being reclassified as an operating lease. Hopper calculated the company had a gain of $8,000 on the lease modification. Hopper retains all rights to use the property during the remainder of the lease term. How should Hopper account for the lease modification?

  1. Recognize an $8,000 gain from lease modification during 2007.
  2. Defer the gain and recognize it over the life of the operating lease.
  3. Recognize the $8,000 gain as an extraordinary item in 2007.
  4. Recognize the $8,000 gain as a discontinued operation in 2007.

on january 1 2003 belkor entered into a 10 year capital lease for equipment on decem 604642

On January 1, 2003, Belkor entered into a 10-year capital lease for equipment. On December 1, 2006, Belkor terminates the capital lease and incurs a $20,000 loss. How should Belkor recognize the lease termination on their financial statements?

  1. Recognize a $20,000 loss in 2006 as a discontinued operation.
  2. Recognize a $20,000 loss in 2006 as an extraordinary item.
  3. Recognize a $20,000 loss from continuing operations in 2006.
  4. Defer recognition of the loss and recognize pro rata over the life of the lease term.

which of the following items would appear in the reconciliation schedule related to 604575

SFAS 132 (Revised), Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits, requires a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the plan assets for both defined pension plans and defined postretirement plans. Which of the following items would appear in the reconciliation schedule related to defined pension plans?

align=”left”>

Benefit payments

Actual return on plan assets

a.

No

Yes

b.

No

No

c.

Yes

No

d.

Yes

Yes

the amount of any unamortized prior service cost or credit not recognized in the sta 604577

According to SFAS 158, which of the following is not a required disclosure for defined benefit pension plans?

  1. An explanation of a significant change in plan assets if not apparent from other disclosures.
  2. The amount of any unamortized prior service cost or credit not recognized in the statement of financial position (balance sheet).
  3. The effect of a two-percentage-point increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate(s).
  4. Reconciliation of beginning and ending balance of the projected benefit obligation.

the funded status of its pension plan with the amounts recognized in the balance she 604581

According to SFAS 158 and SFAS 132(R), a company with a defined benefit pension plan must disclose in the notes to its financial statements all of the following except

  1. The funded status of its pension plan with the amounts recognized in the balance sheet showing separately the assets, current liabilities, and noncurrent liabilities recognized.
  2. Rates for assumed discount rate, rate of compensation increase, and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets.
  3. A reconciliation of the accrued or prepaid pension cost reported in its balance sheet with the pension expense reported in its income statement.
  4. The recognized amount of the net periodic benefit cost with the components shown separately.

The following information pertains to Foster Co.’s defined benefit postretirement plan for the year 2006.

align=”left”>

Service cost

$120,000

Benefit payment

55,000

Interest on the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

20,000

Unrecognized transition obligation (to be amortized over twenty years)

200,000

Foster Co.’s 2006 net periodic postretirement benefit cost was

  1. $205,000
  2. $150,000
  3. $ 95,000
  4. $285,000

kemp company provides a defined benefit postretirement plan for its employees kemp a 604582

Kemp Company provides a defined benefit postretirement plan for its employees. Kemp adopted the plan on January 1, 2006, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 106, Employer’s Accounting for Postretirement Benefits other than Pensions. Data relating to the pension plan for 2006 are as follows:

align=”left”>

Service cost for 2006

28,000

Interest on the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

5,000

Amortization of the unrecognized transition obligation

8,000

At the end of 2006, Kemp makes a benefit payment of $10,000 to employees. In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, Kemp should record accrued postretirement benefit cost of

  1. $35,000
  2. $31,000
  3. $51,000
  4. $15,000

which of the following are correct regarding a transition obligation resulting from 604585

Which of the following are correct regarding a transition obligation resulting from the adoption of a defined benefit postretirement plan?

  1. I. A transition obligation may be recognized immediately.
  2. II. The transition obligation represents the difference between the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year the plan is adopted.
  3. III. A transition obligation may be amortized on a straight-line basis over a maximum period of twenty years.
    1. a. I and II.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. I, II, and III.
    4. d. II and III.

what portion of the 200 000 should be shown as a current and long term liability res 604591

On January 1, 2006, Glen Co. leased a building to Dix Corp. under an operating lease for a ten-year term at an annual rental of $50,000. At inception of the lease, Glen received $200,000 covering the first two years’ rent of $100,000 and a security deposit of $100,000. This deposit will not be returned to Dix upon expiration of the lease but will be applied to payment of rent for the last two years of the lease. What portion of the $200,000 should be shown as a current and long-term liability, respectively, in Glen’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

align=”left”>

Current liability

Long-term liability

a.

$0

$200,000

b.

$ 50,000

$100,000

c.

$100,000

$100,000

d.

$100,000

$ 50,000

as an inducement to enter a lease graf co a lessor granted zep inc a lessee twelve m 604592

As an inducement to enter a lease, Graf Co., a lessor, granted Zep, Inc., a lessee, twelve months of free rent under a five-year operating lease. The lease was effective on January 1, 2006, and provides for monthly rental payments to begin January 1, 2007. Zep made the first rental payment on December 30, 2006. In its 2006 income statement, Graf should report rental revenue in an amount equal to

  1. Zero.
  2. Cash received during 2006.
  3. One-fourth of the total cash to be received over the life of the lease.
  4. One-fifth of the total cash to be received over the life of the lease.

on july 1 2006 south co entered into a ten year operating lease for a warehouse faci 604596

On July 1, 2006, South Co. entered into a ten-year operating lease for a warehouse facility. The annual minimum lease payments are $100,000. In addition to the base rent, South pays a monthly allocation of the building’s operating expenses, which amounted to $20,000 for the year ended June 30, 2007. In the notes to South’s June 30, 2007 financial statements, what amounts of subsequent years’ lease payments should be disclosed?

  1. $100,000 per annum for each of the next five years and $500,000 in the aggregate.
  2. $120,000 per annum for each of the next five years and $600,000 in the aggregate.
  3. $100,000 per annum for each of the next five years and $900,000 in the aggregate.
  4. $120,000 per annum for each of the next five years and $1,080,000 in the aggregate.

on january 1 2006 mollat co signed a seven year lease for equipment having a ten yea 604597

On January 1, 2006, Mollat Co. signed a seven-year lease for equipment having a ten-year economic life. The present value of the monthly lease payments equaled 80% of the equipment’s fair value. The lease agreement provides for neither a transfer of title to Mollat nor a bargain purchase option. In its 2006 income statement Mollat should report

  1. Rent expense equal to the 2006 lease payments.
  2. Rent expense equal to the 2006 lease payments less interest expense.
  3. Lease amortization equal to one-tenth of the equipment’s fair value.
  4. Lease amortization equal to one-seventh of 80% of the equipment’s fair value.

what should be clark rsquo s 2006 expense relating to utilization of the office spac 604599

On December 1, 2006, Clark Co. leased office space for five years at a monthly rental of $60,000. On the same date, Clark paid the lessor the following amounts:

align=”left”>

First month’s rent

$ 60,000

Last month’s rent

60,000

Security deposit (refundable at lease expiration)

80,000

Installation of new walls and offices

360,000

What should be Clark’s 2006 expense relating to utilization of the office space?

  1. $ 60,000
  2. $ 66,000
  3. $120,000
  4. $140,000

on january 2 2006 ral co leased land and building from an unrelated lessor for a ten 604601

On January 2, 2006, Ral Co. leased land and building from an unrelated lessor for a ten-year term. The lease has a renewal option for an additional ten years, but Ral has not reached a decision with regard to the renewal option. In early January of 2006, Ral completed the following improvements to the property:

align=”left”>

Description

Estimated life

Cost

Sales office

10 years

$47,000

Warehouse

25 years

75,000

Parking lot

15 years

18,000

Amortization of leasehold improvements for 2006 should be

  1. $ 7,000
  2. $ 8,900
  3. $12,200
  4. $14,000

during january 2006 nobb made substantial improvements to the warehouse the cost of 604602

On January 1, 2004, Nobb Corp. signed a twelve-year lease for warehouse space. Nobb has an option to renew the lease for an additional eight-year period on or before January 1, 2008. During January 2006, Nobb made substantial improvements to the warehouse. The cost of these improvements was $540,000, with an estimated useful life of fifteen years. At December 31, 2006, Nobb intended to exercise the renewal option. Nobb has taken a full year’s amortization on this leasehold. In Nobb’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet, the carrying amount of this leasehold improvement should be

  1. $486,000
  2. $504,000
  3. $510,000
  4. $513,000

during january 2006 vail co made long term improvements to a recently leased buildin 604603

During January 2006, Vail Co. made long-term improvements to a recently leased building. The lease agreement provides for neither a transfer of title to Vail nor a bargain purchase option. The present value of the minimum lease payments equals 85% of the building’s market value, and the lease term equals 70% of the building’s economic life. Should assets be recognized for the building and the leasehold improvements?

align=”left”>

Building

Leasehold improvements

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

No

Yes

c.

Yes

No

d.

No

No

on january 1 2004 jck co signed a contract for an eight year lease of its equipment 604606

On January 1, 2004, JCK Co. signed a contract for an eight-year lease of its equipment with a ten-year life. The present value of the sixteen equal semiannual payments in advance equaled 85% of the equipment’s fair value. The contract had no provision for JCK, the lessor, to give up legal ownership of the equipment. Should JCK recognize rent or interest revenue in 2006, and should the revenue recognized in 2006 be the same or smaller than the revenue recognized in 2005?

align=”left”>

2006 revenues recognized

2006 amount recognized compared to 2005

a.

Rent

The same

b.

Rent

Smaller

c.

Interest

The same

d.

Interest

Smaller

howe co leased equipment to kew corp on january 2 2006 for an eight year period expi 604608

Howe Co. leased equipment to Kew Corp. on January 2, 2006, for an eight-year period expiring December 31, 2013. Equal payments under the lease are $600,000 and are due on January 2 of each year. The first payment was made on January 2, 2006. The list selling price of the equipment is $3,520,000 and its carrying cost on Howe’s books is $2,800,000. The lease is appropriately accounted for as a sales-type lease. The present value of the lease payments is $3,300,000. What amount of profit on the sale should Howe report for the year ended December 31, 2006?

  1. $720,000
  2. $500,000
  3. $ 90,000
  4. $0

describe what types of information grocery stores collect that they can use for data 617825

Kroger Co., a large, nationwide grocery chain, maintains a customer reward system titled the “Kroger Plus Shopper”s Card.” Customers who enroll in this system are entitled to discounts on products at Kroger stores and on Kroger gasoline. To earn discounts and other rewards, the shopper must use the “Kroger Plus” card at the time of checkout. The card has a bar code that identifies the customer. For Kroger, the system allows the opportunity to determine customer buying patterns and to use these data for data mining.

Required:

Using a Web search engine, search for “data mining” and “grocery.” Describe what types of information grocery stores collect that they can use for data mining purposes. Also, describe how grocery chains use data mining to improve performance.

what additional information would be needed to determine the actual cause of this pr 617856

Beach Beauties Corporation (BBC), is a regional wholesaler of women”s swimwear and beach attire. The company is located in Jacksonville, Florida, and it sells to retail stores in resort communities in Florida, Georgia, and the Carolinas. BBC employs six salespeople, with each one having responsibility for collecting sales orders from one of the following territories: Southern Florida, Florida Gulf Coast, Eastern Florida, Georgia, South Carolina, and North Carolina.

Each sale representative mails seasonal catalogs to the customers in his or her territory. Online catalogs are also provided via the company”s website. Sales orders are obtained directly by the sales representatives via e-mail. On a daily basis, the sales representatives submit orders to the corporate office via the Internet; a Web browser client is used to enter the e-mail orders into a dedicated Web server. The sales representatives maintain files consisting of each customer”s e-mail orders, accompanied by a printout of the sales orders entered in the computer. All deliveries are sent via common carrier from the Jacksonville headquarters to each of the customer locations.

Recently, BBC has experienced delivery problems. Namely, a few retail stores located on the eastern Georgia seaboard have claimed that they never received their deliveries. Ellen Hainett, BBC”s controller, has been investigating these problems along with Alex Ruminez, the Georgia sales representative. Through her review of the shipping records, Ellen discovered that each of the problem scenarios involved shipment to a warehouse rather than to the customer”s retail store. Interestingly, the sales order files maintained by Alex indicate that shipment should have been set up for delivery to the respective retail store locations.

Upon further investigation, Ellen reviewed the company”s access log and verified that Alex”s and the other sales representatives” authorized passwords were the only ones used to access the company”s Web server.

Required:

  1. Speculate as to potential causes of this problem.
  2. What additional information would be needed to determine the actual cause of this problem?
  3. What controls could be implemented to avoid repeated instances of this problem?

perform an online research of xbrl at determine whether or not xbrl would be appropr 617857

Case line Analytics is a financial services consulting firm that assists its clients with financial analyses surrounding proposed business ventures. John Y. Case is the firm”s founder and project director. As such, he is responsible for preparing most of each client firm”s financial analyses and reports, as well as presenting the results to each client”s management. Due to the varying numbers of managers who may make up a client”s top management, Case always prepares at least a dozen report copies so that there are plenty to distribute to all persons in attendance at the presentation.

Data for financial analyses are obtained directly from the accounting and production databases of the firm”s clients. Direct queries are prepared by Case”s staff accountants, and the resulting presentation reports are prepared by the staff and reviewed by Case. This is a time-consuming process, and many of Case”s clients have demanded more current information. This problem recently led Case to investigate the possibility of developing a software package that could produce the financial analyses and reports automatically.

As Case considers the significant investment that would be required to program a new system, he is concerned about the loss of control that may be inherent in an automated system. For instance, he worries about the accuracy and completeness of analyses and reports prepared automatically.

Required:

Perform an online research of XBRL at determine whether or not XBRL would be appropriate for Case”s business. Would XBRL be more effective and reliable? Why, or why not? Your response should focus on the existence of any enhancements or concerns that are likely to result in terms of the timeliness of information, internal controls, and security.

jordon corporation obtains the following information from its actuary all amounts gi 604547

Jordon Corporation obtains the following information from its actuary. All amounts given are as of 1/1/06 (beginning of the year).

align=”left”>

1/1/06

Projected benefit obligation

$1,530,000

Market-related asset value

1,650,000

Unrecognized net loss

235,000

Average remaining service period

5.5 years

What amount of unrecognized net loss should be recognized as part of pension cost in 2006?

  1. $70,000
  2. $42,727
  3. $14,909
  4. $12,727

bulls corporation amends its pension plan on 1 1 06 the following information is ava 604549

Bulls Corporation amends its pension plan on 1/1/06. The following information is available:

align=”left”>

1/1/06 amendment

1/1/06 after amendment

Accumulated benefit obligation

$ 950,000

$1,425,000

Projected benefit obligation

1,300,000

1,900,000

The total amount of unrecognized prior service cost to be amortized over future periods as a result of this amendment is

  1. $950,000
  2. $600,000
  3. $475,000
  4. $125,000

there are no other components of loch rsquo s pension expense what amount should loc 604550

On January 2, 2006, Loch Co. established a noncontributory defined benefit plan covering all employees and contributed $1,000,000 to the plan. At December 31, 2006, Loch determined that the 2006 service and interest costs on the plan were $620,000. The expected and the actual rate of return on plan assets for 2006 was 10%. There are no other components of Loch’s pension expense. What amount should Loch report in its December 31, 2006 balance sheet as prepaid pension cost?

  1. $280,000
  2. $380,000
  3. $480,000
  4. $620,000

what amount should webb contribute in order to report an accrued pension liability o 604551

Webb Co., a nonpublicly traded company, implemented a defined benefit pension plan for its employees on January 1, 2003. During 2003 and 2004, Webb’s contributions fully funded the plan. The following data are provided for 2006 and 2005:

align=”left”>

2006 Estimated

2005 Actual

Projected benefit obligation, December 31

$750,000

$700,000

Accumulated benefit obligation, December 31

520,000

500,000

Plan assets at fair value, December 31

675,000

600,000

Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets

75,000

100,000

Pension expense

90,000

75,000

Employer’s contribution

?

50,000

What amount should Webb contribute in order to report an accrued pension liability of $15,000 in its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, assuming that the company has not early adopted SFAS 158?

  1. $ 50,000
  2. $ 60,000
  3. $ 75,000
  4. $100,000

all information on covered employees for 2006 and 2007 is the same how should the se 604557

Effective January 1, 2006, Flood Co. established a defined benefit pension plan with no retroactive benefits. The first of the required equal annual contributions was paid on December 31, 2006. A 10% discount rate was used to calculate service cost and a 10% rate of return was assumed for plan assets. All information on covered employees for 2006 and 2007 is the same. How should the service cost for 2007 compare with 2006, and should the 2006 balance sheet report an accrued or a prepaid pension cost?

align=”left”>

Service cost for 2007 compared to 2006

Pension cost reported on the 2006 balance sheet

a.

Equal to

Accrued

b.

Equal to

Prepaid

c.

Greater than

Accrued

d.

Greater than

Prepaid

if no change in actuarial estimates occurred during 2006 seda rsquo s projected bene 604559

The following information pertains to Seda Co.’s pension plan:

align=”left”>

Actuarial estimate of projected benefit obligation at 1/1/06

$72,000

Assumed discount rate

10

%

Service costs for 2006

18,000

Pension benefits paid during 2006

15,000

If no change in actuarial estimates occurred during 2006, Seda’s projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2006 was

  1. $64,200
  2. $75,000
  3. $79,200
  4. $82,200

assume kerr is a nonpublicly traded company that has not elected to early adopt sfas 604562

At December 31, 2006, the following information was provided by the Kerr Corp. pension plan administrator:

align=”left”>

Fair value of plan assets

$3,450,000

Accumulated benefit obligation

4,300,000

Projected benefit obligation

5,700,000

Assume Kerr is a nonpublicly traded company that has not elected to early adopt SFAS 158. What is the amount of the pension liability that should be shown on Kerr’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. $5,700,000
  2. $2,250,000
  3. $1,400,000
  4. $ 850,000

assume kerr is a publicly traded company what is the amount of the pension liability 604563

At December 31, 2006, the following information was provided by the Kerr Corp. pension plan administrator:

align=”left”>

Fair value of plan assets

$3,450,000

Accumulated benefit obligation

4,300,000

Projected benefit obligation

5,700,000

Assume Kerr is a publicly traded company. What is the amount of the pension liability that should be shown on Kerr’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. $5,700,000
  2. $2,250,000
  3. $1,400,000
  4. $ 850,000

nome co sponsors a defined benefit plan covering all employees benefits are based on 604564

Nome Co. sponsors a defined benefit plan covering all employees. Benefits are based on years of service and compensation levels at the time of retirement. Nome determined that, as of September 30, 2006, its accumulated benefit obligation was $380,000, and its plan assets had a $290,000 fair value. Nome’s September 30, 2006 trial balance showed prepaid pension cost of $20,000. In its September 30, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should Nome report as additional pension liability? Assume that Nome is a nonpublicly traded company and has not elected to apply SFAS 158 in 2006.

  1. $110,000
  2. $360,000
  3. $380,000
  4. $400,000

assuming that the company has not elected to early adopt sfas 158 what amount should 604565

Payne, Inc., a nonpublicly traded company, implemented a defined benefit pension plan for its employees on January 2, 2006. The following data are provided for 2006, as of December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Accumulated benefit obligation

$103,000

Plan assets at fair value

78,000

Net periodic pension cost

90,000

Employer’s contribution

70,000

Assuming that the company has not elected to early adopt SFAS 158, what amount should Payne record as additional minimum pension liability at December 31, 2006?

  1. $0
  2. $ 5,000
  3. $20,000
  4. $45,000

hall made no contributions to the pension plan during 2006 assume hall is a nonpubli 604566

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

The following data pertains to Hall Co.’s defined-benefit pension plan at December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Unfunded accumulated benefit obligation

$25,000

Unrecognized prior service cost

12,000

Net periodic pension cost

8,000

Hall made no contributions to the pension plan during 2006. Assume Hall is a nonpublicly traded company that has not elected to early adopt SFAS 158 for 2006.

At December 31, 2006, what amount should Hall record as additional pension liability?

  1. $ 5,000
  2. $13,000
  3. $17,000
  4. $25,000

In its December 31, 2006 statement of stockholders’ equity, what amount should Hall report as excess of additional pension liability over unrecognized prior service cost?

  1. $ 5,000
  2. $13,000
  3. $17,000
  4. $25,000

assume claire will make no payments within the next 24 months to any pension plan ho 604568

Claire, a publicly traded company, has the following defined benefit pension plans with the following information as of December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Plan A

Plan B

Plan C

Projected benefit obligation

100,000

150,000

180,000

Accumulated benefit obligation

80,000

140,000

150,000

Fair value of plan assets

110,000

125,000

160,000

Assume Claire will make no payments within the next 24 months to any pension plan. How should Claire report the pension plans on the December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. A noncurrent liability of $35,000.
  2. A noncurrent asset of $10,000 and a noncurrent liability of $45,000.
  3. A noncurrent liability of $25,000.
  4. A noncurrent asset of $30,000 and a noncurrent liability of $25,000.

what amount should dawson report for the pension plan on its december 31 2006 balanc 604569

Dawson Corporation, a publicly traded company, implemented a defined benefit pension plan for its employees on January 2, 2004. The following data are provided for 2006 and as of December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Projected benefit obligation

$350,000

Accumulated benefit obligation

320,000

Plan assets at fair value

362,000

Pension cost for 2006

100,000

Employer’s contribution for 2006

95,000

What amount should Dawson report for the pension plan on its December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. A current liability of $5,000.
  2. No asset or liability.
  3. A noncurrent asset of $12,000.
  4. A noncurrent asset of $42,000.

ignoring tax effects which of the following entries would be needed to properly reco 604570

Rose Corporation, a publicly traded company, implemented a defined benefit pension plan for its employees on January 2, 2005. The following data are provided for 2006 and as of December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Projected benefit obligation

$400,000

Accumulated benefit obligation

360,000

Plan assets at fair value

362,000

Pension cost for 2006

150,000

Pension contribution for 2006

150,000

Assume that as of January 1, 2006, Rose’s pension plan was fully funded, and there were no recorded pension assets or liabilities on the balance sheet. Ignoring tax effects, which of the following entries would be needed to properly record the funding status of Rose’s pension plan at December 31, 2006?

  1. A debit to noncurrent pension asset of $2,000.
  2. A debit to prepaid pension for $150,000.
  3. A credit to noncurrent pension liability for $40,000.
  4. A debit to other comprehensive income for $38,000.

assuming a tax rate of 40 what is the net effect of the required adjustment on accum 604571

Tulip Corporation, a publicly traded company, implemented a defined benefit pension plan for its employees on January 2, 2004. The following data are provided for 2006 and as of December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Projected benefit obligation

$600,000

Accumulated benefit obligation

550,000

Plan assets at fair value

520,000

Pension cost for 2006

180,000

Pension contribution for 2006

150,000

Assume that as of January 1, 2006, Tulip’s pension plan was fully funded, and there were no recorded pension assets or liabilities on the balance sheet. Assuming a tax rate of 40%, what is the net effect of the required adjustment on accumulated other comprehensive income on December 31, 2006?

  1. $90,000 decrease.
  2. $108,000 decrease.
  3. $36,000 decrease.
  4. $0

periodic payments of 60 000 annually for three years will begin january 1 2008 the p 604572

On September 1, 2006, Howe Corp. offered special termination benefits to employees who had reached the early retirement age specified in the company’s pension plan. The termination benefits consisted of lump-sum and periodic future payments. Additionally, the employees accepting the company offer receive the usual early retirement pension benefits. The offer expired on November 30, 2006. Actual or reasonably estimated amounts at December 31, 2006, relating to the employees accepting the offer are as follows:

  • Lump-sum payments totaling $475,000 were made on January 1, 2007.
  • Periodic payments of $60,000 annually for three years will begin January 1, 2008. The present value at December 31, 2006, of these payments was $155,000.
  • Reduction of accrued pension costs at December 31, 2006, for the terminating employees was $45,000.

In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, Howe should report a total liability for special termination benefits of

  1. $475,000
  2. $585,000
  3. $630,000
  4. $655,000

which of the following items would appear in the schedule related to defined benefit 604573

SFAS 132 (Revised), Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits, requires a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the benefit obligation for both defined benefit pension plans and defined postretirement plans. Which of the following items would appear in the schedule related to defined benefit pension plans?

align=”left”>

Service cost

Benefits paid

a.

Yes

No

b.

Yes

Yes

c.

No

Yes

d.

No

No

under the requirements of sfas 158 a company with a defined benefit pension plan mus 604574

Under the requirements of SFAS 158, a company with a defined benefit pension plan must disclose in the notes to its financial statements

  1. A reconciliation of the vested and nonvested benefit obligation of its pension plan with the accumulated benefit obligation.
  2. A reconciliation of the accrued or prepaid pension cost reported in its balance sheet with the pension expense reported in its income statement.
  3. A reconciliation of the accumulated benefit obligation of its pension plan with its projected benefit obligation.
  4. The funded status of its pension plan and the amounts recognized in the balance sheet showing separately the noncurrent assets, current liabilities, and noncurrent liabilities reported.

on december 31 2006 house announced the winner of the contest and signed a note paya 604489

Items 11 and 12 are based on the following:

House Publishers offered a contest in which the winner would receive $1,000,000, payable over twenty years. On December 31, 2006, House announced the winner of the contest and signed a note payable to the winner for $1,000,000, payable in $50,000 installments every January 2. Also on December 31, 2006, House purchased an annuity for $418,250 to provide the $950,000 prize monies remaining after the first $50,000 installment, which was paid on January 2, 2007.

In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should House report as note payable—contest winner, net of current portion?

  1. $368,250
  2. $418,250
  3. $900,000
  4. $950,000

In its 2006 income statement, what should House report as contest prize expense?

  1. $0
  2. $ 418,250
  3. $ 468,250
  4. $1,000,000

hancock co rsquo s december 31 2006 balance sheet contained the following items in t 604500

Hancock Co.’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet contained the following items in the long-term liabilities section:

align=”left”>

Unsecured

9.375% registered bonds ($25,000 maturing annually beginning in 2010)

$275,000

11.5% convertible bonds, callable beginning in 2014, due 2026

125,000

Secured

9.875% guaranty security bonds, due 2026

$275,000

10.0% commodity backed bonds ($50,000 maturing annually beginning in 2011)

200,000

What are the total amounts of serial bonds and debenture bonds?

align=”left”>

Serial bonds

Debenture bonds

a.

$475,000

$400,000

b.

$475,000

$125,000

c.

$450,000

$400,000

d.

$200,000

$650,000

blue corp rsquo s december 31 2006 balance sheet contained the following items in th 604501

Blue Corp.’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet contained the following items in the long-term liabilities section:

align=”left”>

9 3/4% registered debentures, callable in 2017, due in 2022

$700,000

9 1/2% collateral trust bonds, convertible into common stock beginning in 2015, due in 2025

600,000

10% subordinated debentures ($30,000 maturing annually beginning in 2012)

300,000

What is the total amount of Blue’s term bonds?

  1. $ 600,000
  2. $ 700,000
  3. $1,000,000
  4. $1,300,000

during 2006 lake co issued 3 000 of its 9 1 000 face value bonds at 101 1 2 in conne 604507

During 2006, Lake Co. issued 3,000 of its 9%, $1,000 face value bonds at 101 1/2. In connection with the sale of these bonds, Lake paid the following expenses:

align=”left”>

Promotion costs

$ 20,000

Engraving and printing

25,000

Underwriters’ commissions

200,000

What amount should Lake record as bond issue costs to be amortized over the term of the bonds?

  1. $0
  2. $220,000
  3. $225,000
  4. $245,000

what amount should fall report in its december 31 2007 balance sheet related to its 604515

The following information relates to noncurrent investments that Fall Corp. placed in trust as required by the underwriter of its bonds:

align=”left”>

Bond sinking fund balance, 12/31/06

$ 450,000

2007 additional investment

90,000

Dividends on investments

15,000

Interest revenue

30,000

Administration costs

5,000

Carrying amount of bonds payable

1,025,000

What amount should Fall report in its December 31, 2007 balance sheet related to its noncurrent investment for bond sinking fund requirements?

  1. $585,000
  2. $580,000
  3. $575,000
  4. $540,000

how should the sinking fund be reported in the company rsquo s balance sheet at dece 604517

On March 1, 2004, a company established a sinking fund in connection with an issue of bonds due in 2016. At December 31, 2006, the independent trustee held cash in the sinking fund account representing the annual deposits to the fund and the interest earned on those deposits. How should the sinking fund be reported in the company’s balance sheet at December 31, 2006?

  1. The cash in the sinking fund should appear as a current asset.
  2. Only the accumulated deposits should appear as a noncurrent asset.
  3. The entire balance in the sinking fund account should appear as a current asset.
  4. The entire balance in the sinking fund account should appear as a noncurrent asset.

on february 13 2007 wynn sold the bonds for 920 000 in its december 31 2006 balance 604519

On July 2, 2006, Wynn, Inc., purchased as a short-term investment a $1,000,000 face value Kean Co. 8% bond for $910,000 plus accrued interest to yield 10%. The bonds mature on January 1, 2013, pay interest annually on January 1, and are classified as trading securities. On December 31, 2006, the bonds had a market value of $945,000. On February 13, 2007, Wynn sold the bonds for $920,000. In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should Wynn report for short-term investments in trading debt securities?

  1. $910,000
  2. $920,000
  3. $945,000
  4. $950,000

which of the following situations is the most likely cause of the decline in the bon 604523

In 2005, Lee Co. acquired, at a premium, Enfield, Inc. ten-year bonds as a long-term investment. At December 31, 2006, Enfield’s bonds were quoted at a small discount. Which of the following situations is the most likely cause of the decline in the bonds’ market value?

  1. Enfield issued a stock dividend.
  2. Enfield is expected to call the bonds at a premium, which is less than Lee’s carrying amount.
  3. Interest rates have declined since Lee purchased the bonds.
  4. Interest rates have increased since Lee purchased the bonds.

on march 1 2006 clark co issued bonds at a discount clark incorrectly used the strai 604526

On March 1, 2006, Clark Co. issued bonds at a discount. Clark incorrectly used the straight-line method instead of the effective interest method to amortize the discount. How were the following amounts, as of December 31, 2006, affected by the error?

align=”left”>

Bond carrying amount

Retained earnings

a.

Overstated

Overstated

b.

Understated

Understated

c.

Overstated

Understated

d.

Understated

Overstated

on the conversion date the carrying amount of the bonds was 1 300 000 the market val 604528

On July 1, 2006, after recording interest and amortization, York Co. converted $1,000,000 of its 12% convertible bonds into 50,000 shares of $1 par value common stock. On the conversion date the carrying amount of the bonds was $1,300,000, the market value of the bonds was $1,400,000, and York’s common stock was publicly trading at $30 per share. Using the book value method, what amount of additional paid-in capital should York record as a result of the conversion?

  1. $ 950,000
  2. $1,250,000
  3. $1,350,000
  4. $1,500,000

in its december 31 2006 balance sheet what amount should fort report as bonds payabl 604531

On December 30, 2006, Fort, Inc. issued 1,000 of its 8%, ten-year, $1,000 face value bonds with detachable stock warrants at par. Each bond carried a detachable warrant for one share of Fort’s common stock at a specified option price of $25 per share. Immediately after issuance, the market value of the bonds without the warrants was $1,080,000 and the market value of the warrants was $120,000. In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should Fort report as bonds payable?

  1. $1,000,000
  2. $ 975,000
  3. $ 900,000
  4. $ 880,000

on that date king acquired all its outstanding bonds on the open market at 98 and re 604536

On June 30, 2006, King Co. had outstanding 9%, $5,000,000 face value bonds maturing on June 30, 2011. Interest was payable semiannually every June 30 and December 31. On June 30, 2006, after amortization was recorded for the period, the unamortized bond premium and bond issue costs were $30,000 and $50,000, respectively. On that date, King acquired all its outstanding bonds on the open market at 98 and retired them. At June 30, 2006, what amount should King recognize as gain before income taxes on redemption of bonds?

  1. $ 20,000
  2. $ 80,000
  3. $120,000
  4. $180,000

interest was payable semiannually on july 1 and january 1 on july 1 2006 fox called 604537

On January 1, 2001, Fox Corp. issued 1,000 of its 10%, $1,000 bonds for $1,040,000. These bonds were to mature on January 1, 2011 but were callable at 101 any time after December 31, 2004. Interest was payable semiannually on July 1 and January 1. On July 1, 2006, Fox called all of the bonds and retired them. Bond premium was amortized on a straight-line basis. Before income taxes, Fox’s gain or loss in 2006 on this early extinguishment of debt was

  1. $30,000 gain.
  2. $12,000 gain.
  3. $10,000 loss.
  4. $ 8,000 gain.

the following information pertains to the transfer of real estate pursuant to a trou 604540

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

The following information pertains to the transfer of real estate pursuant to a troubled debt restructuring by Knob Co. to Mene Corp. in full liquidation of Knob’s liability to Mene:

align=”left”>

Carrying amount of liability liquidated

$150,000

Carrying amount of real estate transferred

100,000

Fair value of real estate transferred

90,000

What amount should Knob report as a gain (loss) on restructuring of payables?

  1. $(10,000)
  2. $0
  3. $50,000
  4. $60,000

What amount should Knob report as a gain (loss) on transfer of real estate?

  1. $(10,000)
  2. $0
  3. $50,000
  4. $60,000

the equipment rsquo s carrying value was 80 000 and its fair value was 75 000 kam rs 604541

On October 15, 2006, Kam Corp. informed Finn Co. that Kam would be unable to repay its $100,000 note due on October 31 to Finn. Finn agreed to accept title to Kam’s computer equipment in full settlement of the note. The equipment’s carrying value was $80,000 and its fair value was $75,000. Kam’s tax rate is 30%. What amounts should Kam report as the gain (loss) on the transfer of assets, and the gain on restructuring of debt?

align=”left”>

Transfer gain (loss)

Restructuring gain

a.

$(5,000)

$25,000

b.

$0

$30,000

c.

$0

$20,000

d.

$20,000

$0

how much should colt report as a gain in its income statement for the year ended dec 604542

Colt, Inc. is indebted to Kent under an $800,000, 10%, four-year note dated December 31, 2003. Annual interest of $80,000 was paid on December 31, 2004 and 2005. During 2006, Colt experienced financial difficulties and is likely to default unless concessions are made. On December 31, 2006, Kent agreed to restructure the debt as follows:

  • Interest of $80,000 for 2006, due December 31, 2006, was made payable December 31, 2007.
  • Interest for 2007 was waived.
  • The principal amount was reduced to $700,000.

How much should Colt report as a gain in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2006?

  1. $0
  2. $100,000
  3. $ 60,000
  4. $120,000

the present value of the interest and principal payments to be received by grey comp 604543

Grey Company holds an overdue note receivable of $800,000 plus recorded accrued interest of $64,000. The effective interest rate is 8%. As the result of a court-imposed settlement on December 31, 2006, Grey agreed to the following restructuring arrangement:

  • Reduced the principal obligation to $600,000.
  • Forgave the $64,000 accrued interest.
  • Extended the maturity date to December 31, 2008.
  • Annual interest of $40,000 is to be paid to Grey on December 31, 2007 and 2008.

The present value of the interest and principal payments to be received by Grey Company discounted for two years at 8% is $585,734. On December 31, 2006, Grey would recognize a valuation allowance for impaired loans of

  1. $ 14,266
  2. $184,000
  3. $278,266
  4. $0

the following information pertains to lee corp rsquo s defined benefit pension plan 604546

The following information pertains to Lee Corp.’s defined benefit pension plan for 2006:

align=”left”>

Service cost

$160,000

Actual and expected gain on plan assets

35,000

Unexpected loss on plan assets related to a 2006 disposal of a subsidiary

40,000

Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost

5,000

Annual interest on pension obligation

50,000

What amount should Lee report as pension cost in its 2006 income statement?

  1. $250,000
  2. $220,000
  3. $210,000
  4. $180,000

the plaintiff has appealed the decision and halsey rsquo s counsel is unable to pred 604455

In 2005, a personal injury lawsuit was brought against Halsey Co. Based on counsel’s estimate, Halsey reported a $50,000 liability in its December 31, 2005 balance sheet. In November 2006, Halsey received a favorable judgment, requiring the plaintiff to reimburse Halsey for expenses of $30,000. The plaintiff has appealed the decision, and Halsey’s counsel is unable to predict the outcome of the appeal. In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, Halsey should report what amounts of asset and liability related to these legal actions?

align=”left”>

Asset

Liability

a.

$30,000

$50,000

b.

$30,000

$0

c.

$0

$20,000

d.

$0

$0

list any strengths and weaknesses in the company s internal control procedures for e 617767

Compton Falls Enterprises is a manufacturer of model trains that sell under the name CF Toy Trains in toy stores and hobby shops throughout the United States and Europe. The company employs 160 people in its home office and sole manufacturing and storage facility, which are both located in Compton Falls, Indiana.

The inventory storeroom is called the stores department, and it is managed by Henry Prayne. Both materials and finished goods are maintained in this area, as well as the supporting inventory records. Henry performs a daily review of the items on hand by monitoring the inventory subsidiary ledger and determining whether additional materials are needed. If they are, Henry prepares a materials requisition form to submit to the production planning department.

The production planning department is led by Roberta “Berta” Aler. Upon receipt of a materials requisition form from Henry, Berta files the form. Berta”s files contain not only the materials requisition forms received from Henry, but also sales forecasts received from the sales department. These files are monitored on a daily basis; if there is a match between the needs identified by both stores and sales, a bill of materials and a routing slip are prepared and forwarded to the production room. If inventory quantities for supporting materials are sufficient, a production schedule is prepared and forwarded to the production room. If materials are needed to support production of the items, a purchase requisition is prepared and forwarded to the purchasing and stores department.

Berta Aler is also the supervisor of the production room. Once new documents are obtained from the production planning department, the bill of materials and routing slip are sent to stores, where Henry retrieves the necessary materials. He makes a copy of the bill of materials and routing slips and then returns these documents to the production room, along with the requested materials. At the end of the day, Henry updates the inventory subsidiary ledger and prepares a journal voucher summarizing the day”s use of materials.

In the production room, the leaders of each production line collect employee time cards at the end of each week and send them to the payroll and cost accounting departments. They also prepare weekly job cost reports for the cost accounting department, itemizing the various costs that have been incurred.

Dell Shay heads the cost accounting department. Dell uses the job cost reports and time cards to create journal vouchers that update the work-in-process and finished goods inventory accounts. As new cost data are obtained, the cost accountants are continually accumulating actual cost data to be compared with standard costs. Variances are calculated and compared, and the information is used to evaluate the line workers in the production room, as well as the managers and supervisors of each department.

Steve Stifer is responsible for updating the general ledger on a weekly basis. The information from the journal vouchers is entered in the general ledger program, which automatically updates the respective accounts. All journal vouchers are filed in Steve”s office.

Required:

  1. Draw a process map of the conversion processes at Compton Falls Enterprises.
  2. Draw a document flowchart showing the records used in the conversion processes at Compton Falls Enterprises.
  3. List any strengths and weaknesses in the company”s internal control procedures. For each weakness, suggest an improvement.
  4. Describe any benefits that Compton Falls Enterprises may receive by installing newer IT systems within its conversion processes. Be specific as to how IT systems could benefit each of the processes described, or how they could eliminate any weakness identified per item c.

describe the internal control strengths and weaknesses of esi s general ledger accou 617789

Enderle Sound, Inc. (ESI), is a manufacturer of stereo speaker systems. The company prepares special journals and subsidiary ledgers for its revenue, expenditures, payroll, and conversion processes. For administrative processes, however, journal vouchers are created for the related general ledger entries. Stefan Bolling is the accounting clerk who has responsibility for preparing journal vouchers.

Journal vouchers are prepared on preprinted forms; however, these forms are not prenumbered. Stefan records a sequential journal voucher number on each form that is prepared. This procedure is in place because of the large number of journal vouchers that are typically voided each period at ESI. Because of the nonrouting nature of the underlying processes, it is not unusual for a journal entry to be revised once or twice before it is actually recorded.

Journal vouchers are posted to the general ledger on a biweekly basis. Once a journal voucher has been posted, Stefan records it in a voucher log. This log is simply a chronological listing of all journal vouchers written that allows Stefan to account for the numerical sequence of vouchers.

On a bimonthly basis, Stefan reconciles the subsidiary accounts to their control accounts in the general ledger and verifies that the general ledger is in balance.

Required:

Describe the internal control strengths and weaknesses of ESI”s general ledger accounting processes. For any weaknesses, suggest an improvement.

what amount should caso record as income from the lawsuit in the year ended december 604457

In May 2002 Caso Co. filed suit against Wayne, Inc. seeking $1,900,000 damages for patent infringement. A court verdict in November 2006 awarded Caso $1,500,000 in damages, but Wayne’s appeal is not expected to be decided before 2008. Caso’s counsel believes it is probable that Caso will be successful against Wayne for an estimated amount in the range between $800,000 and $1,100,000, with $1,000,000 considered the most likely amount. What amount should Caso record as income from the lawsuit in the year ended December 31, 2006?

  1. $0
  2. $ 800,000
  3. $1,000,000
  4. $1,500,000

in march 2007 smith was awarded 100 000 and received full payment thereof in its 200 604458

During 2006, Smith Co. filed suit against West, Inc. seeking damages for patent infringement. At December 31, 2006, Smith’s legal counsel believed that it was probable that Smith would be successful against West for an estimated amount in the range of $75,000 to $150,000, with all amounts in the range considered equally likely. In March 2007, Smith was awarded $100,000 and received full payment thereof. In its 2006 financial statements, issued in February 2007 how should this award be reported?

  1. As a receivable and revenue of $100,000.
  2. As a receivable and deferred revenue of $100,000.
  3. As a disclosure of a contingent gain of $100,000.
  4. As a disclosure of a contingent gain of an undetermined amount in the range of $75,000 to $150,000.

in 2007 the arbitrator decided in favor of dollis when should dollis and brooks reco 604459

In 2006, a contract dispute between Dollis Co. and Brooks Co. was submitted to binding arbitration. In 2006, each party’s attorney indicated privately that the probable award in Dollis’ favor could be reasonably estimated. In 2007, the arbitrator decided in favor of Dollis. When should Dollis and Brooks recognize their respective gain and loss?

align=”left”>

Dollis’ gain

Brooks’ loss

a.

2006

2006

b.

2006

2007

c.

2007

2006

d.

2007

2007

unused vacation time can be accumulated and carried forward to succeeding years and 604463

Gavin Co. grants all employees two weeks of paid vacation for each full year of employment. Unused vacation time can be accumulated and carried forward to succeeding years and will be paid at the salaries in effect when vacations are taken or when employment is terminated. There was no employee turnover in 2006. Additional information relating to the year ended December 31, 2006, is as follows:

align=”left”>

Liability for accumulated vacations at 12/31/05

$35,000

Pre-2005 accrued vacations taken from 1/1/06 to 9/30/06 (the authorized period for vacations)

20,000

Vacations earned for work in 2006 (adjusted to current rates)

30,000

Gavin granted a 10% salary increase to all employees on October 1, 2006, its annual salary increase date. For the year ended December 31, 2006, Gavin should report vacation pay expense of

  1. $45,000
  2. $33,500
  3. $31,500
  4. $30,000

at december 31 2006 taos co estimates that its employees have earned vacation pay of 604464

At December 31, 2006, Taos Co. estimates that its employees have earned vacation pay of $100,000. Employees will receive their vacation pay in 2007. Should Taos accrue a liability at December 31, 2006, if the rights to this compensation accumulated over time or if the rights are vested?

align=”left”>

Accumulated

Vested

a.

Yes

No

b.

No

No

c.

Yes

Yes

d.

No

Yes

as of december 31 2006 case had paid retailers 25 000 related to these coupons and h 604468

Case Cereal Co. frequently distributes coupons to promote new products. On October 1, 2006, Case mailed 1,000,000 coupons for $.45 off each box of cereal purchased. Case expects 120,000 of these coupons to be redeemed before the December 31, 2006, expiration date. It takes thirty days from the redemption date for Case to receive the coupons from the retailers. Case reimburses the retailers an additional $.05 for each coupon redeemed. As of December 31, 2006, Case had paid retailers $25,000 related to these coupons and had 50,000 coupons on hand that had not been processed for payment. What amount should Case report as a liability for coupons in its December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. $35,000
  2. $29,000
  3. $25,000
  4. $22,500

during 2006 estimated tax payments of 300 000 were charged to prepaid taxes trey has 604470

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

The following trial balance of Trey Co. at December 31, 2006, has been adjusted except for income tax expense.

align=”left”>

Dr.

Cr.

Cash

$ 550,000

Accounts receivable, net

1,650,000

Prepaid taxes

300,000

Accounts payable

$ 120,000

Common stock

500,000

Additional paid-in capital

680,000

Retained earnings

630,000

Foreign currency translation adjustment

430,000

Revenues

3,600,000

Expenses

2,600,000

$5,530,000

$5,530,000

Additional information

  • During 2006, estimated tax payments of $300,000 were charged to prepaid taxes. Trey has not yet recorded income tax expense. There were no differences between financial statement and income tax income, and Trey’s tax rate is 30%.
  • Included in accounts receivable is $500,000 due from a customer. Special terms granted to this customer require payment in equal semiannual installments of $125,000 every April 1 and October 1.

In Trey’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should be reported as total current assets?

  1. $1,950,000
  2. $2,200,000
  3. $2,250,000
  4. $2,500,000

In Trey’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should be reported as total retained earnings?

  1. $1,029,000
  2. $1,200,000
  3. $1,330,000
  4. $1,630,000

checks amounting to 30 000 were written to vendors and recorded on june 29 2006 resu 604471

The following is Gold Corp.’s June 30, 2006 trial balance:

align=”left”>

Cash overdraft

$

10,000

Accounts receivable, net

$

35,000

Inventory

58,000

Prepaid expenses

12,000

Land held for resale

100,000

Property, plant, and equipment, net

95,000

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

32,000

Common stock

25,000

Additional paid-in capital

150,000

Retained earnings

83,000

$

300,000

$

300,000

Additional information

  • Checks amounting to $30,000 were written to vendors and recorded on June 29, 2006, resulting in a cash overdraft of $10,000. The checks were mailed on July 9, 2006.
  • Land held for resale was sold for cash on July 15, 2006.
  • Gold issued its financial statements on July 31, 2006.

In its June 30, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should Gold report as current assets?

  1. $225,000
  2. $205,000
  3. $195,000
  4. $125,000

what amount should be included in the current liability section of mill rsquo s dece 604472

Mill Co.’s trial balance included the following account balances at December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Accounts payable

$15,000

Bonds payable, due 2007

25,000

Discount on bonds payable, due 2007

3,000

Dividends payable 1/31/07

8,000

Notes payable, due 2008

20,000

What amount should be included in the current liability section of Mill’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. $45,000
  2. $51,000
  3. $65,000
  4. $78,000

net credit sales totaled 3 000 000 and 2 000 000 for the years ended december 31 200 604473

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

align=”left”>

Rey, Inc.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
December 31,

2006

2005

Cash

$

170,000

$

90,000

Accounts receivable (net)

450,000

400,000

Merchandise inventory

540,000

420,000

Short-term marketable securities

80,000

40,000

Land and building (net)

1,000,000

1,000,000

Mortgage payable—current portion

60,000

50,000

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

240,000

220,000

Short-term notes payable

100,000

140,000

Net credit sales totaled $3,000,000 and $2,000,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

At December 31, 2006, Rey’s quick (acid-test) ratio was

  1. 1.50 to 1.
  2. 1.75 to 1.
  3. 2.06 to 1.
  4. 3.10 to 1.

For 2006, Rey’s accounts receivable turnover was

  1. 1.13
  2. 1.50
  3. 6.67
  4. 7.06

which of the following factors should north consider as a possible limitation of usi 604475

North Bank is analyzing Belle Corp.’s financial statements for a possible extension of credit. Belle’s quick ratio is significantly better than the industry average. Which of the following factors should North consider as a possible limitation of using this ratio when evaluating Belle’s credit-worthiness?

  1. Fluctuating market prices of short-term investments may adversely affect the ratio.
  2. Increasing market prices for Belle’s inventory may adversely affect the ratio.
  3. Belle may need to sell its available-for-sale investments to meet its current obligations.
  4. Belle may need to liquidate its inventory to meet its long-term obligations.

on december 30 2006 vida co had cash of 200 000 a current ratio of 1 5 1 and a quick 604476

On December 30, 2006, Vida Co. had cash of $200,000, a current ratio of 1.5:1 and a quick ratio of .5:1. On December 31, 2006, all cash was used to reduce accounts payable. How did these cash payments affect the ratios?

align=”left”>

Current ratio

Quick ratio

a.

Increased

Decreased

b.

Increased

No effect

c.

Decreased

Increased

d.

Decreased

No effect

on july 1 2006 james rago signed an agreement to operate as a franchisee of fast foo 604481

On July 1, 2006, James Rago signed an agreement to operate as a franchisee of Fast Foods, Inc. for an initial franchise fee of $60,000. Of this amount, $20,000 was paid when the agreement was signed and the balance is payable in four equal annual payments of $10,000 beginning July 1, 2007. The agreement provides that the down payment is not refundable and no future services are required of the franchisor. Rago’s credit rating indicates that he can borrow money at 14% for a loan of this type. Information on present and future value factors is as follows:

align=”left”>

Present value of $1 at 14% for four periods

0.59

Future amount of $1 at 14% for four periods

1.69

Present value of an ordinary annuity of $1 at 14% for four periods

2.91

Rago should record the acquisition cost of the franchise on July 1, 2006 at

  1. $43,600
  2. $49,100
  3. $60,000
  4. $67,600

on december 30 2006 chang co sold a machine to door co in exchange for a noninterest 604485

On December 30, 2006, Chang Co. sold a machine to Door Co. in exchange for a noninterest-bearing note requiring ten annual payments of $10,000. Door made the first payment on December 30, 2006. The market interest rate for similar notes at date of issuance was 8%. Information on present value factors is as follows:

align=”left”>

Period

Present value of $1 at 8%

Present value of ordinary annuity of $1 at 8%

9

0.50

6.25

10

0.46

6.71

In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should Chang report as note receivable?

  1. $45,000
  2. $46,000
  3. $62,500
  4. $67,100

on january 2 2006 emme co sold equipment with a carrying amount of 480 000 in exchan 604486

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

On January 2, 2006, Emme Co. sold equipment with a carrying amount of $480,000 in exchange for a $600,000 noninterest-bearing note due January 2, 2009. There was no established exchange price for the equipment. The prevailing rate of interest for a note of this type at January 2, 2006, was 10%. The present value of $1 at 10% for three periods is 0.75.

In Emme’s 2006 income statement, what amount should be reported as interest income?

  1. $ 9,000
  2. $45,000
  3. $50,000
  4. $60,000

In Emme’s 2006 income statement, what amount should be reported as gain (loss) on sale of machinery?

  1. $(30,000) loss.
  2. $ 30,000 gain.
  3. $120,000 gain.
  4. $270,000 gain.

at what amounts should these two notes receivable be reported in jet rsquo s decembe 604487

On December 31, 2006, Jet Co. received two $10,000 notes receivable from customers in exchange for services rendered. On both notes, interest is calculated on the outstanding balance at the interest rate of 3% compounded annually and payable at maturity. The note from Hart Corp., made under customary trade terms, is due in nine months and the note from Maxx, Inc. is due in five years. The market interest rate for similar notes on December 31, 2006, was 8%. The compound interest factors are as follows:

align=”left”>

Future value of $1 due in nine months at 3%

1.0225

Future value of $1 due in five years at 3%

1.1593

Present value of $1 due in nine months at 8%

.944

Present value of $1 due in five years at 8%

.680

At what amounts should these two notes receivable be reported in Jet’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

align=”left”>

Hart

Maxx

a.

$ 9,440

$6,800

b.

$ 9,652

$7,820

c.

$10,000

$6,800

d.

$10,000

$7,883

company abc sells loans with a 2 200 fair value and a carrying amount of 2 000 abc c 604414

Items 1 through 3 are based on the following:

Company ABC sells loans with a $2,200 fair value and a carrying amount of $2,000. ABC Company obtains an option to purchase similar loans and assumes a recourse obligation to repurchase loans. ABC Company also agrees to provide a floating rate of interest to the transferee company. The fair values are listed.

align=”left”>

Fair values

Cash proceeds

$2,100

Interest rate swap

140

Call option

80

Recourse obligation

(120)

What is the gain (loss) on the sale?

  1. $ 320
  2. $ 200
  3. $(100)
  4. $ 120

The journal entry to record the transfer for ABC Company includes

  1. A debit to call option.
  2. A credit to interest rate swap.
  3. A debit to loans.
  4. A credit to cash.

Assume for this problem that ABC Company agreed to service the loans without explicitly stating the compensation. The fair value of the service is $50. What are the net proceeds received and the gain (loss) on the sale?

align=”left”>

Net proceeds received

Gain (loss)

a.

$2,200

$ 200

b.

$2,250

$ 250

c.

$2,150

$ 150

d.

$2,200

$(250)

accounting for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of li 604417

Taft Inc. borrowed $1,000,000 from Wilson Company on July 2, 2004. As part of the loan agreement, Taft granted Wilson a security interest in land that originally cost $750,000 when it was acquired by Taft in 1997. The land had a fair value of $900,000 on July 2, 2004. In June 2006, Taft defaulted on its loan to Wilson, and the land was transferred to Wilson in full settlement of the debt on June 30. The land had a fair value of $950,000 on June 30, 2006. In accordance with SFAS 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, what amount should Wilson record for land on June 30, 2006?

  1. $0.
  2. $750,000.
  3. $900,000.
  4. $950,000.

what amount should lyle report as accounts payable in its december 31 2006 balance s 604418

Lyle, Inc. is preparing its financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006. Accounts payable amounted to $360,000 before any necessary year-end adjustment related to the following:

  • At December 31, 2006, Lyle has a $50,000 debit balance in its accounts payable to Ross, a supplier, resulting from a $50,000 advance payment for goods to be manufactured to Lyle’s specifications.
  • Checks in the amount of $100,000 were written to vendors and recorded on December 29, 2006. The checks were mailed on January 5, 2007.

What amount should Lyle report as accounts payable in its December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. $510,000
  2. $410,000
  3. $310,000
  4. $210,000

what is rabb rsquo s accounts payable balance as of september 30 2006 after the conv 604419

Rabb Co. records its purchases at gross amounts but wishes to change to recording purchases net of purchase discounts. Discounts available on purchases recorded from October 1, 2005, to September 30, 2006, totaled $2,000. Of this amount, $200 is still available in the accounts payable balance. The balances in Rabb’s accounts as of and for the year ended September 30, 2006, before conversion are

align=”left”>

Purchases

$100,000

Purchase discounts taken

800

Accounts payable

30,000

What is Rabb’s accounts payable balance as of September 30, 2006, after the conversion?

  1. $29,800
  2. $29,200
  3. $28,800
  4. $28,200

the financing agreement stipulated that borrowings may not exceed 80 of the value of 604423

Ames, Inc. has $500,000 of notes payable due June 15, 2007. Ames signed an agreement on December 1, 2006, to borrow up to $500,000 to refinance the notes payable on a long-term basis with no payments due until 2007. The financing agreement stipulated that borrowings may not exceed 80% of the value of the collateral Ames was providing. At the date of issuance of the December 31, 2006 financial statements, the value of the collateral was $600,000 and is not expected to fall below this amount during 2007. In Ames’ December 31, 2006 balance sheet, the obligation for these notes payable should be classified as

align=”left”>

Short-term

Long-term

a.

$500,000

$0

b.

$100,000

$400,000

c.

$ 20,000

$480,000

d.

$0

$500,000

on march 3 2007 largo issued its 2006 financial statements what amount of the note p 604426

On December 31, 2006, Largo, Inc. had a $750,000 note payable outstanding, due July 31, 2007. Largo borrowed the money to finance construction of a new plant. Largo planned to refinance the note by issuing long-term bonds. Because Largo temporarily had excess cash, it prepaid $250,000 of the note on January 12, 2007. In February 2007, Largo completed a $1,500,000 bond offering. Largo will use the bond offering proceeds to repay the note payable at its maturity and to pay construction costs during 2007. On March 3, 2007, Largo issued its 2006 financial statements. What amount of the note payable should Largo include in the current liabilities section of its December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. $750,000
  2. $500,000
  3. $250,000
  4. $0

rice co salaried employees are paid biweekly advances made to employees are paid bac 604427

Rice Co. salaried employees are paid biweekly. Advances made to employees are paid back by payroll deductions. Information relating to salaries follows:

align=”left”>

12/31/05

12/31/06

Employee advances

$24,000

$ 36,000

Accrued salaries payable

40,000

?

Salaries expense during the year

420,000

Salaries paid during the year (gross)

390,000

In Rice’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet, accrued salaries payable was

  1. $94,000
  2. $82,000
  3. $70,000
  4. $30,000

what amount should fay accrue for sales commissions payable at march 31 2006 604428

Fay Corp. pays its outside salespersons fixed monthly salaries and commissions on net sales. Sales commissions are computed and paid on a monthly basis (in the month following the month of sale), and the fixed salaries are treated as advances against commissions. However, if the fixed salaries for salespersons exceed their sales commissions earned for a month, such excess is not charged back to them. Pertinent data for the month of March 2006 for the three salespersons are as follows:

align=”left”>

Salesperson

Fixed salary

Net sales

Commission rate

A

$10,000

$ 200,000

4%

B

14,000

400,000

6%

C

18,000

600,000

6%

Totals

$42,000

$1,200,000

What amount should Fay accrue for sales commissions payable at March 31, 2006?

  1. $70,000
  2. $68,000
  3. $28,000
  4. $26,000

acme had five employees each of whom earned 20 000 during 2006 in its december 31 20 604430

Under state law, Acme may pay 3% of eligible gross wages or it may reimburse the state directly for actual unemployment claims. Acme believes that actual unemployment claims will be 2% of eligible gross wages and has chosen to reimburse the state. Eligible gross wages are defined as the first $10,000 of gross wages paid to each employee. Acme had five employees, each of whom earned $20,000 during 2006. In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should Acme report as accrued liability for unemployment claims?

  1. $1,000
  2. $1,500
  3. $2,000
  4. $3,000

what amounts should hudson report as sales taxes payable and occupancy taxes payable 604434

Hudson Hotel collects 15% in city sales taxes on room rentals, in addition to a $2 per room, per night, occupancy tax. Sales taxes for each month are due at the end of the following month, and occupancy taxes are due fifteen days after the end of each calendar quarter. On January 3, 2007, Hudson paid its November 2006 sales taxes and its fourth quarter 2006 occupancy taxes. Additional information pertaining to Hudson’s operations is

align=”left”>

2006

Room rentals

Room nights

October

$100,000

1,100

November

110,000

1,200

December

150,000

1,800

What amounts should Hudson report as sales taxes payable and occupancy taxes payable in its December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

align=”left”>

Sales taxes

Occupancy taxes

a.

$39,000

$6,000

b.

$39,000

$8,200

c.

$54,000

$6,000

d.

$54,000

$8,200

a store lease effective december 16 2005 calls for fixed rent of 1 200 per month pay 604436

Kemp Co. must determine the December 31, 2006 year-end accruals for advertising and rent expenses. A $500 advertising bill was received January 7, 2007, comprising costs of $375 for advertisements in December 2006 issues, and $125 for advertisements in January 2007 issues of the newspaper.

A store lease, effective December 16, 2005, calls for fixed rent of $1,200 per month, payable one month from the effective date and monthly thereafter. In addition, rent equal to 5% of net sales over $300,000 per calendar year is payable on January 31 of the following year. Net sales for 2006 were $550,000.

In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, Kemp should report accrued liabilities of

  1. $12,875
  2. $13,000
  3. $13,100
  4. $13,475

the recording of the november 1 2006 payment by dyur should have been allocated betw 604437

On May 1, 2006, Marno County issued property tax assessments for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007. The first of two equal installments was due on November 1, 2006. On September 1, 2006, Dyur Co. purchased a four-year-old factory in Marno subject to an allowance for accrued taxes. Dyur did not record the entire year’s property tax obligation, but instead records tax expenses at the end of each month by adjusting prepaid property taxes or property taxes payable, as appropriate. The recording of the November 1, 2006 payment by Dyur should have been allocated between an increase in prepaid property taxes and a decrease in property taxes payable in which of the following percentages?

align=”left”>

Percentage allocated to

Increase in prepaid property taxes

Decrease in property taxes payable

a.

66 2/3%

33 1/3%

b.

0%

100%

c.

50%

50%

d.

33 1/3%

66 2/3%

in black rsquo s december 31 2006 balance sheet what amount should be reported as a 604438

Black Co. requires advance payments with special orders for machinery constructed to customer specifications. These advances are nonrefundable. Information for 2006 is as follows:

align=”left”>

Customer advances—balance 12/31/05

$118,000

Advances received with orders in 2006

184,000

Advances applied to orders shipped in 2006

164,000

Advances applicable to orders cancelled in 2006

50,000

In Black’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should be reported as a current liability for advances from customer?

  1. $0
  2. $ 88,000
  3. $138,000
  4. $148,000

what amount should kent report as escrow accounts liability in its december 31 2006 604440

Kent Co., a division of National Realty, Inc., maintains escrow accounts and pays real estate taxes for National’s mortgage customers. Escrow funds are kept in interest-bearing accounts. Interest, less a 10% service fee, is credited to the mortgagee’s account and used to reduce future escrow payments. Additional information follows:

align=”left”>

Escrow accounts liability, 1/1/06

$ 700,000

Escrow payments received during 2006

1,580,000

Real estate taxes paid during 2006

1,720,000

Interest on escrow funds during 2006

50,000

What amount should Kent report as escrow accounts liability in its December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. $510,000
  2. $515,000
  3. $605,000
  4. $610,000

toddler received 9 900 of initial payments on september 1 2006 and 3 240 of monthly 604442

Toddler Care Co. offers three payment plans on its twelve-month contracts. Information on the three plans and the number of children enrolled in each plan for the September 1, 2006 through August 31, 2007 contract year follows:

align=”left”>

Plan

Initial payment per child

Monthly fees per child

Number of children

#1

$500

$ —

15

#2

200

30

12

#3

50

9

36

Toddler received $9,900 of initial payments on September 1, 2006, and $3,240 of monthly fees during the period September 1 through December 31, 2006. In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should Toddler report as deferred revenues?

  1. $3,300
  2. $4,380
  3. $6,600
  4. $9,900

the gift certificates lapse one year after they are issued how would the deferred re 604443

A retail store received cash and issued gift certificates that are redeemable in merchandise. The gift certificates lapse one year after they are issued. How would the deferred revenue account be affected by each of the following transactions?

align=”left”>

Redemption of certificates

Lapse of certificates

a.

Decrease

No effect

b.

Decrease

Decrease

c.

No effect

No effect

d.

No effect

Decrease

what amount should brite report in its december 31 2006 balance sheet for current li 604449

Brite Corp. had the following liabilities at December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Accounts payable

$55,000

Unsecured notes, 8%, due 7/1/07

400,000

Accrued expenses

35,000

Contingent liability

450,000

Deferred income tax liability

25,000

Senior bonds, 7%, due 3/31/07

1,000,000

The contingent liability is an accrual for possible losses on a $1,000,000 lawsuit filed against Brite. Brite’s legal counsel expects the suit to be settled in 2008, and has estimated that Brite will be liable for damages in the range of $450,000 to $750,000.

The deferred income tax liability is not related to an asset for financial reporting and is expected to reverse in 2008.

What amount should Brite report in its December 31, 2006 balance sheet for current liabilities?

  1. $ 515,000
  2. $ 940,000
  3. $1,490,000
  4. $1,515,000

the employee has offered to settle the lawsuit out of court for 900 000 but steel wi 604450

On February 5, 2007, an employee filed a $2,000,000 lawsuit against Steel Co. for damages suffered when one of Steel’s plants exploded on December 29, 2006. Steel’s legal counsel expects the company will lose the lawsuit and estimates the loss to be between $500,000 and $1,000,000. The employee has offered to settle the lawsuit out of court for $900,000, but Steel will not agree to the settlement. In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should Steel report as liability from lawsuit?

  1. $2,000,000
  2. $1,000,000
  3. $ 900,000
  4. $ 500,000

as a result of a 2006 accident invern is a defendant in a lawsuit in which it will p 604454

Invern, Inc. has a self-insurance plan. Each year, retained earnings is appropriated for contingencies in an amount equal to insurance premiums saved less recognized losses from lawsuits and other claims. As a result of a 2006 accident, Invern is a defendant in a lawsuit in which it will probably have to pay damages of $190,000. What are the effects of this lawsuit’s probable outcome on Invern’s 2006 financial statements?

  1. An increase in expenses and no effect on liabilities.
  2. An increase in both expenses and liabilities.
  3. No effect on expenses and an increase in liabilities.
  4. No effect on either expenses or liabilities.

how should these accounts be reported in dingo rsquo s october 31 2006 classified ba 604379

On October 31, 2006, Dingo, Inc. had cash accounts at three different banks. One account balance is segregated solely for a November 15, 2006 payment into a bond sinking fund. A second account, used for branch operations, is overdrawn. The third account, used for regular corporate operations, has a positive balance. How should these accounts be reported in Dingo’s October 31, 2006 classified balance sheet?

  1. The segregated account should be reported as a noncurrent asset, the regular account should be reported as a current asset, and the overdraft should be reported as a current liability.
  2. The segregated and regular accounts should be reported as current assets, and the overdraft should be reported as a current liability.
  3. The segregated account should be reported as a noncurrent asset, and the regular account should be reported as a current asset net of the overdraft.
  4. The segregated and regular accounts should be reported as current assets net of the overdraft.

in preparing its august 31 2006 bank reconciliation apex corp has available the foll 604380

In preparing its August 31, 2006 bank reconciliation, Apex Corp. has available the following information:

align=”left”>

Balance per bank statement, 8/31/06

$18,050

Deposit in transit, 8/31/06

3,250

Return of customer’s check for insufficient funds, 8/31/06

600

Outstanding checks, 8/31/06

2,750

Bank service charges for August

100

At August 31, 2006, Apex’s correct cash balance is

  1. $18,550
  2. $17,950
  3. $17,850
  4. $17,550

all reconciling items at march 31 2006 cleared the bank in april outstanding checks 604381

Poe, Inc. had the following bank reconciliation at March 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Balance per bank statement, 3/31/06

$46,500

Add deposit in transit

10,300

56,800

Less outstanding checks

12,600

Balance per books, 3/31/06

$44,200

Data per bank for the month of April 2006 follow:

align=”left”>

Deposits

$58,400

Disbursements

49,700

All reconciling items at March 31, 2006, cleared the bank in April. Outstanding checks at April 30, 2006, totaled $7,000. There were no deposits in transit at April 30, 2006. What is the cash balance per books at April 30, 2006?

  1. $48,200
  2. $52,900
  3. $55,200
  4. $58,500

on the december 31 2006 balance sheet of mann co the current receivables consisted o 604382

On the December 31, 2006 balance sheet of Mann Co., the current receivables consisted of the following:

align=”left”>

Trade accounts receivable

$ 93,000

Allowance for uncollectible accounts

(2,000)

Claim against shipper for goods lost in transit (November 2006)

3,000

Selling price of unsold goods sent by Mann on consignment at 130% of cost (not included in Mann’s ending inventory)

26,000

Security deposit on lease of warehouse used for storing some inventories

30,000

Total

$150,000

At December 31, 2006, the correct total of Mann’s current net receivables was

  1. $ 94,000
  2. $120,000
  3. $124,000
  4. $150,000

what amount should jay report for accounts receivable before allowances for sales re 604383

The following information relates to Jay Co.’s accounts receivable for 2006:

align=”left”>

Accounts receivable, 1/1/06

$ 650,000

Credit sales for 2006

2,700,000

Sales returns for 2006

75,000

Accounts written off during 2006

40,000

Collections from customers during 2006

2,150,000

Estimated future sales returns at 12/31/06

50,000

Estimated uncollectible accounts at 12/31/06

110,000

What amount should Jay report for accounts receivable, before allowances for sales returns and uncollectible accounts, at December 31, 2006?

  1. $1,200,000
  2. $1,125,000
  3. $1,085,000
  4. $ 925,000

what amount of accrued interest receivable should tigg include in its december 31 20 604385

On December 1, 2006, Tigg Mortgage Co. gave Pod Corp. a $200,000, 12% loan. Pod received proceeds of $194,000 after the deduction of a $6,000 nonrefundable loan origination fee. Principal and interest are due in sixty monthly installments of $4,450, beginning January 1, 2007. The repayments yield an effective interest rate of 12% at a present value of $200,000 and 13.4% at a present value of $194,000. What amount of accrued interest receivable should Tigg include in its December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. $4,450
  2. $2,166
  3. $2,000
  4. $0

which of the following terms would fit merf rsquo s note receivable 604386

On Merf’s April 30, 2006 balance sheet a note receivable was reported as a noncurrent asset and its accrued interest for eight months was reported as a current asset. Which of the following terms would fit Merf’s note receivable?

  1. Both principal and interest amounts are payable on August 31, 2006, and August 31, 2007.
  2. Principal and interest are due December 31, 2006.
  3. Both principal and interest amounts are payable on December 31, 2006, and December 31, 2007.
  4. Principal is due August 31, 2007, and interest is due August 31, 2006, and August 31, 2007.

in its december 31 2006 balance sheet what amount should delta report for allowance 604388

Delta, Inc. sells to wholesalers on terms of 2/15, net 30. Delta has no cash sales but 50% of Delta’s customers take advantage of the discount. Delta uses the gross method of recording sales and trade receivables. An analysis of Delta’s trade receivables balances at December 31, 2006, revealed the following:

align=”left”>

Age

Amount

Collectible

0 – 15 days

$100,000

100%

16 – 30 days

60,000

95%

31 – 60 days

5,000

90%

Over 60 days

2,500

$500

$167,500

In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should Delta report for allowance for discounts?

  1. $1,000
  2. $1,620
  3. $1,675
  4. $2,000

the following accounts were abstracted from roxy co rsquo s unadjusted trial balance 604391

The following accounts were abstracted from Roxy Co.’s unadjusted trial balance at December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Debit

Credit

Accounts receivable

$1,000,000

Allowance for uncollectible accounts

8,000

Net credit sales

$3,000,000

Roxy estimates that 3% of the gross accounts receivable will become uncollectible. After adjustment at December 31, 2006, the allowance for uncollectible accounts should have a credit balance of

  1. $90,000
  2. $82,000
  3. $38,000
  4. $30,000

what is the total amount of risk of accounting loss related to butler rsquo s trade 604392

In its December 31 balance sheet, Butler Co. reported trade accounts receivable of $250,000 and related allowance for uncollectible accounts of $20,000. What is the total amount of risk of accounting loss related to Butler’s trade accounts receivable, and what amount of that risk is off-balance-sheet risk?

align=”left”>

Risk of accounting loss

Off-balance-sheet risk

a.

$0

$0

b.

$230,000

$0

c.

$230,000

$20,000

d.

$250,000

$20,000

for 2006 what would be inge rsquo s uncollectible accounts expense 604393

Inge Co. determined that the net value of its accounts receivable at December 31, 2006, based on an aging of the receivables, was $325,000. Additional information is as follows:

align=”left”>

Allowance for uncollectible accounts—1/1/06

$ 30,000

Uncollectible accounts written off during 2006

18,000

Uncollectible accounts recovered during 2006

2,000

Accounts receivable at 12/31/06

350,000

For 2006, what would be Inge’s uncollectible accounts expense?

  1. $ 5,000
  2. $11,000
  3. $15,000
  4. $21,000

under the aging method what amount of allowance for uncollectible accounts should ta 604394

The following information pertains to Tara Co.’s accounts receivable at December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Days outstanding

Amount

Estimated % uncollectible

0 – 60

$120,000

1%

61 – 120

90,000

2%

Over 120

100,000

6%

$310,000

During 2006, Tara wrote off $7,000 in receivables and recovered $4,000 that had been written off in prior years. Tara’s December 31, 2005 allowance for uncollectible accounts was $22,000. Under the aging method, what amount of allowance for uncollectible accounts should Tara report at December 31, 2006?

  1. $ 9,000
  2. $10,000
  3. $13,000
  4. $19,000

what is the effect at the time of the collection of an account previously written of 604398

A company uses the allowance method to recognize uncollectible accounts expense. What is the effect at the time of the collection of an account previously written off on each of the following accounts?

align=”left”>

Allowance for uncollectible accounts

Uncollectible accounts expense

a.

No effect

Decrease

b.

Increase

Decrease

c.

Increase

No effect

d.

No effect

No effect

sale of gar rsquo s accounts receivable to ross with the risk of uncollectible accou 604400

Gar Co. factored its receivables. Control was surrendered in the transaction which was on a without recourse basis with Ross Bank. Gar received cash as a result of this transaction, which is best described as a

  1. Loan from Ross collateralized by Gar’s accounts receivable.
  2. Loan from Ross to be repaid by the proceeds from Gar’s accounts receivable.
  3. Sale of Gar’s accounts receivable to Ross, with the risk of uncollectible accounts retained by Gar.
  4. Sale of Gar’s accounts receivable to Ross, with the risk of uncollectible accounts transferred to Ross.

rich assessed a fee of 2 and retains a holdback equal to 5 of the accounts receivabl 604401

Items 1 through 3 are based on the following:

Taylored Corp. factored $400,000 of accounts receivable to Rich Corp. on July 1, 2006. Control was surrendered by Taylored. Rich accepted the receivables subject to recourse for nonpayment. Rich assessed a fee of 2% and retains a holdback equal to 5% of the accounts receivable. In addition, Rich charged 15% interest computed on a weighted-average time to maturity of the receivables of forty-one days. The fair value of the recourse obligation is $12,000.

Taylored will receive and record cash of

  1. $385,260
  2. $357,260
  3. $365,260
  4. $377,260

Which of the following statements is correct?

  1. Rich should record an asset of $8,000 for the recourse obligation.
  2. Taylored should record a liability and corresponding loss of $12,000 related to the recourse obligation.
  3. Taylored should record a liability of $12,000, but no loss, related to the recourse obligation.
  4. No entry for the recourse obligation should be made by Taylored or Rich until the debtor fails to pay.

Assuming all receivables are collected, Taylored’s cost of factoring the receivables would be

  1. $ 8,000
  2. $34,740
  3. $42,740
  4. $14,740

duff accepted the receivables subject to recourse for nonpayment duff assessed a fee 604403

Scarbrough Corp. factored $600,000 of accounts receivable to Duff Corp. on October 1, 2006. Control was surrendered by Scarbrough. Duff accepted the receivables subject to recourse for nonpayment. Duff assessed a fee of 3% and retains a holdback equal to 5% of the accounts receivable. In addition, Duff charged 15% interest computed on a weighted-average time to maturity of the receivables of fifty-four days. The fair value of the recourse obligation is $9,000. Scarbrough will receive and record cash of

  1. $529,685
  2. $538,685
  3. $547,685
  4. $556,685

thomas assessed a fee of 2 and retains a holdback equal to 4 of the accounts receiva 604404

Synthia Corp. factored $750,000 of accounts receivable to Thomas Company on December 3, 2006. Control was surrendered by Synthia. Thomas accepted the receivables subject to recourse for nonpayment. Thomas assessed a fee of 2% and retains a holdback equal to 4% of the accounts receivable. In addition, Thomas charged 12% interest computed on a weighted-average time to maturity of the receivables of fifty-one days. The fair value of the recourse obligation is $15,000. Assuming all receivables are collected, Synthia’s cost of factoring the receivables would be

  1. $12,575
  2. $15,000
  3. $27,575
  4. $42,575

an analyst gathered the following information from a company rsquo s 2004 financial 604327

An analyst gathered the following information from a company’s 2004 financial statements ($ millions):

Year ended 31 December

2003

2004

Net sales

245.8

254.6

Cost of goods sold

168.3

175.9

Accounts receivable

73.2

68.3

inventory

39.0

47.8

Accounts payable

20.3

22.9

Based only on the information above, the company’s 2004 statement of cash flows prepared using the direct method would include amounts ($ millions) for cash received from customers and cash paid to suppliers, respectively, that are closest to:

Cash Received Customers

Cash Paid to Supplier

A.

249.7

182.1

B.

259.5

169.7

C.

259.5

182.1

the company declared and paid cash dividends of 10 million in 2005 and recorded depr 604329

An analyst gathered the following information from a company’s 2005 financial statements ($ millions):

Balance as of year Ended 31 December

2004

2005

Retained earning

120

145

Accounts receivable

38

43

Inventory

45

48

Accounts payble

36

29

The company declared and paid cash dividends of $10 million in 2005 and recorded depreciation expense in the amount of $25 million for 2005. The company’s 2005 cash flow from operations ($ millions) was closest to

a. 25.

b. 35.

c. 45.

accumlated depreciation mdash equipment 604330

Silverago Incorporated, an international metals company, reported a loss on the sale of equipment of $2 million. In addition, the company’s income statement shows depreciation expense of $8 million and the cash flow statement shows capital expenditure of $10 million, all of which was for the purchase of new equipment. Using the following information from the comparative balance sheets, how much cash did the company receive from the equipment sale?

Balance Sheet Item

12/31/2005

12/31/2006

Change

Equipment

$100 million

$105 million

$5 million

Accumlated depreciation— equipment

$40 million

$46 million

$6 million

a. $6 million

b. $5 million

c. $1 million

based on the following information for pinkerly inc what are the total net adjustmen 604332

Based on the following information for Pinkerly Inc., what are the total net adjustments that the company would make to net income in order to derive operating cash flow?

Year Ended

Income Statement item

120/31/2006

Net income

$20 million

Depreciation

$2 million

Balance Sheet Item

12/31/2005

12/31/2006

Change

Accounts receivable

$25 million

$22 million

($3 million)

Inventory

$10 million

$14 million

$4 million

Accounts payable

$8 million

$13 million

$5 million

a. Add $6 million

b. Add $8 million

c. Subtract $6 million

an analyst has calculated a ratio using as the numerator the sum of operating cash f 604337

An analyst has calculated a ratio using as the numerator the sum of operating cash flow, interest, and taxes, and as the denominator the amount of interest. What is this ratio, what does it measure, and what does it indicate?

a. This ratio is an interest coverage ratio, measuring a company’s ability to meet its interest obligations and indicating a company’s solvency.

b. This ratio is an effective tax ratio, measuring the amount of a company’s operating cash flow used for taxes, and indicating a company’s efficiency in tax management.

c. This ratio is an operating profitability ratio, measuring the operating cash flow generated accounting for taxes and interest, and indicating a company’s liquidity.

based on this data what is chan least likely to conclude 604342

John Chan is interested in assessing both the efficiency and liquidity of Spherion PLC. Chan has collected the following data for Spherion:

2005

2004

2003

Day of inventory on hand

32

34

40

Days of sales outstanding

28

25

23

Numbers of days of paybles

40

35

35

Based on this data, what is Chan least likely to conclude?

a. Inventory management has contributed to improved liquidity.

b. Management of payables has contributed to improved liquidity.

c. Management of receivables has contributed to improved liquidity.

which of the following would be the most appropriate conclusion for lee 604343

Marcus Lee is examining the solvency of Apex Manufacturing and has collected the following data (in millions of euros):

2005

2004

2003

Total debt

€2,000

€1,900

€1,750

Total equity

€4,000

€4,500

€5,000

Which of the following would be the most appropriate conclusion for Lee?

a. The company is becoming increasingly less solvent, as evidenced by the increase in its debt-to-equity ratio from 0.35 to 0.50 from 2003 to 2005.

b. The company is becoming less liquid, as evidenced by the increase in its debt-to-equity ratio from 0.35 to 0.50 from 2003 to 2005.

c. The company is becoming increasingly more liquid, as evidenced by the increase in its debt-to-equity ratio from 0.35 to 0.50 from 2003 to 2005.

which of the following would best explain an increase in receivables turnover 604346

Which of the following would best explain an increase in receivables turnover?

a. The company adopted new credit policies last year and began offering credit to customers with weak credit histories.

b. Due to problems with an error in its old credit scoring system, the company had accumulated a substantial amount of uncollectible accounts and wrote off a large amount of its receivables.

c. To match the terms offered by its closest competitor, the company adopted new payment terms now requiring net payment within 30 days rather than 15 days, which had been its previous requirement.

based only on the information above the most appropriate conclusion is that over the 604348

An analyst gathered the following data for a company:

2003

2004

2005

ROE

19.8%

20.0%

22.0%

Return on total assets

8.1%

8.0%

7.9%

Total asset turnover

2.0

2.0

2.1

Based only on the information above, the most appropriate conclusion is that, over the period 2003 to 2005, the company’s

a. net profit margin and financial leverage have decreased.

b. net profit margin and financial leverage have increased.

c. net profit margin has decreased but its financial leverage has increased.

which of the following choices best describes reasonable conclusions an analyst migh 604349

A decomposition of ROE for Integra SA is as follows:

2005

2004

ROE

18.90%

18.90%

Tax burden

0.70

0.75

Interest burden

0.90

0.90

EBIT margin

10.00%

10.00%

Asset number

1.50

1.40

Leverage

2.00

2.00

Which of the following choices best describes reasonable conclusions an analyst might make based on this ROE decomposition?

a. Profitability and the liquidity position both improved in 2005.

b. The higher average tax rate in 2005 offset the improvement in profitability, leaving ROE unchanged.

c. The higher average tax rate in 2005 offset the improvement in efficiency, leaving ROE unchanged.

which of the following choices best describes reasonable conclusions an analyst migh 604350

A decomposition of ROE for Company A and Company B is as follows:

Company A

Company B

2005

2004

2005

2004

ROE

26.46%

18.90%

26.33%

18.90%

Tax burden

0.7

0.75

0.75

0.75

Interest burden

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

EBIT margin

7.00%

10.00%

13.00%

10.00%

Asset turnover

1.5

1.4

1.5

1.4

Leverage

4

2

2

2

Which of the following choices best describes reasonable conclusions an analyst might make based on this ROE decomposition?

a. Company A’s ROE is higher than Company B’s in 2005, but the difference between the two companies’ ROE is very small and was mainly the result of Company A’s increase in its financial leverage.

b. Company A’s ROE is higher than Company B’s in 2005, apparently reflecting a strategic shift by Company A to a product mix with higher profit margins.

c. Company A’s ROE is higher than Company B’s in 2005, which suggests that Company A may have purchased new, more efficient equipment.

frank collins observes the following data for two companies 604352

Frank Collins observes the following data for two companies:

 

Company A

Company B

Revenue

$4,500

$6,000

Net income

$50

$1,000

Current assets

$40,000

$60,000

Total assets

$100,000

$700,000

Current liabilities

$10,000

$50,000

Total debt

$60,000

$150,000

Shareholders ‘equity

$30,000

$500,000

Which of the following choices best describes reasonable conclusions that Collins might make about the two companies’ ability to pay their current and long – term obligations?

a. Company A’s current ratio of 4.0x indicates it is more liquid than Company B, whose current ratio is only 1.2x, but Company B is more solvent, as indicated by its lower debt – to – equity ratio.

b. Company A’s current ratio of 25 percent indicates it is less liquid than Company B, whose current ratio is 83 percent, and Company A is also less solvent, as indicated by a debt – to – equity ratio of 200 percent compared with Company B’s debt – to – equity ratio of only 30 percent.

c. Company A’s current ratio of 4.0x indicates it is more liquid than Company B, whose current ratio is only 1.2x, and Company A is also more solvent, as indicated by a debt – to – equity ratio of 200 percent compared with Company B’s debt – to – equity ratio of only 30 percent.

The data below appear in the five – year summary of a major international company. A business combination with another major manufacturer took place in 2003. The term turnover in this financial data is a synonym for revenue.

 

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

Financial statements

GBP m

GBP m

GBP m

GBP m

GBP m

Income statements

 

 

 

 

 

Turnover (i.e., revenue)

4,390

3,624

3,717

8,167

11,366

Profit before interest and taxation

 

 

 

 

 

(EB1T)

844

700

704

933

1,579

Net interest payable

-80

-54

-98

-163

-188

Taxation

186

195

208

349

-579

Minorities

-94

-99

-105

-125

-167

Profit for the year

484

352

293

296

645

 

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

Balance sheets

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed assets

3,510

3,667

4,758

10,431

11,483

Current asset investments,

cash at bank and in hand

316

218

290

561

682

Other current. Assets

558

514

643

1,258

1,634

Total Assets

4,384

4,399

5,691

12,250

13,799

Interest bearing debt (long term)

-602

-1,053

-1,535

-3,523

– 3,707

Other creditors and provisions (current)

-1,223

-1054

-1,102

-2,377

-3,108

Tota1 liabilities

-1,825

– 2,107

-2,637

-5,900

-6,815

Net assets

2,559

2,292

3,054

6,350

6,984

Shareholders” funds

2,161

2,006

2,309

5,572

6,165

Equity minority interests

398

286

745

778

819

Capital employed

2,559

2,292

3,054

6,350

6,984

Cash flow

 

 

 

 

 

Working capital movements

-53

5

71

85

107

Net cash inA0y, from operating activities

864

859

975

1,568

2,292

the term turnover in this financial data is a synonym for revenue 604354

The data below appear in the five – year summary of a major international company. A business combination with another major manufacturer took place in 2003. The term turnover in this financial data is a synonym for revenue.

 

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

Financial statements

GBP m

GBP m

GBP m

GBP m

GBP m

Income statements

 

 

 

 

 

Turnover (i.e., revenue)

4,390

3,624

3,717

8,167

11,366

Profit before interest and taxation

 

 

 

 

 

(EB1T)

844

700

704

933

1,579

Net interest payable

-80

-54

-98

-163

-188

Taxation

186

195

208

349

-579

Minorities

-94

-99

-105

-125

-167

Profit for the year

484

352

293

296

645

 

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

Balance sheets

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed assets

3,510

3,667

4,758

10,431

11,483

Current asset investments,

cash at bank and in hand

316

218

290

561

682

Other current. Assets

558

514

643

1,258

1,634

Total Assets

4,384

4,399

5,691

12,250

13,799

Interest bearing debt (long term)

-602

-1,053

-1,535

-3,523

– 3,707

Other creditors and provisions (current)

-1,223

-1054

-1,102

-2,377

-3,108

Tota1 liabilities

-1,825

– 2,107

-2,637

-5,900

-6,815

Net assets

2,559

2,292

3,054

6,350

6,984

Shareholders” funds

2,161

2,006

2,309

5,572

6,165

Equity minority interests

398

286

745

778

819

Capital employed

2,559

2,292

3,054

6,350

6,984

Cash flow

 

 

 

 

 

Working capital movements

-53

5

71

85

107

Net cash inA0y, from operating activities

864

859

975

1,568

2,292

Which of the following choices best describes reasonable conclusions an analyst might make about the company’s solvency?

a. Comparing 2004 with 2000, the company’s solvency improved, as indicated by an increase in its debt-to-assets ratio from 0.14 to 0.27.

b. Comparing 2004 with 2000, the company’s solvency deteriorated, as indicated by a decrease in interest coverage from 10.6 to 8.4.

c. Comparing 2004 with 2000, the company’s solvency improved, as indicated by the growth in its profits to GBP 645 million.

a business combination with another major manufacturer took place in 2003 604355

The data below appear in the five – year summary of a major international company. A business combination with another major manufacturer took place in 2003. The term turnover in this financial data is a synonym for revenue.

 

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

Financial statements

GBP m

GBP m

GBP m

GBP m

GBP m

Income statements

 

 

 

 

 

Turnover (i.e., revenue)

4,390

3,624

3,717

8,167

11,366

Profit before interest and taxation

 

 

 

 

 

(EB1T)

844

700

704

933

1,579

Net interest payable

-80

-54

-98

-163

-188

Taxation

186

195

208

349

-579

Minorities

-94

-99

-105

-125

-167

Profit for the year

484

352

293

296

645

 

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

Balance sheets

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed assets

3,510

3,667

4,758

10,431

11,483

Current asset investments,

cash at bank and in hand

316

218

290

561

682

Other current. Assets

558

514

643

1,258

1,634

Total Assets

4,384

4,399

5,691

12,250

13,799

Interest bearing debt (long term)

-602

-1,053

-1,535

-3,523

– 3,707

Other creditors and provisions (current)

-1,223

-1054

-1,102

-2,377

-3,108

Tota1 liabilities

-1,825

– 2,107

-2,637

-5,900

-6,815

Net assets

2,559

2,292

3,054

6,350

6,984

Shareholders” funds

2,161

2,006

2,309

5,572

6,165

Equity minority interests

398

286

745

778

819

Capital employed

2,559

2,292

3,054

6,350

6,984

Cash flow

 

 

 

 

 

Working capital movements

-53

5

71

85

107

Net cash inA0y, from operating activities

864

859

975

1,568

2,292

Which of the following choices best describes reasonable conclusions an analyst might make about the company’s liquidity?

a. Comparing 2004 with 2000, the company’s liquidity improved, as indicated by an increase in its debt-to-assets ratio from 0.14 to 0.27.

b. Comparing 2004 with 2000, the company’s liquidity deteriorated, as indicated by a decrease in interest coverage from 10.6 to 8.4.

c. Comparing 2004 with 2000, the company’s liquidity improved, as indicated by an increase in its current ratio from 0.71 to 0.75.

what amount of these expenditures should brill report in its 2006 income statement a 604367

Brill Co. made the following expenditures during 2006:

align=”left”>

Costs to develop computer software for internal use in Brill’s general management information system

$100,000

Costs of market research activities

75,000

What amount of these expenditures should Brill report in its 2006 income statement as research and development expenses?

  1. $175,000
  2. $100,000
  3. $ 75,000
  4. $0

during 2006 pitt corp incurred costs to develop and produce a routine low risk compu 604369

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

During 2006, Pitt Corp. incurred costs to develop and produce a routine, low-risk computer software product, as follows:

align=”left”>

Completion of detailed program design

$13,000

Costs incurred for coding and testing to establish technological feasibility

10,000

Other coding costs after establishment of technological feasibility

24,000

Other testing costs after establishment of technological feasibility

20,000

Costs of producing product masters for training materials

15,000

Duplication of computer software and training materials from product masters (1,000 units)

25,000

Packaging product (500 units)

9,000

In Pitt’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should be reported in inventory?

  1. $25,000
  2. $34,000
  3. $40,000
  4. $49,000

In Pitt’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should be capitalized as software cost, subject to amortization?

  1. $54,000
  2. $57,000
  3. $59,000
  4. $69,000

which of the following statements is incorrect regarding internal use software 604371

Which of the following statements is incorrect regarding internal-use software?

  1. The application and development costs of internal-use software should be amortized on a straight-line basis unless another systematic and rational basis is more representative of its costs.
  2. Internal-use software is considered to be software that is marketed as a separate product or as part of a product or process.
  3. The costs of testing and installing computer hardware should be capitalized as incurred.
  4. The costs of training and application maintenance should be expensed as incurred.

what is the proper accounting treatment for the following stages of internal use sof 604373

What is the proper accounting treatment for the following stages of internal-use software costs?

align=”left”>

Preliminary stage costs

Post-implementation costs

a.

Capitalized as incurred

Capitalized as incurred

b.

Expensed as incurred

Capitalized as incurred

c.

Capitalized as incurred

Expensed as incurred

d.

Expensed as incurred

Expensed as incurred

burr company had the following account balances at december 31 2006 604376

Burr Company had the following account balances at December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Cash in banks

$2,250,000

Cash on hand

125,000

Cash legally restricted for additions to plant (expected to be disbursed in 2007)

1,600,000

Cash in banks includes $600,000 of compensating balances against short-term borrowing arrangements. The compensating balances are not legally restricted as to withdrawal by Burr. In the current assets section of Burr’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet, total cash should be reported at

  1. $1,775,000
  2. $2,250,000
  3. $2,375,000
  4. $3,975,000

ral corp rsquo s checkbook balance on december 31 2006 was 5 000 in addition ral hel 604377

Ral Corp.’s checkbook balance on December 31, 2006, was $5,000. In addition, Ral held the following items in its safe on that date:

align=”left”>

Check payable to Ral Corp., dated January 2, 2007, in payment of a sale made in December 2006, not included in December 31 checkbook balance

$2,000

Check payable to Ral Corp., deposited December 15 and included in December 31 checkbook balance, but returned by bank on December 30 stamped “NSF.” The check was redeposited on January 2, 2007, and cleared on January 9

500

Check drawn on Ral Corp.’s account, payable to a vendor, dated and recorded in Ral’s books on December 31 but not mailed until January 10, 2007

300

The proper amount to be shown as Cash on Ral’s balance sheet at December 31, 2006 is

  1. $4,800
  2. $5,300
  3. $6,500
  4. $6,800

analyzing the statement of cash flows astridis inc reported the following statement 617681

Analyzing the statement of cash flows Astridis, Inc., reported the following statement of cash flows in its 2010 annual report. Amounts are shown in thousands of dollars.

Astridis, Inc.
Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ending

Cash flows from operating activities

Dec. 31

2010

Dec. 31

2009

Dec. 31

2008

 

 

 

Net income

S (623,854)

$(936,248)

$(746,837)

Adjustments to net income

 

 

 

Depreciation

1CO3670

105,749

98,555

Provision for doubtful accounts

9,082

7,613

4,011

Other non-cash items

181,206

460,013

177,536

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

 

 

Receivables

(42,600)

(20,326)

(45,705)

Inventory

4,965

(20,246)

(6,329)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

23,568

(61,698)

(5,372)

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

166,169

133,519

245,052

Other liabilities

62,886

85,694

125,255

Net cash provided by operating activities

(117,908)

(245,930)

(153,834)

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

(90,708)

(130,387)

(51,367)

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

641

827

928

Purchases of investments

(4,310)

(105,279)

(173,937)

Sales of investments

40,191

255,015

48,555

Net cash used by investing activities

(54,186)

20,176

(175,821)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

244,079

453,661

Repayment of debt

(625)

(57,609)

Other

4,897

25,787

75,879

Net cash provided by financing activities

248,351

25,787

471,931

Change in cash

76,257

(199,967)

142,276

Cash, beginning balance

678,200

878,167

753,891

Cash, ending balance

S 754,457

S 678,200

S 896,167

Required

Analyze Astridis”s statement of cash flows by making at least two observations about each section of the statement.

statement of cash flows mdash direct method blake weaver cook enterprises controller 617682

Statement of cash flows—direct method Blake Weaver, Cook Enterprises” controller, is preparing the financial statements for 2010. He has completed the comparative balance sheets and income statement, which follow, and has gathered this additional information:

  • On December 31, 2010, Cook sold a piece of equipment with an original cost of $25,000 for $30,000 cash. The equipment had a book value of $13,000.
  • On February 1, 2010, Cook issued $100,000 of common stock to raise cash in anticipation of the purchase of a new building later in the year.
  • On February 2, 2010, Cook took out a ten-year $75,000 long-term loan to provide the remaining funds needed to purchase the building.
  • On May 15, 2010, Cook paid $150,000 for the new building.
  • The company repaid $4,600 of the long-term debt before the end of the year.
  • Cook Enterprises
    Income Statement
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

Sales revenue

 

51,070,000

Gain on equipment sale

 

17,003

Total revenue

 

1,087,000

Cost of goods sold

 

700,000

Operating expenses

 

 

Depreciation expense

5 30,000

 

Interest expense

7,400

 

Wages expenses

175,000

 

Other expenses

16,000

228,400

Income before taxes

 

158,600

Tax expense

 

63,400

Net income

 

$95,200

  • Cook Enterprises
    Comparative Balance Sheets
    As of December 31

 

2010

2009

Cash

5124.200

5 40,403

Accounts receivable, net

287.200

269,803

Inventory

125.000

95,000

Total current assets

536,400

405,200

Property plant, & equipment

297,000

160,000

Accumulated depreciation

90,000

60,030

Net property, plant, & equipment

207.000

100,000

Total assets

5743,400

5505,200

Accounts payable

$103,000

5120,000

Wages payable

27,000

30,000

Accrued liabilities

20,000

25,000

Taxes payable

17,600

20,003

Mortgage payable

70,400

0

Total liabilities

238,000

195,003

Common stock

350,000

250.000

Retained earnings

155,400

60,200

Total stockholders” equity

505,400

310,200

Total liabilities & stockholders” equity

$743,400

5505,200

Required

Using the direct method, prepare Cook Enterprises” statement of cash flows for 2010.

statement of cash flows vincent fairfield ceo of metroair sat at his desk examining 617684

Statement of cash flows Vincent Fairfield, CEO of MetroAir, sat at his desk, examining the company”s latest financial statements. “This just doesn”t make sense to me,” Vincent thought. “We”re reporting $1,662,015 in net income, yet our Cash balance decreased by over $350,000. With these results, I would think the Cash balance should go up by at least $1,000,000.”

MotroAir
Income Statement
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

Sales

$78,555,000

Cost of goods sold

58,146,480

Gross profit

20.408.520

Selling expense

5,168,505

Administrative expense

3.814.6W

Salaries expense

7,408,490

Depreciation expense

1,016,835

Interest expense

625,725

Income before taxes

2.374,305

Tax expense

712,290

Net income

$ 1,662,015

MetroAir
Balance Sheets
As of December 31

 

2010

2009

Cash

5          266,293

$          631,710

Accounts receivable, net

9,355495

8751,435

Inventories

9,605,580

8,206,635

Other assets

691.380

359640

Total current assets

19918,935

17,949,420

Machinery and equipment, net

8,142,870

9009.705

Total assets

$28,061,805

$26,959,125

Accounts payable

$ 6.624.030

$ 6.675,210

Accrued expenses

563,371

1,023,738

Salaries payable

615,940

595,380

Interest payable

58,143

55,412

Income taxes payable

63,781

59,860

Short-term debt

2. 175.00

1,950000

Total current liabilities

10,100,265

10,359,600

Long.term debt

4.2C0000

4.500,000

Total liabilities

14,303,265

14,859.600

Common stock

3.150=

3.150,000

Retained earnings

10,611.540

8,949,525

Total stockholders” equity

13,761,540

12.099,525

Total liabilities and stockholders” equity

$28,061,805

$26,959,125

Required

  1. Prepare Metro Air”s statement of cash flows using either the indirect or the direct method, as specified by your professor. During the year, the company purchased equipment, issued short-term debt, and retired long-term debt.
  2. Prepare a memo to Vincent explaining why he should not necessarily expect an increase in cash when the company reports net income. Be specific and include any issues that should cause Vincent concern.

insert the correct punctuation in the following sentences 617697

Insert the correct punctuation in the following sentences.

a. A general ledger contains all the assets liabilities and owners equity accounts

b. The purpose of a trial balance is to prove that debits equal credits but does not prove that all transactions have been recorded

c. The current assets section of the balance sheet contains items such as cash accounts receivable and prepaid expenses and the current liabilities section contains items such as accounts payable notes payable and short term debt

d. The auditing exam was to begin at 200 pm but the professors car broke down so we didn’t begin until 230 pm

e. Did William ask How can we finish the audit tonight because Linda said We have twenty hours of work left to do

rewrite the following sentences making them shorter and more concise while maintaini 617698

Rewrite the following sentences, making them shorter and more concise while maintaining their main points:

a. For good reasons, the secretary may grant extensions of time in 30-day increments for filing of the lease and all required bonds, provided that additional extensions requests are submitted and approved before the expiration of the original 30 days or the previously granted extension.

b. If the state agency finds that an individual has received a payment to which the individual was not entitled, whether or not the payment was due to the individual’s fault or misrepresentation, the individual shall be liable to repay to the state the total sum of the payment to which the individual was not entitled.

c. Universities differ greatly in style, with some being located on out of town campuses in parkland, others having buildings scattered about parts of city centers and others being at various points between these two extremes.

what is the amount of the impairment loss that should be reported on toni rsquo s in 603600

During December 2006, Toni Corp. determined that there had been a significant decrease in the market value of its equipment used in its roofing business. At December 31, 2006, Toni compiled the information below.

align=”left”>

Original cost of equipment

$800,000

Accumulated depreciation

450,000

Expected net future cash inflows (undiscounted) related to the continued use and eventual disposal of the equipment

300,000

Fair value of the equipment

250,000

What is the amount of the impairment loss that should be reported on Toni’s income statement prepared for the year ended December 31, 2006?

  1. $ 50,000
  2. $100,000
  3. $150,000
  4. $200,000

assuming a loss on impairment is recognized august 31 2006 what is miller rsquo s de 603601

Miller Company acquired a machine for $420,000 on June 30, 2004. The machine has a seven-year life, no salvage value, and was depreciated using the straight-line method. On August 31, 2006, a test for recoverability reveals that the expected net future undiscounted cash inflows related to the continued use and eventual disposal of the machine total $275,000. The machine’s actual fair value on August 31, 2006, is $261,000. Assuming a loss on impairment is recognized August 31, 2006, what is Miller’s depreciation expense for September 2006?

  1. $4,000
  2. $4,350
  3. $4,500
  4. $5,000

vorst believes it will be able to sell the property afterwards for 300 000 during 20 603602

In January 2006, Vorst Co. purchased a mineral mine for $2,640,000 with removable ore estimated at 1,200,000 tons. After it has extracted all the ore, Vorst will be required by law to restore the land to its original condition at an estimated cost of $220,000. The present value of the estimated restoration costs is $180,000. Vorst believes it will be able to sell the property afterwards for $300,000. During 2006, Vorst incurred $360,000 of development costs preparing the mine for production and removed and sold 60,000 tons of ore. In its 2006 income statement, what amount should Vorst report as depletion?

  1. $135,000
  2. $144,000
  3. $150,000
  4. $159,000

what amount should lava charge against income during 2006 assuming amortization is r 603607

On January 2, 2003, Lava, Inc. purchased a patent for a new consumer product for $90,000. At the time of purchase, the patent was valid for fifteen years; however, the patent’s useful life was estimated to be only ten years due to the competitive nature of the product. On December 31, 2006, the product was permanently withdrawn from sale under governmental order because of a potential health hazard in the product. What amount should Lava charge against income during 2006, assuming amortization is recorded at the end of each year?

  1. $ 9,000
  2. $54,000
  3. $63,000
  4. $72,000

which of the following statements concerning patents is correct 603609

Which of the following statements concerning patents is correct?

  1. Legal costs incurred to successfully defend an internally developed patent should be capitalized and amortized over the patent’s remaining economic life.
  2. Legal fees and other direct costs incurred in registering a patent should be capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over a five-year period.
  3. Research and development contract services purchased from others and used to develop a patented manufacturing process should be capitalized and amortized over the patent’s economic life.
  4. Research and development costs incurred to develop a patented item should be capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over seventeen years.

as a result of the combination the following amounts of goodwill were recorded for e 603611

On July 12, 2006, Carver, Inc. acquired Jones Company in a business combination. As a result of the combination, the following amounts of goodwill were recorded for each of the three reporting units of the acquired company.

align=”left”>

Retailing

$30,000

Service

$20,000

Financing

$40,000

Near the end of 2006 a new major competitor entered the company’s market and Carver was concerned that this might cause a significant decline in the value of goodwill. Accordingly, Carver computed the implied value of the goodwill for the three major reporting units at December 31, 2006 as follows:

align=”left”>

Retailing

$25,000

Service

$10,000

Financing

$60,000

Determine the amount of impairment of goodwill that should be recorded by Carver at December 31, 2006.

  1. $0
  2. $10,000
  3. $15,000
  4. $25,000

it has determined that the fair value of the unit exceeds it carrying value which of 603612

Sloan Corporation is performing its annual test of the impairment of goodwill for its Financing reporting unit. It has determined that the fair value of the unit exceeds it carrying value. Which of the following is correct concerning this test of impairment?

  1. Impairment is not indicated and no additional analysis is necessary.
  2. Goodwill should be written down as impaired.
  3. The assets and liabilities should be valued to determine if there has been an impairment of goodwill.
  4. Goodwill should be retested at the entity level.

the analyst rsquo s estimate of ending retained earnings in millions should be close 604242

An analyst has collected the following information regarding a company in advance of its year-end earnings announcement (in millions):

Estimated net income

$200

Beginning retained earnings

$1,400

Estimated distribution to owners

$100

The analyst’s estimate of ending retained earnings (in millions) should be closest to

a. $1,300.

b. $1,500.

c. $1,700.

denali rsquo s gross profit is equal to 604274

Denali Limited, a manufacturing company, had the following income statement information:

Revenue

$4,000,000

Cost of goods sold

$3,000,000

Other operating expenses

$500,000

Interest expense

$100,000

Tax expense

$120,000

Denali’s gross profit is equal to

a. $280,000.

b. $500,000.

c. $1,000,000.

under the accrual basis of accounting how much net revenue would be reported on fair 604276

Fairplay had the following information related to the sale of its products during 2006, which was its first year of business:

Revenue

$1,000,000

Returns of goods sold

$100,000

Cash collected

$800,000

Cost of goods sold

$700,000

Under the accrual basis of accounting, how much net revenue would be reported on Fairplay’s 2006 income statement?

a. $200,000

b. $800,000

c. $900,000

under the completed contract method how much revenue will be reported in 2006 604278

At the beginning of 2006, Florida Road Construction entered into a contract to build a road for the government. Construction will take four years. The following information as of 31 December 2006 is available for the contract:

Total revenue according to contract

$10,000,000

Total expected cost

$8,000,000

Cost incurred during 2006

$1,200,000

Under the completed contract method, how much revenue will be reported in 2006?

a. None

b. $300,000

c. $1,500,000

how much revenue should apex report on its 2006 income statement 604282

Apex Consignment sells items over the Internet for individuals on a consignment basis. Apex receives the items from the owner, lists them for sale on the Internet, and receives a 25 percent commission for any items sold. Apex collects the full amount from the buyer and pays the net amount after commission to the owner. Unsold items are returned to the owner after 90 days. During 2006, Apex had the following information:

  • Total sales price of items sold during 2006 on consignment was €2,000,000.
  • Total commissions retained by Apex during 2006 for these items was €500,000.

How much revenue should Apex report on its 2006 income statement?

a. €500,000

b. €2,000,000

c. €1,500,000

match the it systems on the left with their definitions on the right 617758

Match the IT systems on the left with their definitions on the right:

CAD

a. A network including production equipment, computer terminals, and accounting systems

CAM

b. Electronic workstation including advanced graphics and 3D modeling of production processes

MRP

c. Automated scheduling of manufacturing resources, including scheduling, capacity, and forecasting functions

MRP-II

d. The minimization of inventory levels by the control of production so that products are produced on a tight schedule in time for their sale

ERP

e. A single software system that includes all manufacturing and related accounting applications

CIMs

f. Automated scheduling of production orders and materials movement

JIT

g. Production automation, including use of computers and robotics

RFID

h. The use of tiny tags affixed to inventory items to automatically monitor movement and account for the various stages of processing.

suppose a company has 1000 units of a raw material part on hand if 750 of these unit 617759

Suppose a company has 1000 units of a raw material part on hand. If 750 of these units are routed into production, should the company place an order to stock up on more of these parts? In order to answer this question, determine the economic order quantity (EOQ) for this part, assuming that the following are true:

  1. The company plans to use 10,000 units during the coming year.
  2. The company orders this part in lots of 1000 units, and each order placed carries a processing cost of $2.50.
  3. Each unit of inventory carries an annual holding cost of $6.40.

be sure to design your formulas in a way that will incorporate changes in the batch 617765

Texas Bar Supply manufactures equipment for bars and lounges. While the company manufactures several different products, one is a blender that bartenders use to make certain kinds of drinks.Using information in the spreadsheet template, complete the requisition form to calculate the quantity and cost of the parts needed to manufacture a batch of 500 bar blenders. To look up the cost from the price list sheet, you will use a spreadsheet function called VLOOKUP. Be sure to design your formulas in a way that will incorporate changes in the batch size or changes to costs of individual parts.

prepare a cost of goods manufactured schedule for norman company 617621

At the end of 2014, the following information pertains to Norman Company:

Factory repairs

$10,000

Factory utilities

8,000

Factory insurance

7,500

Factory depreciation

6,000

Factory property taxes

5,500

Indirect labor

9,000

Raw Materials Inventory

January 1

15,000

December 31

20,000

Direct labor

25,000

work in Process Inventory

January 1

32,000

December 31

30,000

Purchases of raw materials

48,000

Instructions

Prepare a Cost of Goods Manufactured Schedule for Norman Company.

the svengooli company specializes in manufacturing woodchuck traps the company has a 617622

The Svengooli Company specializes in manufacturing woodchuck traps. The company has a large number of orders to keep the factory production at 10,000 per month. Svengooli’s monthly manufacturing costs and other expense data are as follows:

1. Rent on factory equipment

$ 6,000

2. Advertising for the traps

8,000

3. Insurance on factory building

2,000

4. Raw materials

24,000

5. Supplies for the general office

500

6. Wages for assembly line workers

39,700

T Depreciation on office equipment

800

8. Miscellaneous factory materials

400

9. Company president’s salary

2,700

.10. Utility costs for the factor)/

900

.11. Maintenance costs for the factory

400

12. Factory supervisor’s salary

1,500

13. Sales commissions

3,700

.14. Depreciation on factory building

900

Instructions

Enter each item and place an “X” mark under each of the following column headings.

indicate each of the following as true t or false f in the space provided 617624

Indicate whether each of the following is true (T) or false (F) in the space provided.

1.

Cost accounting involves the measuring, recording, and reporting of product costs and period costs.

2.

A cost accounting system consists of manufacturing cost accounts that are fully integrated into the general ledger of a company.

3.

An important feature of a cost accounting system is the use of a periodic inventory system.

4.

A process cost system is best used when each job (or batch) has its own distinguishing characteristics.

5.

A company cannot use both a job order system and a process cost system.

6.

The flow of costs in job order cost accounting parallels the physical flow of the materials as they are converted into finished goods.

7.

The cost of raw materials purchased is credited to Raw Materials Inventory when materials are received.

8.

Raw materials Inventory is a control account.

9.

Factory Labor is a control account.

10.

A job cost sheet is a requisition form signed by an authorized employee for the issuance of materials.

11.

Each entry to Work in Process must be accompanied by a corresponding posting to one or more job cost sheets.

12.

Raw materials costs are assigned to Work in Process Inventory when the materials are purchased.

13.

Requisitions for direct materials are posted daily to the individual job cost sheets.

14.

Factory labor costs are assigned to jobs on the basis of time tickets prepared when work is performed.

15.

The predetermined overhead rate is based on the relationship between estimated annual overhead costs and expected annual operating capacity expressed in terms of a common activity base.

16.

The use of a predetermined overhead rate enables the company to determine the approximate total cost when the job still is in work in process.

17.

Recognition of the cost of goods sold is made when each sale occurs.

18.

Overapplied manufacturing overhead exists when the overhead assigned to work in process is less than the overhead incurred.

19.

At the end of the year, if immaterial, underapplied overhead is usually credited to Cost of Goods Sold.

20.

After the entry for underapplied or overapplied overhead is posted, Manufacturing Overhead will have a zero balance.

what is the total manufacturing cost for job 276 617635

Patel Company manufactures customized chairs. The following pertains to Job 276:

Direct materials used

$4,200

Direct labor hours worked

300

Direct labor rate per hour

$ 8.00

Machine hours used

200

Applied factory overhead rate

per machine hour

$15.00

What is the total manufacturing cost for Job 276?

  1. $8,800.
  2. $9,600.
  3. $10,300.
  4. $11,100.

overapplied manufacturing overhead exists when overhead assigned to work in process 617641

Overapplied manufacturing overhead exists when overhead assigned to work in process is:

  1. more than overhead incurred and there is a debit balance in Manufacturing Overhead at the end of a period.
  2. less than overhead incurred and there is a debit balance in Manufacturing Overhead at the end of a period.
  3. more than overhead incurred and there is a credit balance in Manufacturing Overhead at the end of a period.
  4. less than overhead incurred and there is a credit balance in Manufacturing Overhead at the end of a period.

prepare the entries for remmers company for the above transactions assuming a job or 617646

Selected account balances as of January 1 for Remmers Company are: Raw Materials Inventory $220,000, Work in Process Inventory $160,000, and Finished Goods Inventory $350,000.

During 2014, the following transactions took place:

1. Purchased $820,000 of raw materials.

2. Incurred $680,000 of factory labor costs of which $630,000 relate to wages payable and $50,000 to employer payroll taxes payable.

3. Incurred overhead costs of $174,000 (Credit Accounts Payable $124,000 and Cash $50,000).

4. Used direct materials of $600,000 and indirect materials of $200,000.

5. Used direct labor of $650,000 and indirect labor of $30,000.

6. Applied overhead at 30% of direct labor cost.

7. Completed jobs totaling $1,100,000.

8. Sold jobs costing $1,000,000 for $1,400,000, on account.

Instructions

(a) Prepare the entries for Remmers Company for the above transactions assuming a job order cost accounting system is used. (Omit explanations.)

(b) At December 31, the ledger of Remmers Company shows underapplied manufacturing overhead of $5,000. Prepare the entry to transfer this balance to Cost of Goods Sold.

assume data for the stuart cox company for the cutting department for the month of n 617647

Assume data for the Stuart Cox Company for the Cutting Department for the month of November is as follows:

Units:

Work in process, Nov. 1

21:000

Direct materials: 100% complete

Conversion costs: 40% complete

nits started into production during Nov.

500:000 450 000 71.000

Units completed and transferred

500:000 450 000 71.000

out Work in process, Nov. 30

500:000 450 000 71.000

Direct materials: 100% complete

Conversion costs: 20% complete

Costs:

Work in process, Nov. 1

Direct materials: 100% complete

$18:000

Conversion costs: 40% complete

16000

Cost of work in process, Nov. 1

$34000

Costs incurred during production in Nov.

Direct materials

$262:000

Conversion costs

555.280

Costs incurred Nov.

$817 200

Instructions

Compute the physical unit flow, the equivalent units of production and unit production costs.

indicate each of the following is true t or false f in the space provided 617648

Indicate whether each of the following is true (T) or false (F) in the space provided.

1.

Process cost accounting focuses on the individual job as opposed to job order costing which focuses on homogeneous products.

2.

In continuous process manufacturing, generally once the production begins, it continues until the finished product emerges.

3.

In process costing, there is usually only one work in process account.

4.

One similarity of process cost accounting with job order cost accounting is that both determine total manufacturing costs after each job.

5.

One difference of process costing when compared with job order cost accounting is that they both track different manufacturing cost elements.

6.

The flow of costs in a process costing system require that materials be added in one department, labor added in another department and manufacturing overhead in a third department.

7.

Raw materials are usually added to production at the beginning of the first process.

8.

In process cost accounting, manufacturing costs are accumulated by debits to Raw Materials Inventory, Factory Labor, and Manufacturing Overhead.

9.

In process costing, there are usually more requisition slips because the materials are used for processes rather than jobs.

10.

The primary driver of overhead costs in continuous manufacturing operations is machine time used.

11.

When finished goods are sold, the entry to record the cost of goods sold is a debit to Finished Goods Inventory and a credit to Cost of Goods Sold.

12.

When computing physical units, the beginning inventory plus units started equals the units transferred out plus ending inventory.

13.

Equivalent units of production are a measure of the work done during the period.

14.

Equivalent Units of Production are equal to the Units Completed and Transferred Out and Equivalent Units of Ending Work in Process.

15.

When there is no beginning work in process and materials are entered at the beginning of the process, equivalent units of materials are the same as the units started into production.

16.

If 15,000 units are completed and transferred out and there are 5,000 units in ending inventory 60% complete, the equivalent units for conversion costs are 18,000.

17.

The unit conversion cost is equal to the total conversion costs divided by equivalent units of materials.

18.

A production cost report shows both production quantity and cost data for a production department.

19.

In order to compute the physical unit flow, a company must first compute unit production costs.

20.

When calculating equivalent units of production, beginning work in process is generally included in the units “transferred out.”

21.

A primary objective of just-in-time manufacturing is the creation of large inventories.

22.

In activity-based costing the focus is on the activities performed to produce specific products.

23.

Activity-based costing seeks to identify the cost driver that measures the activities performed on the product.

identifying cash flows complete the following table by identifying each item as a so 617657

Identifying cash flows Complete the following table by identifying each item as a source or use of cash for each company named in the exercise.

Source of Cash

Use of Cash

NBC Universal returns cash to advertisers because of ratings shortfalls.

Deutsche Lufthansa AG purchases 19% of JetBlue Airways stock for $300 million.

Bank of America pays shareholders
a dividend of $2.12 per share.

JP Morgan Chase receives

dividends on holdings of other companies” stocks.

Cathay Pacific Airlines pays for new airplanes.

ExxonMobil receives payment from a major customer.

Apple pays its income taxes.

Orbitz Worldwide sells stock in its initial public offering.

Honda Motor Co. makes a payment on its long-term debt.

classifying cash flows classify each of the following items from national beverage c 617659

Classifying cash flows Classify each of the following items from National Beverage Corp.”s statement of cash flows as a source or use of cash, and identify the section of the statement that each appeared in.

Source or Use

Operating

Activities

Investing

Activities

Financing

Activities

Purchase of marketable securities

Common stock cash dividend

Decrease in accounts receivable

Decrease in accounts payable

Proceeds from disposal of property

Sale of marketable securities

Proceeds from the exercise of

stock options

Proceeds from the sale of assets

using the indirect method prepare the cash flows provided by operating activities se 617660

Cash flows provided by operating activities—indirect method Snowe Co.”s current asset and liability balances for the past two years are as follows. Net income for 2010 was $1,208,000, and depreciation expense was $85,000.

December 31, 2010

December 31, 2009

Accounts Receivable

$450,000

$380,000

Inventories

670,000

730,000

Accounts Payable

287,000

326,000

Accrued Liabilities

140,000

110,000

Required

Using the indirect method, prepare the cash flows provided by operating activities section of the statement of cash flows for 2010.

using the indirect method construct rindt industries statement of cash flows 617666

Statement of cash flows—indirect method The following items were gathered from Rindt Industries” general ledger:

Sale of marketable securities

$14,000

Depreciation and amortization expense

24,262

Payment of cash dividends

3,543

Proceeds from disposal of equipment

819

Loss on disposal of equipment

150

Net income

26,043

Beginning Cash balance

19,600

Purchase of equipment

21,632

Decrease in Accounts Receivable

1,048

Proceeds from issuing common stock

2,241

Increase in Inventory

3,465

Increase in Accounts Payable

4,650

Ending Cash balance

64,173

Required

Using the indirect method, construct Rindt Industries” statement of cash flows.

using the indirect method construct daniels distributing s statement of cash flows 617667

Statement of cash flows—indirect method The following items were gathered from Daniels Distributing”s general ledger:

Purchase of marketable securities

$200,000

Depreciation and amortization expense

31,980

Declaration of preferred dividends

8,000

Decrease in Prepaid Assets

3,700

Gain on sale of equipment

5,200

Net income

429,800

Beginning Cash balance

43,740

Proceeds from loan

125,000

Payment for purchase of equipment

80,925

Increase in Accounts Receivable

16,760

Stock-based compensation

180,000

Proceeds from issuing common stock

25,000

Increase in Inventory

14,863

Decrease in Accounts Payable

13,900

Ending Cash balance

507,572

Required

Using the indirect method, construct Daniels Distributing”s statement of cash flows.

comment on charles amp colvard s cash flows do you see any indicators of potential l 617668

Analyzing the statement of cash flows Charles & Colvard is the world”s sole manufacturer of artificially created moissanite, a stone used in fine jewelry. The company”s condensed statement of cash flows for the years 2006-2008 follows.

2008

2007

2006

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

$ (937,703)

$(4,938,229)

$ (1,786,654)

Net cash used in investing activities

(336,980)

(261,468)

(333,202)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

(186,582)

(1,514,680)

(5,120,909)

Net change in cash and equivalents

(1,461,265)

(6,714,377)

(7,240,765)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

7,048,409

13,762,786

21,003,551

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

$5,587,144

$ 7,048,409

$13,762,786

Required

Comment on Charles & Colvard”s cash flows. Do you see any indicators of potential liquidity problems?

how have cash flows provided by investing activities changed over the three year per 617669

Analyzing the statement of cash flows KB Home is one of the largest homebuilders in the United States. The cash flows provided by investing activities section of the company”s statement of cash flows for the years 2006-2008 follow (in $000).

Sale of discontinued operations, net of cash divested

2008

2007

2006

$739,764

Sale of investment in unconsolidated joint venture

57,767

Change in restricted cash

$(115,404)

Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures

(59,625)

(85,188)

(179,184)

Sales (purchases) of property and equipment, net

7,073

685

(17,638)

Other, net

772

Net cash provided (used) by investing
activities—continuing operations

(167,956)

$655,261

$(138,283)

Net cash used by investing activities—discontinued operations

(12,112)

(4,477)

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities

$(167,956)

$643,149

$(142,760)

Required

  1. How have cash flows provided by investing activities changed over the three-year period?
  2. If any of these changes continue in the coming years, what concerns would you have about KB Home”s future?

does the fact that casey s reports no proceeds from long term debt for 2008 and 2009 617670

Analyzing the statement of cash flows Casey”s General Stores, Inc., operates convenience stores, primarily in small Midwestern towns. The cash flows provided by financing activities section of the company”s statement of cash flows for the fiscal years 2007-2009 follows (in $000).

Proceeds from long-term debt

For the Years Ended April 30

2009

2008

2007

$100,000

Payment of long-term debt

$(21,100)

$(31,364)

(22,814)

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

1,346

2,104

2,941

Payment of cash dividends

(15,246)

(13,180)

(10,098)

Excess tax benefits related to stock option exercises

512

607

919

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

$(34,488)

$(41,833)

$ 70,948

At the beginning of fiscal 2009, Casey”s had $154,523 in cash and cash equivalents; at the end of fiscal 2009, the company had $145,695 in cash and cash equivalents.

Required

  1. How have cash flows provided by financing activities changed over the three-year period?
  2. Does the fact that Casey”s reports no proceeds from long-term debt for 2008 and 2009 mean that the company has no long-term debt? Why?
  3. Does it concern you that in two of the past three years, Casey”s used more cash than was provided by financing activities? Why?

statement of cash flows mdash indirect method kate petusky prepared addison controls 617678

Statement of cash flows—indirect method Kate Petusky prepared Addison Controls” balance sheet and income statement for 2010. Before she could complete the statement of cash flows, she had to leave town to attend to a family emergency. Because the full set of statements must be provided to the auditors today, Addison”s president, Lance Meyers, has asked you to prepare the statement of cash flows. Meyers has provided you with the balance sheets and income statement that Petusky prepared, as well as some notes she made:

Addison Controls
Income Statement
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

Sales revenue Cost of goods sold

Gross margin

 

$127,900

69,800

58,100

Selling expense

$13,000

 

Administrative expense

8,000

 

Salaries expense

20,000

 

Depreciation expense

1,900

 

Interest expense

4,000

46,900

Income before gain and taxes

 

11,200

Gain on sale of land

 

900

Income tax expense

 

800

Net income

 

$ 11,300

Addison Controls
Comparative Balance Sheets
As of December 31

 

2010

2009

Cash

$          5,100

$          4,300

Accounts receivable, net

6,300

5,500

Inventory

31,700

34,200

Total current assets

43,100

44,000

Property, plant, & equipment, net

211,500

215,300

Total Assets

$ 254,600

$ 259,300

Accounts payable

 

 

$3,400

$5,900

Accrued expenses

2,400

2,200

Taxes payable

2,100

2,600

Note payable

60,000

50,000

Total liabilities

67,900

60,700

Common stock

125,000

125,000

Retained earnings

61,700

73,600

Total stockholders” equity

186,700

198,600

Total liabilities & stockholders” equity

$ 254,600

$ 259,300

  • Equipment with an original cost of $35,000 was sold for $20,300. The book value of the equipment was $19,400.
  • On June 1, 2010, the company purchased new equipment for cash at a cost of $17,500.
  • At the end of the year the company issued bonds payable for $10,000 cash. The bonds will mature on December 31, 2014.
  • The company paid $23,200 in cash dividends for the year.

Required

Using the indirect method, prepare Addison Control”s statement of cash flows for 2010.

statement of cash flows mdash indirect method blake weaver cook enterprises controll 617679

Statement of cash flows—indirect method Blake Weaver, Cook Enterprises” controller, is preparing the financial statements for I 2010. He has completed the comparative balance sheets and income statement, which follow, and has gathered this additional information:

  • On December 31, 2010, Cook sold a piece of equipment with an original cost of $25,000 for $30,000 cash. The equipment had a book value of $13,000.
  • On February 1, 2010, Cook issued $100,000 of common stock to raise cash in anticipation of the purchase of a new building later in the year.
  • On February 2, 2010, Cook took out a ten-year $75,000 long-term loan to provide the remaining funds needed to purchase the building.
  • On May 15, 2010, Cook paid $150,000 for the new building.
  • The company repaid $4,600 of the long-term debt before the end of the year.
  • Cook Enterprises
    Income Statement
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

Sales revenue

 

$1,070,000

Gain on equipment sale

 

17,000

Total revenue

 

1,087,000

Cost of goods sold

 

700,000

Operating expenses

 

 

Depreciation expense

$30,000

 

Interest expense

7,400

 

Wages expenses

175,000

 

Other expenses

16,000

228,400

Income before taxes

 

158,600

Tax expense

 

63,400

Net income

 

$95,200

  • Cook Enterprises
    Comparative Balance Sheets
    As of December 31

 

2010

2009

Cash

$124,200

$ 40,400

Accounts receivable, net

287,200

269,800

Inventory

125,000

95,000

Total current assets

536,400

405,200

Property, plant, & equipment

297,000

160,000

Accumulated depreciation

90,000

60,000

Net property, plant, & equipment

207,000

100,000

Total assets

$743,400

$505,200

Accounts payable

 

 

$150,000

$175,000

Taxes payable

17,600

20,000

Mortgage payable

70,400

0

Total liabilities

238,000

195,000

Common stock

350,000

250,000

Retained earnings

155,400

60,200

Total stockholders” equity

505,400

310,200

Total liabilities & stockholders” equity

$743,400

$505,200

Required

Using the indirect method, prepare Cook Enterprises” statement of cash flows for 2010.

assuming a loss on impairment is recognized may 31 2006 what is marjorie rsquo s dep 603596

Marjorie, Inc. acquired a machine for $320,000 on August 31, 2003. The machine has a five-year life, a $50,000 salvage value, and was depreciated using the straight-line method. On May 31, 2006, a test for recoverability reveals that the expected net future undiscounted cash inflows related to the continued use and eventual disposal of the machine total $150,000. The machine’s actual fair value on May 31, 2006, is $135,000, with no salvage value. Assuming a loss on impairment is recognized May 31, 2006, what is Marjorie’s depreciation expense for June 2006?

  1. $6,352
  2. $5,000
  3. $4,500
  4. $3,148

indicate whether each of the following is true t or false f 617481

Indicate whether each of the following is true (T) or false (F) in the space provided.

1.

A cash dividend is a pro rata distribution of cash to stockholders.

2.

A dividend based on paid-in capital is termed a liquidating dividend.

3.

The date that the board of directors formally declares a cash dividend is the date of record.

4.

Dividends Payable is a current liability because it will normally be paid within the next several months.

5.

A stock dividend results in a decrease in retained earnings and an increase in paid-in capital.

6.

Common Stock Dividends Distributable is reported as additional paid-in capital in the stockholders’ equity section.

7.

A stock split must be formally journalized.

8.

A net loss is credited to Retained Earnings in preparing closing entries.

9.

Retained earnings restrictions are generally disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.

10.

A prior period adjustment is reported as an adjustment of the beginning balance of Retained Earnings.

11.

The return on common stockholders’ equity ratio shows how many dollars of net income were earned for each dollar invested by the owners.

12.

Income tax expense and the related liability for income taxes payable are recorded when taxes are paid.

13.

Earnings per share is reported only for common stock.

14.

If a company has declared any preferred dividends, they should be added to net income in the calculation of earnings per share.

which of the following statements about retained earnings restrictions is incorrect 617487

Which of the following statements about retained earnings restrictions is incorrect?

  1. Many states require a corporation to restrict retained earnings for the cost of treasury stock purchased.
  2. Long-term debt contracts may impose a restriction on retained earnings as a condition for the loan.
  3. The board of directors of a corporation may voluntarily create retained earnings restrictions for specific purposes.
  4. Retained earnings restrictions are generally disclosed through a journal entry on the books of a company.

tycho corporation started business operations on january 1 2014 on january 1 2015 ty 617495

Tycho Corporation started business operations on January 1, 2014. On January 1, 2015, Tycho has 400,000 shares of $10 par value common stock outstanding and $300,000 of retained earnings. During 2015, Tycho had the following transactions:

Apr. 1

Declared a 10 cent per share cash dividend on common stock outstanding.

Apr. 15

Discovered an error made in 2011 that understated depreciation by $800. (Ignore tax efects).

May 15

Paid the cash dividend declared on April 1.

July 1

Declared a 2% stock dividend when the fair market value of the stock was $15.

Aug. 1

Issued the shares for the stock dividend.

Nov. 1

Effected a 2 for 1 stock split.

Dec. 1

Declared a 10 cent per share cash dividend on common stock outstanding.

Instructions

Record the transactions above in the general journal. (Omit explanations).

indicate whether each of the following is true or false in the space provided 617497

Indicate whether each of the following is true (T) or false (F) in the space provided.

1.

An advantage of issuing bonds over common stock is that a tax savings may result.

2.

A disadvantage of issuing bonds over common stock is that bondholders do not have voter rights.

3.

Unsecured bonds, also known as debenture bonds, are issued against the general credit of the borrower.

4.

Bonds that mature at a single specified future date are called term bonds.

5.

Bonds that permit bondholders to convert them into common stock at their option are known as callable bonds.

6.

The terms of the bond issue are set forth in a formal legal document called a bond indenture.

7.

The market price of a bond is equal to the future value of the principal and interest payments.

8.

Interest Payable on long-term bonds is classified as a long-term liability.

9.

If the market (efective) interest rate is higher than the contractual (stated) rate, the bonds will sell at less than face value, or at a discount.

10.

The carrying value of bonds at maturity should be equal to the face value of the bonds.

11.

Premium on Bonds Payable is a contra account to Bonds Payable.

12.

The sale of bonds above face value causes the total cost at borrowing to be less than the bond interest cost.

13.

A gain or loss on the redemption of bonds is reported as an extraordinary item in the income statement.

14.

When bonds are converted into common stock, the carrying value of the bonds is transferred to paid-in capital accounts.

15.

Operating leases are leases that the lessee must capitalize on its balance sheet as an asset.

16.

A capital lease occurs when the lease transfers substantially all the benefits and risks of ownership from the lessor to the lessee.

17.

Under a capital lease the lease/asset is reported on the balance sheet under plant assets.

18.

Long-term liabilities are reported in a separate section of the balance sheet immediately following current liabilities.

*19.

Generally accepted accounting principles require that the straight-line method be used when the annual amounts of interest expense for the straight-line method and the efective-interest method are materially deferent.

*20.

The efective-interest method results in a varying amount of interest expense but a constant rate of interest each interest period.

sonoda computers inc has the following transactions concerning long term liabilities 617519

Sonoda Computers Inc. has the following transactions concerning long-term liabilities during the current year.

Apr. 2

Convertible bonds issued by Sonoda at face value are converted into common stock. The $100,000 bond issue has a conversion price of $25 per share of common stock with one $1,000 bond convertible into 40 shares of stock. The common stock has a par value of $10 and a fair market price of $30 at the time of conversion.

June 30

The first installment payment on a $100,000, 10%, 10-year mortgage note is made by Sonoda. The terms of the mortgage contract provided for semiannual installment payments, exclusive of real estate taxes and insurance of $8,024.

Dec. 31

The second installment payment is made on the mortgage note.

Instructions

Journalize the transactions. (Omit explanations.)

assuming that sutcli company receives net proceeds of 103 000 on the sale of trout i 617526

Assume that Sutcli Company acquires 100 Trout Inc. 10%, semi-annual, 20-year, $1,000 bonds on January 1, 2014, for $106,000, plus brokerage fees of $2,000 as a short-term investment.

Assuming that Sutcli Company receives net proceeds of $103,000 on the sale of Trout Inc. bonds on January 1, 2015, after receiving the interest due, the entry would include:

a. a debit to Loss on Sale of Debt Investments of $3,000.

b. a debit to Loss on Sale of Debt Investments of $5,000.

c. a credit to Gain on Sale of Debt Investments of $3,000.

d. a credit to Gain on Sale of Debt Investments of $5,000.

on december 31 2014 mumphrey co has the following costs and fair values for its inve 617538

On December 31, 2014, Mumphrey Co. has the following costs and fair values for its investments classified as trading securities:

Investments

Cost

Fair Value

Cub Co.

$20,000

$25,000

Wrigley Co.

34,000

32,000

The adjusting entry for Mumphrey Co. will include a debit to:

a. Unrealized Loss—Income of $5,000.

b. Fair Value Adjustment—Trading of $2,000.

c. Fair Value Adjustment—Trading of $3,000.

d. Unrealized Gain—Income of $3,000.

the amount of the unrealized gain or loss would be reported on the income statement 617539

On December 31, 2014, Dunston Co. has the following investments that are classified as available-for-sale securities:

Investments

Cost

Fair Value

Shawon Co.

$40,000

$35,000

Cihla Co.

38,000

39,000

The amount of the unrealized gain or loss would be reported on the income statement as a:

a. $5,000 unrealized loss.

b. $4,000 unrealized loss.

c. $1,000 unrealized gain.

d. No unrealized loss or gain is reported on the income statement.

short term investments are 617540

Short-term investments are:

a. (1) readily marketable and (2) intended to be converted into cash after the current year or operating cycle, whichever is shorter.

b. (1) readily marketable and (2) intended to be converted into cash within the current year or operating cycle, whichever is longer.

c. (1) readily marketable and (2) intended to be converted into cash after the current year or operating cycle, whichever is longer.

d. (1) readily marketable and (2) intended to be converted into cash within the current year or operating cycle, whichever is shorter.

journalize the entries for the bonds on january 1 and july 1 617541

The Williams Corporation accumulated the following data for its investments made on January 1, 2014.

1. Purchased $100,000, 10%, 10-year Kilgus Corporation bonds for $105,000 in cash as a long-term investment. The bonds pay interest semi-annually on January 1 and July 1. Received the interest due on July 1.

2. Purchased for cash 10% of Walton Inc.’s 400,000 shares of common stock at a cost of $20 per share plus brokers’ fees of $5,000. In 2014, Walton reports net income of $100,000, and it declares and pays a $30,000 cash dividend on December 31.

3. Acquired 40% of the common stock of Wilkerson Company for $500,000 cash. In 2014, Wilkerson Company reports net income of $70,000, and it declares and pays a $60,000 cash dividend on December 31.

Instructions

(a) Journalize the entries for the bonds on January 1 and July 1.

(b) Journalize the 2014 entries for the Walton stock, assuming the cost method is used.

(c) Journalize the 2014 entries for the Wilkerson stock, assuming the equity method is used.

prepare the adjusting entries to report each class of securities at fair value 617542

Harry Caray Co. has the following data at December 31, 2014:

Securities

Cost

Fair value

Trading

$103:000

$99,000

Available-for-sale

70:000

75.000

The available-for-sale securities are held as a long-term investment.

Instructions

(a) Prepare the adjusting entries to report each class of securities at fair value.

(b) Indicate the statement presentation of each class of securities and the related unrealized gain (loss) accounts.

during the year land costing 30 000 was sold for 30 000 cash and land costing 58 000 617566

In the Nowak Company, the beginning and ending balances in Land were $132,000 and $160,000 respectively. During the year, land costing $30,000 was sold for $30,000 cash, and land costing $58,000 was purchased for cash. The entries in the reconciling columns of the worksheet will include a:

a. credit to Land $30,000 and a debit to Sale of Land $30,000 under investing activities.

b. debit to Land $58,000 and a credit to Purchase of Land $58,000 under financing activities.

c. debit to Land $28,000 and a credit to Sale of Land $28,000 under investing activities.

d. credit to Land $30,000 and a debit to Sale of Land $30,000 under financing activities.

prepare a statement of cash flows for 2015 using the indirect method 617568

Illini Law Company reports the following condensed balance sheets at December 31:

Assets

2015

2014

Cash

$ 53,000

$ 38,000

Accounts receivable

72,000

76,000

Inventory

65,000

58,000

Property, plant and equipment (net)

196,000

‘172.000

Total

$386,000

$344.000

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Accounts payable

$ 48,000

$ 52,000

Notes payable, long-term

83,000

71,000

Coil stock

212,000

180,000

Retained earnings

43,000

41.000

Total

$386,000

$344.000

Other information:

  1. Net income was $10,000 in 2015 and $25,000 in 2014.
  2. Depreciation expense was $8,000 in 2015 and $10,000 in 2014.
  3. Machinery costing $62,000 was purchased for cash in 2015.
  4. Dividends of $8,000 were paid during 2015.
  5. Equipment was sold for cash during 2015 at $2,000 below its book value of $30,000.
  6. A $12,000, long-term note payable was issued for cash in 2015.
  7. Common stock of $32,000 was issued for cash in 2015.
  8. Sales revenue per the income statement was $150,000 in 2015.
  9. Cost of goods sold per the 2015 income statement was $110,000.
  10. Operating expenses (all paid in cash) per the 2015 income statement were $20,000, excluding depreciation expense.
  11. Accounts payable pertain to suppliers.

Instructions

(a) Prepare a statement of cash flows for 2015 using the indirect method.

(b) Prepare a statement of cash flows for 2015 using the direct method.

indicate the missing amounts for the incomplete manufacturing costs expenses and sel 617600

Indicate the missing amounts for the incomplete manufacturing costs, expenses, and selling data for the following four cases:

 

 

Case

 

 

 

1

2

3

4

Direct Materials

$ 7,250

$ 5,500

$ 4,000

Q

Direct Labor

1,500

G

3,600

5,000

Manufacturing Overhead

3,700

11,000

L

5,700

Total Manufacturing Costs

A

23,400

13,000

17,000

Beginning Work in Process inventory

3,200

H

2,600

R

Ending Work in Process Inventory

B

7,000

1100

1900

Sales

24,000

23,000

21700

S

Sales Discounts

2,300

5,000

M

1,400

Cost of Goods Manufactured

14,400

18,400

N

19,800

Beginning Finished Goods Inventory

C

1,500

1:250

1,490

 Goods Available for Sale

19,500

19,900

15750

T

Cost of Goods Sold

D

14,500

0

U

Ending Finished Goods Inventory

1,300

I

.1300

2,000

Gross Profit

E

J

P

25,400

Operating Expenses

3,400

2,900

2100

V

Net Income

F

K

2:400

2,700

direct materials are a 617606

Direct materials are a:

Product

Period

Cost

Cost

a

No

Yes

b.

Yes

Yes

c.

No

No

d.

Yes

No

when should an anticipated loss on a long term contract be recognized under the perc 603546

When should an anticipated loss on a long-term contract be recognized under the percentage-of-completion method and the completed-contract method, respectively?

align=”left”>

Percentage-of-completion

Completed-contract

a.

Over life of project

Contract complete

b.

Immediately

Contract complete

c.

Over life of project

Immediately

d.

Immediately

Immediately

on december 1 2006 boyd co purchased a 400 000 tract of land for a factory site boyd 603549

On December 1, 2006, Boyd Co. purchased a $400,000 tract of land for a factory site. Boyd razed an old building on the property and sold the materials it salvaged from the demolition. Boyd incurred additional costs and realized salvage proceeds during December 2006 as follows:

align=”left”>

Demolition of old building

$50,000

Legal fees for purchase contract and recording ownership

10,000

Title guarantee insurance

12,000

Proceeds from sale of salvaged materials

8,000

In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, Boyd should report a balance in the land account of

  1. $464,000
  2. $460,000
  3. $442,000
  4. $422,000

during 2006 bay co constructed machinery for its own use and for sale to customers b 603552

During 2006, Bay Co. constructed machinery for its own use and for sale to customers. Bank loans financed these assets both during construction and after construction was complete. How much of the interest incurred should be reported as interest expense in the 2006 income statement?

align=”left”>

Interest incurred for machinery for own use

Interest incurred for machinery held for sale

a.

All interest incurred

All interest incurred

b.

All interest incurred

Interest incurred after completion

c.

Interest incurred after completion

Interest incurred after completion

d.

Interest incurred after completion

All interest incurred

may paid cash to sty in connection with the exchange to the extent that the amount o 603561

May Co. and Sty Co. exchanged nonmonetary assets. The exchange did not result in the expected cash flows of the assets being significantly different for either May or Sty. May paid cash to Sty in connection with the exchange. To the extent that the amount of cash exceeds a proportionate share of the carrying amount of the asset surrendered, a realized gain on the exchange should be recognized by

align=”left”>

May

Sty

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

Yes

No

c.

No

Yes

d.

No

No

the retail price of the car that vik gave up is less than the retail price of the cl 603562

Vik Auto and King Clothier exchanged goods, held for resale, with equal fair values. Each will use the other’s goods to promote their own products. The retail price of the car that Vik gave up is less than the retail price of the clothes received. Assuming the transaction has commercial substance, what profit should Vik recognize for the non-monetary exchange?

  1. A profit is not recognized.
  2. A profit equal to the difference between the retail prices of the clothes received and the car.
  3. A profit equal to the difference between the retail price and the cost of the car.
  4. A profit equal to the difference between the fair value and the cost of the car.

in august rudd received 3 500 under its insurance policy on the van which it plans t 603565

On July 1, 2006, one of Rudd Co.’s delivery vans was destroyed in an accident. On that date, the van’s carrying value was $2,500. On July 15, 2006, Rudd received and recorded a $700 invoice for a new engine installed in the van in May 2006, and another $500 invoice for various repairs. In August, Rudd received $3,500 under its insurance policy on the van, which it plans to use to replace the van. What amount should Rudd report as gain (loss) on disposal of the van in its 2006 income statement?

  1. $1,000
  2. $ 300
  3. $0
  4. $ (200)

on july 1 2006 town company purchased for 540 000 a warehouse building and the land 603567

On July 1, 2006, Town Company purchased for $540,000 a warehouse building and the land on which it is located. The following data were available concerning the property:

align=”left”>

Current appraised value

Seller’s original cost

Land

$200,000

$140,000

Warehouse building

300,000

280,000

$500,000

$420,000

Town should record the land at

  1. $140,000
  2. $180,000
  3. $200,000
  4. $216,000

how much should be charged to repair and maintenance expense in 2006 603568

During 2006, King Company made the following expenditures relating to its plant building:

align=”left”>

Continuing and frequent repairs

$40,000

Repainted the plant building

10,000

Major improvements to the electrical wiring system

32,000

Partial replacement of roof tiles

14,000

How much should be charged to repair and maintenance expense in 2006?

  1. $96,000
  2. $82,000
  3. $64,000
  4. $54,000

capitalize the cost of refurbishing and record a loss in the current period equal to 603571

A building suffered uninsured fire damage. The damaged portion of the building was refurbished with higher quality materials. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of the damaged portion are identifiable. To account for these events, the owner should

  1. Reduce accumulated depreciation equal to the cost of refurbishing.
  2. Record a loss in the current period equal to the sum of the cost of refurbishing and the carrying amount of the damaged portion of the building.
  3. Capitalize the cost of refurbishing and record a loss in the current period equal to the carrying amount of the damaged portion of the building.
  4. Capitalize the cost of refurbishing by adding the cost to the carrying amount of the building.

should the building modification costs and the production line rearrangement costs b 603572

Derby Co. incurred costs to modify its building and to rearrange its production line. As a result, an overall reduction in production costs is expected. However, the modifications did not increase the building’s market value, and the rearrangement did not extend the production line’s life. Should the building modification costs and the production line rearrangement costs be capitalized?

align=”left”>

Building modification costs

Production line rearrangement costs

a.

Yes

No

b.

Yes

Yes

c.

No

No

d.

No

Yes

lem uses straight line depreciation in its 2006 income statement what amount should 603573

On January 2, 2006, Lem Corp. bought machinery under a contract that required a down payment of $10,000, plus twenty-four monthly payments of $5,000 each, for total cash payments of $130,000. The cash equivalent price of the machinery was $110,000. The machinery has an estimated useful life of ten years and estimated salvage value of $5,000. Lem uses straight-line depreciation. In its 2006 income statement, what amount should Lem report as depreciation for this machinery?

  1. $10,500
  2. $11,000
  3. $12,500
  4. $13,000

on january 2 2003 union co purchased a machine for 264 000 and depreciated it by the 603576

On January 2, 2003, Union Co. purchased a machine for $264,000 and depreciated it by the straight-line method using an estimated useful life of eight years with no salvage value. On January 2, 2006, Union determined that the machine had a useful life of six years from the date of acquisition and will have a salvage value of $24,000. An accounting change was made in 2006 to reflect the additional data. The accumulated depreciation for this machine should have a balance at December 31, 2006, of

  1. $176,000
  2. $160,000
  3. $154,000
  4. $146,000

what amount was debited to accumulated depreciation during 2006 because of property 603577

Weir Co. uses straight-line depreciation for its property, plant, and equipment, which, stated at cost, consisted of the following:

align=”left”>

12/31/06

12/31/05

Land

$ 25,000

$ 25,000

Building

195,000

195,000

Machinery and equipment

695,000

650,000

915,000

870,000

Less accumulated depreciation

400,000

370,000

$515,000

$500,000

Weir’s depreciation expense for 2006 and 2005 was $55,000 and $50,000, respectively. What amount was debited to accumulated depreciation during 2006 because of property, plant, and equipment retirements?

  1. $40,000
  2. $25,000
  3. $20,000
  4. $10,000

on the company rsquo s december 31 2006 balance sheet what amount should be reported 603589

Cranston Inc. reported an impairment loss of $150,000 on its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2005. This loss was related to long-lived assets which Cranston intended to use in its operations. On the company’s December 31, 2005 balance sheet, Cranston reported these long-lived assets at $920,000 and, as of December 31, 2005, Cranston estimated that these long-lived assets would be used for another five years. On December 31, 2006, Cranston determined that the fair values of its impaired long-lived assets had increased by $25,000 over their fair values at December 31, 2005. On the company’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should be reported as the carrying amount for these long-lived assets? Assume straight-line depreciation and no salvage value for the impaired assets.

  1. $761,000.
  2. $736,000.
  3. $945,000.
  4. $756,000.

the equipment rsquo s fair value on august 31 2006 is 150 000 after any loss on impa 603593

Scarbrough Company had purchased equipment for $280,000 on January 1, 2003. The equipment had an eight-year useful life and a salvage value of $40,000. Scarbrough depreciated the equipment using the straight-line method. In August 2006, Scarbrough questioned the recoverability of the carrying amount of this equipment. At August 31, 2006, the expected net future cash inflows (undiscounted) related to the continued use and eventual disposal of the equipment total $175,000. The equipment’s fair value on August 31, 2006, is $150,000. After any loss on impairment has been recognized, what is the carrying value of Scarbrough’s equipment as of August 31, 2006?

  1. $175,000
  2. $170,000
  3. $150,000
  4. $130,000

what is the amount of impairment loss that should be reported on bubba rsquo s incom 603595

During December 2006, Bubba Inc. determined that there had been a significant decrease in the market value of its equipment used in its manufacturing process. At December 31, 2006, Bubba compiled the information below.

align=”left”>

Original cost of the equipment

$500,000

Accumulated depreciation

300,000

Expected net future cash inflows (undiscounted) related to the continued use and eventual disposal of the equipment

175,000

Fair value of the equipment

125,000

What is the amount of impairment loss that should be reported on Bubba’s income statement prepared for the year ended December 31, 2006?

  1. $ 75,000
  2. $ 25,000
  3. $325,000
  4. $375,000

what inventory system should thread select if it wants to maximize the inventory car 603511

Thread Co. is selecting its inventory system in preparation for its first year of operations. Thread intends to use either the periodic weighted-average method or the perpetual moving-average method, and to apply the lower of cost or market rule either to individual items or to the total inventory. Inventory prices are expected to generally increase throughout 2006, although a few individual prices will decrease. What inventory system should Thread select if it wants to maximize the inventory carrying amount at December 31, 2006?

align=”left”>

Inventory method

Cost or market application

a.

Perpetual

Total inventory

b.

Perpetual

Individual item

c.

Periodic

Total inventory

d.

Periodic

Individual item

a physical count on january 31 2006 shows 250 units of product a on hand the cost of 603512

Marsh Company had 150 units of product A on hand at January 1, 2006, costing $21 each. Purchases of product A during the month of January were as follows:

align=”left”>

Units

Unit cost

Jan. 10

200

$22

18

250

23

28

100

24

A physical count on January 31, 2006, shows 250 units of product A on hand. The cost of the inventory at January 31, 2006, under the LIFO method is

  1. $5,850
  2. $5,550
  3. $5,350
  4. $5,250

what was the result of the change on ending inventory and net income in the year of 603515

A company decided to change its inventory valuation method from FIFO to LIFO in a period of rising prices. What was the result of the change on ending inventory and net income in the year of the change?

align=”left”>

Ending inventory

Net income

a.

Increase

Increase

b.

Increase

Decrease

c.

Decrease

Decrease

d.

Decrease

Increase

on january 1 2005 poe company adopted the dollar value lifo inventory method poe rsq 603518

On January 1, 2005, Poe Company adopted the dollar-value LIFO inventory method. Poe’s entire inventory constitutes a single pool. Inventory data for 2005 and 2006 are as follows:

align=”left”>

Date

Inventory at current year cost

Inventory at base year cost

Relevant price index

1/1/05

$150,000

$150,000

1.00

12/31/05

220,000

200,000

1.10

12/31/06

276,000

230,000

1.20

Poe’s LIFO inventory value at December 31, 2006, is

  1. $230,000
  2. $236,000
  3. $241,000
  4. $246,000

which of the following correctly states how components are used in the calculation o 603521

When the double-extension approach to the dollar-value LIFO inventory method is used, the inventory layer added in the current year is multiplied by an index number. Which of the following correctly states how components are used in the calculation of this index number?

  1. In the numerator, the average of the ending inventory at base year cost and at current year cost.
  2. In the numerator, the ending inventory at current year cost, and, in the denominator, the ending inventory at base year cost.
  3. In the numerator, the ending inventory at base year cost, and, the denominator, the ending inventory at current year cost.
  4. In the denominator, the average of the ending inventory at base year cost and at current year cost.

dart suspects some inventory may have been taken by a new employee at december 31 20 603523

Dart Company’s accounting records indicated the following information:

align=”left”>

Inventory, 1/1/06

$ 500,000

Purchases during 2006

2,500,000

Sales during 2006

3,200,000

A physical inventory taken on December 31, 2006, resulted in an ending inventory of $575,000. Dart’s gross profit on sales has remained constant at 25% in recent years. Dart suspects some inventory may have been taken by a new employee. At December 31, 2006, what is the estimated cost of missing inventory?

  1. $ 25,000
  2. $100,000
  3. $175,000
  4. $225,000

using the relative sales value method what amount of costs should be allocated to th 603524

On July 1, 2006, Casa Development Co. purchased a tract of land for $1,200,000. Casa incurred additional cost of $300,000 during the remainder of 2006 in preparing the land for sale. The tract was subdivided into residential lots as follows:

align=”left”>

Lot class

Number of lots

Sales price per lot

A

100

$24,000

B

100

16,000

C

200

10,000

Using the relative sales value method, what amount of costs should be allocated to the Class A lots?

  1. $300,000
  2. $375,000
  3. $600,000
  4. $720,000

what amount should herc report as inventory in its december 31 2006 balance sheet 603525

Herc Co.’s inventory at December 31, 2006, was $1,500,000 based on a physical count priced at cost, and before any necessary adjustment for the following:

  • Merchandise costing $90,000, shipped FOB shipping point from a vendor on December 30, 2006, was received and recorded on January 5, 2007.
  • Goods in the shipping area were excluded from inventory although shipment was not made until January 4, 2007. The goods, billed to the customer FOB shipping point on December 30, 2006, had a cost of $120,000.

What amount should Herc report as inventory in its December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. $1,500,000
  2. $1,590,000
  3. $1,620,000
  4. $1,710,000

what amount should kew report as accounts payable in its december 31 2006 balance sh 603526

Kew Co.’s accounts payable balance at December 31, 2006, was $2,200,000 before considering the following data:

  • Goods shipped to Kew FOB shipping point on December 22, 2006, were lost in transit. The invoice cost of $40,000 was not recorded by Kew. On January 7, 2007, Kew filed a $40,000 claim against the common carrier.
  • On December 27, 2006, a vendor authorized Kew to return, for full credit, goods shipped and billed at $70,000 on December 3, 2006. The returned goods were shipped by Kew on December 28, 2006. A $70,000 credit memo was received and recorded by Kew on January 5, 2007.
  • Goods shipped to Kew FOB destination on December 20, 2006, were received on January 6, 2007. The invoice cost was $50,000.

What amount should Kew report as accounts payable in its December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. $2,170,000
  2. $2,180,000
  3. $2,230,000
  4. $2,280,000

on december 27 2006 lewis authorized a customer to return for full credit goods ship 603527

Lewis Company’s usual sales terms are net sixty days, FOB shipping point. Sales, net of returns and allowances, totaled $2,300,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006, before year-end adjustments. Additional data are as follows:

  • On December 27, 2006, Lewis authorized a customer to return, for full credit, goods shipped and billed at $50,000 on December 15, 2006. The returned goods were received by Lewis on January 4, 2007, and a $50,000 credit memo was issued and recorded on the same date.
  • Goods with an invoice amount of $80,000 were billed and recorded on January 3, 2007. The goods were shipped on December 30, 2006.
  • Goods with an invoice amount of $100,000 were billed and recorded on December 30, 2006. The goods were shipped on January 3, 2007.

Lewis’ adjusted net sales for 2006 should be

  1. $2,330,000
  2. $2,280,000
  3. $2,250,000
  4. $2,230,000

little paid dell 450 000 during 2006 what amount should dell recognize as contract r 603528

On January 1, 2006, Dell, Inc. contracted with the city of Little to provide custom built desks for the city schools. The contract made Dell the city’s sole supplier and required Dell to supply no less than 4,000 desks and no more than 5,500 desks per year for two years. In turn, Little agreed to pay a fixed price of $110 per desk. During 2006, Dell produced 5,000 desks for Little. At December 31, 2006, 500 of these desks were segregated from the regular inventory and were accepted and awaiting pickup by Little. Little paid Dell $450,000 during 2006. What amount should Dell recognize as contract revenue in 2006?

  1. $450,000
  2. $495,000
  3. $550,000
  4. $605,000

by what amount should opal rsquo s inventory account at december 31 2006 be reduced 603530

The following items were included in Opal Co.’s inventory account at December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Merchandise out on consignment, at sales price, including 40% markup on selling price

$40,000

Goods purchased, in transit, shipped FOB shipping point

36,000

Goods held on consignment by Opal

27,000

By what amount should Opal’s inventory account at December 31, 2006, be reduced?

  1. $103,000
  2. $ 67,000
  3. $ 51,000
  4. $ 43,000

should southgate include the in transit insurance premium and the advanced commissio 603532

Southgate Co. paid the in-transit insurance premium for consignment goods shipped to Hendon Co., the consignee. In addition, Southgate advanced part of the commissions that will be due when Hendon sells the goods. Should Southgate include the in-transit insurance premium and the advanced commissions in inventory costs?

align=”left”>

Insurance premium

Advanced commissions

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

No

No

c.

Yes

No

d.

No

Yes

lore would use which of the following to determine the average days rsquo sales in i 603537

Selected data pertaining to Lore Co. for the calendar year 2006 is as follows:

align=”left”>

Net cash sales

$ 3,000

Cost of goods sold

18,000

Inventory at beginning of year

6,000

Purchases

24,000

Accounts receivable at beginning of year

20,000

Accounts receivable at end of year

22,000

Lore would use which of the following to determine the average days’ sales in inventory?

align=”left”>

Numerator

Denominator

a.

365

Average inventory

b.

365

Inventory turnover

c.

Average inventory

Sales divided by 365

d.

Sales divided by 365

Inventory turnover

how much income would cord have recognized on this contract for the year ended decem 603538

Cord Builders, Inc. has consistently used the percentage-of-completion method of accounting for construction-type contracts. During 2005 Cord started work on a $9,000,000 fixed-price construction contract that was completed in 2007. Cord’s accounting records disclosed the following:

align=”left”>

December 31

2005

2006

Cumulative contract costs incurred

$3,900,000

$6,300,000

Estimated total cost at completion

7,800,000

8,100,000

How much income would Cord have recognized on this contract for the year ended December 31, 2006?

  1. $100,000
  2. $300,000
  3. $600,000
  4. $700,000

state co recognizes construction revenue and expenses using the percentage of comple 603539

State Co. recognizes construction revenue and expenses using the percentage-of-completion method. During 2005, a single long-term project was begun, which continued through 2006. Information on the project follows:

align=”left”>

2005

2006

Accounts receivable from construction contract

$100,000

$300,000

Construction expenses

105,000

192,000

Construction in progress

122,000

364,000

Partial billings on contract

100,000

420,000

Profit recognized from the long-term construction contract in 2006 should be

  1. $ 50,000
  2. $108,000
  3. $128,000
  4. $228,000

lake construction company has consistently used the percentage of completion method 603540

Lake Construction Company has consistently used the percentage-of-completion method of recognizing income. During 2005, Lake entered into a fixed-price contract to construct an office building for $10,000,000. Information relating to the contract is as follows:

align=”left”>

At December 31,

2005

2006

Percentage of completion

20

%

60

%

Estimated total cost at completion

$7,500,000

$8,000,000

Income recognized (cumulative)

500,000

1,200,000

Contract costs incurred during 2006 were

  1. $3,200,000
  2. $3,300,000
  3. $3,500,000
  4. $4,800,000

how much loss should hansen have recognized in 2006 603541

Hansen Construction, Inc. has consistently used the percentage-of-completion method of recognizing income. During 2006, Hansen started work on a $3,000,000 fixed-price construction contract. The accounting records disclosed the following data for the year ended December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Costs incurred

$ 930,000

Estimated cost to complete

2,170,000

Progress billings

1,100,000

Collections

700,000

How much loss should Hansen have recognized in 2006?

  1. $230,000
  2. $100,000
  3. $ 30,000
  4. $0

if pell used the percentage of completion method what amount of gross profit loss wo 603542

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following data pertaining to Pell Co.’s construction jobs, which commenced during 2006:

align=”left”>

Project 1

Project 2

Contract price

$420,000

$300,000

Costs incurred during 2006

240,000

280,000

Estimated costs to complete

120,000

40,000

Billed to customers during 2006

150,000

270,000

Received from customers during 2006

90,000

250,000

If Pell used the completed contract method, what amount of gross profit (loss) would Pell report in its 2006 income statement?

  1. $ (20,000)
  2. $ 0
  3. $ 340,000
  4. $ 420,000

If Pell used the percentage-of-completion method, what amount of gross profit (loss) would Pell report in its 2006 income statement?

  1. $(20,000)
  2. $ 20,000
  3. $ 22,500
  4. $ 40,000

what amount should be reported as related party disclosures in the notes to dean rsq 603449

Dean Co. acquired 100% of Morey Corp. prior to 2006. During 2006, the individual companies included in their financial statements the following:

align=”left”>

Dean

Morey

Officers’ salaries

$ 75,000

$50,000

Officers’ expenses

20,000

10,000

Loans to officers

125,000

50,000

Intercompany sales

150,000

What amount should be reported as related-party disclosures in the notes to Dean’s 2006 consolidated financial statements?

  1. $150,000
  2. $155,000
  3. $175,000
  4. $330,000

the average consumer price index was 100 for 2005 and 110 for 2006 in a supplementar 603469

Lewis Company was formed on January 1, 2005. Selected balances from the historical cost balance sheet at December 31, 2006, were as follows:

align=”left”>

Land (purchased in 2005)

$120,000

Investment in nonconvertible bonds (purchased in 2005, and expected to be held to maturity)

60,000

Long-term debt

80,000

The average Consumer Price Index was 100 for 2005, and 110 for 2006. In a supplementary constant dollar balance sheet (adjusted for changing prices) at December 31, 2006, these selected account balances should be shown at

align=”left”>

Land

Investment

Long-term debt

a.

$120,000

$60,000

$88,000

b.

$120,000

$66,000

$88,000

c.

$132,000

$60,000

$80,000

d.

$132,000

$66,000

$80,000

under current cost accounting what is the amount of vend rsquo s holding gain on eac 603474

The following information pertains to each unit of merchandise purchased for resale by Vend Co.:

align=”left”>

March 1, 2006

Purchase price

$ 8

Selling price

$12

Price level index

110

align=”left”>

December 31, 2006

Replacement cost

$10

Selling price

$15

Price level index

121

Under current cost accounting, what is the amount of Vend’s holding gain on each unit of this merchandise?

  1. $0
  2. $0.80
  3. $1.20
  4. $2.00

which of the following is required to be disclosed regarding the risks and uncertain 603480

Which of the following is required to be disclosed regarding the risks and uncertainties that exist?

  1. Factors causing an estimate to be sensitive.
  2. The potential impact of estimates about values of assets and liabilities when it is reasonably possible that the estimate will change in the near future.
  3. The potential impact of estimates about values of assets and liabilities when it is remotely possible that the estimate will change in the near future.
  4. A description of the operations both within and outside of the home country.

the following information applied to fenn inc for 2006 603488

The following information applied to Fenn, Inc. for 2006:

align=”left”>

Merchandise purchased for resale

$400,000

Freight-in

10,000

Freight-out

5,000

Purchase returns

2,000

Fenn’s 2006 inventoriable cost was

  1. $400,000
  2. $404,000
  3. $408,000
  4. $413,000

these goods were received on december 31 2006 in kerr rsquo s december 31 2006 balan 603489

On December 28, 2006, Kerr Manufacturing Co. purchased goods costing $50,000. The terms were FOB destination. Some of the costs incurred in connection with the sale and delivery of the goods were as follows:

align=”left”>

Packaging for shipment

$1,000

Shipping

1,500

Special handling charges

2,000

These goods were received on December 31, 2006. In Kerr’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount of cost for these goods should be included in inventory?

  1. $54,500
  2. $53,500
  3. $52,000
  4. $50,000

the following information was taken from cody co rsquo s accounting records for the 603491

The following information was taken from Cody Co.’s accounting records for the year ended December 31, 2006:

align=”left”>

Decrease in raw materials inventory

$ 15,000

Increase in finished goods inventory

35,000

Raw material purchased

430,000

Direct labor payroll

200,000

Factory overhead

300,000

Freight-out

45,000

There was no work in process inventory at the beginning or end of the year. Cody’s 2006 cost of goods sold is

  1. $895,000
  2. $910,000
  3. $950,000
  4. $955,000

what amount should azur report as cost of goods sold for the year 603495

The following information pertained to Azur Co. for the year:

align=”left”>

Purchases

$102,800

Purchase discounts

10,280

Freight in

15,420

Freight out

5,140

Beginning inventory

30,840

Ending inventory

20,560

What amount should Azur report as cost of goods sold for the year?

  1. $102,800
  2. $118,220
  3. $123,360
  4. $128,500

what was the price index used to compute bach rsquo s 2006 dollar value lifo invento 603501

Bach Co. adopted the dollar-value LIFO inventory method as of January 1, 2005. A single inventory pool and an internally computed price index are used to compute Bach’s LIFO inventory layers. Information about Bach’s dollar value inventory follows:

align=”left”>

Inventory

Date

at base year cost

at dollar value LIFO

1/1/05

$90,000

$90,000

2005 layer

20,000

30,000

2006 layer

40,000

80,000

What was the price index used to compute Bach’s 2006 dollar value LIFO inventory layer?

  1. 1.09
  2. 1.25
  3. 1.33
  4. 2.00

under the moving average method what amount should metro report as inventory at janu 603504

During January 2006, Metro Co., which maintains a perpetual inventory system, recorded the following information pertaining to its inventory:

align=”left”>

Units

Unit cost

Total cost

Units on hand

Balance on 1/1/06

1,000

$1

$1,000

1,000

Purchased on 1/7/06

600

3

1,800

1,600

Sold on 1/20/06

900

700

Purchased on 1/25/06

400

5

2,000

1,100

Under the moving-average method, what amount should Metro report as inventory at January 31, 2006?

  1. $2,640
  2. $3,225
  3. $3,300
  4. $3,900

under the lower of cost or market rule what amount should chewy report as chocolate 603505

Based on a physical inventory taken on December 31, 2006, Chewy Co. determined its chocolate inventory on a FIFO basis at $26,000 with a replacement cost of $20,000. Chewy estimated that, after further processing costs of $12,000, the chocolate could be sold as finished candy bars for $40,000. Chewy’s normal profit margin is 10% of sales. Under the lower of cost or market rule, what amount should Chewy report as chocolate inventory in its December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. $28,000
  2. $26,000
  3. $24,000
  4. $20,000

what amount of probable loss from the purchase commitment should card report in its 603510

On January 1, 2006, Card Corp. signed a three-year noncancelable purchase contract, which allows Card to purchase up to 500,000 units of a computer part annually from Hart Supply Co. at $.10 per unit and guarantees a minimum annual purchase of 100,000 units. During 2006, the part unexpectedly became obsolete. Card had 250,000 units of this inventory at December 31, 2006, and believes these parts can be sold as scrap for $.02 per unit. What amount of probable loss from the purchase commitment should Card report in its 2006 income statement?

  1. $24,000
  2. $20,000
  3. $16,000
  4. $ 8,000

what amount of comprehensive income should searles corporation report on its stateme 603436

What amount of comprehensive income should Searles Corporation report on its statement of income and comprehensive income given the following net of tax figures that represent changes during a period?

align=”left”>

Minimum pension liability

$ (3,000)

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

15,000

Reclassification adjustment, for securities gain included in net income

(2,500)

Stock warrants outstanding

4,000

Net income

77,000

  1. $86,500
  2. $89,000
  3. $89,500
  4. $90,500

the following trial balance of mint corp at december 31 2006 has been adjusted excep 603443

Items 1 through 3 are based on the following:

The following trial balance of Mint Corp. at December 31, 2006, has been adjusted except for income tax expense.

Dr.

Cr.

Cash

$

600,000

Accounts receivable, net

3,500,000

Cost in excess of billings on long-term contracts

1,600,000

Billings in excess of costs on long-term contracts

$

700,000

Prepaid taxes

450,000

Property, plant, and equipment, net

1,480,000

Note payable—noncurrent

1,620,000

Common stock

750,000

Additional paid-in capital

2,000,000

Retained earnings—unappropriated

900,000

Retained earnings—restricted for note payable

160,000

Earnings from long-term contracts

6,680,000

Costs and expenses

5,180,000

$

12,810,000

$

12,810,000

Other financial data for the year ended December 31, 2006, are

  • Mint uses the percentage-of-completion method to account for long-term construction contracts for financial statement and income tax purposes. All receivables on these contracts are considered to be collectible within twelve months.
  • During 2006, estimated tax payments of $450,000 were charged to prepaid taxes. Mint has not recorded income tax expense. There were no temporary or permanent differences, and Mint’s tax rate is 30%.

In Mint’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should be reported as

Total retained earnings?

  1. $1,950,000
  2. $2,110,000
  3. $2,400,000
  4. $2,560,000

Total noncurrent liabilities?

  1. $1,620,000
  2. $1,780,000
  3. $2,320,000
  4. $2,480,000

Total current assets?

  1. $5,000,000
  2. $5,450,000
  3. $5,700,000
  4. $6,150,000

except for a 13 000 dividend payment and the year rsquo s earnings there were no cha 603445

The following changes in Vel Corp.’s account balances occurred during 2006:

align=”left”>

Increase

Assets

$89,000

Liabilities

27,000

Capital stock

60,000

Additional paid-in capital

6,000

Except for a $13,000 dividend payment and the year’s earnings, there were no changes in retained earnings for 2006. What was Vel’s net income for 2006?

  1. $ 4,000
  2. $ 9,000
  3. $13,000
  4. $17,000

which of the two transactions would be disclosed as related party transactions in jo 603448

During 2006, Jones Company engaged in the following transactions:

align=”left”>

Salary expense to key employees who are also principal owners

$100,000

Sales to affiliated enterprises

250,000

Which of the two transactions would be disclosed as related-party transactions in Jones’ 2006 financial statements?

  1. Neither transaction.
  2. The $100,000 transaction only.
  3. The $250,000 transaction only.
  4. Both transactions.

completed contract method of accounting for long term construction type contracts to 603377

SFAS 154 specifies that the effects of a change in accounting principle should be recorded on a prospective basis when the change is from the

  1. Cash basis of accounting for vacation pay to the accrual basis.
  2. Straight-line method of depreciation for previously recorded assets to the double-declining balance method.
  3. Presentation of statements of individual companies to their inclusion in consolidated statements.
  4. Completed-contract method of accounting for long-term construction-type contracts to the percentage-of-completion method.

when a company changes from the straight line method of depreciation for previously 603378

When a company changes from the straight-line method of depreciation for previously recorded assets to the double-declining balance method, which of the following should be used according to SFAS 154?

align=”left”>

Cumulative effects of change in accounting principle

Retrospective application

a.

No

No

b.

No

Yes

c.

Yes

Yes

d.

Yes

No

the change resulted in a 500 000 increase in the january 1 2007 inventory which is t 603380

On January 1, 2007, Roem Corp. changed its inventory method to FIFO from LIFO for both financial and income tax reporting purposes. The change resulted in a $500,000 increase in the January 1, 2007 inventory, which is the only change that could be calculated from the accounting records. Assume that the income tax rate for all years is 30%. According to SFAS 154, retrospective application would result in

  1. An increase in ending inventory in the 2006 balance sheet.
  2. A decrease in ending inventory in the 2007 balance sheet.
  3. A decrease in net income in 2006.
  4. A gain from cumulative effect of change on the income statement in 2007.

if the percentage of completion method had been used the accumulated income through 603384

On January 1, 2007, Poe Construction, Inc. changed to the percentage-of-completion method of income recognition for financial statement reporting but not for income tax reporting. Poe can justify this change in accounting principle. As of December 31, 2006, Poe compiled data showing that income under the completed-contract method aggregated $700,000. If the percentage-of-completion method had been used, the accumulated income through December 31, 2006, would have been $880,000. Assuming an income tax rate of 40% for all years, SFAS 154 requires that the cumulative effect of this accounting change to be reported by Poe as

  1. An increase in construction-in-progress for $180,000 in the 2006 balance sheet.
  2. A decrease in the beginning balance of retained earnings for $108,000 in 2007.
  3. A cumulative effect adjustment of $108,000 on the 2007 income statement.
  4. As an increase in ending retained earnings of $180,000 in 2006.

on january 1 2006 flax determined that the machine had a useful life of six years fr 603391

On January 1, 2003, Flax Co. purchased a machine for $528,000 and depreciated it by the straight-line method using an estimated useful life of eight years with no salvage value. On January 1, 2006, Flax determined that the machine had a useful life of six years from the date of acquisition and will have a salvage value of $48,000. An accounting change was made in 2006 to reflect these additional data. The accumulated depreciation for this machine should have a balance at December 31, 2006, of

  1. $292,000
  2. $308,000
  3. $320,000
  4. $352,000

as a result of the change which of the following should be reported in krey rsquo s 603393

During 2006, Krey Co. increased the estimated quantity of copper recoverable from its mine. Krey uses the units of production depletion method. As a result of the change, which of the following should be reported in Krey’s 2006 financial statements?

align=”left”>

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

Pro forma effects of retroactive application of new depletion base

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

Yes

No

c.

No

No

d.

No

Yes

which of the following statements is correct regarding accounting changes that resul 603397

According to SFAS 154, which of the following statements is correct regarding accounting changes that result in financial statements that are, in effect, the statements of a different reporting entity?

  1. Cumulative-effect adjustments should be reported as separate items on the financial statements pertaining to the year of change.
  2. No restatements or adjustments are required if the changes involve consolidated methods of accounting for subsidiaries.
  3. No restatements or adjustments are required if the changes involve the cost or equity methods of accounting for investments.
  4. The financial statements of all prior periods presented are adjusted retrospectively.

what amount should vane report as income after income taxes from continuing operatio 603399

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

Vane Co.’s trial balance of income statement accounts for the year ended December 31, 2007, included the following:

align=”left”>

Debit

Credit

Sales

$575,000

Cost of sales

$240,000

Administrative expenses

70,000

Loss on sale of equipment

10,000

Sales commissions

50,000

Interest revenue

25,000

Freight out

15,000

Loss on early retirement of long-term debt

20,000

Uncollectible accounts expense

15,000

________

Totals

$420,000

$600,000

Other information

Finished goods inventory:

January 1, 2007

$400,000

December 31, 2007

360,000

Vane’s income tax rate is 30%. In Vane’s 2007 multiple-step income statement,

What amount should Vane report as the cost of goods manufactured?

  1. $200,000
  2. $215,000
  3. $280,000
  4. $295,000

What amount should Vane report as income after income taxes from continuing operations?

  1. $126,000
  2. $129,500
  3. $140,000
  4. $147,000

the adjusted trial balance at december 31 2006 included the following expense and lo 603400

Brock Corp. reports operating expenses in two categories: (1) selling, and (2) general and administrative. The adjusted trial balance at December 31, 2006, included the following expense and loss accounts:

align=”left”>

Accounting and legal fees

$120,000

Advertising

150,000

Freight-out

80,000

Interest

70,000

Loss on sale of long-term investment

30,000

Officers’ salaries

225,000

Rent for office space

220,000

Sales salaries and commissions

140,000

One-half of the rented premises is occupied by the sales department.

Brock’s total selling expenses for 2006 are

  1. $480,000
  2. $400,000
  3. $370,000
  4. $360,000

what amount of these costs should be reported as general and administrative expenses 603401

The following costs were incurred by Griff Co., a manufacturer, during 2006:

align=”left”>

Accounting and legal fees

$ 25,000

Freight-in

175,000

Freight-out

160,000

Officers salaries

150,000

Insurance

85,000

Sales representatives salaries

215,000

What amount of these costs should be reported as general and administrative expenses for 2006?

  1. $260,000
  2. $550,000
  3. $635,000
  4. $810,000

cane which has been located fifty miles from the river for the past twenty years has 603404

During 2006 both Raim Co. and Cane Co. suffered losses due to the flooding of the Mississippi River. Raim is located two miles from the river and sustains flood losses every two to three years. Cane, which has been located fifty miles from the river for the past twenty years, has never before had flood losses. How should the flood losses be reported in each company’s 2006 income statement?

align=”left”>

Raim

Cane

a.

As a component of income from continuing operations

As an extraordinary item

b.

As a component of income from continuing operations

As a component of income from continuing operations

c.

As an extraordinary item

As a component of income from continuing operations

d.

As an extraordinary item

As an extraordinary item

in its 2006 income statement what amount should kent report as losses that are not c 603406

Kent Co. incurred the following infrequent losses during 2006:

  • A $300,000 loss was incurred on disposal of one of four dissimilar factories.
  • A major currency devaluation caused a $120,000 exchange loss on an amount remitted by a foreign customer.
  • Inventory valued at $190,000 was made worthless by a competitor’s unexpected product innovation.

In its 2006 income statement, what amount should Kent report as losses that are not considered extraordinary?

  1. $610,000
  2. $490,000
  3. $420,000
  4. $310,000

what amount should midway report in its 2006 income statement as extraordinary loss 603407

Midway Co. had the following transactions during 2006:

  • $1,200,000 pretax loss on foreign currency exchange due to a major unexpected devaluation by the foreign government.
  • $500,000 pretax loss from discontinued operations of a division.
  • $800,000 pretax loss on equipment damaged by a hurricane. This was the first hurricane ever to strike in Midway’s area. Midway also received $1,000,000 from its insurance company to replace a building, with a carrying value of $300,000, that had been destroyed by the hurricane.

What amount should Midway report in its 2006 income statement as extraordinary loss before income taxes?

  1. $ 100,000
  2. $1,300,000
  3. $1,800,000
  4. $2,500,000

what amount of gain should ocean report as a separate component of income before ext 603408

Ocean Corp.’s comprehensive insurance policy allows its assets to be replaced at current value. The policy has a $50,000 deductible clause. One of Ocean’s waterfront warehouses was destroyed in a winter storm. Such storms occur approximately every four years. Ocean incurred $20,000 of costs in dismantling the warehouse and plans to replace it. The following data relate to the warehouse:

align=”left”>

Current carrying amount

$ 300,000

Replacement cost

1,100,000

What amount of gain should Ocean report as a separate component of income before extraordinary items?

  1. $1,030,000
  2. $ 780,000
  3. $ 730,000
  4. $0

how much should be reported as the provision for income tax in purl rsquo s 2006 inc 603409

Purl Corporation’s income statement for the year ended December 31, 2006, shows the following:

align=”left”>

Income before income tax and extraordinary item

$900,000

Gain on life insurance coverage—included in the above $900,000 income amount

100,000

Extraordinary item—loss due to earthquake damage

300,000

Purl’s tax rate for 2006 is 40%. How much should be reported as the provision for income tax in Purl’s 2006 income statement?

  1. $200,000
  2. $240,000
  3. $320,000
  4. $360,000

the loss from the fire was an infrequent but not unusual occurrence in thorpe rsquo 603410

Thorpe Co.’s income statement for the year ended December 31, 2007, reported net income of $74,100. The auditor raised questions about the following amounts that had been included in net income:

align=”left”>

Unrealized loss on decline in market value of noncurrent in vestments in stock classified as available-for-sale (net of tax)

$(5,400)

Gain on early retirement of bonds payable (net of $11,000 tax effect)

22,000

Adjustment to profits of prior years for errors in depreciation (net of $3,750 tax effect)

(7,500)

Loss from fire (net of $7,000 tax effect)

(14,000)

The loss from the fire was an infrequent but not unusual occurrence in Thorpe’s line of business. Thorpe’s December 31, 2007 income statement should report net income of

  1. $65,000
  2. $66,100
  3. $81,600
  4. $87,000

should these gains be included in continuing operations or reported as an extraordin 603413

During 2006, Peg Construction Co. recognized substantial gains from

  • An increase in value of a foreign customer’s remittance caused by a major foreign currency revaluation.
  • A court-ordered increase in a completed long-term construction contract’s price due to design changes.

Should these gains be included in continuing operations or reported as an extraordinary item in Peg’s 2006 income statement?

align=”left”>

Gain from major currency revaluation

Gain from increase in contract’s price

a.

Continuing operations

Continuing operations

b.

Extraordinary item

Continuing operations

c.

Extraordinary item

Extraordinary item

d.

Continuing operations

Extraordinary item

which of these losses should be reported as an extraordinary item 603417

In 2006, Teller Co. incurred losses arising from its guilty plea in its first antitrust action, and from a substantial increase in production costs caused when a major supplier’s workers went on strike. Which of these losses should be reported as an extraordinary item?

align=”left”>

Antitrust action

Production costs

a.

No

No

b.

No

Yes

c.

Yes

No

d.

Yes

Yes

effect of its own bond transaction as an extraordinary gain and report the iron bond 603418

In open market transactions, Gold Corp. simultaneously sold its long-term investment in Iron Corp. bonds and purchased its own outstanding bonds. The broker remitted the net cash from the two transactions. Gold’s gain on the purchase of its own bonds exceeded its loss on the sale of the Iron bonds. Gold should report the

  1. Net effect of the two transactions as an extraordinary gain.
  2. Net effect of the two transactions in income before extraordinary items.
  3. Effect of its own bond transaction gain in income before extraordinary items, and report the Iron bond transaction as a loss in income before extraordinary items.
  4. Effect of its own bond transaction as an extraordinary gain, and report the Iron bond transaction loss in income before extraordinary items.

assume no dividends are paid and that the company has a tax rate of 30 what is the a 603434

A company buys ten shares of securities at $2,000 each on December 31, 2004. The securities are classified as available for sale. The fair value of the securities increases to $2,500 on December 31, 2005, and to $2,750 on December 31, 2006. On December 31, 2006, the company sells the securities. Assume no dividends are paid and that the company has a tax rate of 30%. What is the amount of the reclassification adjustment for other comprehensive income on December 31, 2006?

  1. $ 7,500
  2. $ (7,500)
  3. $ 5,250
  4. $ (5,250)

under the accrual method what amount of income before taxes should class report in i 603338

Class Corp. maintains its accounting records on the cash basis but restates its financial statements to the accrual method of accounting. Class had $60,000 in cash-basis pretax income for 2006. The following information pertains to Class’s operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005:

align=”left”>

2006

2005

Accounts receivable

$40,000

$20,000

Accounts payable

15,000

30,000

Under the accrual method, what amount of income before taxes should Class report in its December 31, 2006 income statement?

  1. $25,000
  2. $55,000
  3. $65,000
  4. $95,000

the proprietorship incurred expenses of 3 000 in february which were paid in april d 603339

On February 1, 2006, Tory began a service proprietorship with an initial cash investment of $2,000. The proprietorship provided $5,000 of services in February and received full payment in March. The proprietorship incurred expenses of $3,000 in February, which were paid in April. During March, Tory drew $1,000 against the capital account. In the proprietorship’s financial statements for the two months ended March 31, 2006, prepared under the cash basis method of accounting, what amount should be reported as capital?

  1. $1,000
  2. $3,000
  3. $6,000
  4. $7,000

how should these increases be added to or deducted from accrual basis net income 603341

White Co. wants to convert its 2006 financial statements from the accrual basis of accounting to the cash basis. Both supplies inventory and office salaries payable increased between January 1, 2006, and December 31, 2006. To obtain 2006 cash basis net income, how should these increases be added to or deducted from accrual-basis net income?

align=”left”>

Supplies inventory

Office salaries payable

a.

Deducted

Deducted

b.

Deducted

Added

c.

Added

Deducted

d.

Added

Added

what is the effect of droit rsquo s inability to determine beginning supplies invent 603342

Before 2006, Droit Co. used the cash basis of accounting. As of December 31, 2006, Droit changed to the accrual basis. Droit cannot determine the beginning balance of supplies inventory. What is the effect of Droit’s inability to determine beginning supplies inventory on its 2006 accrual-basis net income and December 31, 2006 accrual-basis owners’ equity?

align=”left”>

2006 net income

12/31/06 owners’ equity

a.

No effect

No effect

b.

No effect

Overstated

c.

Overstated

No effect

d.

Overstated

Overstated

what amount should astor report as deferred gross profit in its december 31 2006 bal 603344

Since there is no reasonable basis for estimating the degree of collectibility, Astor Co. uses the installment method of revenue recognition for the following sales:

align=”left”>

2006

2005

Sales

$900,000

$600,000

Collections from:

2005 sales

100,000

200,000

2006 sales

300,000

Accounts written off:

2005 sales

150,000

50,000

2006 sales

50,000

Gross profit percentage

40

%

30

%

What amount should Astor report as deferred gross profit in its December 31, 2006 balance sheet for the 2005 and 2006 sales?

  1. $150,000
  2. $160,000
  3. $225,000
  4. $250,000

luge co which began operations on january 2 2006 appropriately uses the installment 603345

Luge Co., which began operations on January 2, 2006, appropriately uses the installment sales method of accounting. The following information is available for 2006:

align=”left”>

Installment accounts receivable, December 31, 2006

$800,000

Deferred gross profit, December 31, 2006 (before recognition of realized gross profit for 2006)

560,000

Gross profit on sales

40

%

For the year ended December 31, 2006, cash collections and realized gross profit on sales should be

align=”left”>

Cash collections

Realized gross profit

a.

$400,000

$320,000

b.

$400,000

$240,000

c.

$600,000

$320,000

d.

$600,000

$240,000

what amount of installment accounts receivable should dolce report in its december 3 603346

Dolce Co., which began operations on January 1, 2005, appropriately uses the installment method of accounting to record revenues. The following information is available for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006:

align=”left”>

2005

2006

Sales

$1,000,000

$2,000,000

Gross profit realized on sales made in:

2005

150,000

90,000

2006

200,000

Gross profit percentages

30

%

40

%

What amount of installment accounts receivable should Dolce report in its December 31, 2006 balance sheet?

  1. $1,225,000
  2. $1,300,000
  3. $1,700,000
  4. $1,775,000

what total amount of revenue should mill recognize from the construction equipment s 603347

On December 31, 2005, Mill Co. sold construction equipment to Drew, Inc. for $1,800,000. The equipment had a carrying amount of $1,200,000. Drew paid $300,000 cash on December 31, 2005, and signed a $1,500,000 note bearing interest at 10%, payable in five annual installments of $300,000. Mill appropriately accounts for the sale under the installment method. On December 31, 2006, Drew paid $300,000 principal and $150,000 interest. For the year ended December 31, 2006, what total amount of revenue should Mill recognize from the construction equipment sale and financing?

  1. $250,000
  2. $150,000
  3. $120,000
  4. $100,000

what amount of deferred gross profit should blake report at december 31 2006 603348

On January 2, 2005, Blake Co. sold a used machine to Cooper, Inc. for $900,000, resulting in a gain of $270,000. On that date, Cooper paid $150,000 cash and signed a $750,000 note bearing interest at 10%. The note was payable in three annual installments of $250,000 beginning January 2, 2006. Blake appropriately accounted for the sale under the installment method. Cooper made a timely payment of the first installment on January 2, 2006, of $325,000, which included accrued interest of $75,000. What amount of deferred gross profit should Blake report at December 31, 2006?

  1. $150,000
  2. $172,500
  3. $180,000
  4. $225,000

the following information pertains to a sale of real estate by ryan co to sud co on 603353

The following information pertains to a sale of real estate by Ryan Co. to Sud Co. on December 31, 2005:

align=”left”>

Carrying amount

$2,000,000

Sales price:

Cash

$

300,000

Purchase money mortgage

2,700,000

3,000,000

The mortgage is payable in nine annual installments of $300,000 beginning December 31, 2006, plus interest of 10%. The December 31, 2006, installment was paid as scheduled, together with interest of $270,000. Ryan uses the cost recovery method to account for the sale. What amount of income should Ryan recognize in 2006 from the real estate sale and its financing?

  1. $570,000
  2. $370,000
  3. $270,000
  4. $0

the present value on december 31 2006 of the three annual payments appropriately dis 603356

On December 31, 2006, Rice, Inc. authorized Graf to operate as a franchisee for an initial franchise fee of $150,000. Of this amount, $60,000 was received upon signing the agreement and the balance, represented by a note, is due in three annual payments of $30,000 each beginning December 31, 2007. The present value on December 31, 2006, of the three annual payments appropriately discounted is $72,000. According to the agreement, the nonrefundable down payment represents a fair measure of the services already performed by Rice; however, substantial future services are required of Rice. Collectibility of the note is reasonably certain. In Rice’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet, unearned franchise fees from Graf’s franchise should be reported as

  1. $132,000
  2. $100,000
  3. $ 90,000
  4. $ 72,000

experience indicates that one franchisee will default on the additional payments ser 603357

Each of Potter Pie Co.’s twenty-one new franchisees contracted to pay an initial franchise fee of $30,000. By December 31, 2006, each franchisee had paid a nonrefundable $10,000 fee and signed a note to pay $10,000 principal plus the market rate of interest on December 31, 2007, and December 31, 2008. Experience indicates that one franchisee will default on the additional payments. Services for the initial fee will be performed in 2007. What amount of net unearned franchise fees would Potter report at December 31, 2006?

  1. $400,000
  2. $600,000
  3. $610,000
  4. $630,000

the amount of profit on the sale is determinable and esker is not obligated to perfo 603359

Esker Inc. specializes in real estate transactions other than retail land sales. On January 1, 2006, Esker consummated a sale of property to Kame Ltd. The amount of profit on the sale is determinable and Esker is not obligated to perform any additional activities to earn the profit. Kame’s initial and continuing investments were adequate to demonstrate a commitment to pay for the property under SFAS 66. However, Esker’s receivable may be subject to future subordination. Esker should account for the sale using the

  1. Deposit method.
  2. Reduced recovery method.
  3. Cost recovery method.
  4. Full accrual method.

during 2006 paul company discovered that the ending inventories reported on its fina 603361

During 2006, Paul Company discovered that the ending inventories reported on its financial statements were incorrect by the following amounts:

align=”left”>

2004

$60,000 understated

2005

75,000 overstated

Paul uses the periodic inventory system to ascertain year-end quantities that are converted to dollar amounts using the FIFO cost method. Prior to any adjustments for these errors and ignoring income taxes, Paul’s retained earnings at January 1, 2006, would be

  1. Correct.
  2. $ 15,000 overstated.
  3. $ 75,000 overstated.
  4. $135,000 overstated.

the error was not repeated in 2006 what was the effect of this error on 2005 ending 603368

At the end of 2005, Ritzcar Co. failed to accrue sales commissions earned during 2005 but paid in 2006. The error was not repeated in 2006. What was the effect of this error on 2005 ending working capital and on the 2006 ending retained earnings balance?

align=”left”>

2005 ending working capital

2006 ending retained earnings

a.

Overstated

Overstated

b.

No effect

Overstated

c.

No effect

No effect

d.

Overstated

No effect

galaxy corporation had the following financial statement information 603371

Galaxy Corporation had the following financial statement information:

align=”left”>

2006

2005

Revenue

$135,000

$100,000

Expenses

98,000

65,000

Net income

37,000

35,000

align=”left”>

12-31-06

12-31-05

Total assets

$157,000

$105,000

Total liabilities

50,000

35,000

Total owners’ equity

107,000

70,000

Galaxy failed to record $12,000 of accrued wages at the end of 2005. The wages were recorded and paid in January 2006. Assuming that the correct accruals were made on December 31, 2006, what are the corrected balances in the 2005 and 2006 restated financial statements?

align=”left”>

2005 net income

Dec. 31, 2005 total liabilities

Dec. 31, 2006 total owners’ equity

a.

$23,000

$23,000

$ 95,000

b.

$47,000

$47,000

$107,000

c.

$23,000

$35,000

$ 95,000

d.

$23,000

$47,000

$107,000

bray changed retroactively to the straight line method on january 1 2007 bray can ju 603374

On January 1, 2005, Bray Company purchased for $240,000 a machine with a useful life of ten years and no salvage value. The machine was depreciated by the double-declining balance method and the carrying amount of the machine was $153,600 on December 31, 2006. Bray changed retroactively to the straight-line method on January 1, 2007. Bray can justify the change. According to SFAS 154, what should be the depreciation expense on this machine for the year ended December 31, 2007?

  1. $15,360
  2. $19,200
  3. $24,000
  4. $30,720

the original cost of the machine on january 2 2005 was 50 000 and its estimated life 603376

On January 2, 2007, to better reflect the variable use of its only machine, Holly, Inc. elected to change its method of depreciation from the straight-line method to the units of production method. The original cost of the machine on January 2, 2005, was $50,000, and its estimated life was ten years. Holly estimates that the machine’s total life is 50,000 machine hours.

Machine hours usage was 8,500 during 2005 and 3,500 during 2006.

Holly’s income tax rate is 30%. According to SFAS 154, Holly should report the accounting change in its 2007 financial statements as a(n)

  1. Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $2,000 in its income statement.
  2. Entry for current year depreciation expense on the income statement and treated on a prospective basis.
  3. Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $1,400 in its income statement.
  4. Adjustment to beginning retained earnings of $1,400.

what is the efect on additional paid in capital from treasury stock transactions 617468

Treasury stock was acquired for cash at more than its par value and then subsequently sold for cash at more than its acquisition price. What is the efect on additional paid-in capital from treasury stock transactions?

Purchase of

Sale of

Treasury Stock

Treasury Stock

a

No efect

No efect

b.

No efect

Increase

c.

Decrease

Increase

d.

Decrease

No efect

complete the following table by writing balance sheet cash flow statement or stateme 603188

Complete the following table by writing Balance Sheet, Cash Flow Statement, or Statement of Stockholder’s Equity next to the correct description.

Description

Financial Statement

Report that explains the changes in the owner’s equity accounts during an accounting period

Financial report that gives a detailed picture of an organization’s financial condition

Report that summarizes the changes in an organization’s cash position by reporting on three types of activities: operating, investing, and financing

Summarizes the first three classifications listed on the Chart of Accounts: assets, liabilities, and owner’s equity

a cash flow of 200 000 may be received by lydia nickels inc in one year two years or 603310

A cash flow of $200,000 may be received by Lydia Nickels, Inc. in one year, two years, or three years, with probabilities of 20%, 50%, and 30%, respectively. The rate of interest on default risk-free investments is 5%. The present value factors are

align=”left”>

PV of 1, at 5%, for 1 year is

.95238

PV of 1, at 5%, for 2 years is

.90703

PV of 1, at 5%, for 3 years is

.86384

What is the expected present value of Lydia Nickels’ cash flow (in whole dollars)?

  1. $181,406
  2. $180,628
  3. $ 90,703
  4. $ 89,925

which of the following statements regarding interest methods of allocations is not t 603311

Which of the following statements regarding interest methods of allocations is not true?

  1. The term “interest methods of allocation” refers both to the convention for periodic reporting and to the several approaches to dealing with changes in estimated future cash flows.
  2. Interest methods of allocation are reporting conventions that use present value techniques in the absence of a fresh-start measurement to compute changes in the carrying amount of an asset or liability from one period to the next.
  3. Interest methods of allocation are grounded in the notion of current cost.
  4. Holding gains and losses are generally excluded from allocation systems.

during 2006 amar sold and delivered to brye 200 000 pounds at the market price of 70 603316

Amar Farms produced 300,000 pounds of cotton during the 2006 season. Amar sells all of its cotton to Brye Co., which has agreed to purchase Amar’s entire production at the prevailing market price. Recent legislation assures that the market price will not fall below $.70 per pound during the next two years. Amar’s costs of selling and distributing the cotton are immaterial and can be reasonably estimated. Amar reports its inventory at expected exit value. During 2006, Amar sold and delivered to Brye 200,000 pounds at the market price of $.70. Amar sold the remaining 100,000 pounds during 2007 at the market price of $.72. What amount of revenue should Amar recognize in 2006?

  1. $140,000
  2. $144,000
  3. $210,000
  4. $216,000

however zee had the right to return this machine to lin if zee was unable to resell 603317

Lin Co., a distributor of machinery, bought a machine from the manufacturer in November 2006 for $10,000. On December 30, 2006, Lin sold this machine to Zee Hardware for $15,000, under the following terms: 2% discount if paid within thirty days, 1% discount if paid after thirty days but within sixty days, or payable in full within ninety days if not paid within the discount periods. However, Zee had the right to return this machine to Lin if Zee was unable to resell the machine before expiration of the ninety-day payment period, in which case Zee’s obligation to Lin would be canceled. In Lin’s net sales for the year ended December 31, 2006, how much should be included for the sale of this machine to Zee?

  1. $0
  2. $14,700
  3. $14,850
  4. $15,000

what amount should clark report as advertising expense in its income statement for t 603319

Clark Co.’s advertising expense account had a balance of $146,000 at December 31, 2006, before any necessary year-end adjustment relating to the following:

  • Included in the $146,000 is the $15,000 cost of printing catalogs for a sales promotional campaign in January 2007.
  • Radio advertisements broadcast during December 2006 were billed to Clark on January 2, 2007. Clark paid the $9,000 invoice on January 11, 2007.

What amount should Clark report as advertising expense in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2006?

  1. $122,000
  2. $131,000
  3. $140,000
  4. $155,000

in its december 31 2006 balance sheet what amount should thrift report as prepaid ex 603320

An analysis of Thrift Corp.’s unadjusted prepaid expense account at December 31, 2006, revealed the following:

  • An opening balance of $1,500 for Thrift’s comprehensive insurance policy. Thrift had paid an annual premium of $3,000 on July 1, 2005.
  • A $3,200 annual insurance premium payment made July 1, 2006.
  • A $2,000 advance rental payment for a warehouse Thrift leased for one year beginning January 1, 2007.

In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should Thrift report as prepaid expenses?

  1. $5,200
  2. $3,600
  3. $2,000
  4. $1,600

subscriptions are collected in advance and credited to sales an analysis of the reco 603322

Aneen’s Video Mart sells one- and two-year mail order subscriptions for its video-of-the-month business. Subscriptions are collected in advance and credited to sales. An analysis of the recorded sales activity revealed the following:

align=”left”>

2005

2006

Sales

$420,000

$500,000

Less cancellations

20,000

30,000

Net sales

$400,000

$470,000

Subscriptions expirations:

2005

$120,000

2006

155,000

$130,000

2007

125,000

200,000

2008

140,000

$400,000

$470,000

In Aneen’s December 31, 2006 balance sheet, the balance for unearned subscription revenue should be

  1. $495,000
  2. $470,000
  3. $465,000
  4. $340,000

regal department store sells gift certificates redeemable for store merchandise that 603323

Regal Department Store sells gift certificates, redeemable for store merchandise, that expire one year after their issuance. Regal has the following information pertaining to its gift certificates sales and redemptions:

align=”left”>

Unredeemed at 12/31/05

$ 75,000

2006 sales

250,000

2006 redemptions of prior year sales

25,000

2006 redemptions of current year sales

175,000

Regal’s experience indicates that 10% of gift certificates sold will not be redeemed. In its December 31, 2006 balance sheet, what amount should Regal report as unearned revenue?

  1. $125,000
  2. $112,500
  3. $100,000
  4. $ 50,000

what amount should rill report as royalty revenue for 2006 603326

Rill Co. owns a 20% royalty interest in an oil well. Rill receives royalty payments on January 31 for the oil sold between the previous June 1 and November 30, and on July 31 for oil sold between December 1 and May 31. Production reports show the following oil sales:

align=”left”>

June 1, 2005 – November 30, 2005

$300,000

December 1, 2005 – December 31, 2005

50,000

December 1, 2005 – May 31, 2006

400,000

June 1, 2006 – November 30, 2006

325,000

December 1, 2006 – December 31, 2006

70,000

What amount should Rill report as royalty revenue for 2006?

  1. $140,000
  2. $144,000
  3. $149,000
  4. $159,000

during 2006 decker received royalty remittances of 200 000 in its income statement f 603327

Decker Company assigns some of its patents to other enterprises under a variety of licensing agreements. In some instances advance royalties are received when the agreements are signed, and in others, royalties are remitted within sixty days after each license year-end. The following data are included in Decker’s December 31 balance sheet:

align=”left”>

2005

2006

Royalties receivable

$90,000

$85,000

Unearned royalties

60,000

40,000

During 2006 Decker received royalty remittances of $200,000. In its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2006, Decker should report royalty income of

  1. $195,000
  2. $215,000
  3. $220,000
  4. $225,000

cooke company acquires patent rights from other enterprises and pays advance royalti 603328

Cooke Company acquires patent rights from other enterprises and pays advance royalties in some cases, and in others, royalties are paid within ninety days after year-end. The following data are included in Cooke’s December 31 balance sheets:

align=”left”>

2005

2006

Prepaid royalties

$55,000

$45,000

Royalties payable

80,000

75,000

During 2006 Cooke remitted royalties of $300,000. In its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2006, Cooke should report royalty expense of

  1. $295,000
  2. $305,000
  3. $310,000
  4. $330,000

any royalties in excess of the minimum will be paid annually on the contract date si 603330

On January 1, 2006, Sip Co. signed a five-year contract enabling it to use a patented manufacturing process beginning in 2006. A royalty is payable for each product produced, subject to a minimum annual fee. Any royalties in excess of the minimum will be paid annually. On the contract date, Sip prepaid a sum equal to two years’ minimum annual fees. In 2006, only minimum fees were incurred. The royalty prepayment should be reported in Sip’s December 31, 2006 financial statements as

  1. An expense only.
  2. A current asset and an expense.
  3. A current asset and noncurrent asset.
  4. A noncurrent asset.

how would the deferred revenue account be affected by each of the following transact 603331

A retail store received cash and issued gift certificates that are redeemable in merchandise. The gift certificates lapse one year after they are issued. How would the deferred revenue account be affected by each of the following transactions?

align=”left”>

Redemption of certificates

Lapse of certificates

a.

No effect

Decrease

b.

Decrease

Decrease

c.

Decrease

No effect

d.

No effect

No effect

zeta co reported sales revenue of 4 600 000 in its income statement for the year end 603334

Zeta Co. reported sales revenue of $4,600,000 in its income statement for the year ended December 31, 2006. Additional information is as follows:

align=”left”>

12/31/05

12/31/06

Accounts receivable

$1,000,000

$1,300,000

Allowance for uncollectible accounts

(60,000)

(110,000)

Zeta wrote off uncollectible accounts totaling $20,000 during 2006. Under the cash basis of accounting, Zeta would have reported 2006 sales of

  1. $4,900,000
  2. $4,350,000
  3. $4,300,000
  4. $4,280,000

marr corp reported rental revenue of 2 210 000 in its cash basis federal income tax 603335

Marr Corp. reported rental revenue of $2,210,000 in its cash basis federal income tax return for the year ended November 30, 2006. Additional information is as follows:

align=”left”>

Rents receivable—November 30, 2006

$1,060,000

Rents receivable—November 30, 2005

800,000

Uncollectible rents written off during the fiscal year

30,000

Under the accrual basis, Marr should report rental revenue of

  1. $1,920,000
  2. $1,980,000
  3. $2,440,000
  4. $2,500,000

the following information pertains to eagle co rsquo s 2006 sales 603336

The following information pertains to Eagle Co.’s 2006 sales:

align=”left”>

Cash sales

Gross

$ 80,000

Returns and allowances

4,000

Credit sales

Gross

120,000

Discounts

6,000

On January 1, 2006 customers owed Eagle $40,000. On December 31, 2006, customers owed Eagle $30,000. Eagle uses the direct writeoff method for bad debts. No bad debts were recorded in 2006. Under the cash basis of accounting, what amount of net revenue should Eagle report for 2006?

  1. $ 76,000
  2. $170,000
  3. $190,000
  4. $200,000

mall paid suppliers 490 000 during the year ended december 31 2006 what amount shoul 603337

The following balances were reported by Mall Co. at December 31, 2006 and 2005:

align=”left”>

12/31/06

12/31/05

Inventory

$260,000

$290,000

Accounts payable

75,000

50,000

Mall paid suppliers $490,000 during the year ended December 31, 2006. What amount should Mall report for cost of goods sold in 2006?

  1. $545,000
  2. $495,000
  3. $485,000
  4. $435,000

prepare the journal entry to record the disposal of property plant and equipment dur 617394

The financial statements ofZetar plcare presented. Instructions for accessing and using the company”s complete annual report, including the notes to its financial statements, are also provided.

Instructions

Use the company”s annual report to answer the following questions.

(a)According to the notes to the financial statements, what method or methods does the company use to depreciate “plant and equipment?” What rate does it use to depreciate plant and equipment?

(b)According to the notes to the financial statements, how often is goodwill tested for impairment?

(c)Using the notes to the financial statements, as well as information from the statement of cash flows, prepare the journal entry to record the disposal of property, plant, and equipment during 2011. (Round your amounts to the nearest thousand.)

determine what fraction of the total unearned rent should be recognized this year 617395

You and several classmates are studying for the next accounting examination. They ask you to answer the following questions.

  1. If cash is borrowed on a $50,000, 6-month, 12% note on September 1, how much interest expense would be incurred by December 31?
  2. How is the sales tax amount determined when the cash register total includes sales taxes?
  3. If $15,000 is collected in advance on November 1 for 3 months’ rent, what amount of rent revenue should be recognized by December 31?

Use the interest formula: Face value of note × Annual interest rate × Time in terms of one year.

Divide total receipts by 100% plus the tax rate to determine sales revenue; then subtract sales revenue from the total receipts.

Determine what fraction of the total unearned rent should be recognized this year.

journalize the february transactions journalize the adjusting entries at february 28 617399

Indiana Jones Company had the following selected transactions.

1

Signs a $50,000, 6-month, 9%-interest-bearing note payable to CitiBank and receives $50,000 in cash.

10

Cash register sales total $43,200, which includes an 8% sales tax.

28

The payroll for the month consists of salaries and wages of $50,000. All wages are subject to 7.65% FICA taxes. A total of $8,900 federal income taxes are withheld. The salaries are paid on March 1.

28

The company develops the following adjustment data.

1. Interest expense of $375 has been incurred on the note.

2. Employer payroll taxes include 7.65% FICA taxes, a 5.4% state unemployment tax, and a 0.8% federal unemployment tax.

3. Some sales were made under warranty. Of the units sold under warranty, 350 are expected to become defective. Repair costs are estimated to be $40 per unit.

Instructions

(a)Journalize the February transactions.

(b)Journalize the adjusting entries at February 28.

when posting a transaction from the general journal to the general ledger what is th 603165

When posting a transaction from the General Journal to the General Ledger, what is the first step?

  1. Enter the General Ledger account number where the entry was recorded in the post reference column of the General Journal
  2. Record the debit entry and its date in the corresponding account in the General Ledger and record all of the entries for that transaction
  3. In the post reference column of the General Ledger, record the page number on the General Journal
  4. Record the credit entry and its date in the corresponding account in the General Ledger and record all of the entries for that transaction

which of the following would prevent your trial balance from being ldquo in balance 603176

Which of the following would prevent your Trial Balance from being “in balance?

  1. A debit balance of $75 on the Salaries account has been incorrectly posted in the trial balance as $750 debit
  2. Sale of goods for $1000 to Epson Inc. on credit has been completely omitted from the books of accounts
  3. A debit balance of $10000 in the Cash account has been posted to the trial balance as a debit balance of $10000 in the Machinery account
  4. A debit balance of $10000 in the Cash account has been posted to the credit column of the trial balance. At the same time, a credit balance of $10000 in the Mortgage bonds account has been posted to the debit column of the trial balance

if cash is borrowed on a 70 000 9 month 6 note on august 1 how much interest expense 617436

You and several classmates are studying for the next accounting examination. They ask you to answer the following questions:

  1. If cash is borrowed on a $70,000, 9-month, 6% note on August 1, how much interest expense would be incurred by December 31?
  2. The cash register total including sales taxes is $42,000, and the sales tax rate is 5%. What is the sales taxes payable?
  3. If $45,000 is collected in advance on November 1 for 6-month magazine subscriptions, what amount of subscription revenue should be recognized by December 31?

prepare the current liability section of medlen s december 31 2014 balance sheet 617437

Medlen Company, has the following account balances at December 31, 2014.

Notes payable ($60,000 due after 12/31/15)

$100,000

Unearned service revenue

70,000

Other long-term debt ($90,000 due in 2015)

250,000

Salaries and wages payable

32,000

Accounts payable

63,000

In addition, Medlen is involved in a lawsuit. Legal counsel feels it is probable Medlen will pay damages of $25,000 in 2015.

(a)Prepare the current liability section of Medlen”s December 31, 2014, balance sheet.

(b)Medlen”s current assets are $570,000. Compute Medlen”s working capital and current ratio.

c s lewis company had the following transactions involving notes payable 617440

C.S. Lewis Company had the following transactions involving notes payable.

July 1, 2014

Borrows $50,000 from First National Bank by signing a 9-month, 8% note.

Nov. 1, 2014

Borrows $60,000 from Lyon County State Bank by signing a 3-month, 6% note.

Dec. 31, 2014

Prepares adjusting entries.

Feb. 1, 2015

Pays principal and interest to Lyon County State Bank.

Apr. 1, 2015

Pays principal and interest to First National Bank.

Instructions

Prepare journal entries for each of the transactions.

prepare the adjusting entry at march 31 2015 to record sales revenue recognized in t 617443

Moreno Company publishes a monthly sports magazine,Fishing Preview. Subscriptions to the magazine cost $20 per year. During November 2014, Moreno sells 15,000 subscriptions beginning with the December issue. Moreno prepares financial statements quarterly and recognizes subscription revenue at the end of the quarter. The company uses the accounts Unearned Subscription Revenue and Subscription Revenue.

Instructions

(a)Prepare the entry in November for the receipt of the subscriptions.

(b)Prepare the adjusting entry at December 31, 2014, to record sales revenue recognized in December 2014.

(c)Prepare the adjusting entry at March 31, 2015, to record sales revenue recognized in the first quarter of 2015.

give the entry to record the honoring of 500 warranty contracts in january at an ave 617444

Betancourt Company sells automatic can openers under a 75-day warranty for defective merchandise. Based on past experience, Betancourt estimates that 3% of the units sold will become defective during the warranty period. Management estimates that the average cost of replacing or repairing a defective unit is $15. The units sold and units defective that occurred during the last 2 months of 2014 are as follows.

Month

Units Sold

Units Defective Prior to December 31

November

30,000

600

December

32,000

400

Instructions

(a)Determine the estimated warranty liability at December 31 for the units sold in November and December.

(b)Prepare the journal entries to record the estimated liability for warranties and the costs incurred in honoring 1,000 warranty claims. (Assume actual costs of $15,000.)

(c)Give the entry to record the honoring of 500 warranty contracts in January at an average cost of $15.

how should the company account for this lawsuit 617445

Gallardo Co. is involved in a lawsuit as a result of an accident that took place September 5, 2014. The lawsuit was filed on November 1, 2014, and claims damages of $1,000,000.

Instructions

(a)At December 31, 2014, Gallardo”s attorneys feel it is remote that Gallardo will lose the lawsuit. How should the company account for the effects of the lawsuit?

(b)Assume instead that at December 31, 2014, Gallardo”s attorneys feel it is probable that Gallardo will lose the lawsuit and be required to pay $1,000,000. How should the company account for this lawsuit?

(c)Assume instead that at December 31, 2014, Gallardo”s attorneys feel it is reasonably possible that Gallardo could lose the lawsuit and be required to pay $1,000,000. How should the company account for this lawsuit?

comment on younger online company s liquidity assuming total current assets are 300 617446

Younger Online Company has the following liability accounts after posting adjusting entries: Accounts Payable $73,000, Unearned Ticket Revenue $24,000, Warranty Liability $18,000, Interest Payable $8,000, Mortgage Payable $120,000, Notes Payable $80,000, and Sales Taxes Payable $10,000. Assume the company”s operating cycle is less than 1 year, ticket revenue will be recognized within 1 year, warranty costs are expected to be incurred within 1 year, and the notes mature in 3 years.

Instructions

(a)Prepare the current liabilities section of the balance sheet, assuming $30,000 of the mortgage is payable next year.

(b)Comment on Younger Online Company”s liquidity, assuming total current assets are $300,000.

kroger co s 2014 financial statements contained the following data in millions 617447

SupposeKroger Co.”s 2014 financial statements contained the following data (in millions).

Current assets

$ 7,450

Accounts receivable

$909

Total assets

23,093

Interest expense

502

Current liabilities

7,714

Income tax expense

532

Total liabilities

18,187

Net income

70

Cash

424

Instructions

Compute these values:

(a)Working capital.

(b)Current ratio.

how would its current ratio and working capital have changed 617448

Suppose the following financial data were reported by3M Companyfor 2013 and 2014 (dollars in millions)

3M COMPANY Balance Sheets (partial)

2014

2013

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 3,040

$1,849

Accounts receivable, net

3,250

3,195

Inventories

2,639

3,013

Other current assets

1,866

1,541

Total current assets

$10,795

$9,598

Current liabilities

$ 4,897

$5,839

Instructions

(a)Calculate the current ratio and working capital for 3M for 2013 and 2014.

(b)Suppose that at the end of 2014, 3M management used $200 million cash to pay off $200 million of accounts payable. How would its current ratio and working capital have changed?

compute the following amounts for maria s wages for the current week 617449

Maria Garza”s regular hourly wage rate is $16, and she receives a wage of 1½ times the regular hourly rate for work in excess of 40 hours. During a March weekly pay period, Maria worked 42 hours. Her gross earnings prior to the current week were $6,000. Maria is married and claims three withholding allowances. Her only voluntary deduction is for group hospitalization insurance at $25 per week.

Instructions

(a)Compute the following amounts for Maria”s wages for the current week.

(1)Gross earnings.

(2)FICA taxes. (Assume a 7.65% rate on maximum of $110,100.)

(3)Federal income taxes withheld. (Use the withholding table in the text, page 535.)

(4)State income taxes withheld. (Assume a 2.0% rate.)

(5)Net pay.

(b)Record Maria”s pay.

prepare the journal entries to record the payroll and ramirez s payroll tax expense 617451

Ramirez Company has the following data for the weekly payroll ending January 31.

Hours

Employee

M

T

W

T

F

S

Hourly Rate

Federal Income Tax Withholding

Health Insurance

L.Hurl

8

8

9

8

10

3

$12

$34

$10

R.Kebts

8

8

8

8

8

2

14

37

25

D.Avatras

9

10

8

8

9

0

15

58

25

Employees are paid 1½ times the regular hourly rate for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours per week. FICA taxes are 7.65% on the first $110,100 of gross earnings. Ramirez Company is subject to 5.4% state unemployment taxes and 0.8% federal unemployment taxes on the first $7,000 of gross earnings.

Instructions

(a)Prepare the payroll register for the weekly payroll.

(b)Prepare the journal entries to record the payroll and Ramirez”s payroll tax expense.

prepare the current liabilities section of the balance sheet at january 31 2014 assu 617456

On January 1, 2014, the ledger of Accardo Company contains the following liability accounts.

Accounts Payable

$52,000

Sales Taxes Payable

7,700

Unearned Service Revenue

16,000

During January, the following selected transactions occurred.

5

Sold merchandise for cash totaling $20,520, which includes 8% sales taxes.

12

Performed services for customers who had made advance payments of $10,000. (Credit Service Revenue.)

14

Paid state revenue department for sales taxes collected in December 2013 ($7,700).

20

Sold 900 units of a new product on credit at $50 per unit, plus 8% sales tax. This new product is subject to a 1-year warranty.

21

Borrowed $27,000 from Girard Bank on a 3-month, 8%, $27,000 note.

25

Sold merchandise for cash totaling $12,420, which includes 8% sales taxes.

Instructions

(a)Journalize the January transactions.

(b)Journalize the adjusting entries at January 31 for (1) the outstanding notes payable, and (2) estimated warranty liability, assuming warranty costs are expected to equal 7% of sales of the new product. (Hint:Use one-third of a month for the Girard Bank note.)

(c)Prepare the current liabilities section of the balance sheet at January 31, 2014. Assume no change in accounts payable.

show the balance sheet presentation of notes and interest payable at december 31 617457

The following are selected transactions of Blanco Company. Blanco prepares financial statementsquarterly.

2

Purchased merchandise on account from Nunez Company, $30,000, terms 2/10, n/30. (Blanco uses the perpetual inventory system.)

1

Issued a 9%, 2-month, $30,000 note to Nunez in payment of account.

31

Accrued interest for 2 months on Nunez note.

1

Paid face value and interest on Nunez note.

July

1

Purchased equipment from Marson Equipment paying $11,000 in cash and signing a 10%, 3-month, $60,000 note.

30

Accrued interest for 3 months on Marson note.

1

Paid face value and interest on Marson note.

1

Borrowed $24,000 from the Paola Bank by issuing a 3-month, 8% note with a face value of $24,000.

31

Recognized interest expense for 1 month on Paola Bank note.

Instructions

(a)Prepare journal entries for the listed transactions and events.

(b)Post to the accounts Notes Payable, Interest Payable, and Interest Expense.

(c)Show the balance sheet presentation of notes and interest payable at December 31.

(d)What is total interest expense for the year?

the jeerson corporation and the franklin company have the following stockholders 39 617458

The Jeerson Corporation and the Franklin Company have the following stockholders’ equity accounts on January 1 , 2014.

Jeerson Corporation

Franklin Company

Common stock, no par stated value $2

$ 600,000

Common stock, $3 par

$ 900;000

Paid-in capital in excess of stated value

900,000

Paid-in capital in excess of

Retained earnings

300,000

par — Common Stock

450,000

Total

S1,800,000

Retained earnings

750,000

Total

$2,100,000

Both companies use the cost method of accounting for treasury stock. During 2014, the companies had the following treasury stock transactions.

Jeerson Corporation

Franklin Company

Feb.1

Purchased 10,000 shares at $9 per share.

Mar. .6

Purchased 7,000 shares at $7 per share.

May 2

Sold 2,000 shares at $10 per share.

June 19

Sold 1,500 shares at $9 per share.

Aug.17

Sold 4,000 shares at $13 per share.

Sept. 2

Sold 3,000 shares at $6 per share.

Dec.15

Sold 3,000 shares at $8 per share.

Dec. 23

Sold 2,000 shares at $6 per share.

Instructions

(a).Journalize the treasury stock transactions for both companies (omit explanations)

Prepare a stockholders’ equity section for Franklin Company at December 31, 2014, assuming the company earned 575,000 of net income in 2014.

debates on free trade versus protectionism often circle around the interests of prod 602785

Debates on free trade versus protectionism often circle around the interests of producers versus consumers.

a. Using the example of the Corn Laws in Britain, discuss the positions of farmers, consumers, and manufacturers in this debate.

b. How might the Corn Laws case provide a framework for the evaluation of the impacts of NAFTA?

c. Assume you are a producer of low cost textile goods and trade barriers protecting the textile industry are going to be reduced. What might your advice be to management?

d. How might the adage “what you see depends on where you sit” apply to trade policy?

the impossible trinity theme creates an interesting challenge for those leaders in a 602786

The impossible trinity theme creates an interesting challenge for those leaders in a multinational firm who are responsible for exchange rate management.

a. Explain the impossible trinity concept.

b. How might this impossible trinity present a problem of exchange rate and inflation volatility between currencies and economies for countries that adopt different corners of the trinity?

c. Contrast the positions of the United States and China on the trinity. How might their respective positions explain the influence of domestic politics and international aims?

what factors might account for the two different characteristics of innovation 602787

Innovation appears as an intermittent phenomenon. A burst of innovation was associated with the railroads in the post–Civil War era, radios and cars dominated the 1920s, and dot-com innovations characterized the mid- to late 1990s. Change does not appear to come at a constant rate. In contrast, in some cases where small changes are constant, innovation appears to be evolutionary.

a. What factors might account for the two different characteristics of innovation?

b. Innovation conveys a temporary monopoly on the innovator. What factors might influence the durability of that monopoly?

c. What role does/should the federal government play in supporting innovation?

d. What does Kuhn”s model of normal science and a paradigm shift suggest innovation and the acceptance of change?

prepare the entry to record the exchange of assets by mercy co 617356

Presented below are two independent transactions. Both transactions have commercial substance.

  1. Mercy Co. exchanged old trucks (cost $64,000 less $22,000 accumulated depreciation) plus cash of $17,000 for new trucks. The old trucks had a fair value of $38,000.
  2. Pence Inc. trades its used machine (cost $12,000 less $4,000 accumulated depreciation) for a new machine. In addition to exchanging the old machine (which had a fair value of $11,000), Pence also paid cash of $3,000.

Instructions

(a)Prepare the entry to record the exchange of assets by Mercy Co.

(b)Prepare the entry to record the exchange of assets by Pence Inc.

analyze the foregoing transactions using the following column headings insert the nu 617358

Venable Company was organized on January 1. During the first year of operations, the following plant asset expenditures and receipts were recorded in random order.

Debit

Cost of filling and grading the land

$4,000

Full payment to building contractor

690,000

Real estate taxes on land paid for the current year

5,000

Cost of real estate purchased as a plant site (land $100,000 and building $45,000)

145,000

Excavation costs for new building

35,000

Architect”s fees on building plans

10,000

Accrued real estate taxes paid at time of purchase of real estate

2,000

Cost of parking lots and driveways

14,000

Cost of demolishing building to make land suitable for construction of new building

25,000

$930,000

Credit

Proceeds from salvage of demolished building

$3,500

Instructions

Analyze the foregoing transactions using the following column headings. Insert the number of each transaction in the Item space, and insert the amounts in the appropriate columns. For amounts entered in the Other Accounts column, also indicate the account titles.

Item Land Buildings Other Accounts

compute the amount of accumulated depreciation on each bus at december 31 2014 617359

In recent years, Avery Transportation purchased three used buses. Because of frequent turnover in the accounting department, a different accountant selected the depreciation method for each bus, and various methods were selected. Information concerning the buses is summarized as follows.

Bus

Acquired

Cost

Salvage Value

Useful Life in Years

Depreciation Method

1

1/1/12

$ 96,000

$ 6,000

5

Straight-line

2

1/1/12

110,000

10,000

4

Declining-balance

3

1/1/13

92,000

8,000

5

Units-of-activity

For the declining-balance method, the company uses the double-declining rate. For the units-of-activity method, total miles are expected to be 120,000. Actual miles of use in the first 3 years were 2013, 24,000; 2014, 34,000; and 2015, 30,000.

Instructions

(a)Compute the amount of accumulated depreciation on each bus at December 31, 2014.

(b)If Bus 2 was purchased on April 1 instead of January 1, what is the depreciation expense for this bus in (1) 2012 and (2) 2013?

at the beginning of 2012 mazzaro company acquired equipment costing 120 000 it was e 617361

At the beginning of 2012, Mazzaro Company acquired equipment costing $120,000. It was estimated that this equipment would have a useful life of 6 years and a salvage value of $12,000 at that time. The straight-line method of depreciation was considered the most appropriate to use with this type of equipment. Depreciation is to be recorded at the end of each year.

During 2014 (the third year of the equipment”s life), the company”s engineers reconsidered their expectations, and estimated that the equipment”s useful life would probably be 7 years (in total) instead of 6 years. The estimated salvage value was not changed at that time. However, during 2017 the estimated salvage value was reduced to $5,000.

Instructions

Indicate how much depreciation expense should be recorded each year for this equipment, by completing the following table.

Year

Depriciation Expense

Accumulated Depriciation

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

prepare the plant assets section of grand s balance sheet at december 31 2015 617362

At December 31, 2014, Grand Company reported the following as plant assets.

Land

$ 4,000,000

Buildings

$28,500,000

Less: Accumulated depreciation—buildings

12,100,000

16,400,000

Equipment

48,000,000

Less: Accumulated depreciation—equipment

5,000,000

43,000,000

Total plant assets

$63,400,000

During 2015, the following selected cash transactions occurred.

April 1

Purchased land for $2,130,000.

May 1

Sold equipment that cost $750,000 when purchased on January 1, 2011. The equipment was sold for $450,000.

June 1

Sold land purchased on June 1, 2005 for $1,500,000. The land cost $400,000.

July 1

Purchased equipment for $2,500,000.

Dec. 31

Retired equipment that cost $500,000 when purchased on December 31, 2005. No salvage value was received.

Instructions

(a)Journalize the above transactions. The company uses straight-line depreciation for buildings and equipment. The buildings are estimated to have a 50-year life and no salvage value. The equipment is estimated to have a 10-year useful life and no salvage value. Update depreciation on assets disposed of at the time of sale or retirement.

(b)Record adjusting entries for depreciation for 2015.

(c)Prepare the plant assets section of Grand”s balance sheet at December 31, 2015.

prepare the intangible assets section of the balance sheet at december 31 2015 617364

The intangible assets section of Sappelt Company at December 31, 2014, is presented below.

Patents ($70,000 cost less $7,000 amortization)

$63,000

Franchises ($48,000 cost less $19,200 amortization)

28,800

Total

$91,800

The patent was acquired in January 2014 and has a useful life of 10 years. The franchise was acquired in January 2011 and also has a useful life of 10 years. The following cash transactions may have affected intangible assets during 2015.

Jan. 2

Paid $27,000 legal costs to successfully defend the patent against infringement by another company.

Jan.–June

Developed a new product, incurring $140,000 in research and development costs. A patent was granted for the product on July 1. Its useful life is equal to its legal life.

Sept. 1

Paid $50,000 to an extremely large defensive lineman to appear in commercials advertising the company”s products. The commercials will air in September and October.

Oct. 1

Acquired a franchise for $140,000. The franchise has a useful life of 50 years.

Instructions

(a)Prepare journal entries to record the transactions above.

(b)Prepare journal entries to record the 2015 amortization expense.

(c)Prepare the intangible assets section of the balance sheet at December 31, 2015.

prepare all journal entries necessary to correct any errors made during 2014 assume 617365

Due to rapid turnover in the accounting department, a number of transactions involving intangible assets were improperly recorded by the Goins Company in 2014.

  1. Goins developed a new manufacturing process, incurring research and development costs of $136,000. The company also purchased a patent for $60,000. In early January, Goins capitalized $196,000 as the cost of the patents. Patent amortization expense of $19,600 was recorded based on a 10-year useful life.
  2. On July 1, 2014, Goins purchased a small company and as a result acquired goodwill of $92,000. Goins recorded a half-year”s amortization in 2014, based on a 50-year life ($920 amortization). The goodwill has an indefinite life.

Instructions

Prepare all journal entries necessary to correct any errors made during 2014. Assume the books have not yet been closed for 2014.

based on your calculations in part a comment on the relative effectiveness of the tw 617366

LaPorta Company and Lott Corporation, two corporations of roughly the same size, are both involved in the manufacture of in-line skates. Each company depreciates its plant assets using the straight-line approach. An investigation of their financial statements reveals the following information.

LaPorta Co.

Lott Corp.

Net income

$ 800,000

$1,000,000

Sales revenue

1,300,000

1,180,000

Average total assets

2,500,000

2,000,000

Average plant assets

1,800,000

1,000,000

Instructions

(a)For each company, calculate the asset turnover.

(b)Based on your calculations in part (a), comment on the relative effectiveness of the two companies in using their assets to generate sales and produce net income.

analyze the foregoing transactions using the following column headings insert the nu 617367

Russo Company was organized on January 1. During the first year of operations, the following plant asset expenditures and receipts were recorded in random order.

Debit

Accrued real estate taxes paid at time of purchase of real estate

$5,000

Real estate taxes on land paid for the current year

7,500

Full payment to building contractor

490,000

Excavation costs for new building

19,000

Cost of real estate purchased as a plant site (land $75,000 and building $25,000)

100,000

Cost of parking lots and driveways

18,000

Architect”s fees on building plans

9,000

Installation cost of fences around property

6,000

Cost of demolishing building to make land suitable for construction of new building

27,000

$681,500

Credit

Proceeds from salvage of demolished building

$3,500

Instructions

Analyze the foregoing transactions using the following column headings. Insert the number of each transaction in the Item space, and insert the amounts in the appropriate columns. For amounts entered in the Other Accounts column, also indicate the account title.

Item Land Buildings Other Accounts

which method used to calculate depreciation on machine b reports the lowest amount o 617369

On January 1, 2014, Bourgeois Company purchased the following two machines for use in its production process.

Machine A:The cash price of this machine was $58,000. Related expenditures included: sales tax $2,750, shipping costs $100, insurance during shipping $75, installation and testing costs $75, and $90 of oil and lubricants to be used with the machinery during its first year of operation. Bourgeois estimates that the useful life of the machine is 4 years with a $5,000 salvage value remaining at the end of that time period.

Machine B:The recorded cost of this machine was $120,000. Bourgeois estimates that the useful life of the machine is 4 years with a $10,000 salvage value remaining at the end of that time period.

Instructions

(a)Prepare the following for Machine A.

(1)The journal entry to record its purchase on January 1, 2014.

(2)The journal entry to record annual depreciation at December 31, 2014, assuming the straight-line method of depreciation is used.

(b)Calculate the amount of depreciation expense that Bourgeois should record for Machine B each year of its useful life under the following assumption.

(1)Bourgeois uses the straight-line method of depreciation.

(2)Bourgeois uses the declining-balance method. The rate used is twice the straight-line rate.

(3)Bourgeois uses the units-of-activity method and estimates the useful life of the machine is 25,000 units. Actual usage is as follows: 2014, 5,500 units; 2015, 7,000 units; 2016, 8,000 units; 2017, 4,500 units.

(c)Which method used to calculate depreciation on Machine B reports the lowest amount of depreciation expense in year 1 (2014)? The lowest amount in year 4 (2017)? The lowest total amount over the 4-year period?

at the beginning of 2012 sullivan company acquired equipment costing 300 000 it was 617370

At the beginning of 2012, Sullivan Company acquired equipment costing $300,000. It was estimated that this equipment would have a useful life of 6 years and a salvage value of $30,000 at that time. The straight-line method of depreciation was considered the most appropriate to use with this type of equipment. Depreciation is to be recorded at the end of each year.

During 2014 (the third year of the equipment”s life), the company”s engineers reconsidered their expectations, and estimated that the equipment”s useful life would probably be 7 years (in total) instead of 6 years. The estimated salvage value was not changed at that time. However, during 2017 the estimated salvage value was reduced to $5,000.

Instructions

Indicate how much depreciation expense should be recorded for this equipment each year by completing the following table.

Year

Depriciation Expense

Accumulated Depriciation

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

journalize the above transactions torrealba uses straight line depreciation for buil 617371

At December 31, 2014, Torrealba Company reported the following as plant assets.

Land

$ 2,000,000

Buildings

$20,000,000

Less: Accumulated depreciation—buildings

8,000,000

12,000,000

Equipment

30,000,000

Less: Accumulated depreciation—equipment

4,000,000

26,000,000

Total plant assets

$40,000,000

During 2015, the following selected cash transactions occurred.

April 1

Purchased land for $1,200,000.

May 1

Sold equipment that cost $450,000 when purchased on January 1, 2011. The equipment was sold for $260,000.

June 1

Sold land purchased on June 1, 2005, for $1,000,000. The land cost $340,000.

July 1

Purchased equipment for $1,500,000.

Dec. 31

Retired equipment that cost $300,000 when purchased on December 31, 2005. No salvage value was received.

Instructions

(a)Journalize the above transactions. Torrealba uses straight-line depreciation for buildings and equipment. The buildings are estimated to have a 50-year useful life and no salvage value. The equipment is estimated to have a 10-year useful life and no salvage value. Update depreciation on assets disposed of at the time of sale or retirement.

(b)Record adjusting entries for depreciation for 2015.

(c)Prepare the plant assets section of Torrealba”s balance sheet at December 31, 2015.

calculate the asset turnover 617374

Auer Corporation and Marte Corporation, two corporations of roughly the same size, are both involved in the manufacture of canoes and sea kayaks. Each company depreciates its plant assets using the straight-line approach. An investigation of their financial statements reveals the following information.

Auer Corp.

Marte Corp.

Net income

$ 300,000

$ 325,000

Sales revenue

1,050,000

945,000

Average total assets

1,000,000

1,050,000

Average plant assets

750,000

770,000

Instructions

(a)For each company, calculate the asset turnover.

(b)Based on your calculations in part (a), comment on the relative effectiveness of the two companies in using their assets to generate sales and produce net income.

hassellhouf company s trial balance at december 31 2014 is presented below all 2014 617375

Hassellhouf Company”s trial balance at December 31, 2014, is presented below. All 2014 transactions have been recorded except for the items.

Debit

Credit

Cash

$28,000

Accounts Receivable

36,800

Notes Receivable

10,000

Interest Receivable

-0-

Inventory

36,200

Prepaid Insurance

3,600

Land

20,000

Buildings

150,000

Equipment

60,000

Patents

9,000

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

$500

Accumulated Depreciation—Buildings

50,000

Accumulated Depreciation—Equipment

24,000

Accounts Payable

27,300

Salaries and Wages Payable

-0-

Unearned Rent Revenue

6,000

Notes Payable (due in 2015)

11,000

Interest Payable

-0-

Notes Payable (due after 2015)

30,000

Owner”s Capital

113,600

Owner”s Drawings

12,000

Sales Revenue Interest Revenue Rent Revenue

Gain on Disposal of Plant Assets

Bad Debt Expense Cost of Goods Sold Depreciation Expense

Insurance Expense Interest Expense

Other Operating Expenses Amortization Expense

Salaries and Wages Expense

Total

Debit

Credit

-0-

630,000

-0- -0- -0- 61,800

-0-

110,000

905,000

-0-

-0-

-0-

$1,167,400

$1,167,400

Unrecorded transactions:

  1. On May 1, 2014, Hassellhouf purchased equipment for $21,200 plus sales taxes of $1,600 (all paid in cash).
  2. On July 1, 2014, Hassellhouf sold for $3,500 equipment which originally cost $5,000. Accumulated depreciation on this equipment at January 1, 2014, was $1,800; 2014 depreciation prior to the sale of the equipment was $450.
  3. On December 31, 2014, Hassellhouf sold for $9,000 on account inventory that cost $6,300.
  4. Hassellhouf estimates that uncollectible accounts receivable at year-end is $4,000.
  5. The note receivable is a one-year, 8% note dated April 1, 2014. No interest has been recorded.
  6. The balance in prepaid insurance represents payment of a $3,600 6-month premium on September 1, 2014.
  7. The building is being depreciated using the straight-line method over 30 years. The salvage value is $30,000.
  8. The equipment owned prior to this year is being depreciated using the straight-line method over 5 years. The salvage value is 10% of cost.
  9. The equipment purchased on May 1, 2014, is being depreciated using the straight-line method over 5 years, with a salvage value of $1,800.
  10. The patent was acquired on January 1, 2014, and has a useful life of 10 years from that date.
  11. Unpaid salaries and wages at December 31, 2014, total $5,200.
  12. The unearned rent revenue of $6,000 was received on December 1, 2014, for 3 months rent.
  13. Both the short-term and long-term notes payable are dated January 1, 2014, and carry a 9% interest rate. All interest is payable in the next 12 months.

Instructions

(a)Prepare journal entries for the transactions listed above.

(b)Prepare an updated December 31, 2014, trial balance.

(c)Prepare a 2014 income statement and an owner”s equity statement.

(d)Prepare a December 31, 2014, classified balance sheet.

write a brief memo to your instructor discussing american exploration company s note 617381

The following was published with the financial statements to American Exploration Company.

The Company accounts for its oil and gas exploration and production activities using the successful efforts method of accounting. Under this method, acquisition costs for proved and unproved properties are capitalized when incurred…. The costs of drilling exploratory wells are capitalized pending determination of whether each well has discovered proved reserves. If proved reserves are not discovered, such drilling costs are charged to expense…. Depletion of the cost of producing oil and gas properties is computed on the units-of-activity method.

Instructions

Write a brief memo to your instructor discussing American Exploration Company”s note regarding property, plant, and equipment. Your memo should address what is meant by the “successful efforts method” and “units-of-activity method.”

how do you think the value of these brands is reported on the appropriate company s 617383

The Feature Story at the beginning of the chapter discussed the companyRent-A-Wreck. Note that the trade name Rent-A-Wreck is a very important asset to the company, as it creates immediate product identification. As indicated in the chapter, companies invest substantial sums to ensure that their product is well-known to the consumer. Test your knowledge of who owns some famous brands and their impact on the financial statements.

Instructions

(a)Provide an answer to the five multiple-choice questions below.

(1)Which company owns both Taco Bell and Pizza Hut?

(a)McDonald”s.

(b)CKE.

(c)Yum Brands.

(d)Wendy”s.

(2)Dairy Queen belongs to:

(a)Breyer.

(b)Berkshire Hathaway.

(c)GE.

(d)The Coca-Cola Company.

(3)Philip Morris, the cigarette maker, is owned by:

(a)Altria.

(b)GE.

(c)Boeing.

(d)ExxonMobil.

(4)AOL, a major Internet provider, belongs to:

(a)Microsoft.

(b)Cisco.

(c)NBC.

(d)Time Warner.

(5)ESPN, the sports broadcasting network, is owned by:

(a)Procter & Gamble.

(b)Altria.

(c)Walt Disney.

(d)The Coca-Cola Company.

(b)How do you think the value of these brands is reported on the appropriate company”s balance sheet?

francisco corporation is constructing a new building at a total initial cost of 10 0 617387

Francisco Corporation is constructing a new building at a total initial cost of $10,000,000. The building is expected to have a useful life of 50 years with no residual value. The building”s finished surfaces (e.g., roof cover and floor cover) are 5% of this cost and have a useful life of 20 years. Building services systems (e.g., electric, heating, and plumbing) are 20% of the cost and have a useful life of 25 years. The depreciation in the first year using component depreciation, assuming straight-line depreciation with no residual value, is:

(a)$200,000.

(b)$215,000.

(c)$255,000.

(d)None of the above.

how did the unique timing of changing fundamentals of labor capital and technology c 602757

In 2001, the debate on the new economy appeared to hinge on three factors: innovation, our ability to manage such innovation, and public policies that supported the innovation, its implementation, and the acceptance of the economic implications of that innovation (creative destruction). Innovation also brings change, therefore upsetting the established order and replacing that order with a new set of rules and victors.

One of the most famous Super Bowl ads pictures a young woman approaching a very large picture screen upon which an austere man is speaking to a crowd of uniformly dressed people who appear to be in a trance. The young woman throws a hammer at the screen. The ad is filmed in black and white. Discuss the concept of creative destruction and its application to this situation. How did the unique timing of changing fundamentals of labor, capital, and technology come together to signal the enormous shift in the American society at that time?

what four growth factors would you identify and how might each impact your projectio 602758

As a member of your corporate marketing team you are asked to compare the growth prospects of three countries.

a. What four growth factors would you identify and how might each impact your projections for future growth?

b. Saving rates differ between countries. Why might that matter?

c. Population growth patterns differ between countries. Why might there be too little population growth? Why might there be too much population growth?

d. What is the interaction between trade and growth?

e. Growth often is accompanied by change. What is the concept of creative destruction? How might we see that today in places such as China, the United States, Brazil, and Russia?

f. What do you see as the barriers to creative destruction evidenced in countries such as Greece or France in recent years?

identify how this trade model has influenced the prospects of the u s domestic produ 602759

Trade protectionism and tariffs were a way of protecting the established economic elite in England in the early 1800s (1815 to 1846) as exemplified by the Corn Laws. Meanwhile, movements toward free trade create winners and losers.

Freer trade increases the size and extent of what was solely a domestic market and therefore increases the advantages of specialization for both companies and labor. Consumers benefit from a greater variety of goods at a lower price. Producers of low cost/high reward goods benefit by exporting abroad. Losers are high cost/low reward domestic producers.

a. Identify how this trade model has influenced the prospects of the U.S. domestic producers of textiles, furniture, automobiles, and automobile parts since the signing of NAFTA and Chinese ascension to the WTO.

b. Identify the benefits to the American consumer in terms of lower prices/better quality/broader choices over the last 30 years.

c. Identify how many of the S&P 500 firms earn over 30 percent of their earnings from abroad. What does that tell you about the globalization of business today? What impact would you see if there was a serious attempt to reduce/limit trade on a global scale by imposing a Smoot-Hawley type of tariff law today?

asymmetric information is characteristic of many economic exchange actions in the ec 602761

Asymmetric information is characteristic of many economic exchange actions in the economy. Akerlof focuses on the buying and selling of used automobiles in his article on lemons.

Buying a home is another example of asymmetric information. The seller of the home knows far better than the buyer the character of the home.

a. What is the role of the listing in the home buying situation?

b. What types of information not on the listing would the buyer wish to know that the seller may know given the seller”s experience of living in the home?

c. How does this asymmetric information case influence the potential to buy/sell and its associated risks from the buyer”s point of view?

d. To paraphrase Oscar Hammerstein, there is no limit to the number of people that turn away from a badly written listing. Would it also be true about the number of people drawn to a good listing? Given your experience, compare the representation of the house in the listing and your impressions when you actually saw the property.

how have newspapers today been challenged on all three fronts gathering interpretati 602763

For many years newspapers were famous for their global network of correspondents (gathering information), their writing and commentary on events (interpretation), and their ability to deliver the news in the morning (distribution). However, in recent years newspapers have fallen on hard times. In April 2010, The Tribune Company (Chicago Tribune, Los Angeles Tribune) filed for bankruptcy.

a. How have newspapers today been challenged on all three fronts: gathering, interpretation, and distribution of the news?

b. Ads for automobiles, and jobs were large revenue generators for the newspapers. What changed to drive down those sources?

c. Television did not appear to be the driving factor in the demise of the newspaper, but the Internet did. Why was the distribution of information on the Internet so much more devastating to the newspaper model than television was?

d. In 2010, Bloomberg L.P. took over BusinessWeek. What does that say about the weekly business and news magazine business and how they distribute information?

e. Does content trump distribution?

in what ways does the internet overcome the problems of both reach and richness when 602764

Reach and richness were two characteristics of information that were considered in a trade-off for the audience. Radio and television had reach, but the richness of the programming was not up to what people expected. Even with 300 channels many people complain there is nothing to watch. Books have richness, but nobody reads anymore. However, the Internet appears to provide both richness and reach.

a. In what ways does the Internet overcome the problems of both reach and richness when we compare it to radio and television?

b. Unlike radio, the Internet provides pictures. Unlike television, the Internet provides text. How has this duality altered the use of advertising by companies to reach their clients?

c. Today, every company has an Internet site that provides information about their products, services, and often the prices of their wares. This all makes the consumer a better shopper, but what are the advantages for the company?

d. What reach/richness do the social networking channels offer relative to the Internet?

risk represents the price of getting the unexpected identify periods over the last 3 602765

Surprise always appears to be on the menu for the economy. Inflation during the 1970s and 1980s surprised decision makers first with inflation on the upside and then on the downside. Growth was stronger than expected in the 1980s and 1990s, but the past few years have brought a string of disappointing GDP numbers.

a. Risk represents the price of getting the unexpected. Identify periods over the last 30 years when growth, inflation, interest rates, dollar exchange rates, and profits came in very different from expectations.

b. For each of these periods identify what assumptions in the marketplace gave rise to expectations that would be nullified by the data.

c. In each case identify elements of the marketplace that would explain how they developed those expectations.

d. Based upon your review in questions a, b, and c, how would you rewrite the history of the housing collapse from 2007 to 2010 as a surprise that upset the expectations of market participants, and what elements gave rise to those expectations for housing?

e. Most surprises in the economic/business arena can be viewed as a three-part sequence. Identify another shock in the economic environment that you can use to break down the surprise/assumptions/elements that provide the understanding of a situation where risk is present.

the absence of a critical variable or the inclusion of an irrelevant variable will c 602766

The models we construct on how the world works influence our assessment of risk. Models represent how the world works and incorporate our assumptions and yet, we know that these assumptions can be biased based on our education, upbringing, or current professional position. This is particularly true in the field of investing.

a. The absence of a critical variable or the inclusion of an irrelevant variable will create a misrepresentation of the outlook for investment returns.
How might a currency trader miss the downdraft and then recovery of the euro in 2010 if the Greek sovereign debt situation had been overlooked?

b. Framing an investment in terms of risk/reward is the essence of the investment decision. Where one investor sees risk another investor will see rewards. Where some saw economic recovery, others saw continued recession in mid-2009.
How might this framing set the investment strategy for an investor for 2010?

c. The anchoring bias is the tendency to build a model based on the present situation that overweights the present and fails to allow for change over time. Yet we always experience change.
How might an investor with a model that suggested a traditional V-shaped recovery have been misled by events in the 2009 to 2010 recovery? Why might an investor overweight historical trends in developing her view of the future?

d. Investors have a tendency to focus on a concept that often has very little staying power over time. This tendency to jump at an illusory correlation tends to lead many investors astray. What are your thoughts on the focus on commodity prices, particularly gold, copper, or oil, as a signal of both growth and inflation over time? How well do these three indicators actually work over the entire economic cycle?

why might such a process of uneven risk perceptions and then a sudden break be so re 602767

Three characteristics for risk are that risks are interdependent, they evolve over the business cycle, and their appearance can be very uneven over the cycle. These characteristics continue to appear business cycle after business cycle, yet we are constantly surprised. The latest version of this was the housing boom and bust.

a. Liquidity, marketability, and the value of the underlying asset (housing) were assumed to be independent risks. Yet, during the housing correction everything appeared to fall apart. Explain why.

b. How did the success of the early home buyers and mortgage lenders give rise to the increase in risks over the cycle and why might such risks be overlooked by the market?

c. Early in the cycle the perceptions of risk were minimal. Over time, the delinquency rates on subprime lending kept rising with little apparent concern until, all of a sudden, risk perceptions skyrocketed. This pattern repeated earlier cycles most recently seen in the dot-com and high-yield bond corrections. Why might such a process of uneven risk perceptions and then a sudden break be so regular in the behavior of investors?

going into this recent recession there was a belief that the modern economy had exhi 602768

Although the recession began in December of 2007, the reaction of the economy to both monetary and fiscal policies has been very modest compared to the promises of policy makers of the impact of the stimulus.

a. Discuss your thoughts on the inside lag.

b. Discuss your thoughts on the outside lag.

c. Going into this recent recession there was a belief that the modern economy had exhibited remarkable stability, capsulated in the concept of the Great Moderation. What do you think went wrong?

d. Using the models of aggregate supply and demand, how might the economy have reacted to:

  • Increased consumer concern on house prices.
  • Decrease in credit supplied as risk perceptions rose.
  • A change in the financial market”s assessments of liquidity and marketability in housing-related instruments.

e. How might the other policy changes have altered the framework for financial markets, employment, and housing?

paul volcker is often given credit for defeating the inflation dragon discuss how vo 602769

Paul Volcker is often given credit for defeating the inflation dragon. Discuss how Volcker”s actions influenced perceptions of:

a. The role of money versus the funds rate as a target for policy.

b. The role of inflation and the dollar as signals of the effectiveness of policy.

c. The importance of the independence of the Fed.

d. The importance of presidential support for the Fed”s independence.

e. The perceived limit on policy due to the Phillips Curve in the short run and the problem of stagflation in the late 1970s.

how would the influence of considerations of entry and exit drive expectations of su 602774

Mergers and acquisitions are often justified on the basis of future opportunities as well as immediately adding to shareholder value. Yet, often such justification fails to pan out.

How would the influence of considerations of entry and exit drive expectations of success on a merger? In recent years, Chinese firms have sought mergers to enter new markets. What are the pluses and minuses that face the Chinese as they attempt to expand?

Mergers also promise economies of scale and scope. Explain how such promises could deliver shareholder value. How would such promises fail to deliver value? How would you evaluate the AOL Time Warner merger in terms of economies of scale/scope?

what is your guidance on this issue given the following five possible policy changes 602776

You are the assistant to the CFO of a major non-financial corporation. The CFO wants your guidance on the pros and cons of issuing debt and/or equity to raise capital in 2012.

What is your guidance on this issue given the following five possible policy changes in the year ahead?

a. Increased income taxes on dividends and capital gains.

b. The Fed expands its balance sheet by purchasing more Treasury notes and bonds.

c. Dollar depreciation is expected along with a decline by foreign investors willing to buy U.S. dollar–denominated fixed-income products.

d. The increasing risk that inflation concerns will rise in the year ahead.

e. Slower overall economic growth is expected and in recent months this has driven down P/E ratios.

explain your expected feedback from such a change and your expectations on interest 602777

You are financial advisor to the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury.

Explain the underlying economic framework for the demand and supply for Treasury securities. This framework should reflect the global nature of the capital markets. Be sure to include dynamic and geographic elements in your model.

Change: Foreign investors have expressed concern on the policy mix in the United States of large fiscal deficits and quantitative easing by the central bank. They are preparing to pursue a policy of greater diversification away from Treasury debt.

Explain your expected feedback from such a change and your expectations on interest rates to the Treasury Secretary. Recall that the United States is going to have a consistent and large budget deficit that will require financing over the long term. How might the Treasury Secretary structure his financing along the maturity spectrum, given your expectations for interest rates?

how would you react to the following economic changes and their expected feedback im 602778

How would you react to the following economic changes and their expected feedback impact on critical financial ratios? We are looking for both analysis and your intelligent reaction.

a. Change—expected weakening economy; your target is the return on assets.

b. Change—expected sharp rise in key input prices; your target is earnings per share.

c. Change—expected rise in short-term interest rates as the Fed tightens; your target is working capital turnover.

d. Change—expect slower consumer spending and anticipated increase in the Fed funds rate; your target is the current ratio.

e. Change—expected slower productivity and thereby rising unit labor costs suggests that EPS may be under downward pressure; your target is the P/E ratio.

financial ratios represent a difficult problem of identification any given financial 602779

Financial ratios represent a difficult problem of identification. Any given financial ratio can be interpreted as a target for its management, an indicator of success by an equity or credit analyst, or an instrument of policy in order to signal the markets about the quality of company operations for future funding.

a. Discuss the issues involved with the lack of autonomy of a selected financial ratio such as the P/E ratio.

b. What are the issues with a model where the P/E ratio is the dependent variable in any analysis?

c. The state of the economy has a very direct influence on financial ratios and particularly the P/E ratio. How might you evaluate the movements in the P/E ratio over the cycle as an indicator of market expectations or as a financial ratio that simply reflects the stage of the business cycle and tells us very little about the individual company?

financial ratios serve as indicators but not as proof about the financial condition 602780

Financial ratios serve as indicators, but not as proof about the financial condition of a company. Consider the following and comment on the pros and cons of each approach.

a. An analyst focuses on one financial ratio as the indicator of performance for a firm, an industry, and equities in general. You might note here how often investment strategists will judge the equity market on the basis of a single ratio, often the P/E ratio, as evidence of the market being either cheap or expensive.

b. Financial ratios represent the financial picture of a company. However, nonfinancial data, also critical to a company”s performance is not represented. How might this be an issue in the evaluation of a company?

c. What factors might account for the persistent differences in financial ratios between companies in the same industry?

d. Seasonality will influence the level of cash and inventories for any given company. What other influences might a factor such as seasonality have on other financial ratios?

e. Selected financial ratios, particularly those linked to leverage, appear to have changed over time. What might account for this long-term trend?

treasury secretary geithner as quoted in the wall street journal august 2 2009 ldquo 602782

Treasury Secretary Geithner, as quoted in the Wall Street Journal, August 2, 2009. “… while there were signs that the recession was easing, a key element to getting the U.S. economy back on track was to bring down the country”s surging deficits. We will not get this economy back on track. … unless we can convince the American people that we”re going to have the will to bring these deficits down. …” You are asked to present to your employee pension management team an assessment on the following.

a. Discuss your thoughts on the inside/outside lag that the secretary faces on altering fiscal policy.

b. Discuss your thoughts on what is the impact of the current large fiscal stimulus package on growth, inflation, interest rates, and the dollar.

c. Differentiate the impacts of sustained current policy on your four benchmark variables compared to Geithner”s suggestion that future policy will bring deficits down. How might global (e.g., Chinese) investors react?

d. If the Fed altered its current easy policy with an effective exit strategy to withdraw liquidity, how might this reinforce/frustrate Geithner”s policy with respect to the expected outcomes on your four benchmark variables?

e. How would you suggest the committee view Geithner”s comments with respect to your understanding of adaptive/rational expectations and the role of the Lucas Critique?

how might the impact of fiscal stimulus been impacted by the expectations that the f 602783

Over the last 50 years the impact of fiscal policy changes has been altered by the evolution of the economic framework. In recent years the impact of fiscal stimulus appears to be far less effective than many thought.

a. How might the state of the financial markets have influenced the response of the economy to the fiscal stimulus?

b. How might the growing globalization of capital markets have impacted the effectiveness of fiscal policy over the last 30 years?

c. How might the impact of fiscal stimulus been impacted by the expectations that the federal budget deficits associated with current stimulus efforts may be more permanent than some expected?

d. How might have the sovereign risk problems in Europe impacted perceptions of the path of U.S. deficits?

e. How might the Ricardian equivalence theme have impacted taxpayer assessments of future tax burdens and therefore saving and consumption behavior?

you are the international sales manager for a high tech equipment manufacturer based 602784

You are the international sales manager for a high-tech equipment manufacturer based in the United States. Explain how the alternatives of a benign resolution or a hard landing to the United States current account deficit would impact your expectations for growth, inflation, interest rates, and exchange rates.

a. How will this alter your expected foreign sales in the year ahead?

b. What role would you expect the Chinese Central Bank to play in avoiding the hard landing?

c. What are the implications for growth, inflation, interest rates, and exchange rates in the short run from Chinese intervention?

d. In the long run?

the major reason that the difference and ratio estimation methods would be expected 602537

The major reason that the difference and ratio estimation methods would be expected to produce audit efficiency is that the

  1. Number of members of the populations of differences or ratios is smaller than the number of members of the population of book values.
  2. Beta risk may be completely ignored.
  3. Calculations required in using difference or ratio estimation are less arduous and fewer than those required when using direct estimation.
  4. Variability of the populations of differences or ratios is less than that of the populations of book values or audited values.

which of the following statements is correct concerning the auditor rsquo s use of s 602538

Which of the following statements is correct concerning the auditor’s use of statistical sampling?

  1. An auditor needs to estimate the dollar amount of the standard deviation of the population to use classical variables sampling.
  2. An assumption of PPS sampling is that the underlying accounting population is normally distributed.
  3. A classical variables sample needs to be designed with special considerations to include negative balances in the sample.
  4. The selection of zero balances usually does not require special sample design considerations when using PPS sampling.

which of the following most likely would be an advantage in using classical variable 602539

Which of the following most likely would be an advantage in using classical variables sampling rather than probability-proportional-to-size (PPS) sampling?

  1. An estimate of the standard deviation of the population’s recorded amounts is not required.
  2. The auditor rarely needs the assistance of a computer program to design an efficient sample.
  3. Inclusion of zero and negative balances generally does not require special design considerations.
  4. Any amount that is individually significant is automatically identified and selected.

after the preliminary phase of the review of a client rsquo s computer controls an a 602553

After the preliminary phase of the review of a client’s computer controls, an auditor may decide not to perform tests of controls (compliance tests) related to the controls within the computer portion of the client’s internal control. Which of the following would not be a valid reason for choosing to omit such tests?

  1. The controls duplicate operative controls existing elsewhere in the structure.
  2. There appear to be major weaknesses that would preclude reliance on the stated procedure.
  3. The time and dollar costs of testing exceed the time and dollar savings in substantive testing if the tests of controls show the controls to be operative.
  4. The controls appear adequate.

which of the following client electronic data processing edp systems generally can b 602555

Which of the following client electronic data processing (EDP) systems generally can be audited without examining or directly testing the EDP computer programs of the system?

  1. A system that performs relatively uncomplicated processes and produces detailed output.
  2. A system that affects a number of essential master files and produces a limited output.
  3. A system that updates a few essential master files and produces no printed output other than final balances.
  4. A system that performs relatively complicated processing and produces very little detailed output.

in creating lead schedules for an audit engagement a cpa often uses automated work p 602565

In creating lead schedules for an audit engagement, a CPA often uses automated work paper software. What client information is needed to begin this process?

  1. Interim financial information such as third quarter sales, net income, and inventory and receivables balances.
  2. Specialized journal information such as the invoice and purchase order numbers of the last few sales and purchases of the year.
  3. General ledger information such as account numbers, prior year account balances, and current year unadjusted information.
  4. Adjusting entry information such as deferrals and accruals, and reclassification journal entries.

a primary advantage of using generalized audit software packages to audit the financ 602568

A primary advantage of using generalized audit software packages to audit the financial statements of a client that uses a computer system is that the auditor may

  1. Access information stored on computer files while having a limited understanding of the client’s hardware and software features.
  2. Consider increasing the use of substantive tests of transactions in place of analytical procedures.
  3. Substantiate the accuracy of data through self-checking digits and hash totals.
  4. Reduce the level of required tests of controls to a relatively small amount.

the auditor wishes to test this file to determine whether credit limits are being ex 602570

Smith Corporation has numerous customers. A customer file is kept on disk storage. Each customer file contains name, address, credit limit, and account balance. The auditor wishes to test this file to determine whether credit limits are being exceeded. The best procedure for the auditor to follow would be to

  1. Develop test data that would cause some account balances to exceed the credit limit and determine if the system properly detects such situations.
  2. Develop a program to compare credit limits with account balances and print out the details of any account with a balance exceeding its credit limit.
  3. Request a printout of all account balances so they can be manually checked against the credit limits.
  4. Request a printout of a sample of account balances so they can be individually checked against the credit limits.

according to the fasb conceptual framework which of the following situations violate 602583

According to the FASB conceptual framework, which of the following situations violates the concept of reliability?

  1. Data on segments having the same expected risks and growth rates are reported to analysts estimating future profits.
  2. Financial statements are issued nine months late.
  3. Management reports to stockholders regularly refer to new projects undertaken, but the financial statements never report project results.
  4. Financial statements include property with a carrying amount increased to management’s estimate of market value.

fasb rsquo s conceptual framework explains both financial and physical capital maint 602587

FASB’s conceptual framework explains both financial and physical capital maintenance concepts. Which capital maintenance concept is applied to currently reported net income, and which is applied to comprehensive income?

align=”left”>

Currently reported net income

Comprehensive income

a.

Financial capital

Physical capital

b.

Physical capital

Physical capital

c.

Financial capital

Financial capital

d.

Physical capital

Financial capital

for each of the following shares provide an approximation of the missing figure and 602663

For each of the following shares, provide an approximation of the missing figure (?) and then give your view of each share.

Share A

Share B

Share C

Share D

p/E

10

25

7

5o

Payout ratio d

95%

20%

20%

?

4nnual EPS growth after 5 years: g

?

3o%

5%

3o%

Long-term debt/Shareholders” equity

0.15

0.20

0.25

8

ROE

10%

3o%

?

9o%

PBR

1

?

0.4

45

company x has capital of 2 million shares that are currently trading at euro 2000 pe 602680

Company X has capital of 2 million shares that are currently trading at €2000 per share. On its balance sheet it has a liability for an issue of convertible bonds with the following characteristics:

  • nominal value: €500m (500 000 convertible bonds of face value €1000 each);
  • interest rate: 5%;
  • conversion ratio: 1 for 1;

Company X expects to have a net profit of €300m next year.

(a) Calculate X”s fully diluted earnings per share. The corporate income tax rate is 36.7%.

(b) Redo the same exercise, replacing the convertible bond with a bond with attached warrants to subscribe to one share of X at €2100. Assume the pre-tax rate of return on short-term investments is 8%. use two different methods to make your calculations.

(c) What would be the result of the calculation in (b) above if X issued the bond with warrants to pay off another borrowing at a pre-tax interest rate of 8%? Assume that the expected net profit is after interest expense on the previous borrowing.

what does that signify about their ability to react to change and develop a new fram 602745

In professional sports, opening day begins with all teams tied for first place, yet the history of league championships reveals that a select few franchises appear in the finals far more often than by chance.

In examining this record of success (or in some cases you might want to identify why some franchises continue to fail), begin with your assessment of the correct process for winning in professional sports. What is your framework? When teams appear in championships across several decades (Yankees and Cardinals, Cowboys and Steelers, Celtics and Lakers, Canadiens and Redwings) what does that signify about their ability to react to change and develop a new framework for winning? Some franchises find a one-time solution, an outstanding player, such as Michael Jordan or Wayne Gretzky, but cannot sustain success after that player leaves. Why?

what are the sunk costs associated with your current framework before you make a sin 602747

You have been appointed regional manager of a casual-dining restaurant chain in a moderate sized (1.5 million population) metropolitan area in the United States.

a. Explain the underlying economic structure of the demand and supply relationships for your business that define your economic framework.

b. What are the sunk costs associated with your current framework? Before you make a single decision, what types of anchoring bias should you be aware of going forward? How well do you know yourself as a risk taker or risk avoider, i.e., how would you see yourself in the spectrum of prospect theory?

c. Lehman Brothers has failed and the outlook for the economy has darkened quickly. What feedback does this change signal for your business? List three options for your action and suggest a choice for the business. What is your new framework for the business and how does that differ from the initial framework?

d. In an effort to make up for lost revenue, the county where your chain of five restaurants is located introduces a special tourism tax of 15 percent on all restaurant meals to pay for a new baseball stadium. Repeat the process of recognizing change, estimating feedback, making choices, and developing a new framework, and discuss how the influence of an anchoring bias impacts your judgment of closing one restaurant and moving to a new county.

Explain your expected feedback from such a change and then your choices to deal with this change.

leadership sometimes has its own interests at heart with often tragic consequences c 602748

Leadership sometimes has its own interests at heart, with often tragic consequences. Consider the following circumstances and offer your assessment on the impact of leadership, or lack thereof, in the following actions. Consider for a moment, too, what framework the leader had adopted and how that might be different from what others had expected.

a. General McClellan”s preference for parading troops rather than fighting and Lincoln”s response.

b. The Central Intelligence Agency”s view of the Bay of Pigs operation and President Kennedy”s assumption about their input to his decision making.

c. Polaroid”s failure to pursue digital photography and their shareholder expectations.

d. The role of some of Enron”s senior management and the expectations of the workers and shareholders.

e. Trade protectionism and earmarks within the framework of a congressman doing the best for his constituents or for the general welfare.

These are not easy problems and often represent a conflict of the framework or vision and that conflict is part of real world decision making, not the product of a textbook exercise with a neat, precise solution.

leading indicators are a key input to business decision making as a member of your s 602749

Leading indicators are a key input to business decision making. As a member of your strategic planning committee, how might your advice on the economy respond to these changes?

a. Initial weekly claims for unemployment insurance have risen over the last three months.

b. New building permits have risen over the last six months.

c. Money supply (M2) adjusted for inflation has risen above its trend pace over the last year.

d. Consumer expectations have been disappointing lately.

e. Interest rate spreads (10-year less 3-month Treasuries) have declined sharply.

how labor force participation rates have varied over time for men and women and migh 602751

As the head of your human resources department, you are asked to make some brief comments on the current state of the labor market. You wish to comment on five points:

a. The distinction between frictional and structural unemployment.

b. How wage rigidity suggests that labor costs are not as flexible as management might wish in the short run.

c. How the existence of discouraged workers might distort the view of the real level of unemployment.

d. How labor force participation rates have varied over time for men and women and might influence the availability of workers in the future.

e. How an efficiency wage might influence worker productivity.

explain how your organization may be able to apply the h p filter to distinguish cyc 602755

The Hodrick-Prescott filter process is an easy tool to set a baseline for identifying the trend of any economic or financial series and where in the cycle the current set of economic observations sit.

a. Explain how your organization may be able to apply the H-P filter to distinguish cycle from trend in a series such as your top-line revenues or your input costs.

b. How can you apply the H-P approach to counter the tendency to accept a normalization of deviance in a series?

c. How might you use the H-P filter to recognize a change that might be overlooked?

how might the anchoring bias influence expectations by both policy makers and the pu 602756

Secular growth has certainly been the story in the United States from the period after World War II until the 2008 to 2009 recession. Now it appears that strong secular growth is the story for Asia.

a. How might the anchoring bias influence expectations by both policy makers and the public about the future given this history of secular growth?

b. To what extent does growth reflect the application of more labor and capital?

c. As the CEO of a multinational organization, what are the incentives and disincentives you see in growth in the United States, Europe, and Asia that would influence your allocation of labor and capital across the globe?

identify each statement as true or false if false indicate how to correct the statem 617345

Tom Parkey has prepared the following list of statements about depreciation.

  1. Depreciation is a process of asset valuation, not cost allocation.
  2. Depreciation provides for the proper matching of expenses with revenues.
  3. The book value of a plant asset should approximate its fair value.
  4. Depreciation applies to three classes of plant assets: land, buildings, and equipment.
  5. Depreciation does not apply to a building because its usefulness and revenue-producing ability generally remain intact over time.
  6. The revenue-producing ability of a depreciable asset will decline due to wear and tear and to obsolescence.
  7. Recognizing depreciation on an asset results in an accumulation of cash for replacement of the asset.
  8. The balance in accumulated depreciation represents the total cost that has been charged to expense.
  9. Depreciation expense and accumulated depreciation are reported on the income statement.
  10. Four factors affect the computation of depreciation: cost, useful life, salvage value, and residual value.

Instructions

Identify each statement as true or false. If false, indicate how to correct the statement.

show how the truck would be reported in the december 31 2014 balance sheet 617348

Linton Company purchased a delivery truck for $34,000 on January 1, 2014. The truck has an expected salvage value of $2,000, and is expected to be driven 100,000 miles over its estimated useful life of 8 years. Actual miles driven were 15,000 in 2014 and 12,000 in 2015.

Instructions

(a)Compute depreciation expense for 2014 and 2015 using (1) the straight-line method, (2) the units-of-activity method, and (3) the double-declining-balance method.

(b)Assume that Linton uses the straight-line method.

(1)Prepare the journal entry to record 2014 depreciation.

(2)Show how the truck would be reported in the December 31, 2014, balance sheet.

prepare the entry or entries to record depreciation on the building in 2014 617349

Terry Wade, the new controller of Hellickson Company, has reviewed the expected useful lives and salvage values of selected depreciable assets at the beginning of 2014. His findings are as follows.

Useful Life in Years

Salvage Value

Type of Assets

Date of Acquired

Cost

Accumulated Depriciation1/1/14

Old

Proposed

Old

Proposed

Building

1/1/08

$800,000

$114,000

40

50

$40,000

$26,000

Warehouse

1/1/09

100,000

19,000

25

20

5,000

6,000

All assets are depreciated by the straight-line method. Hellickson Company uses a calendar year in preparing annual financial statements. After discussion, management has agreed to accept Terry”s proposed changes.

Instructions

(a)Compute the revised annual depreciation on each asset in 2014. (Show computations.)

(b)Prepare the entry (or entries) to record depreciation on the building in 2014.

journalize all entries required on the above dates including entries to update depre 617350

Presented below are selected transactions at Ridge Company for 2014.

Jan. 1

Retired a piece of machinery that was purchased on January 1, 2004. The machine cost $62,000 on that date. It had a useful life of 10 years with no salvage value.

June 30

Sold a computer that was purchased on January 1, 2011. The computer cost $45,000. It had a useful life of 5 years with no salvage value. The computer was sold for $14,000.

Dec. 31

Discarded a delivery truck that was purchased on January 1, 2010. The truck cost $33,000. It was depreciated based on a 6-year useful life with a $3,000 salvage value.

Instructions

Journalize all entries required on the above dates, including entries to update depreciation, where applicable, on assets disposed of. Ridge Company uses straight-line depreciation. (Assume depreciation is up to date as of December 31, 2013.)

how are the costs applicable to the 20 000 unsold units reported 617352

On July 1, 2015, Friedman Inc. invested $720,000 in a mine estimated to have 900,000 tons of ore of uniform grade. During the last 6 months of 2015, 100,000 tons of ore were mined and sold.

Calculate depletion cost per unit. (Round answer to 2 decimal places, e.g. 0.50.)

Depletion cost per unit   $pixel.gif
 

SHOW LIST OF ACCOUNTS

LINK TO TEXT

Prepare the journal entry to record depletion expense. (Round answer to 0 decimal places, e.g. 2,125. If no entry is required, select “No entry” for the account titles and enter 0 for the amounts. Credit account titles are automatically indented when amount is entered. Do not indent manually.)

Date

Account Titles and Explanation

Debit

Credit

Dec. 31

pixel.gif

pixel.gif

pixel.gif

 

pixel.gif

pixel.gif

pixel.gif

 

SHOW LIST OF ACCOUNTS

LINK TO TEXT

Assume that the 100,000 tons of ore were mined, but only 80,000 units were sold. How are the costs applicable to the 20,000 unsold units reported?

The costs pertaining to the unsold units are reported in pixel.gif current liabilitieslong-term liabilitiescurrent assetslong-term investmentsstockholders’ equity as part of pixel.gif inventoryaccounts receivablecashaccounts payableprepaid expenses.

prepare necessary adjusting entries at december 31 to record amortization required b 617353

The following are selected 2014 transactions of Pedigo Corporation.

Jan. 1

Purchased a small company and recorded goodwill of $150,000. Its useful life is indefinite.

May 1

Purchased for $75,000 a patent with an estimated useful life of 5 years and a legal life of 20 years.

Instructions

Prepare necessary adjusting entries at December 31 to record amortization required by the events above.

prepare the necessary entries to record these intangibles all costs incurred were fo 617354

Gill Company, organized in 2014, has the following transactions related to intangible assets.

1/2/14

Purchased patent (7-year life)

$595,000

4/1/14

Goodwill purchased (indefinite life)

360,000

7/1/14

10-year franchise; expiration date 7/1/2024

480,000

9/1/14

Research and development costs

185,000

Instructions

Prepare the necessary entries to record these intangibles. All costs incurred were for cash. Make the adjusting entries as of December 31, 2014, recording any necessary amortization and reflecting all balances accurately as of that date.

the diagram below depicts the auditor rsquo s estimated deviation rate compared with 602488

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following information:

The diagram below depicts the auditor’s estimated deviation rate compared with the tolerable rate, and also depicts the true population deviation rate compared with the tolerable rate.

In which of the situations would the auditor have properly concluded that control risk is at or below the planned assessed level?

  1. I.
  2. II.
  3. III.
  4. IV.

As a result of tests of controls, the auditor assesses control risk too high and thereby increases substantive testing. This is illustrated by situation

  1. I.
  2. II.
  3. III.
  4. IV.

an auditor plans to examine a sample of twenty purchase orders for proper approvals 602506

An auditor plans to examine a sample of twenty purchase orders for proper approvals as prescribed by the client’s control procedures. One of the purchase orders in the chosen sample of twenty cannot be found, and the auditor is unable to use alternative procedures to test whether that purchase order was properly approved. The auditor should

  1. Choose another purchase order to replace the missing purchase order in the sample.
  2. Consider this test of control invalid and proceed with substantive tests since internal control cannot be relied upon.
  3. Treat the missing purchase order as a deviation for the purpose of evaluating the sample.
  4. Select a completely new set of twenty purchase orders.

an auditor should consider the tolerable rate of deviation when determining the numb 602512

An auditor should consider the tolerable rate of deviation when determining the number of check requests to select for a test to obtain assurance that all check requests have been properly authorized. The auditor should also consider

align=”left”>

The average dollar value of the check requests

The allowable risk of assessing control risk too low

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

Yes

No

c.

No

Yes

d.

No

No

what is an auditor rsquo s evaluation of a statistical sample for attributes when a 602514

What is an auditor’s evaluation of a statistical sample for attributes when a test of fifty documents results in three deviations if tolerable rate is 7%, the expected population deviation rate is 5%, and the allowance for sampling risk is 2%?

  1. Modify the planned assessed level of control risk because the tolerable rate plus the allowance for sampling risk exceeds the expected population deviation rate.
  2. Accept the sample results as support for the planned assessed level of control risk because the sample deviation rate plus the allowance for sampling risk exceeds the tolerable rate.
  3. Accept the sample results as support for the planned assessed level of control risk because the tolerable rate less the allowance for sampling risk equals the expected population deviation rate.
  4. Modify the planned assessed level of control risk because the sample deviation rate plus the allowance for sampling risk exceeds the tolerable rate.

an auditor desired to test credit approval on 10 000 sales invoices processed during 602515

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

An auditor desired to test credit approval on 10,000 sales invoices processed during the year. The auditor designed a statistical sample that would provide 1% risk of assessing control risk too low (99% confidence) that not more than 7% of the sales invoices lacked approval. The auditor estimated from previous experience that about 2 1/2% of the sales invoices lacked approval. A sample of 200 invoices was examined and 7 of them were lacking approval. The auditor then determined the achieved upper precision limit to be 8%.

In the evaluation of this sample, the auditor decided to increase the level of the preliminary assessment of control risk because the

  1. Tolerable rate (7%) was less than the achieved upper precision limit (8%).
  2. Expected deviation rate (7%) was more than the percentage of errors in the sample (3 1/2%).
  3. Achieved upper precision limit (8%) was more than the percentage of errors in the sample (3 1/2%).
  4. Expected deviation rate (2 1/2%) was less than the tolerable rate (7%).

The allowance for sampling risk was

  1. 5 1/2%
  2. 4 1/2%
  3. 3 1/2%
  4. 1%

which of the following statements is correct concerning statistical sampling in test 602516

Which of the following statements is correct concerning statistical sampling in tests of controls?

  1. The population size has little or no effect on determining sample size except for very small populations.
  2. The expected population deviation rate has little or no effect on determining sample size except for very small populations.
  3. As the population size doubles, the sample size also should double.
  4. For a given tolerable rate, a larger sample size should be selected as the expected population deviation rate decreases.

how would increases in tolerable misstatement and assessed level of control risk aff 602518

How would increases in tolerable misstatement and assessed level of control risk affect the sample size in a substantive test of details?

align=”left”>

Increase in tolerable misstatement

Increase in assessed level of control risk

a.

Increase sample size

Increase sample size

b.

Increase sample size

Decrease sample size

c.

Decrease sample size

Increase sample size

d.

Decrease sample size

Decrease sample size

which of the following courses of action would an auditor most likely follow in plan 602519

Which of the following courses of action would an auditor most likely follow in planning a sample of cash disbursements if the auditor is aware of several unusually large cash disbursements?

  1. Set the tolerable rate of deviation at a lower level than originally planned.
  2. Stratify the cash disbursements population so that the unusually large disbursements are selected.
  3. Increase the sample size to reduce the effect of the unusually large disbursements.
  4. Continue to draw new samples until all the unusually large disbursements appear in the sample.

which of the following statements is correct concerning probability proportional to 602525

Which of the following statements is correct concerning probability-proportional-to-size (PPS) sampling, also known as dollar unit sampling?

  1. The sampling distribution should approximate the normal distribution.
  2. Overstated units have a lower probability of sample selection than units that are understated.
  3. The auditor controls the risk of incorrect acceptance by specifying that risk level for the sampling plan.
  4. The sampling interval is calculated by dividing the number of physical units in the population by the sample size.

hill has decided to use probability proportional to size pps sampling sometimes call 602526

Hill has decided to use probability-proportional-to-size (PPS) sampling, sometimes called dollar-unit sampling, in the audit of a client’s accounts receivable balances. Hill plans to use the following PPS sampling table:

align=”left”>

Table

Reliability Factors for Overstatements

Number of overstatements

Risk of incorrect acceptance

1%

5%

10%

15%

20%

0

4.61

3.00

2.31

1.90

1.61

1

6.64

4.75

3.89

3.38

3.00

2

8.41

6.30

5.33

4.72

4.28

3

10.05

7.76

6.69

6.02

5.52

4

11.61

9.16

8.00

7.27

6.73

align=”left”>

Additional information

Tolerable misstatements

(net of effect of expected misstatements)

$ 24,000

Risk of incorrect acceptance

20%

Number of misstatements

1

Recorded amount of accounts receivable

$240,000

Number of accounts

360

an auditor is determining the sample size for an inventory observation using mean pe 602529

An auditor is determining the sample size for an inventory observation using mean-per-unit estimation, which is a variables sampling plan. To calculate the required sample size, the auditor usually determines the

align=”left”>

Variability in the dollar amounts of inventory items

Risk of incorrect acceptance

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

Yes

No

c.

No

Yes

d.

No

No

when unaudited financial statements are presented in comparative form with audited f 602426

When unaudited financial statements are presented in comparative form with audited financial statements in a document filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, such statements should be

Marked as “unaudited”

Withheld until audited

Referred to in the auditor’s report

a.

Yes

No

No

b.

Yes

No

Yes

c.

No

Yes

Yes

d.

No

Yes

No

in connection with a proposal to obtain a new audit client a cpa in public practice 602427

In connection with a proposal to obtain a new audit client, a CPA in public practice is asked to prepare a report on the application of accounting principles to a specific transaction. The CPA’s report should include a statement that

  1. The engagement was performed in accordance with Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services.
  2. Responsibility for the proper accounting treatment rests with the preparers of the financial statements.
  3. The evaluation of the application of accounting principles is hypothetical and may not be used for opinion-shopping.
  4. The guidance is provided for management’s use only and may not be communicated to the prior or continuing auditor.

in connection with a proposal to obtain a new client an accountant in public practic 602428

In connection with a proposal to obtain a new client, an accountant in public practice is asked to prepare a written report on the application of accounting principles to a specific transaction. The accountant’s report should include a statement that

  1. Any difference in the facts, circumstances, or assumptions presented may change the report.
  2. The engagement was performed in accordance with Statements on Standards for Consulting Services.
  3. The guidance provided is for management use only and may not be communicated to the prior or continuing auditors.
  4. Nothing came to the accountant’s attention that caused the accountant to believe that the accounting principles violated GAAP.

blue cpa has been asked to render an opinion on the application of accounting princi 602429

Blue, CPA, has been asked to render an opinion on the application of accounting principles to a specific transaction by an entity that is audited by another CPA. Blue may accept this engagement, but should

  1. Consult with the continuing CPA to obtain information relevant to the transaction.
  2. Report the engagement’s findings to the entity’s audit committee, the continuing CPA, and management.
  3. Disclaim any opinion that the hypothetical application of accounting principles conforms with generally accepted accounting principles.
  4. Notify the entity that the report is for the restricted use of management and outside parties who are aware of all relevant facts.

a cpa in public practice is required to comply with the provisions of the statements 602443

A CPA in public practice is required to comply with the provisions of the Statements on Standards for Attestation Engagements (SSAE) when

Testifying as an expert witness in accounting and auditing matters given stipulated facts

Compiling a client’s financial projection that presents a hypothetical course of action

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

Yes

No

c.

No

Yes

d.

No

No

which of the following is not an objective of a cpa rsquo s examination of a client 602450

Which of the following is not an objective of a CPA’s examination of a client’s management discussion and analysis (MD&A) prepared pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations?

  1. The historical amounts have been accurately derived, in all material respects, from the entity’s financial statements.
  2. The presentation is in conformity with rules and regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
  3. The underlying information, determinations, estimates and assumptions of the entity provide a reasonable basis for the disclosures contained herein.
  4. The presentation includes the required elements of MD&A.

which of the following statements is a standard applicable to financial statement au 602468

Which of the following statements is a standard applicable to financial statement audits in accordance with Government Auditing Standards (the “yellow book”)?

  1. An auditor should report on the scope of the auditor’s testing of compliance with laws and regulations.
  2. An auditor should assess whether the entity has reportable measures of economy and efficiency that are valid and reliable.
  3. An auditor should report recommendations for actions to correct problems and improve operations.
  4. An auditor should determine the extent to which the entity’s programs achieve the desired results.

which of the following statements is a standard applicable to financial statement au 602469

Which of the following statements is a standard applicable to financial statement audits in accordance with Government Auditing Standards (the “yellow book”)?

  1. An auditor should report on the scope of the auditor’s testing of internal controls.
  2. All instances of abuse, waste, and mismanagement should be reported to the audit committee.
  3. An auditor should report the views of responsible officials concerning the auditor’s findings.
  4. Internal control activities designed to detect or prevent fraud should be reported to the inspector general.

in reporting under government auditing standards an auditor most likely would be req 602470

In reporting under Government Auditing Standards, an auditor most likely would be required to report a falsification of accounting records directly to a federal inspector general when the falsification is

  1. Discovered after the auditor’s report has been made available to the federal inspector general and to the public.
  2. Reported by the auditor to the audit committee as a significant deficiency in internal control.
  3. Voluntarily disclosed to the auditor by low-level personnel as a result of the auditor’s inquiries.
  4. Communicated by the auditor to the auditee and the auditee fails to make a required report of the matter.

although the scope of audits of recipients of federal financial assistance in accord 602471

Although the scope of audits of recipients of federal financial assistance in accordance with federal audit regulations varies, these audits generally have which of the following elements in common?

  1. The auditor is to determine whether the federal financial assistance has been administered in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.
  2. The materiality levels are lower and are determined by the government entities that provided the federal financial assistance to the recipient.
  3. The auditor should obtain written management representations that the recipient’s internal auditors will report their findings objectively without fear of political repercussion.
  4. The auditor is required to express both positive and negative assurance that illegal acts that could have a material effect on the recipient’s financial statements are disclosed to the inspector general.

an auditor most likely would be responsible for communicating significant deficienci 602472

An auditor most likely would be responsible for communicating significant deficiencies in the design of internal control

  1. To the Securities and Exchange Commission when the client is a publicly held entity.
  2. To specific legislative and regulatory bodies when reporting under Government Auditing Standards.
  3. To a court-appointed creditors’ committee when the client is operating under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code.
  4. To shareholders with significant influence (more than 20% equity ownership) when the reportable conditions are deemed to be material weaknesses.

which of the following is a documentation requirement that an auditor should follow 602475

Which of the following is a documentation requirement that an auditor should follow when auditing in accordance with Government Auditing Standards?

  1. The auditor should obtain written representations from management acknowledging responsibility for correcting instances of fraud, abuse, and waste.
  2. The auditor’s working papers should contain sufficient information so that supplementary oral explanations are not required.
  3. The auditor should document the procedures that assure discovery of all illegal acts and contingent liabilities resulting from noncompliance.
  4. The auditor’s working papers should contain a caveat that all instances of material misstatements and fraud may not be identified.

in reporting under government auditing standards an auditor most likely would be req 602477

In reporting under Government Auditing Standards, an auditor most likely would be required to communicate management’s misappropriation of assets directly to a federal inspector general when the fraudulent activities are

  1. Concealed by management by circumventing specific internal controls designed to safeguard those assets.
  2. Reported to the entity’s governing body and the governing body fails to make a required report to the federal inspector general.
  3. Accompanied by fraudulent financial reporting that results in material misstatements of asset balances.
  4. Perpetrated by several levels of management in a scheme that is likely to continue in future years.

the likelihood of assessing control risk too high is the risk that the sample select 602484

The likelihood of assessing control risk too high is the risk that the sample selected to test controls

  1. Does not support the auditor’s planned assessed level of control risk when the true operating effectiveness of the control structure justifies such an assessment.
  2. Contains misstatements that could be material to the financial statements when aggregated with misstatements in other account balances or transactions classes.
  3. Contains proportionately fewer monetary errors or deviations from prescribed controls than exist in the balance or class as a whole.
  4. Does not support the tolerable error for some or all of management’s assertions.

indicate which of the following statements istrue 617301

Indicate which of the following statements istrue.

(a)Since intangible assets lack physical substance, they need be disclosed only in the notes to the financial statements.

(b)Goodwill should be reported as a contra account in the owner”s equity section.

(c)Totals of major classes of assets can be shown in the balance sheet, with asset details disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.

(d)Intangible assets are typically combined with plant assets and natural resources and shown in the property, plant, and equipment section.

explain how each of these costs would be accounted for 617337

Lofton Company purchased a delivery truck. The total cash payment was $27,900, including the following items.

Negotiated purchase price

$24,000

Installation of special shelving

1,100

Painting and lettering

900

Motor vehicle license

100

Annual insurance policy

500

Sales tax

1,300

Total paid

$27,900

Explain how each of these costs would be accounted for.

the excess of the cost of a company over the fair value of the net assets acquired 617341

Match the statement with the term most directly associated with it.

Goodwill

Amortization

Intangible assets

Franchises

Research and development costs

  1. Rights, privileges, and competitive advantages that result from the ownership of long-lived assets that do not possess physical substance.
  2. The allocation of the cost of an intangible asset to expense in a rational and systematic manner.
  3. A right to sell certain products or services, or use certain trademarks or trade names within a designated geographic area.
  4. Costs incurred by a company that often lead to patents or new products. These costs must be expensed as incurred.

5.The excess of the cost of a company over the fair value of the net assets acquired.

indicate to which account benedict would debit each of the costs 617343

Benedict Company incurred the following costs.

  1. Sales tax on factory machinery purchased

$ 5,000

  1. Painting of and lettering on truck immediately upon purchase

700

  1. Installation and testing of factory machinery

2,000

  1. Real estate broker”s commission on land purchased

3,500

  1. Insurance premium paid for first year”s insurance on new truck

880

  1. Cost of landscaping on property purchased

7,200

  1. Cost of paving parking lot for new building constructed

17,900

  1. Cost of clearing, draining, and filling land

13,300

  1. Architect”s fees on self-constructed building

10,000

Instructions

Indicate to which account Benedict would debit each of the costs.

these financial statements omitted substantially all disclosures required by general 602382

Clark, CPA, compiled and properly reported on the financial statements of Green Co., a nonpublic entity, for the year ended March 31, 2001. These financial statements omitted substantially all disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Green asked Clark to compile the statements for the year ended March 31, 2002, and to include all GAAP disclosures for the 2002 statements only, but otherwise present both years’ financial statements in comparative form. What is Clark’s responsibility concerning the proposed engagement?

  1. Clark may not report on the comparative financial statements because the 2001 statements are not comparable to the 2002 statements that include the GAAP disclosures.
  2. Clark may report on the comparative financial statements provided the 2002 statements do not contain any obvious material misstatements.
  3. Clark may report on the comparative financial statements provided an explanatory paragraph is added to Clark’s report on the comparative financial statements.
  4. Clark may report on the comparative financial statements provided Clark updates the report on the 2001 statements that do not include the GAAP disclosures.

which of the following statements should not be included in an accountant rsquo s st 602383

Which of the following statements should not be included in an accountant’s standard report based on the compilation of an entity’s financial statements?

  1. A statement that the compilation was performed in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of CPAs.
  2. A statement that the accountant has not audited or reviewed the financial statements.
  3. A statement that the accountant does not express an opinion but expresses only limited assurance on the financial statements.
  4. A statement that a compilation is limited to presenting, in the form of financial statements, information that is the representation of management.

does ssars require that the compilation report be printed on the accountant rsquo s 602386

An accountant has compiled the financial statements of a nonpublic entity in accordance with Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services (SSARS). Does SSARS require that the compilation report be printed on the accountant’s letterhead and that the report be manually signed by the accountant?

Printed on the accountant’s letterhead

Manually signed by the accountant

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

Yes

No

c.

No

Yes

d.

No

No

in reviewing the financial statements of a nonpublic entity an accountant is require 602390

In reviewing the financial statements of a nonpublic entity, an accountant is required to modify the standard report for which of the following matters?

Inability to assess the risk of material misstatement due to fraud

Discovery of significant deficiencies in the design of the entity’s internal control

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

Yes

No

c.

No

Yes

d.

No

No

moore will not be reporting on dover rsquo s statements of income retained earnings 602391

Moore, CPA, has been asked to issue a review report on the balance sheet of Dover Co., a nonpublic entity. Moore will not be reporting on Dover’s statements of income, retained earnings, and cash flows. Moore may issue the review report provided the

  1. Balance sheet is presented in a prescribed form of an industry trade association.
  2. Scope of the inquiry and analytical procedures has not been restricted.
  3. Balance sheet is not to be used to obtain credit or distributed to creditors.
  4. Specialized accounting principles and practices of Dover’s industry are disclosed.

financial statements of a nonpublic entity that have been reviewed by an accountant 602394

Financial statements of a nonpublic entity that have been reviewed by an accountant should be accompanied by a report stating that a review

  1. Provides only limited assurance that the financial statements are fairly presented.
  2. Includes examining, on a test basis, information that is the representation of management.
  3. Consists principally of inquiries of company personnel and analytical procedures applied to financial data.
  4. Does not contemplate obtaining corroborating evidential matter or applying certain other procedures ordinarily performed during an audit.

gole decides to include a separate paragraph in the 2001 review report because north 602396

Gole, CPA, is engaged to review the 2001 financial statements of North Co., a nonpublic entity. Previously, Gole audited North’s 2000 financial statements and expressed an unqualified opinion. Gole decides to include a separate paragraph in the 2001 review report because North plans to present comparative financial statements for 2001 and 2000. This separate paragraph should indicate that

  1. The 2001 review report is intended solely for the information of management and the board of directors.
  2. The 2000 auditor’s report may no longer be relied on.
  3. No auditing procedures were performed after the date of the 2000 auditor’s report.
  4. There are justifiable reasons for changing the level of service from an audit to a review.

an accountant rsquo s standard report on a review of the financial statements of a n 602397

An accountant’s standard report on a review of the financial statements of a nonpublic entity should state that the accountant

  1. Does not express an opinion or any form of limited assurance on the financial statements.
  2. Is not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the financial statements for them to conform with GAAP.
  3. Obtained reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.
  4. Examined evidence, on a test basis, supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.

financial statements of a nonpublic entity that have been reviewed by an accountant 602398

Financial statements of a nonpublic entity that have been reviewed by an accountant should be accompanied by a report stating that

  1. The scope of the inquiry and analytical procedures performed by the accountant has not been restricted.
  2. All information included in the financial statements is the representation of the management of the entity.
  3. A review includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
  4. A review is greater in scope than a compilation, the objective of which is to present financial statements that are free of material misstatements.

during a review of the financial statements of a non public entity an accountant bec 602399

During a review of the financial statements of a non-public entity, an accountant becomes aware of a lack of adequate disclosure that is material to the financial statements. If management refuses to correct the financial statement presentations, the accountant should

  1. Issue an adverse opinion.
  2. Issue an “except for” qualified opinion.
  3. Disclose this departure from generally accepted accounting principles in a separate paragraph of the report.
  4. Express only limited assurance on the financial statement presentations.

the objective of a review of interim financial information of a public entity is to 602401

The objective of a review of interim financial information of a public entity is to provide an accountant with a basis for reporting whether

  1. Material modifications should be made to conform with generally accepted accounting principles.
  2. A reasonable basis exists for expressing an updated opinion regarding the financial statements that were previously audited.
  3. Condensed financial statements or pro forma financial information should be included in a registration statement.
  4. The financial statements are presented fairly in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

an independent accountant rsquo s report is based on a review of interim financial i 602402

An independent accountant’s report is based on a review of interim financial information. If this report is presented in a registration statement, a prospectus should include a statement clarifying that the

  1. Accountant’s review report is not a part of the registration statement within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933.
  2. Accountant assumes no responsibility to update the report for events and circumstances occurring after the date of the report.
  3. Accountant’s review was performed in accordance with standards established by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
  4. Accountant obtained corroborating evidence to determine whether material modifications are needed for such information to conform with GAAP.

an accountant rsquo s review report on interim financial information of a public ent 602406

An accountant’s review report on interim financial information of a public entity is most likely to include a

  1. Statement that the interim financial information was examined in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board .
  2. Statement that the interim financial information is the responsibility of the entity’s shareholders.
  3. Description of the procedures for a review.
  4. Statement that a review of interim financial information is less in scope than a compilation conducted in accordance with AICPA standards.

before reporting on the financial statements of a us entity that have been prepared 602409

Before reporting on the financial statements of a US entity that have been prepared in conformity with another country’s accounting principles, an auditor practicing in the US should

  1. Understand the accounting principles generally accepted in the other country.
  2. Be certified by the appropriate auditing or accountancy board of the other country.
  3. Notify management that the auditor is required to disclaim an opinion on the financial statements.
  4. Receive a waiver from the auditor’s state board of accountancy to perform the engagement.

he financial statements of kcp america a us entity are prepared for inclusion in the 602410

The financial statements of KCP America, a US entity, are prepared for inclusion in the consolidated financial statements of its non-US parent. These financial statements are prepared in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in the parent’s country and are for use only in that country. How may KCP America’s auditor report on these financial statements?

  1. I. A US-style report (unmodified).
  2. II. A US-style report modified to report on the accounting principles of the parent’s country.
  3. III. The report form of the parent’s country.

I

II

III

a.

Yes

No

No

b.

No

Yes

No

c.

Yes

No

Yes

d.

No

Yes

Yes

when an auditor reports on financial statements prepared on an entity rsquo s income 602412

When an auditor reports on financial statements prepared on an entity’s income tax basis, the auditor’s report should

  1. Disclaim an opinion on whether the statements were examined in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
  2. Not express an opinion on whether the statements are presented in conformity with the comprehensive basis of accounting used.
  3. Include an explanation of how the results of operations differ from the cash receipts and disbursements basis of accounting.
  4. State that the basis of presentation is a comprehensive basis of accounting other than GAAP.

delta life insurance co prepares its financial statements on an accounting basis ins 602416

Delta Life Insurance Co. prepares its financial statements on an accounting basis insurance companies use pursuant to the rules of a state insurance commission. If Wall, CPA, Delta’s auditor, discovers that the statements are not suitably titled, Wall should

  1. Disclose any reservations in an explanatory paragraph and qualify the opinion.
  2. Apply to the state insurance commission for an advisory opinion.
  3. Issue a special statutory basis report that clearly disclaims any opinion.
  4. Explain in the notes to the financial statements the terminology used.

which of the following matters is covered in a typical comfort letter 602425

Which of the following matters is covered in a typical comfort letter?

  1. Negative assurance concerning whether the entity’s internal control procedures operated as designed during the period being audited.
  2. An opinion regarding whether the entity complied with laws and regulations under Government Auditing Standards and the Single Audit Act of 1984.
  3. Positive assurance concerning whether unaudited condensed financial information complied with generally accepted accounting principles.
  4. An opinion as to whether the audited financial statements comply in form with the accounting requirements of the SEC.

calculate the total estimated bad debts based on the above information 617260

The following represents selected information taken from a company”s aging schedule to estimate uncollectible accounts receivable at year-end.

Number of Days Outstanding

Total

0-30

31-60

61-90

91-120

Over 120

Accounts receivable

$375,000

$220,000

90,000

40,000

10,000

$15,000

% Un Collectible

1%

4%

5%

8%

20%

Estimated bad debts

Instructions

(a)Calculate the total estimated bad debts based on the above information.

(b)Prepare the year-end adjusting journal entry to record the bad debts using the aged uncollectible accounts receivable determined in (a). Assume the current balance in Allowance for Doubtful Accounts is a $8,000 debit.

(c)Of the above accounts, $5,000 is determined to be specifically uncollectible. Prepare the journal entry to write off the uncollectible account.

(d)The company collects $5,000 subsequently on a specific account that had previously been determined to be uncollectible in (c). Prepare the journal entry necessary to restore the account and record the cash collection.

(e)Comment on how your answers to (a)–(d) would change if Rigney Inc. used 4% oftotalaccounts receivable rather than aging the accounts receivable. What are the advantages to the company of aging the accounts receivable rather than applying a percentage to total accounts receivable?

what are the advantages of using the allowance method in accounting for uncollectibl 617261

At December 31, 2014, the trial balance of Darby Company contained the following amounts before adjustment.

Accounts Receivable

Debit

Credit

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

$250,000

Sales Revenue

$1,100

650,000

Instructions

(a)Prepare the adjusting entry at December 31, 2014, to record bad debt expense under each of the following independent assumptions.

(1)An aging schedule indicates that $13,500 of accounts receivable will be uncollectible.

(2)The company estimates that 2% of sales will be uncollectible.

(b)Repeat part (a) assuming that instead of a credit balance, there is a $1,100 debit balance in Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.

(c)During the next month, January 2015, a $3,200 account receivable is written off as uncollectible. Prepare the journal entry to record the write-off.

(d)Repeat part (c) assuming that Markowitz Company uses the direct write-off method instead of the allowance method in accounting for uncollectible accounts receivable.

(e)What are the advantages of using the allowance method in accounting for uncollectible accounts as compared to the direct write-off method?

on january 1 2014 morfitt company had accounts receivable 98 000 and allowance for d 617263

On January 1, 2014, Morfitt Company had Accounts Receivable $98,000 and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts $8,100. Morfitt Company prepares financial statements annually. During the year, the following selected transactions occurred.

Jan. 5

Sold $10,800 of merchandise to Motte Company, terms n/30.

Feb. 2

Accepted a $10,800, 4-month, 9% promissory note from Motte Company for the balance due.

12

Sold $13,500 of merchandise to Gitchel Company and accepted Gitchel”s $13,500, 2-month, 8% note for the balance due.

26

Sold $9,000 of merchandise to Benedict Co., terms n/10.

Apr. 5

Accepted a $9,000, 3-month, 8% note from Benedict Co. for the balance due.

12

Collected Gitchel Company note in full.

June 2

Collected Motte Company note in full.

July 5

Benedict Co. dishonors its note of April 5. It is expected that Benedict will eventually pay the amount owed.

15

Sold $12,000 of merchandise to Kriley Co. and accepted Kriley”s $12,000, 3-month, 12% note for the amount due.

Oct. 15

Kriley Co.”s note was dishonored. Kriley Co. is bankrupt, and there is no hope of future settlement.

Instructions

Journalize the transactions.

identify steps rlf company might consider to improve the accounts receivable situati 617266

RLF Company sells office equipment and supplies to many organizations in the city and surrounding area on contract terms of 2/10, n/30. In the past, over 75% of the credit customers have taken advantage of the discount by paying within 10 days of the invoice date.

The number of customers taking the full 30 days to pay has increased within the last year. Current indications are that less than 60% of the customers are now taking the discount. Bad debts as a percentage of gross credit sales have risen from the 2.5% provided in past years to about 4.5% in the current year.

The company”s Finance Committee has requested more information on the collections of accounts receivable. The controller responded to this request with the report reproduced below.

RLF COMPANY Accounts Receivable Collections May 31, 2014

The fact that some credit accounts will prove uncollectible is normal. Annual bad debt write-offs have been 2.5% of gross credit sales over the past 5 years. During the last fiscal year, this percentage increased to slightly less than 4.5%. The current Accounts Receivable balance is $1,400,000. The condition of this balance in terms of age and probability of collection is as follows.

Proportion of Total

Age Categories

Probability of Collection

60%

not yet due

98%

22%

less than 30 days past due

96%

9%

30 to 60 days past due

94%

5%

61 to 120 days past due

91%

2″/2%

121 to 180 days past due

75%

I wyo

over 180 days past due

30%

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts had a credit balance of $29,500 on June 1, 2013. RLF has provided for a monthly bad debt expense accrual during the current fiscal year based on the assumption that 4.5% of gross credit sales will be uncollectible. Total gross credit sales for the 2013–2014 fiscal year amounted to $2,900,000. Write-offs of bad accounts during the year totaled $102,000.

Instructions

(a)Prepare an accounts receivable aging schedule for RLF Company using the age categories identified in the controller”s report to the Finance Committee showing the following.

(1)The amount of accounts receivable outstanding for each age category and in total.

(2)The estimated amount that is uncollectible for each category and in total.

(b)Compute the amount of the year-end adjustment necessary to bring Allowance for Doubtful Accounts to the balance indicated by the age analysis. Then prepare the necessary journal entry to adjust the accounting records.

(c)In a recessionary environment with tight credit and high interest rates:

(1)Identify steps RLF Company might consider to improve the accounts receivable situation.

(2)Then evaluate each step identified in terms of the risks and costs involved.

discuss both the financial and nonfinancial factors that are relevant to the decisio 617270

Carol and Sam Foyle own Campus Fashions. From its inception Campus Fashions has sold merchandise on either a cash or credit basis, but no credit cards have been accepted. During the past several months, the Foyles have begun to question their sales policies. First, they have lost some sales because of refusing to accept credit cards. Second, representatives of two metropolitan banks have been persuasive in almost convincing them to accept their national credit cards. One bank, City National Bank, has stated that its credit card fee is 4%.

The Foyles decide that they should determine the cost of carrying their own credit sales. From the accounting records of the past 3 years, they accumulate the following data.

2015

2014

2013

Net credit sales

$500,000

$550,000

$400,000

Collection agency fees for slow-paying customers

2,450

2,500

2,300

Salary of part-time accounts receivable clerk

4,100

4,100

4,100

Credit and collection expenses as a percentage of net credit sales are uncollectible accounts 1.6%, billing and mailing costs 0.5%, and credit investigation fee on new customers 0.15%.

Carol and Sam also determine that the average accounts receivable balance outstanding during the year is 5% of net credit sales. The Foyles estimate that they could earn an average of 8% annually on cash invested in other business opportunities.

Instructions

With the class divided into groups, answer the following.

(a)Prepare a table showing, for each year, total credit and collection expenses in dollars and as a percentage of net credit sales.

(b)Determine the net credit and collection expense in dollars and as a percentage of sales after considering the revenue not earned from other investment opportunities.

(c)Discuss both the financial and nonfinancial factors that are relevant to the decision.

should the controller be concerned with diaz co s growth rate explain your answer 617272

The controller of Diaz Co. believes that the yearly allowance for doubtful accounts for Diaz Co. should be 2% of net credit sales. The president of Diaz Co., nervous that the stockholders might expect the company to sustain its 10% growth rate, suggests that the controller increase theallowance for doubtful accounts to 4%. The president thinks that the lower net income, which reflects a 6% growth rate, will be a more sustainable rate for Diaz Co.

Instructions

(a)Who are the stakeholders in this case?

(b)Does the president”s request pose an ethical dilemma for the controller?

(c)Should the controller be concerned with Diaz Co.”s growth rate? Explain your answer.

develop a list in descending order of importance as to what features are most import 617273

Credit card usage in the United States is substantial. Many startup companies use credit cards as a way to help meet short-term financial needs. The most common forms of debt for startups are use of credit cards and loans from relatives.

Suppose that you start up Brothers Sandwich Shop. You invested your savings of $20,000 and borrowed $70,000 from your relatives. Although sales in the first few months are good, you see that you may not have sufficient cash to pay expenses and maintain your inventory at acceptable levels, at least in the short term. You decide you may need to use one or more credit cards to fund the possible cash shortfall.

Instructions

(a)Go to the Internet and find two sources that provide insight into how to compare credit card terms.

(b)Develop a list, in descending order of importance, as to what features are most important to you in selecting a credit card for your business.

(c)Examine the features of your present credit card. (If you do not have a credit card, select a likely one online for this exercise.) Given your analysis above, what are the three major disadvantages of your present credit card?

according to the notes to the financial statements how are loans and receivables def 617281

The financial statements ofZetar plcare presented. Instructions for accessing and using the company”s complete annual report, including the notes to its financial statements, are also provided.

Instructions

Use the company”s annual report to answer the following questions.

(a)According to the Operational Review of Financial Performance, what was one reason why the balance in receivables increased relative to the previous year?

(b)According to the notes to the financial statements, how are loans and receivables defined?

(c)Using the notes to the financial statements, what amount of trade receivables were written off during 2011?

(d)Using information in the notes to the financial statements, determine what percentage the provision for impairment of receivables was as a percentage of total trade receivables for 2011 and 2010. How did the ratio change from 2010 to 2011, and what does this suggest about the company”s receivables?

recognize the many similarities and differences between the accounting for natural r 617286

Match the statement with the term most directly associated with it.

Copyrights

Depletion

Intangible assets

Franchises

Research and development costs

  1. The allocation of the cost of a natural resource to expense in a rational and systematic manner.
  2. Rights, privileges, and competitive advantages that result from the ownership of long-lived assets that do not possess physical substance.
  3. An exclusive right granted by the federal government to reproduce and sell an artistic or published work.
  4. A right to sell certain products or services or to use certain trademarks or trade names within a designated geographic area.
  5. Costs incurred by a company that often lead to patents or new products. These costs must be expensed as incurred.

Know that the accounting for intangibles often depends on whether the item has a finite or indefinite life.

Recognize the many similarities and differences between the accounting for natural resources, plant assets, and intangible assets.

what amount should be recorded as the cost of the equipment 617289

Erin Danielle Company purchased equipment and incurred the following costs.

Cash price

$24,000

Sales taxes

1,200

Insurance during transit

200

Installation and testing

400

Total costs

$25,800

What amount should be recorded as the cost of the equipment?

(a)$24,000.

(b)$25,200.

(c)$25,400.

(d)$25,800.

harris will have access to all information underlying the basic financial statements 602365

Harris, CPA, has been asked to audit and report on the balance sheet of Fox Co. but not on the statements of income, retained earnings, or cash flows. Harris will have access to all information underlying the basic financial statements. Under these circumstances, Harris may

  1. Not accept the engagement because it would constitute a violation of the profession’s ethical standards.
  2. Not accept the engagement because it would be tantamount to rendering a piecemeal opinion.
  3. Accept the engagement because such engagements merely involve limited reporting objectives.
  4. Accept the engagement but should disclaim an opinion because of an inability to apply the procedures considered necessary.

monday expects to present wall rsquo s audited financial statements with march rsquo 602371

March, CPA, is engaged by Monday Corp., a client, to audit the financial statements of Wall Corp., a company that is not March’s client. Monday expects to present Wall’s audited financial statements with March’s auditor’s report to 1st Federal Bank to obtain financing in Monday’s attempt to purchase Wall. In these circumstances, March’s auditor’s report would usually be addressed to

  1. Monday Corp., the client that engaged March.
  2. Wall Corp., the entity audited by March.
  3. 1st Federal Bank.
  4. Both Monday Corp. and 1st Federal Bank.

when an independent cpa assists in preparing the financial statements of a publicly 602374

When an independent CPA assists in preparing the financial statements of a publicly held entity, but has not audited or reviewed them, the CPA should issue a disclaimer of opinion. In such situations, the CPA has no responsibility to apply any procedures beyond

  1. Documenting that internal control is not being relied on.
  2. Reading the financial statements for obvious material misstatements.
  3. Ascertaining whether the financial statements are in conformity with GAAP.
  4. Determining whether management has elected to omit substantially all required disclosures.

green cpa is aware that green rsquo s name is to be included in the interim report o 602376

Green, CPA, is aware that Green’s name is to be included in the interim report of National Company, a publicly held entity. National’s quarterly financial statements are contained in the interim report. Green has not audited or reviewed these interim financial statements. Green should request that

  1. I. Green’s name not be included in the communication.
  2. II. The financial statements be marked as unaudited with a notation that no opinion is expressed on them.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Either I or II.

when compiled financial statements are accompanied by an accountant rsquo s report t 602377

When compiled financial statements are accompanied by an accountant’s report, that report should state that

  1. A compilation includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant management estimates, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
  2. The accountant compiled the financial statements in accordance with Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services.
  3. A compilation is substantially less in scope than an audit in accordance with GAAS, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion.
  4. The accountant is not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the financial statements to conform with GAAP.

miller cpa is engaged to compile the financial statements of web co a nonpublic enti 602378

Miller, CPA, is engaged to compile the financial statements of Web Co., a nonpublic entity, in conformity with the income tax basis of accounting. If Web’s financial statements do not disclose the basis of accounting used, Miller should

  1. Disclose the basis of accounting in the accountant’s compilation report.
  2. Clearly label each page “Distribution Restricted—Material Modifications Required.”
  3. Issue a special report describing the effect of the incomplete presentation.
  4. Withdraw from the engagement and provide no further services to Web.

when an accountant is engaged to compile a nonpublic entity rsquo s financial statem 602379

When an accountant is engaged to compile a nonpublic entity’s financial statements that omit substantially all disclosures required by GAAP, the accountant should indicate in the compilation report that the financial statements are

  1. Not designed for those who are uninformed about the omitted disclosures.
  2. Prepared in conformity with a comprehensive basis of accounting other than GAAP.
  3. Not compiled in accordance with Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services.
  4. Special-purpose financial statements that are not comparable to those of prior periods.

when unaudited financial statements of a nonpublic entity are presented in comparati 602381

When unaudited financial statements of a nonpublic entity are presented in comparative form with audited financial statements in the subsequent year, the unaudited financial statements should be clearly marked to indicate their status and

  1. I. The report on the unaudited financial statements should be reissued.
  2. II. The report on the audited financial statements should include a separate paragraph describing the responsibility assumed for the unaudited financial statements.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Either I or II.

an auditor concludes that there is a material inconsistency in the other information 602350

An auditor concludes that there is a material inconsistency in the other information in an annual report to shareholders containing audited financial statements. If the auditor concludes that the financial statements do not require revision, but the client refuses to revise or eliminate the material inconsistency, the auditor may

  1. Revise the auditor’s report to include a separate explanatory paragraph describing the material inconsistency.
  2. Issue an “except for” qualified opinion after discussing the matter with the client’s board of directors.
  3. Consider the matter closed since the other information is not in the audited financial statements.
  4. Disclaim an opinion on the financial statements after explaining the material inconsistency in a separate explanatory paragraph.

when audited financial statements are presented in a client rsquo s document contain 602351

When audited financial statements are presented in a client’s document containing other information, the auditor should

  1. Perform inquiry and analytical procedures to ascertain whether the other information is reasonable.
  2. Add an explanatory paragraph to the auditor’s report without changing the opinion on the financial statements.
  3. Perform the appropriate substantive auditing procedures to corroborate the other information.
  4. Read the other information to determine that it is consistent with the audited financial statements.

an auditor includes a separate paragraph in an otherwise unmodified report to emphas 602352

An auditor includes a separate paragraph in an otherwise unmodified report to emphasize that the entity being reported on had significant transactions with related parties. The inclusion of this separate paragraph

  1. Is considered an “except for” qualification of the opinion.
  2. Violates generally accepted auditing standards if this information is already disclosed in footnotes to the financial statements.
  3. Necessitates a revision of the opinion paragraph to include the phrase “with the foregoing explanation.”
  4. Is appropriate and would not negate the unqualified opinion.

an auditor concludes that a client rsquo s illegal act which has a material effect o 602353

An auditor concludes that a client’s illegal act, which has a material effect on the financial statements, has not been properly accounted for or disclosed. Depending on the materiality of the effect on the financial statements, the auditor should express either a(n)

  1. Adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion.
  2. Qualified opinion or an adverse opinion.
  3. Disclaimer of opinion or an unqualified opinion with a separate explanatory paragraph.
  4. Unqualified opinion with a separate explanatory paragraph or a qualified opinion.

in which of the following situations would an auditor ordinarily choose between expr 602359

In which of the following situations would an auditor ordinarily choose between expressing a qualified opinion or an adverse opinion?

  1. The auditor did not observe the entity’s physical inventory and is unable to become satisfied about its balance by other auditing procedures.
  2. Conditions that cause the auditor to have substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern are inadequately disclosed.
  3. There has been a change in accounting principles that has a material effect on the comparability of the entity’s financial statements.
  4. The auditor is unable to apply necessary procedures concerning an investor’s share of an investee’s earnings recognized on the equity method.

in the first audit of a client an auditor was not able to gather sufficient evidence 602360

In the first audit of a client, an auditor was not able to gather sufficient evidence about the consistent application of accounting principles between the current and the prior year, as well as the amounts of assets or liabilities at the beginning of the current year. This was due to the client’s record retention policies. If the amounts in question could materially affect current operating results, the auditor would

  1. Be unable to express an opinion on the current year’s results of operations and cash flows.
  2. Express a qualified opinion on the financial statements because of a client-imposed scope limitation.
  3. Withdraw from the engagement and refuse to be associated with the financial statements.
  4. Specifically state that the financial statements are not comparable to the prior year due to an uncertainty.

due to a scope limitation an auditor disclaimed an opinion on the financial statemen 602362

Due to a scope limitation, an auditor disclaimed an opinion on the financial statements taken as a whole, but the auditor’s report included a statement that the current asset portion of the entity’s balance sheet was fairly stated. The inclusion of this statement is

  1. Not appropriate because it may tend to overshadow the auditor’s disclaimer of opinion.
  2. Not appropriate because the auditor is prohibited from reporting on only one basic financial statement.
  3. Appropriate provided the auditor’s scope paragraph adequately describes the scope limitation.
  4. Appropriate provided the statement is in a separate paragraph preceding the disclaimer of opinion paragraph.

on july 4 spangler s restaurant accepts a visa card for a 200 dinner bill visa charg 617243

(a)On April 2, Jennifer Elston uses her JC Penney Company credit card to purchase merchandise from a JC Penney store for $1,500. On May 1, Elston is billed for the $1,500 amount due. Elston pays $500 on the balance due on May 3. On June 1, Elston receives a bill for the amount due, including interest at 1.0% per month on the unpaid balance as of May 3. Prepare the entries on JC Penney Co.”s books related to the transactions that occurred on April 2, May 3, and June 1.

(b)On July 4, Spangler”s Restaurant accepts a Visa card for a $200 dinner bill. Visa charges a 2% service fee. Prepare the entry on Spangler”s books related to this transaction.